Citation
Catalogue of the Arabic manuscripts in the Library of the India Office

Material Information

Title:
Catalogue of the Arabic manuscripts in the Library of the India Office
Creator:
India Office Library
Storey, Charles Ambrose
Arberry, A.J ( Arthur John ), 1905-1969
Loth, Otto
Levy, Reuben
Sims-Williams, Ursula
Place of Publication:
London
Publisher:
India Office
Publication Date:
Copyright Date:
1877
Language:
English
Arabic
Edition:
1st edition
Physical Description:
2 v. in 6. :

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Manuscripts, Arabic -- Catalogs -- England -- London ( lcsh )
Temporal Coverage:
1950 - 1939
Spatial Coverage:
Asia -- Saudi Arabia
Asia - Syria
Asia -- Iran
Asia -- Iraq

Notes

General Note:
Funded by JISC in collaboration with Yale University and its funder the USA National Endowment for the Humanities

Record Information

Rights Management:
This item is in the Public Domain
Resource Identifier:
x194339 ( notis )
x194339172
444441 ( ole )
EC93.6 ( SOAS classmark )

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
CATALOGUE OF ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS.




A CATALOGUE
of the
ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS
in the
LIBRARY OF THE INDIA OFFICE.
by
OTTO LOTH, Ph.D.,
professor extraordinarius in the university of leipzig.
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL.
LONDON: 1877.


Stephen Austin and Sons,
Printers, Hertford.


PREFACE.
Early in 1870 I was honoured by the Indian Government with the commission to prepare
a Catalogue raisonn of the Arabic MSS. in the Library of the India Office. I was engaged
on this task, in London, from April 1870 to July 1872. Unfortunately nearly double
that time has been spent in carrying the work through the press.
The larger half of the MSS. belong to the great collection of Muhammadan MSS.
of the East India House. This collection was formed from the libraries of Warren Hastings,
Tippu Sultan, Richard Johnson, the Gaikwar, Dr. Leyden, etc. It comprised above
3000 volumes, which were not even classed according to the different languages (Arabic,
Persian, Urdu, Malay, etc.). In 1869 the Arabic portion was picked out, for the first time,
by Dr. G. Hoffmann (now Professor in Kiel), who also drew up a list, in which the numbers
were arranged according to subjects. The original numeration was left unaltered.
With the exception of the library of Tippu,of which Major Charles Stewart had
prepared a catalogue, whilst it was still in the College of Fort William,*these Arabic MSS.
have remained comparatively little known, and only one has, to my knowledge, been used
for an edition.
The remaining MSS. belong to the Bjpr collection, which consists almost entirely
of Arabic books, only a few being Persian. A full account of the discovery of this collection,
and of the transactions connected with its removal from Bjpr, may be found in the
Bombay Government Records, No. XLI., New Series, pp. 210 sqq. It was once the Royal
Library of the 'dil-Shhs, but was subsequently removed to the Asar Maall , an
ecclesiastical establishment, which owed its name to the possession of some relics of the
Prophet. There the library was still to be found in 1849, when the attention of the
Government of Bombay was drawn to it by a report of Mr. H. B. E. (now Sir Bartle)
Frere (see Bomb. Gov. Rec., l.c., pp. 215 sqq.). This gentleman also prevailed on a learned
Muhammadan, named amd al-dn akm, to prepare a catalogue in Urdu, which was
translated by Mr. Erskine (Bomb. Gov. Rec., l.c., pp. 221 sqq.). After being removed, in
* A Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Library of Tippoo Sultan of Mysore, etc. etc. Cambridge, 1809. These MSS. are now
described partly as MSS. of Tippu, and partly as MSS. of the College of Fort William.
1442 Johnson (No. 382 of this Catalogue).


1851, to Satara, the whole collection was finally sent to London in 1853. Here it was
examined, and a catalogue of it drawn up, in Arabic, by Mr. Rizallah assoun, in 1869.
In order to distinguish these MSS. from those of the old stock, the letter B has been prefixed
to their numbers.
These Bjpr MSS. were, on the whole, in a sad condition. Damp, vermin, and
habitual neglect, had combined to do their work of destruction on the treasures of the Asar
Maall. They were generally deprived of their bindings; most of them were defective
and in disorder; some were mere bundles of rubbish. However, I did not spare time and
trouble in ascertaining the doubtful fragments, in re-arranging the leaves, and in noting
the sometimes numerous defects. Now that they have been duly bound and mended, these
MSS. will, I hope, still be considered a valuable portion of the Library.
In most of these MSS. there is a note, stating the dates at which they were incorporated
with the Library of Bjpr; to which the names of the former owners are frequently added.
I have usually quoted these statements at the foot of the single articles, with the abbrevia-
tion Bj. Libr. Subsequently to the taking of Bjpr by Aurangzb, a. h. 1097 (= a. d. 1686),
the Library of the Asar Maall was inspected by an officer of the latter, named bil Khn.
It was again surveyed, by order of af Jh, a. h. 1146
(= a.d. 1733). Identical notes (and seals) to this effect being in most of the books, I have
not taken any special notice of them. As to the Catalogue akm-Erskine, it was easy to
identify most of its items, by means of the inscriptions, however inaccurate, which akm
himself had given to the fragments. This is the meaning of the abbreviation Catal., or
Cat., which will usually be found at the end of the articles.
In the literary notes, I have referred, as far as possible, to jj Khalfah's Biblio-
graphical Dictionary, as edited by Fluegel (. Kh.), and to the printed Catalogues of
various collections; but I have avoided needless quotations.
A list of Addenda et Corrigenda which occurred to me, after the respective sheets
were printed, will be found on a subsequent page.
In conclusion, I have to express my best thanks to Dr. Rost, the Librarian of the
India Office Library, who first conceived the plan of cataloguing all the collections under his
charge; and to Professor Wm. Wright, for his kindness in reading a proof of each sheet as
it passed through the press, in order to correct faults of style and idiom. That in doing so
he also saved me from some more material errors need scarcely be said.
O.LOTH.
Leipzig,
December 2, 1876.


CONTENTS.
The Koran: page
Kfic Fragments, Nos. 15 1
Naskh Copies, Nos. 640 2
Koranic Science, Nos. 41116 7
Tradition, Nos. 117195 26
Science of Tradition, Nos. 196201 49
Law:
anafites, Nos. 202277 51
Shfi'ites, Nos. 278288 68
Sh'ites, Nos. 289291 71
Principles of Jurisprudence, Nos. 292333 73
Prayers and Charms, Nos. 334379 83
Scholastic Theology, Nos. 380471 100
Philosophy, Nos. 472591 130
Appendix. Philosophy and Theology mixed, Nos. 592596 163
Sufism and Ethics, Nos. 597699 164
Biography and History, Nos. 700721 199
Geography and Cosmography, Nos. 722730 208
Mathematics and Astronomy, Nos. 731772 212
Medicine, Nos. 773797 226
Poetry and Elegant Prose, Nos. 798844 232
Prosody, No. 845 244
Rhetoric, Nos. 846887 244
Grammar, Nos. 888990 252
Dictionaries, Nos. 9911027 276
Encyclopedia, Nos. 10281029 285
Miscellanies, Nos. 10301048 285
Karshunic, Nos. 10491050 303
Index: Titles of Works 307
" Authors' Names 317


ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA.
PAGE LINE
10a. 2, for read .
21a. 4, Khshl Khushl.
23b. 12, .
37b. 8, .
" 20, Mas'b Mas'd.
38b. 27, Yaub Yaab.
58b. 19, 25, Khshl Khushl.
61b. 12, omit commonly called.
65b. 20, for 93 read 101.
71a. 7, for Cf. . Kh. iv. 369 read It is en-
titled . Cf. .
Kh. iv. 292 sq., 369.
86b. 1, omit probably.
97b. pen. the words: (probably . 950)
98a. 8, for read .
" pen. omit Ibn.
122b. 7, add:
Cf. . Kh. v. 517, v. ; vi.
82, v. . According to . Kh.,
the name of the author is Amad b. Mu-
ammad Mir (d. a.h. 818), and the com-
mentary is the work of Amad b. Muammad
b. 'Abd al-salm (d. a. h. 931). It is entitled
.
128a. 18, add:
See, regarding the author, Zeitschrift der
D. M. G. xxix. 676 sq.
134b. 25, for ii. read iii.
140b. 12, Mamd Muammad.
155b. 6, The name is more probably, Ilhdd.
158b. 8, for the same author read Bir Dmd.

PAGE LINE
164a. note, The name is more probably
Nafz.
170b. 8, add:
and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. vi. 436 sqq.
176b. 23, for read .
179b. 25, for not mentioned read Muammad
Shrn. See no. 1032, VI.
" 26, omit the sentence: A treatise . 483.
193b. 6, for which is . Shdhil read The
author is Abu'l-mawhib Muam-
mad b. Amad Shdhil. See no.
1038, xix.
212b. 26, for (?) read .
213a. 8, for some kind of burning-glasses read
parabolic burning-mirrors.
" 12, for-glasses read-mirrors.
220b. 15, for 'mul read 'mil.
" 22, add:
and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. xxix. 677 sq.
223b. note 2, add:
Cf. Intorno al Liber Karastonis, lettera di M.
Steinschneider a D. B. Boncompagni, Roma
1863. is the Greek .
241a. 29, for 'mul read 'mil.
272b. 31, Ajurrm Ajurrm.
274b. 20, Urdu Persian.
279a. 7, .
" " iv. vi.
298a. 33,
" b. 2, 'mul 'mil.
299a. 19,


ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS.
THE KORAN.
KFIC FRAGMENTS.
1.
Size 3 in. by 5 in.; foll. 64. Five lines in
a page.
Kfic MS. on parchment, containing fragments
/?/rahs 3639, viz. (foll. 2v.6) S. 36, 2640; (foll.
/?/, 78)1 4771; (foll. 911) 74 to the end; (foll. 12,
/?/) S. 37, 115; (foll. 2128) 2064; (foll. 2931)
/?/ (foll. 3238) 102145; (foll. 3947) 151 to S.
/?/; (foll. 4859) 1650; (foll. 6061) 5965; (fol. 62)
the end, and the title of S. 39; (fol. 63, in four
and in another handwriting) S. 39, 3132, with
/?/words (sic).
/?/und characters; wide spaces; occasional red dots
/?/wels. Verses divided by gold ornaments; every
verse likewise marked by larger ones. The titles
/?/e Srahs have not been filled in. The whole MS.
more recently been bordered with thick paper,
/?/h is entirely gilt and ornamented. At the beginning
1 and 2r.) Srah 1; at the end the usual epilogue,
, both within ornaments. Bound in leather,
overed with silk.
/?/ MS. is said to have been "brought into Hindostan by
lane, and sent from Lahore to Paris."

2.
39 a. Size 4 in. by 6 in.; foll. 52. Three lines
in a page.
Another Kfic fragment, containing (foll. 134) S.
2, 254282, and (foll. 3551) S. 3, 1432.
Large characters, rather cursive; the flourished in
a peculiar way. A few red dots for vowels. Verses
marked in the same way as in the preceding MS.
Bordered with paper, highly ornamented and gilt. The
last leafon the back of which are also Kfic charac-
ters, but nearly effacedbears on the recto, within
ornaments, the words (sic).
On some pages the letters have vanished; the margin is slightly
injured. Bound in gilt leather.
3.
40 a. Size 4 in. by 7 in.; foll. 46. Nine lines in
a page.
Another Kfic fragment, containing S. 1, 6
2, 160 ; large, long-shaped characters; vowel-
points red, green, or yellow, in a few cases also blue.
Sometimes, as if to indicate various readings, small
lines are added on , in green or red, instead of dia-
critical points. Verses divided by gold ornaments; every
tenth marked by larger ones, which contain the number.
The title of S. 2 is on a gold ground.
The first eighteen leaves have been misplaced in binding.


One leaf is missing between foll. 7 and 8, and two
between foll. 32 and 33.
The last leaf, which is half destroyed, belongs to another frag-
ment (in five lines). Both this and the first page have been
entirely gilt. In a leather binding, covered with silk. Some one
has noted that the MS. was written by 'Al (fol. 46).
4.
41 a. Size 6 in. by 8 in.; foll. 20. Ten lines in
a page.
Another Kfic MS., containing the following parts
of Srahs 6 and 7:1 (fol. 13*) S. 6, 5761; (fol. 5*)
6974; (fol. 11) 8084; (foll. 4* and 9*) 9196; (fol. 2)
S. 7, 2833; (fol. 14) 3942; (fol. 1) 4547; (foll. 8*,
7*, 17, 6, 18, 10, 15*, 3) 5594; (foll. 19, 16*, 12)
155166.
The last leaf (six lines) contains parts of S. 7,
168, 169, with the colophon on the
recto.
Clumsy characters, rather cursive. Mostly red, some-
times green dots for vowels. Verses divided in the
same way as in the preceding MSS. On several pages
the writing has nearly disappeared.
The last page bears six seals, with signatures: viz. of two
afaw kings named Ism'l and 'Abbs; of Akbar; of two
servants of Shhjahn, 'Inyat Khn and Fil Khn; and of
I'timd Khn, a servant of 'lamgr. On the first page is written
a treaty between several chiefs of Sindh, dated 25 Jumda I., 1254,
in Persian. This MS. belonged to the Sindh Prize property, and
was presented to the Library of the East India House by Lord
Dalhousie, 1853.
5.
42 a. Size 6 in. by 9 in.; foll. 181. Sixteen lines
in a page.
A large fragment of a Kfic Koran, containing (foll.
1320)2 S. 5, 1126, 95; (foll. 2534) 6, 1087, 63;
(fol. 36) 7, 104126; (foll. 3738) 7, 138160; (fol. 35)
8, 2034; (fol. 39) 9, 719; (fol. 21) 9, 3851; (fol. 41)
9, 7486; (fol. 42) 9, 108118; (fol. 24) 10, 1223; (fol.

22) 10, 3450; (fol. 23) 11, 2944; (foll. 14)
9916, 70; (foll. 512) 20, 3421, 68; (foll. 6/?/
116125, 86105, 7685) 21, 8831, 38; (foll
44-51, 43, 53, 140147, 56, 63) 34, 1839,
(foll. 5764) 41, 20 43, 37; (foll. 65, 54, 134136
86 46, 11; (foll. 137139, 55, 126) 46, 35 48,
(foll. 163166, 162) 50, 1 53, 7; (foll. 133, 127
148151, 130132, 152161, 106115, 167176)
3689, 3; (foll. 177181) 93, 10 to the end.
Written in rather slender characters, approachi/?/
Naskh. Frequent red dots for vowels. Titles of S
in a still more cursive character, and in red, are /?/
larly inserted, but often differ from the usual /?/
being always derived from the first word. Every /?/
verse is marked with the letters serving for fig
according to the older or Maghrib order. Also /?/
two hundredth verse is marked on the margin.
At the end, in the same hand,
Seal and signature of Akbar and others on the last
"Presented to the Library of the East India House by
Rawlinson, C. B., the Hon., Company's Political Agent in /?/
Arabia, and H. M.'s Consul at Baghdad, March, 1845."
NASKH COPIES.
6.
1371. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 318. Fou/?/
lines in a page.
Neatly written and richly ornamented. With:/?/
of pauses, sections, etc. Ends with the usual epi
. Notes for practical use, in Persia/?/
added on the margin.
Preceded by a Persian introduction (foll. 116),
piled by order of Tippu.
It contains
1. Foll. 113. Tables stating the place of revel./?/
the number of verses, words, letters, and , a/?/
peculiarities, of every Srah.
2. Fol. 13. A table showing how often each/?/
of the alphabet occurs in the Koran.
1 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding; several
are also bound upside down, marked above with an asterisk.
2 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding.


3. Fol. 14. A list of the verses distinguished by
.
4. Fol. 15. A list of grammatical mistakes in
/?/ the Koran, which would be blasphemous.
5. Fol. 16. Some mnemonic verses, enumerating
/?/ verses which treat of certain subjects.
This introduction is written in Shikastah.
/?/In the original binding, which is highly gilt, both outside
/?/ inside, and bears the favourite inscription:1

[Tippu.]
7.
/?/5. a. Size 8in. by 5 in.; foll. 522. Eleven lines
in a page.
A splendid copy; gilt throughout, with double front
naments. Marks of pauses, sections, etc.
/?/ On the last page is the prayer usually recited after
/?/using the Koran, with an introduction in Persian.
Well written, "under royal auspices," by jj
/?/bdallah.
This copy was intended for the especial use of Tippu,
/?/ is stated in a note at the end (fol. 520). Various
otes and directions, in different hands, on the margin,
/?/ often resembling those in the preceding MS.
/?/preceded, also, by the same introduction.
/?/ One leaf is missing after fol. 22. Fol. 26 is much
/?/rn.
In a red leather binding, bearing all the marks and inscriptions
/?/ mentioned in Stewart's Catalogue, Pref. p. v.
8.
/?/996. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 341. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Well written, highly ornamented and gilt. Marks of
sections, etc.
At the end the following colophon: .



The last two pages have been filled up with a prayer
in a different hand.
[Tippu.]
9.
730. Size 15 in. by 10 in.; foll. 363. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Beautifully written on a dyed ground, sprinkled with
gold. The first, middle, and last lines in Thulth.
Tastefully ornamented throughout. Marks of pauses,
sections, etc.
In a red leather binding, bearing the inscription

[Tippu.]
10.
1267. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 31. Forty-
one lines in a page.
A remarkable specimen of penmanship, written on
dyed paper, in minute characters. Each line begins
with an , which is in red. Every two pages contain
exactly one of the thirty sections (). Highly
ornamented and gilt.
Seal of Dhu'l-far Khn, a. h. 1141.
[Tippu.]
11.
1376. Size 17 in. by 9 in.; foll. 31. Thirty-nine
lines in a page.
Another thirty-leaved copy. Arranged and executed
like the preceding MS.
[Tippu.]
12.
25 a. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 31. About fifty
lines in a page.
Another thirty-leaved copy; closely written in minute
characters. Foll. 710 should be placed after fol. 29.
According to a note on the fly-leaf, this copy formerly belonged
to Tippu.
[East India College.]
1 Srah 56, 78 and 79.


13.
14 b. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 322. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Imperfect at the beginning, the first leaf commencing
with , the last word of S. 2, 111. Neatly
written, marks of pauses, etc. On the first thirty
leaves glosses are added, in the same hand, extracted
from different works on orthography and on the various
readings of "the Seven." Concluding:
.
Various notes in different hands on the margin.
In a red leather binding. Inscriptions prove that the MS.
formerly belonged to Tippu's library.
[East India College.]
14.
1254. Size 18 in. by 11 in.; foll. 60. Thirty-one
lines in a page.
An elegant copy, richly ornamented. Marks of
pauses, sections, etc.
Written by Muammad di Astarbd, a. h. 1137.
[Tippu.]
15.
1252. Size 18 in by 10 in.; foll. 390. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Written in large characters, without ornaments.
Marks of pauses, sections, etc. At the end:

In the original binding, on which the inscription
is frequently repeated.
[Tippu.]
16.
32 a. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 325. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A very elegant copy, resembling that described in Cat.
Bodl. ii., p. 60. The first two pages contain within
two large circles, ornamented with gold, blue, etc.,
the verse, S. 17, 90. The next two pages, entirely
ornamented in the same way, contain in the middle

Srah 1, written in white Thulth on a golden gro/?/
with the words underneath. The next
pages, which contain the beginning of S. 2,
entirely gilt. All the following pages are written /?/
dyed ground, sprinkled with gold. The first, middle/?/
last lines are in large Thulth, the middle line a/?/
each page in two equal squares. The last two Srahs
written and ornamented like the first; and the next /?/
pages, entirely ornamented, contain the same prayer a/?/
found in the Bodl. MS. The last two pages cont
(like the Bodl. MS.) rules of divination in Persian ven
Written in large Nasta'l.
The scribe names himself usain Fakhkhr.
The whole MS. has been carefully mended and bordered /?/
modern paper.
17.
1475. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 418. Eleven li/?/
in a page.
Written in small characters, with marks of pa/?/
sections, etc. Ornamented and gilt. The leaves /?/
been misplaced in binding. Foll. 146148 should /?/
between 136 and 137; after fol. 286 the following
the correct order of the leaves: 295, 296, 28829/?/
297, 294, 287, 298; after fol. 308 they should sta/?/
thus: 310, 311315, 309, 316; and after fol. 386, th/?/
389398, 387, 388.
According to a note on the fly-leaf, this is the Koran on /?/
Shuj' al-daulah "swore to the treaty of 1768." It was "given/?/
J. Cartier, Esq., and by him presented to the Library through /?/
hands of Sir H. Inglis." The first leaf bears the seal of Shuj'/?/
daulah, and on it are written, in somewhat illegible Shikastah, /?/
terms of a treaty of alliance with the English, but dated 8 Dh/?/
a'dah, 1183 (=5 March, 1770).
18.
14 a. Size 18 in. by 10 in.; foll. 387. Eleven
lines in a page.
Written in very large characters; the first letter/?/
every line in red. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Orna/?/
mented and gilt.
Transcribed by fi Lumn.
[East India College.]


19.
1383. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 347. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Elegantly written; highly gilt and ornamented.
/?/rks of pauses, sections, etc.
Transcribed by Amad b. Muammad, a. h. 1094.
Foll. 22 and 23, foll. 286293, and foll. 312315 have
been misplaced in binding.
In the original cover, with the inscription .
[Johnson.]
20.
24 a. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 62. Thirty-one
lines in a page.
A sixty-leaved copy; but the distribution of each
section on four leaves is not quite exactly maintained.
Written in small characters, each line beginning
with an . Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Each
page within lines of gold, the first four and the last
highly gilt and ornamented.
At the end the words ,
followed by a long prayer.
[East India College.]
21.
3113. Size 14 in. by 9 in.; foll. 209. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A splendid copy, with various ornaments in colours
and gold. Marks of a double division, viz. the usual one
into thirty sections (), and another into seven portions
(), with the subdivisions (fourths) of both; notes
of pauses, etc. Readings of Abu Bakr.
Dated a. h. 1141.
The binding is of green velvet, worked with silver thread.
22.
1389. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 62. Twenty-seven
lines in a page.
Arranged on sixty pages, each four of which contain

a section (). Each line begins with an , written in
red. Marks of pauses and sections.
[Johnson.]
23.
1592. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 360. Eleven and
nine lines in a page.
The First Part of the Koran, to S. 18, 2 (last words
).
Plainly written; marks of pauses, sections, etc.
Modern. Much used; pencil notes in a European hand.
[Johnson.]
24.
1593. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 346.
The Second Part of the Koran, from S. 18, 2
(), to the end.
[Johnson.]
25.
18 a. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 394. Twenty-four
lines in a page.
Plainly written, marks of pauses, etc. With a
Persian interlinear translation, written in a small Nas-
ta'l, in red. Ornamented and gilt.
Foll. 256 and 257 should be transposed; likewise
foll. 260 and 261.
The signature of R. Johnson (in Persian) on the title-page.
[East India College.]
26.
17 a. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 437. Eleven lines
in a page.
Plainly written; ornamented and gilt. Marks of
pauses, etc.; various readings of "the Seven."
Some glosses in the same hand, and others in Persian,
in a different hand, concerning the division of the verses.
Names of R. Johnson, Brinsley Fitzgerald, and a succession
of later owners, down to 1848.
[East India College.]


27.
1655. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 321. Twenty-six
lines in a page.
The Koran, with Persian interlineation and glosses.
Written in a Persian hand, the interlineation in red.
Marks of sections, etc. Ornamented and gilt.
Fol. 191 should follow 201. At the end a prayer,
and rules for obtaining omens () from the Koran;
written in Nasta'l (except the Arabic passages), and
highly gilt.
In the original binding, with the usual inscription.
[Johnson.]
28.
1. a. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 329. Fifteen lines
in a page.
An elegant copy, transcribed by one Muammad, a. h.
1267. Marks of pauses, sections, etc.; Persian glosses.
"Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1856."1
29.
3 a. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 364. Fourteen
lines in a page.
Resembles the preceding MS. Copied apparently
by the same scribe, who here calls himself Muammad
Kim.
30.
10 a. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 436. Twenty-four
lines in a page.
The Koran, with a Persian interlinear translation.
Written and ornamented almost like the preceding
MS., but in larger characters. The translation is in
small Nasta'l, in red.
Scribe, Muammad Kim; date, a. h. 1266. At
the end a short prayer.
31.
5 a. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 336. Fifteen lines
in a page.
Similar to the preceding copy, and evidently written
by the same scribe. Foll. 280284 have been misplaced
in binding.

32.
2 a. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 144. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
An elegant copy. Every sixth line in larger charac-
ters and between green lines. The first two pages con-
tain only S. 1, in two small circles, all the rest being
ornament. Written evidently by the same scribe as
the preceding MSS.
33.
6 a. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 281. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Neatly written and ornamented like the preceding
MSS.
In an illuminated binding.
34.
13 a. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 30. About fifty
lines in a page.
Well written in minute characters, excepting the
first, middle, and last lines of each page. Marks of
sections. Highly gilt. Persian glosses. Dated a. h. 1266.
Scribe, Wal.
35.
36 a. Size 4 in. by 2 in.; foll. 362. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Written in a minute but very legible character, with
marks of pauses, sections, etc.; ornamented and gilt.
Dated Jumda II., 1101.
36.
33 a. An octagon, perimeter 4 in.; foll. 285.
Fifteen lines in a page.
Written in a minute character, without division of
verses; ornamented. The scribe names himself Mrz
'Al, the secretary of Yazd, a resident of Shrz.
A defect after fol. 256; the following leaves (to
fol. 270) have been bound upside down.
In an elegant binding, illuminated in the inside, and in a double
case of filigree and stone.
1 The same note is found in the following six MSS.


37.
34 a. An octagon, perimeter 6 in.; foll. 346.
Twelve lines in a page.
Written in a minute but very legible character, with
marks of pauses, etc. The first four pages bear golden
ornaments. Part of the margin has been cut off.
Bound in green leather, with a gold clasp.
38.
3090. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 10. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of the Koran, between blank leaves.
Well written, with marks of pauses, etc.
It contains the end of the 11th and nearly the whole
of the 12th section, i. e. S. 10, 10712, 48; the rest
of the 12th section (to v. 52) has been supplied in a
clumsy modern hand.
On a page near the beginning is a note in Persian, stating that
the title of this incomplete Arabic book could not be found out (!).
39.
3048. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 28. Thirteen
lines in a page.
The 23rd and 24th of the Koran (S. 36, 2741,
46). Plainly written in a Malay hand.
40.
B. 268. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 12. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Srah 18 of the Koran. Mostly without division
of verses. Vowel-points are but seldom added.
KORANIC SCIENCE.
41.
B 270. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 89. Sixteen
lines in a page.
(sic)

The celebrated treatise on the Seven Versions of the

Koran, by Abu 'Amr 'Othmn b. Sa'd b. 'Othmn
Dn (d. a. h. 444). Cf. . Kh. ii. 487; Cat. Mus. Brit.
69; Bodl. ii., No. lxxxiii, 4 (where is the same title
as in this MS.); Nldeke, Gesch. d. Qorns, p. 337.
Neatly written; concluding (fol. 87),
. . .

(sic)

Fol. 87 v. The form of the , as given by the
different readers ( ), followed
by a Persian tract on fasting in Raman, beginning
. .1
, written
in the same hand.
On one of the fly-leaves is a list of the ten readers, ,
with their principal disciples. Seven foll. have been prefixed
to the MS., on the last of which is a new title, written by
, who bequeathed the MS. to the
Bjpr Library, a. h. 1028. Catalogue, p. 234, Tujweed i.
42.
B 269. Size 6 in. by 5 in.; foll. 114. From twelve
to fifteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the Taisr, imperfect both at the
beginning and end. Clearly written; of the 10th
century of the Hijrah.
It begins with the words:
(= fol. 12 of the preceding MS.), and ends
with (= fol.
78 of the preceding MS.)
Injured by damp, especially near the beginning. There is written,
upon the edge, , and fol. 13 is wrongly
inscribed . Cf. Catal. 234, v.
1 Various reading .


43.
B 272. Size 9 in. by 7 in.; foll. 116. Seven
lines (verses) in a page.
I. (foll. 192). A metrical version of the preceding
work, by Abu'l-sim b. Frruh b. Khalaf b. Amad
Ru'ain Shib (d. a. h. 590). It is entitled:
, but commonly called . See .
Kh. iii., 43; Catal. Bodl. ii., p. 323; Nldeke, Gesch.
d. Qorns, p. 337 sq.
Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. The
first two pages ornamented with red lines. Interlinear
and marginal notes.
II. Several tracts on the versions of the Koran:
Fol. 93r. The first Srah, with all the unusual
readings, inscribed ; written
in a large character.
Fol. 93v. A short Persian tract, beginning
.
Fol. 95v. A list of the ten readers and their disciples.
Fol. 96v. The beginning of a treatise on Orthoepy,
ascribed to Muammad Samarand. It commences:

. All the
general principles of reading are exemplified from the
first Srah, as usual. Abbreviations are used for the
names of the readers, according to the system of Shib.
Some confusion begins on fol. 105v., where a passage
from fol. 102r. ( ) is repeated, but
with a different conclusion on fol. 107r., where the MS.
abruptly ends. After some blank leaves, it recom-
mences in the middle of fol. 108r. with the heading
(which is also added as a catch-word to
the former passage). It remains, however, doubtful
whether this latter fragment belongs to the same
treatise. Badly written.
Worm-eaten and stained by damp. Bj. Libr. a. h. 1003. Catal.
p. 234, Tujweed ii.

44.
B 272 a. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 153. Eight
lines (hemistichs) in a page.
Another copy of the Shibyah. Well written, with
vowel-points; has the following colophon:




.
Inscribed on the edge, . Bj. Libr. a. h. 1024.
45.
B 274. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 58. Nineteen lines
in a page.
I. (foll. 1649). A treatise on the Readings of
Nfi', as handed down by his two pupils ln and
Warsh; derived from Shib.
Beginning:
. .


.
In two chapters: the first treating of the general
principles of Nfi (), and the other giving a detailed
account of his Readings, following the order of the Srahs
( ). Preceded by an introduction on
technical terms: .
II. (foll. 5058). A list of passages or words of the
Koran (styled ), according to the order of the
Srahs, the purpose of which is not indicated.
There is no preface. Beginning, after the Basmalah:
.
Plainly written. Inscribed in a later hand:

There precedes a fragment of a Persian treatise on
the Reading of the Koran.


46.
879. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 158. Fifteen
lines in a page.

A List of the Pauses to be observed in Reading the
Koran, according to the system of Sajwand (Mu-
ammad b. aifr, sixth century). This is probably
an abridgment of the fundamental work of Sajwand,1
who is quoted at the beginning (fol. 3). The real author,
perhaps, is introduced immediately afterwards, viz.:
(r. )

.
Beginning:


Written in large characters, by Muammad Bi (?)
b. 'Abd al-laf. All the signs of pause, the marks of
every fifth and tenth verse, the superscriptions, in red.
Red lines round the pages. Some notes.
A list of the abbreviations used for the names of the principal
on the title-page. The book is wrongly ascribed to Sajwand
himself, who, moreover, is thereby confounded with a renowned
namesake, viz. Muammad b. Muammad b. 'Abd al-rashd S.
So also in Stewart's Catal. p. 173.
[Tippu.]
47.
2165. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 92. Seventeen
lines in a page.

Another copy of the preceding work, well written.
The following Persian couplet is written twice at the
beginning:




At the end the following tetrastich:




The seal of Muammad Nadm Allah (a. h. 1180), with several
Persian poems of his; an explanation of the different kinds of
pauses and their signs, in Persian couplets; a dialogue between
Abu Bakr and 'Al, intended to show the equality of their
dignity; and various other notes are on the blank pages at the
beginning and end.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
48.
1435. Size 9 in. by 6 in. Twelve lines in a page.
Foll. 616. Ibn Jazar's (Muammad b. Muammad,
d. a. h. 833) , or Treatise in Verse on the Pro-
nunciation of the Koran. Cf. . Kh. vi. 78; Cat.
Bodl. ii. 190.
Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. In
narrow columns. The margin is wholly filled up with
Persian glosses, written in small Shikastah. Leaves
have been frequently inserted on which other glosses
are written.
The rest of the volume contains Persian treatises on
similar subjects.See Persian MSS.
[Johnson.]
49.
B 273. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 72. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
A Fragment of a Commentary on Ibn Jazar's
by 'Al b. Suln Muammad ri' (Haraw, d.
a. h. 1014).
This Commentary is not mentioned anywhere. It
begins:
. The
author says afterwards (fol. 1v.):
. .
(sic)
1 See Nldcke, Qor. p. 352; Flgel,
Hdss. Wien, iii. p. 60.



.
There are defects after foll. 24 and 48; the last fol. ends
with the commentary on the words: .
Somewhat injured by damp.
Catal. p. 234, iv.
50.
784. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 271. Twenty-one
lines in a page.
An old Sh'ah Commentary on the Koran, by Abu'l-
asan 'Al b. Ibrhm (b. Hshim umm, flourished
in the fourth century). See s, p. ; Bibl. Spren-
ger. 406; and Nldeke, Gesch. d. Qor., xxix.
Imperfect at the beginning. The name of the author,
as given above, appears at the commencement of S. 2
(fol. 1v.). This commentary, which may be regarded as
the fundamental work of Sh'ah Tafsr, is, on the whole,
concise; only the causes () of several revelations
are related at greater length. It is founded chiefly on
alleged sayings of the Imms Abu Ja'far (Muammad
Bir), and Abu 'Abdallah (Ja'far di), quoted
either directly (by ) or by an Isnd, which always
begins with the author's father.
The first words are:
; and the conclusion:
(sic) . .
On the last fol. begins a treatise or extract,
. (sic)
Clearly written, about the tenth century of the Hijrah.
Worm-eaten.
51.
B 301. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 263. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The First Part of a Commentary on the Koran,
ascribed to the celebrated ushair (Abu'l-sim
'Abd al-karm b. Hawzin, d. a. h. 465). Cf. . Kh.
ii. 376.
This commentary is merely mystical, quoting even
mystical poetry, but always without naming the authors.

Only the beginning of the passages commented is given,
introduced . This volume concludes with
S. 18, and is imperfect at the beginning. The first
words are: .
Written in a bad Nasta'l hand; red lines round the
pages. Worm-eaten and injured by damp.
Cat. p. 223, xvii.
52.
1113. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 534. Forty-one
lines in a page.
Zamakhshar's (d. a. h. 538) Commentary on the Koran,
called . Cf. the edition of Col. Nassau Lees.
Well written; finished on 23 Dhu'l-ijjah, 977, by
'Abd al-dir b. Zain al-dn arf Azhar, of Makkah.
Coloured lines round the pages. The first fol. has been
supplied in a more modern hand; the last fol. is muti-
lated. One leaf is missing after fol. 6. Foll. 28 and 37
should be transposed.
[Johnson.]
53.
563. Size 14 in. by 7 in.; foll. 796. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another copy of the Kashshf. Well written, by
Burhn b. mid. Ornamented and gilt. Some glosses.
54.
B 275, 276, 277, 278. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll.
726. Twenty-six lines in a page.
Another copy of the Kashshf, including the whole
text of the Koran. Well written. Dated Shawwal, 921.1
This MS. has been spoiled by damp. It has also many
defects, which were supplied in a later hand; but since
then a number of leaves of both sets have again fallen out.
Originally in four volumes. The first concludes with
Srah 6 (fol. 184); the second with S. 18 (fol. 376);
the third with S. 38 (fol. 559v.). The beginning of the
fourth, being in the second hand, is on the same page.
Catal. p. 219, i.
1 The beginning of the colophon, containing the name of the
scribe, has been erased.


55.
B 280. Size 11 in. by 8 in.; foll. 237. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
The First Part of the Kashshf, imperfect both at the
beginning and end. The first words are (= p.
Lees), and it ends with S. 8, 54.
Written in two different hands. Coloured lines
round the pages. Many illegible glosses in the first
portion.
56.
B. 281. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 230. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The third quarter of the Kashshf, comprising
Srahs 1937.
Beautifully written, of about the ninth century.
The final portion, however, has been supplied in a more
modern hand.
The first leaf and the last but one are wanting.
Much injured by insects.
57.
B 283, 282. Size 12 in. by 6 in.; foll. 251.
Twenty-three lines in a page.





1
The last quarter of the Kashshf; beginning with
S. 18. Beautifully written, of about the eighth
century. Rubrics sometimes omitted. At the end
the author's epilogue. In two volumes, the first ending
with S. 48 (fol. 99). Both the beginning and (in a
less degree) the end are injured by damp.

58.
23. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 454. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
An edition of the Kashshf "mixed" with the text
of the Koran, entitled . The Editor,
who calls himself Darwsh, says in his short Preface:
(sic)
.

(r. ) '



(sic)

(sic)
This is the First Part, concluding with S. 16.
Well written. Foll. 256 and 263 should be transposed.
[Hastings.]
59.
B 287. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 501. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The last part of a voluminous Super-commentary on
the Kashshf, by Sharaf al-dn al-usain b. Muammad
aiyib, (d. a. h. 743), from S. 35 to the end. Cf. .
Kh. v. 185, and Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii., 74.
Beginning:
. Written in Nasta'l, of about the tenth
century. Various defects, and the whole final portion,
have been supplied in another, indifferent handwriting.
One leaf, containing the end of the author's epilogue, is
missing at the end. Injured at the beginning.
Cat. p. 221, i. 8 (?).
1 This inscription was written on the title-page in Rab' I.,
921. The name of the owner who wrote it has been erased.


60.
B. 285. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 217. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Glosses of Saiyid Sharf Jurjn ('Al b. Muammad,
d. a. h. 816) on the Kashshf, terminating at S. 2, 23.
Cf. . Kh. v. 187.
Clearly written. Dated Sunday, 4th Rajab, 939. In
good preservation; one defect after fol. 88.
Bj. Libr., a. h. 1003. Cat. 221, i. 2.
61.
598. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 510. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
The First Part of a large Commentary on the
Koran, entitled . The
author, who is not named here, is Abu 'Al al-Fal
b. al-asan b. al-Fal abars, a Sh'ite (d. a. h. 548).
Cf. Catal. Mus. Brit. 671; Bodl. i. 50, and below, No. 64.
. Kh. v. 400 sq. confounds the author with the well-
known s (d. a. h. 460).
The Preface has a double amdalah, beginning
and
respectively.
The author says afterwards (fol. 3v.):





.
In three volumes, bound together; the second begins
on fol. 240, the third on fol. 427; it terminates
abruptly at the beginning of Srah 7. Plainly written;
the second volume in a different hand. Coloured lines
round the pages.
[Johnson.]

62.
599. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 448.
The Second Part of the same work, continuing the pre-
ceding MS. with the words
It also consists of three separate volumes; the first
concludes on fol. 120, and in the colophon is called
; the second ends with fol. 306, after which
something seems to be wanting. The third terminates
abruptly in the commentary on S. 18, 5963. The
greater part of it has been collated and emended.
Written in the same hand as the first and third
volumes of the preceding MS.
[Johnson.]
63.
600. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 770. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
The Third Part of the same work, continuing the pre-
ceding MS. with the words .
A sixth volume concludes on fol. 41v. The colophon
contains the author's epilogue, viz.:



.
Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; but
foll. 170 have been supplied by a later hand.
[Johnson.]
64.
1790. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 399. Twenty-
five and twenty-seven lines in a page.
Another, more concise Commentary on the Koran, by
abars,2 called , and composed
in a. h. 542 and 543. Cf. . Kh. ii. 638,
, and also v. 401. His statements are, however,
very incorrect.
1 Here the words seem to have fallen out. See Cat.
Mus. Brit. 672 b.
2 His full name, as given above, is found in the colophon.


The Preface begins:

. The author relates
that, after finishing his , he read for the
first time Zamakhshar's Kashshf, and made extracts
from it, which he afterwards published as a separate
book, serving as a Supplement to his first work,
and entitled . Finally, at the instance
of his son, Abu Nar al-asan, he combined the con-
tents of both in a third and more abridged work,the
present one. As to the time of its composition, the
author writes as follows in the Epilogue (fol. 398v.):






This MS. consists of two volumes of the same paper,
executed by different hands. The first (to S. 18) is
well written, and has some marginal notes. The two
following lines have been added at the end (fol. 196v.):


together with the following notice :




The second volume, from S. 19 to the end, is likewise
well written. The scribe was also a Sh'ite, for at
the end he blesses 'Al and all the Imms.
Fol. 21 should follow fol. 15, and fol. 48 should come
after fol. 6.
Seals and notes of several owners on the title-page, one of them
of a.h. 963.
[Hastings.]

65.
43 a. Size 25 in. by 15 in.; foll. 503. Fifty lines
in a page.
The First Part (to S. 18) of the large Commentary
on the Koran , properly styled
, by Fakhr al-dn Abu'l-fal Muammad b. 'Omar
Rz (d. a.h. 606), who finished it in a.h. 602. Cf. .
Kh. vi. 5; Ibn Khallikn, ed. Wstenfeld, No. ;
and Cat. Bodl. ii. 701.
It begins with a long and detailed explanation of the
first Srah, which forms a separate book.1 The first words
are (fol. 9):

followed by and , and a
paraphrase of Srah 1. Then the commentary begins:

It contains a in three
, the beginning of the first of which is quoted
in . Kh., and three books, each subdivided into
and . They are:
I. Fol. 10v. ;
II. Fol. 19. ; and
III. Fol. 26. .
The commentary on the following Srahs (S. 2
from fol. 37v. to 177) is also very extensive, consisting
rather of separate tracts, which are often subdivided
into different . The whole text of the Koran is
inserted in portions.
The present MS. consists of two volumes. The first,
which concludes with S. 3 (on fol. 220), has the
following colophon:

(sic)


1 See S. 5, 15.
1 Cf. Ibn Khallik., no. p. , l. 15.






The second volume contains the date of the author,
relating to S. 18:


. The
colophon runs as follows:







(sic)
(sic)

Beautifully written; the words of the Koran in the
Thulth character and in gold, headings in red and blue.
The beginning of each volume is splendidly ornamented
and gilt; gold lines round the pages.
The whole is preceded by a lengthy Memoir of Rz,
including a list of his works and a survey of the present
commentary. It begins:

. Written in a similar style,
also with an ornament at the beginning.
In a very elegant native binding, illuminated both outside and
inside.

66.
22. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 439. Thirty-seven
and thirty-three lines in a page.
A portion of the same work, containing Srahs 3 to 9.
Plainly written.
Foll. 41415 and 42425 should be transposed.
[Johnson.]
67.
971. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 532. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
A portion of a Commentary on the Koran, styled
, from Srah 32 to the end; apparently
belonging to the preceding work, or rather to one of
its continuations, either by Najm al-dn aml (d.
a.h. 727), or by Shihb al-dn Khuwaiy (d. a.h. 639).
See . Kh. vi. 5.
Beginning: .

(sic)

Well written. Colophon:

(?)
The first pages are highly ornamented and gilt; gold
and coloured lines round each page.
[Johnson.]
68.
B 308. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 398. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first half of a Commentary () on the
Koran (to S. 18); without any title, but, as it appears
from a comparison with the following MS., belonging
to the of Najm al-dn Abu Bakr
'Abdallah b. Muammad Asad Rz, commonly called
Dyah (d. in Rab' I., 618). Cf. . Kh. ii. 17, and
iv. 282.
There is no introduction but



The work begins with a very extensive and detailed
interpretation of S. 1 (foll. 117):


The name of the author is not mentioned; but the
chain of his authorities is more than once given at full
length, leading up to the celebrated Abu Is Tha'lab
(d. a. h. 427) in this way:
1. The author.
2. Al-Mu'ayyad b. Muammad b. 'Al Muri' s.
3. Al-'Abbs b. Muammad s.
4. Muammad b. Sa'd b. Farrukhzd.
5. Tha'lab.
Written in different hand-writings, partly in Nas-
ta'l. Red lines round the pages.
69.
B 312. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 595. Seventeen
lines in a page.

(sic)



The Second Part of the preceding work, from S. 10
to 52. Begins:

(r. )
3

An indifferent copy, boldly written, with the follow-
ing colophon:



Catal. p. 222, x.
70.
B 279. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 570. Twenty-
five, twenty-three, and twenty-one lines in a
page.
Baiw's (d. a.h. 685) Commentary on the Koran,
entitled . Cf. . Kh. i.,
469 sqq., and the edition of Professor Fleischer. On the
author, Catal. St. Petersb. p. 17, and Lugdun. iv. 31.
Complete in one volume; written in a good Persian
hand, of the ninth century. With numerous notes.
The first leaf is wanting; both the beginning and end
of the MS. are injured, and it is also stained by damp.
Fol. 567, which was taken for the final one, bears the correct
title. The three following leaves were erroneously attributed to the
(see below), and the whole volume was also de-
scribed as Zamakhshar' scommentary.1 Cf. Cat. p. 222, ix. and xiv.
71.
593. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 531. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Baiw's Commentary in two volumes. The second
begins with S. 19, on fol. 287. Numerous extracts
from the Glosses of 'Abd al-akm, 'Im, Khab, etc.,
and from other works, have been added on the margin.
Coloured lines round the pages; an ornament on the
first page.
Foll. 18 and 24 should be transposed; likewise
foll. 60 and 61.
Injured by damp both at the beginning and end.
Cf. Stewart's Catalogue, p. 169.
[Tippu.]
1 The words as contained in the title, here and
in . Kh., must not be understood in their usual meaning, viz. the
first Srah, but as denoting the whole Koran.
2 The above form of the name nearly agrees with that found
in . Kh. vi. 120, viz. ; elsewhere he reads .
3 This passage runs in the preceding MS. (fol. 306) as follows:


(r. )
1 See fol. 5.


72.
334. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 534. About
twenty-five lines in a page.
Baiw's Commentary in two volumes. The second
begins on fol. 303, with S. 19. Written in Nasta'l,
chiefly by two hands. The following account of the MS.
is given in the colophon:





Dated Monday, 23rd Jumda II., 1136.
The first few leaves are covered with glosses. Two
leaves are missing after fol. 5; fol. 48 should come after
53, and fol. 477 after 482. Pencil notes by an English
reader.
[Hastings.]
73.
2042. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 612. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
At the end the epilogue of the author, as contained
in Prof. Fleischer's edition, followed by the words:


An ornament on the first page, coloured lines round
the others.
[College of Fort William.]
74.
592. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 676. Twenty-five
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work. Well written and
ornamented.
A short prayer is added at the end.

75.
380. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 312. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first portion of an elegant copy of Baiw's
Commentary. Neatly written, much ornamented and
gilt. Many corrections on the margin. It ends with
the words (S. 16, 38).
Foll. 283 and 284 should come after fol. 288.
[Tippu.]
76.
369. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 294.
The latter portion of the same copy; beginning with
the words On fol. 40
ends the original first volume. The second volume begins
with S. 19, on fol. 41 v., which bears an ornament.
Both volumes have been wrongly described as .
77.
B 291. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 314. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The First Part of Baiw's Commentary, as far as
S. 18. Well written; gold and blue lines round the
pages, and an ornament at the beginning. Revised.
The first portion has numerous glosses, chiefly from
'Im, and interlineations. A defect after fol. 30.
'Alaw b. 'Abdallah is noted as owner on the title-page.
Cat. p. 222, iii. 2.
78.
B 292. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; fol. 366. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The Second Part of the same work, from S. 19 to
the end. Well written; finished, as is stated in a
long colophon, on Wednesday, 20 afar, 1107, by fi
Fat Muammad b. fi Muammad Sharf b. Shaikh
Ilh-bakhsh, at (?).
Ornamented like the preceding MS.
Cat. p. 222, iii. 2.


79.
2679. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 353. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The first half of Baiw's Commentary, to S. 18.
Plainly written in a.h. 1069.
Colophon:





Coloured lines round each page. Marginal notes
of 'Im, 'Abd al-akm, and others, in the first por-
tion.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
80.
B 292 a. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 50. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A fragment of Baiw's Commentary, from S. 2,
181, to 3, 95. Plainly written, in two hands, of the
tenth century. Eight leaves are missing after fol. 20,
and two after fol. 30.
81.
B 292 b. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 115. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1-107. A fragment of a shiyah on
Baiw's Commentary, by Shams al-dn Muammad
Amn, commonly called Amr Bdishh, usain
Bukhr (a resident of Makkah, who flourished at the
end of the eighth century). See . Kh. i. 479.
Ends:



II. Foll. 108115. Some leaves of 'Iy's ,
on the excellency of the Prophet (see No. 163).
Injured by insects.

82.
B 284. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 633. Twenty
or seventeen lines in a page.
Jall al-dn Suy's (d. a.h. 911) Annotations on
Baiw's Commentary, entitled 1
. Cf. . Kh. i. 474.
The author relates in his long and very polemical
preface (fol. 2v.) that he compiled his work chiefly
from the glosses on the Kashshf, and from several
grammatical works, viz. the two , by Abu 'Al
Fris and by Ibn Hishm, some treatises of Ibn Jinn,
the of Ibn Shajar and of Ibn jib, and others.
He is very prolix in the beginning of his work. The
annotations on Srahs 111, on which the author used
to lecture during the years a.h. 880890, occupy more
than three quarters of the volume.
Plainly written in two different hands. The first
leaf is wanting. Beginning: . The
final leaves are much injured.
Cat. p. 221, i. 6.
83.
B 297. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 395. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Marginal notes on Baiw's Commentary, by Abu'l-
fal Khab (Kzarn, who died about a.h. 940).
Cf. . Kh. i. 474.
Beginning without a preface:



Written in Jum. I., 996. Coloured lines round the
pages. Slightly injured near the beginning and the end.
Cat. p. 222, iii. 6.
84.
752. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 412. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Marginal notes on Baiw's Commentary, as far as
Srah 6, by 'Im al-dn (Ibrhm b. Muammad b.
1 The MS. (fol. 2v.) has .


'Arabshh Isfar'in, d. a. h. 943). See . Kh. i. 477,
and Codd. Havn. ii. p. 44.
This MS. begins with the last words of the preface:



Well written in Nasta'l, by Muammad Fil.
In the original binding of Tippu's library.1
[Tippu.]
85.
B 286. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 335. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Annotations on the latter portion of Baiw's Com-
mentary (from S. 11), by Mulla Chalab2 (i.e. Sa'd-
allah b. 'sa, commonly called Sa'd Chalab, d. a.h. 945).
See . Kh. i. 477; De Jong, Catal. Codd. Acad. 160.
The beginning of the present copy is wanting. It
commences with the 12th sheet (), at S. 19, 10:
; and concludes

Additional notes of the author on the margin.
Neatly written. Coloured lines round each page.
Much injured by insects.
Described by mistake as glosses on the Kashshf by Mulla Jall
al-dn. Cf. Catal. p. 221, i. 10.
86.
B 293. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 575. Thirty-one
lines in a page.
Glosses on Baiw's Commentary, by Muammad b.
Jaml al-dn b. Raman Shrwn. Cf. . Kh. i. 475.3
The author says:








The MS. ends:



.
Hence it would appear that it was transcribed from
the author's own copy.
Well written in a minute character. Foll. 1834
are supplied in a different hand.
Cf. Cat. p. 222, iii.
87.
B 294. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 385. Twenty-
one and twenty-three lines in a page.
The first part of Shrwn's Glosses, as far as S. 5.
It appears, however, from a small blank on fol. 305 v.,
that the whole portion from S. 2, 255, to 4, 28, has
been omitted.
Bj. Lib., a.h. 1088.
88.
B 295. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 544. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The second part of Shrwn's Glosses, from S. 6 to
the end.
Carelessly written. Coloured lines round each page.
Injured both at the beginning and the end.
Cat. 222, iii. 5.
89.
B 296. Size ab. 9 in. by ab. 5 in.; foll. 456.
Twenty-one lines in a page.
A fragment of the latter portion of the preceding
1 See Stewart's Catal., Pref. p. v.
2 Thus the author is called in the inscriptions of the single sheets.
3 These glosses must not be confounded with those of Muammad
Amn Sharwan, on which see . Kh. i. 479.
4 Viz., Baiw's commentary.


Glosses, imperfect at the beginning and, slightly, at the
end. Well written, but much injured by insects.
It begins in S. 17, with the words .
The title is found on the edge of the book.
90.
B 288. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 403. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Annotations on the beginning of Baiw's Com-
mentary, by 'Abd al-akm b. Shams al-dn Siyl-
kt ( of Siylkt in the Panjb; flourished
under Shhjahn, and died shortly after a.h. 1060).
Cf. . Kh. vii. p. 798, l. 3 sqq.
One leaf is missing at the beginning. The first
words are: (sic)

The preface dwells upon the merits, and especially
the orthodoxy, of Shhjahn (
), to whom the author dedi-
cated his work as soon as it had reached the end of the
firs of the text of Baiw. The MS. ends abruptly
with the words

This may be the end of the work, which, according
to . Kh., remained unfinished.
Well written. Single leaves are missing after foll.
58, 182, 261.
Wrongly described on fol. 193 as a commentary on the
Kashshf. Cf. Catal. 221, i. 7.
91.
2220. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 348. Twenty-four,
afterwards twenty-one, lines in a page.
Another copy of the Annotations of Siylkt, im-
perfect at the beginning. The first words are:
. The end is some-
what earlier than that of the preceding MS.
Written in two different Nasta'l hands. Coloured
lines round the pages.
Seal of Nurat Jang. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 169.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]

92.
B 289. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 168. From
twenty-one to twenty-six lines in a page.
A fragment of a shiyah on Baiw's Commentary,
by an unknown author. Imperfect both at the be-
ginning and the end, and with many other defects. It
comprises only the first two Srahs. The first words
are: .1
This is the rough copy of the author, written in
Nasta'l, in the tenth or eleventh century. Sundry
passages are crossed or emended; numerous additions
on the margin. The text of the Koran is added
throughout.
93.
B 309. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 181. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Short Notes on select passages of Baiw's Com-
mentary, imperfect both at the beginning and end.
The author cannot be ascertained.
The present fragment begins at S. 3, 106,2 with
the words (sic)

There is a defect after fol. 158, comprising nearly
the whole of Srahs 6070. The end is also wanting.
Carelessly written; the titles of the Srahs are often
omitted or misplaced in the latter portion. Coloured
lines round each page.
Inscribed on fol. 97: . Cf. Catal. 222, xiii.
94.
24. Size 13 in. by 7 in.; foll. 705. Forty-one
lines in a page.

A large Commentary on the Koran, properly entitled
, by al-asan b. Mu-
ammad umm, commonly called Nim Nsbr (a
1 Referring to S. 2, 229.
1 Cf. i. p. , l. 2 of Fleischer's edition.
2 i. p. ., l. 21 Fleischer.


pupil of Nar al-dn s; flourished at the beginning
of the eighth century). See . Kh. iv. 306 for an abridg-
ment of the introduction and of the epilogue, in which
the author mentions his authorities. His chief authority
is the or of Fakhr al-dn
Rz (see No. 65). The explanation of the single
passages of the Koran usually consists of two parts,
and , preceded by two paragraphs on
the reading and on the pauses .
Beginning:




The last words of the epilogue are wanting in this
MS., which ends with the words .1
Well written in a small hand; with some marginal
notes.
Splendidly ornamented and gilt. Two leaves are
missing after fol. 568.
95.
1658. Size 11 in. by 5 in.; foll. 285. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The first portion of a concise Commentary on the
Koran, called , by fi
al-dn Abu'l-barakt 'Abdallah b. Amad b. Mamd
Nasaf (d. a.h. 710).
The introductory remarks of the author on the
purpose of his work are almost verbally reproduced by
. Kh. v. 470. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. p. 64. The work
has been printed at Bombay, a.h. 1279.
Begins:

This MS. is plainly written, and ends abruptly at
S. 7, 101. It was transcribed from a copy which

had been made in the author's lifetime. Foll. 3441
and 4248 should be transposed.
The following note is found on the title-page:




Seals of Muammad Ibrhm, a servant of the Emperors 'lam-
gr and Bahdur Shh, a.h. 1115 and 1120.
[Hastings.]
96.
B 305. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 8. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The first sheet of another copy of the preceding
work. Plainly written. Ends at S. 2, 1.
Cf. Catal. 222, ix.
97.
B 299. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 690. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A Commentary () on the Koran, entitled
,
and ascribed by . Kh. ii. 182, to Zain al-dn 'Al b.
Amad b. 'Al b. Amad Umaw anbal, "who died in
a.h. 710." This date, however, is incorrect. For it appears
from the preface that the work was written in a.h. 831.
The author says, alluding to the first Muhammadan
conquerors (fol. 1v.):


. Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 47 and ii. 566. Printed at
Dehli, a.h. 1286.
This commentary is preceded by a long introduction
(foll. 16). It begins:

Written in two different hands, of the tenth century.
1 See the abridgment in . Kh. p. 308, 1. 9.


Red lines round each page. One leaf is wanting after
fol. 32. The first few leaves are worm-eaten.
Seal and signature of Muammad 'dil Shh of Bjpr, on
the title-page. The MS. belonged previously to i Khshl
(a.h. 1030), and before him to Ibrhm b. D'd
(a.h. 981).
Catal. p. 222, v. 2.
98.
B 300. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 113. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A fragment of the preceding work, from the beginning
to the words: (S. 2, 250).
Well written in a Persian hand of the tenth century.
Several leaves near the beginning have been supplied
by more modern hands. The first page ornamented
in various colours, the others within coloured lines.
Catal. p. 222, v. 1.
99.
B 304. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 315. Twenty-
three lines in a page.






A concise Commentary on the Koran, commonly
called , by Jall al-dn Muammad b.
Amad Maall (d. a.h. 864) and Jall al-dn 'Abd
al-ramn Suy (d. a.h. 911). Cf. De Jong, Codd.
Bibl. Acad. 161; Cat. Bodl. ii. 64, etc. Printed
a.h. 1257, at Calcutta, and many times afterwards.
The share of each author in the work is correctly
defined in the above inscription.1 This appears from
Suy's epilogue, at the end of S. 17,

. Maall began with
S. 18, and when he had come to the end of the Koran,

he turned to the first part, but never finished more
than the first Srah. The rest, from S. 2 to 17,
was afterwards done by Suy. He relates in the
same epilogue that he was engaged on this task from
Wednesday, 1st Raman, to Sunday, 10th Shawwl,
870, and completed the first clean copy on Wednesday,
6th afar, 871. His work is naturally placed at the
beginning, and the commentary to S. 1, as belonging
still to Maall's share, is put at the end of the whole.
Plainly written. The colophon runs as follows:


(sic)

...


Frequent extracts from Baiw on the margin.
Used and stained.
Catal. p. 222, iv.
100.
1361. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 419. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the .
In two volumes, the first of which contains the
portion by Suy, preceded by Maall's exposition of
S. 1. At its end (fol. 194) the same epilogue as in the
preceding MS. Next to this the account of a vision of
Kaml al-dn, the brother of Maall, given on the
authority of Shaikh Muammad b. Abu Bakr Khab.
Written in a small clear hand, by
. With marginal and
interlinear notes.
101.
1394. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 600. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first part of another Commentary on the Koran
by Suy, entitled . Cf.
. Kh. iii. 192, and Bibl. Sprenger. 444.
1 . Kh. ii. 358, is wrong.


This commentary consists entirely of traditions. The
author relates in his preface that he abridged it from
another work of his called 1, by omitting
the Isnds, with the sole exception of his own imme-
diate authorities and of the author of each tradition.
Accordingly, the explanation of S. 1 begins:


. Only the first words of the passages to
be explained are given.
The present MS. ends with S. 5. It is well written
and ornamented. Foll. 7780 and 8184 should be
transposed. Injured, especially near the end, the leaves
having stuck together.
[Hastings.]
102.
21. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 787. Thirty-five
lines in a page.

A large Commentary () on the Koran, by
Abu'l-su'd Muammad b. Muammad 'Imd (d. a.h.
982), being the most valued after those of Zamakhshar
and Baiw, upon which it chiefly depends. It is
dedicated to the Turkish Sultan Sulaimn I. See . Kh.
i. 249; Fleischer, Cat. Dresd. 368; Cat. Lugd. iv. 41.
Printed at Bl, a.h. 1285.
Begins: .
In two volumes bound together; well written in a
small hand; richly ornamented and gilt. The first
volume ends with S. 12, and has the following
colophon:


. The second volume concludes with the author's
epilogue.
Foll. 3336 are misplaced. Worm-eaten.
[Johnson.]

103.
B 290. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 485. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A Commentary (), or Paraphrase of the Koran,
by Muammad b. Amad b. Nar .,1 styled
, and composed in a.h. 9812, according
to the author's conclusion, which runs as follows:







The preface begins:

Well written, by Shh Muammad b. Kabr Mu-
ammad, and dated 28 afar, 1013. Coloured lines
round each page.
Catal. p. 222, vi.
104.
896. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 530. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A Commentary () on the Koran, entitled
, by Abu'l-fai b. Mubrak, commonly
known by the poetical name of Fai (born a.h. 954, at
Agra, died a.h. 1004). Cf. . Kh. iii. 629; Cat. Lugd.
iv. 42; and Sprenger Cat. MSS. Oudh, p. 127.
A very curious composition, in which all letters with
diacritical points are avoided. The author began it at
the suggestion of his father Mubrak (d. a.h. 1001),
and having been interrupted in his labours by a political
mission in the service of Akbar,2 completed it in a.h.
1002 at Lahore.
1 See on it . Kh. ii. 277.
1 The rest of the name, which occurs in the preface, is mutilated;
the following words are still legible:

2 Apparently his mission into the Dekhan. See Elphinstone's
India, p. 534.


The preface begins:

(r. ) . It is
followed by a succession of introductory remarks in two
chapters. In the first, which is entitled:
(1 ) (r. )
, the author gives an account of himself
and his family, as well as of the origin and nature of his
work. Those names and dates which contain letters with
diacritical points are expressed by logogriphs. This
chapter is concluded by a poem in praise of the present
work. The second chapter (foll. 816) treats of general
subjects, and is inscribed
.
An indifferent copy, written in two hands. It ends
in the author's epilogue, the last leaf being wanting.
Coloured lines round each page.
Foll. 193206 are misplaced, and should stand thus:
2016, 199, 200, 193198.
Seal of Khiradmand Khn, a servant of 'lamgr, a.h. 1115.
105.
796. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 226. Fifteen
lines in a page.


Two fragments of the preceding work. The first
contains the beginning as far as S. 5, 65. The
other (fol. 176) comprises from S. 17, 1 to S. 21, 36,
and terminates abruptly.
Written in different ways; more correct than the
preceding MS. The text of the first portion has all the
vowels. Some of the names which are paraphrased in
the introduction are added between the lines.
[Hastings.]

106.
333. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 251. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first part of a Sh'ah Commentary on the Koran,
entitled , by 'Abd 'Al b. Jum'ah Ars
awz, who completed it in a.h. 1065 at Shrz, as
appears from the following conclusion (fol. 251):

.
.
. .

.


.
In the preface, the author speaks as follows on the
purpose and principles of his present composition:
. .

.....







.
He also apologizes for inaccuracies in quoting his two
chief authorities, the commentary of 'Al b. Ibrhm,1
and the of abars.2
The whole work is a mere compilation from these
and from other Sh'ah books, such as by Ibn
1 From the following MS.
1 See No. 50.
2 See No. 61.


Bbawaih1; , by s; abar's
2; ; or ;
and . The Isnds are generally reproduced.
Beginning:
.
The present MS. comprises Srahs 16. Well
written, by Muammad (b. ?) Fakhr al-dn Amad, in
a.h. 1089. The titles of the books quoted are written
in red. Gold lines round the pages.
[Hastings.]
107.
B 306. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 472. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The first part of a Mystical Commentary on the
Koran, imperfect both at the beginning and the end.
It now begins with S. 2, thus:


, and terminates abruptly near the end of
S. 15. Plainly written.
108.
B 307. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 406.
The second part of the preceding Commentary, im-
perfect at the beginning. The first words are:
, referring to S. 17, 1.
Part of it written in a different hand. Frequent
blanks in the final portion. One sheet is missing after
fol. 20.
Both this and the preceding MS. are wrongly said to be Nasaf's
. Cf. Catal. p. 222, ix. 3.
109.
1570. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 411. Fifteen,
afterwards about twenty-three lines in a page.
The first part of a Mystical Commentary, or rather
annotations on single verses of the Koran, following the
order of the Srahs. The title and the author cannot
be ascertained. This MS. is imperfect and mutilated at

the beginning. Ends with S. 18. Colophon:
(?)
However, this title (as well as that of the following
MSS.) seems only to be taken from one of the para-
graphs into which the commentary is usually divided;
viz., , and The author, who
quotes numerous mystical authorities of all times,
belongs to a very modern period. Some passages of his
work are in Persian.
Begins:
Plainly written. Foll. 138 in a different hand.
[Hastings.]
110.
B 302. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 294. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, imperfect both at the
beginning and end. The first words are:
(= fol. 34 of the preceding MS.). Ends:
(beginning of S. 14, = fol. 308 of the pre-
ceding MS.). Written in different hands and at different
dates. The apparently older portion has all the vowel-
points. Much injured by insects.
Inscribed Cf. Cat. 231, i. (?).
111.
B 303. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 525. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The second part of the preceding work, from S. 19
to the end. Written in a large plain hand. A lacuna
comprising nearly seven Srahs (from the end of S. 21
to S. 28) is indicated by part of fol. 47v. remaining
blank. The MS. terminates abruptly in the com-
mentary on the last Srah.
Inscribed:
1 . It remains, however, doubtful whether this
be the correct title, or a misnomer derived from the often occurring
heading . There is a
mentioned in . Kh. vi. 108. Cf. Catal. 222, xi., where the
author is called Bunduh Nowaz ( ).
1 See below, No. 145.
2 See No. 166.
1 Sic, r. ? or is a village near
Nsbr. See Marid, ed. Juynboll, ii. , and Johnson's
Persian Dict. s.v.


112.
B 311. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 421. Twenty-
three and twenty-five lines in a page.
The final portion of a concise Commentary ()
or paraphrase of the Koran, in the mystical way; title
and author not ascertained.1
It begins with Srah 7, thus:


.
The commentary on each following Srah begins in
the same way ( or ). Next follows an
ever-varying paraphrase of the Basmalah; and it con-
cludes with a pious peroration.
Clearly written in two different hands for, and pro-
bably in part by, Shh Makhdm dir, about a.h.
1100. Imperfect at the end. Single leaves are wanting
after foll. 150, 293, and 412.
113.
B 303a. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 21. Fifteen
lines in a page.
An explanation of Srah 1, by 'Abdallah b. 'Abd
al-akm b. Shaikh Shams al-dn Siylkt, the son of
the prolific author above-mentioned.2 Preceded by an
introductory treatise (foll. 26).
Begins:
.
Well written, by 'Abd al-d'im. Marginal notes.
A defect after fol. 17.
Cf. Cat. p. 222, xii., where the treatise is styled .
114.
1063. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 294. Nine lines
in a page.
A Commentary on the 12th Srah ( ),

combined with the legendary history () of Joseph.
It is ascribed to the celebrated Ghazzl (d. a.h. 505).
Begins (fol. 2v.):


(fol. 3)
.
This is not a real commentary, but rather a kind of
homily on the double text aforesaid, illustrating it
with moral stories, sentences, poetry, etc. It ends
with v. 102. The rest of the Srah is given with the
Persian Commentary of usain Kshif, introduced by
the following words (fol. 288):

.
Ends:
.
Written in a large, plain hand. Coloured lines round
each page.
The first two pages contain a prayer.
115.
B 314. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 49. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A short treatise on the abrogated verses of the Koran
( ), following the order of the Srahs,
by an unknown author. The beginning is wanting;
the first words are:
.
At the end a computation, according to which there
are 150 abrogated () and 86 abrogating verses
() in the Koran.
Plainly written. A defect after fol. 17.
116.
B 331. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 281. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A fragment of a work on the ordinances of law and
religion which are derived from the Koran. It
belongs to the kind usually called (see
1 On the title-page (sic)
2 See No. 90.


. Kh. i. 173). As the MS. is imperfect at the begin-
ning, the title and the name of the author cannot be
ascertained. The latter lived, however, as appears
from his quotations, not earlier than the tenth century.
He goes over the whole Koran, selects those verses
which contain ordinances of the said kind, and illus-
trates them at some length.
Begins:

(sic, r. ?)
.
After enumerating the various ordinances derived
from the first Srah, the author proceeds to S. 2, and
in the first place explains v. 27 as an illustration of the
question,
Imperfect at the end, terminating at S. 16, 77.
Plainly written on European paper, in the middle of
the twelfth century.
Erroneously inscribed
. Cf. Catal. 229, xxii. 2.
TRADITION.
117.
347. Size 11 in. by 8 in.; foll. 478. Twenty-
eight lines in a page.
The Collection of Traditions of Abu 'Abdallah Mu-
ammad b. Ism'l Bukhr (d. a.h. 256). Cf. . Kh.
ii. 512 sqq., and Professor Krehl's edition (Leyden,
1862, etc.), and also Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgen-
lnd. Ges. iv. 1 sqq. Printed at Bl, a.h. 1280.
A good copy, transcribed by a scholar, probably at
Damascus, of the latter part of the eighth century.
The text has been collated with several copies of note.
An account of these is given in a note on the title-page,
which, however, is partly obliterated, the beginning
and the end of the MS. having suffered from damp.
Fol. 474 should stand after 476.
A former owner, Muammad Sharaf al-dn, ascertained with
the aid of one 'Abd al-'azz of Dehli, that this copy was complete.
[Tippu.]
118.
1004. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 646. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, very neatly
written on thin paper stained brown. Headings in
larger characters, and in various colours, or in gold.
Originally in four parts, each having an ornament
at the beginning.

Several passages, including the beginning and the
end, have been supplied by a later hand. The whole
MS. is bordered with thick, modern paper. Foll.
8996 should stand between foll. 80 and 81.
[Hastings.]
119.
588. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 852. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, in two volumes,
bound together. Well written, and richly ornamented,
but incorrect. Frequent emendations on the margin of
the first portion.
It begins with the following Isnd of an old copy:







(r. )
.


The colophon runs as follows:

.
Of the eleventh century of the Hijrah.
120.
B 96. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 609. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, plainly written,
of the tenth century. Ornamented. The first pages
covered with interlinear and marginal notes, the latter
taken from commentaries. The last folio is wanting.
The beginning is much injured.
According to the inscription, this MS. was once the property of
'Abd al-bi Tabrz usain. Seal of Muammad 'Adil Shh.
Bj. Libr. a.h. 1059.
Cat. p. 223, i. 6.
121.
B 94, 95. Size 11 in. by 8 in.; foll. 363. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The first half of the a. With frequent marginal
notes, taken from the commentaries. The various
readings of the first editors of the work are added in
the beginning portion. A list of the abbreviations used
for their names is on the title-page. The first part has
several defects, as may be seen from the original pagi-
nation.
Plainly written in different hands. At the end the
following note:
.

(sic)

.
Cat. p. 223, i. 3.

122.
B 97. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 290. Seventeen
lines in a page.
The first quarter of the a, beginning with the
same Isnd as No. 119. Clearly written. Extracts
from various commentaries (chiefly those of 'Othmn
and 'Ain, besides those of Karmn and asaln, and
the ) in different hands on the margin and
between the lines.
Cat. 223, i. 2.
123.
B 98. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 221. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The final portion of the same work, commencing
with . The first folio is wanting;
begins:
Written in a small, good hand. Dated Sunday, 19
Jum. II., 919. Injured by damp, especially fol. 2.
Cat. 223, i. 5.
124.
732. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 127. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The second quarter of the a, from
to . Boldly written. Headings in red.
Seal of 'Abd al-wahhb Khn Nurat Jang, a.h. 1175.
[Tippu.]
125.
B 101. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 270. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
Ibn ajar 'Asaln's (Shihb al-dn Abu'l-fal
Amad b. 'Al, d. a.h. 852) Introduction to his large
Commentary on the a called . Cf.
. Kh. ii. 525; Cat. Mus. Brit. 111; Bibl. Sprenger.
498; and on the author, Quatremre, Hist. des Sultans
Mamlouks, i. 2, p. 209 sqq.
This introduction was written in a.h. 813, and en-
titled . It is divided into ten sections
1 S. 2, 177.


(), treating of the object and materials of the
a, of its method of quoting traditions, of the
names of traditionists, etc., and concludes with a notice
of Bukhr. The present copy is imperfect both at the
beginning and end; it commences with the end of the
first section. The second section1 is inscribed:

Written in a good, clear hand, of the ninth century.
Both the beginning and the end are much injured by
insects.
126.
B 102. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 441. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first portion of a large Commentary on the
Sa, by Badr al-dn Abu Muammad Mamd b.
Amad 'Ain anaf (of 'Aintb, flourished at Cairo,
where he died in a.h. 855),2 entitled:
.
See . Kh. ii. 527, whose statements are partly
taken from the preface, which treats of the origin of
the work, of the Isnds connecting the author with
Bukhr, etc. (foll. 17). The commentary is very
prolix, especially at the beginning.
The text of Bukhr is always added, marked with
. This MS. ends abruptly in Book IV. ,
chap. . It is neatly written,
but not correct. Several blanks.
Cat. 223, i. 4.
127.
2659. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 479. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
The final portion of a Commentary () on the
a, by Shihb al-dn Amad b. Muammad asa-
ln (d. a.h. 923), entitled . Cf. . Kh.
ii. 535 sq. This commentary was printed at Bl,
a.h. 1285, and at Lakhnau, a.h. 1286.

It contains the last quarter, beginning with the chap.
from Book xv.

Plainly, but inelegantly written.
Seals of a servant of 'lamgr, of H. Vansittart, and of C.
Boddam, and signature of the latter, Calcutta, 1787.
128.
1409. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 230. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
A fragment, apparently belonging to the preceding
commentary.
Plainly written. It contains from near the be-
ginning of (fol. 29) to the end of
(fol. 230), and also (beginning afresh)
part of the book next following, .
This latter has been placed by mistake at the com-
mencement (foll. 128). A defect after fol. 151. Foll.
1318 are mutilated.
[Johnson.]
129.
B 99. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 375. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
A Commentary on the a, entitled
, by 'Othmn b. Ibrhm idd anaf,
who appears to have lived in the tenth century of the
Hijrah.
The author says in his preface that he compiled his
work from the commentaries of Karmn, 'Asaln,
asaln, and Zarkash, and also, in the first portion,
from the , a commentary by Saiyid 'Abd
al-awwal. There precedes (foll. 26) an introduction in
nine sections (), treating in general of the science
of tradition, of Bukhr, of the names and chronology
of traditionists, etc. The commentary itself consists of
annotations on single passages of the text, the first words
of which are only given, introduced by .
Begins:

Written in different hands, about a.h. 1000. The final
leaves are mutilated, and the beginning is also injured.
Cat. p. 223, i. 7.
1 An extract of it may be read in . Kh. ii. 514 sq.
2 See for an account of him, Quatremre, Sult. Maml. i. 2, p.
219 sqq.


130.
B 100. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 896. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A copy taken from the preceding MS. in its present
injured condition. Plain handwriting. Blanks instead
of the mutilated passages of the original. Rubrics
omitted in the latter portion. The scribe calls himself
Shaikh Muammad b. Shaikh 'Abd al-laf.
131.
2390. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 313. Fifteen
lines in a page.



(sic ?)
An Introduction to the a, with a commentary
on the beginning of that work, compiled by 'Omar b.
Muammad 'rif Nahrwl ,1 for the benefit of
his ignorant countrymen.
The preface begins:

The work begins with a general introduction, (fol. 8)
, and fourspecial
chapters. I. (fol. 14) ; II. (fol. 34)
; III. (fol.40) ;
IV. (fol. 50) . Then follow various discus-
sions, (fol. 52) , con-
cluded by notes on Bukhr and his work, (fol. 74)
; (fol. 99)

Added, (fol. 109) a survey of all the books and
chapters of the a with regard to their number;
(fol. 112) another pointing out the principles of their
arrangement, taken from Balain's commentary;2
(fol. 121) another telling the traditions, and espe-

cially the and the 1 contained in each
chapter; and (fol. 127) an alphabetical list of the
Companions of the Prophet on whose authority tradi-
tions are related in the a.
The commentary (foll. 132313) is very copious. It
does not, however, go as far as is stated in the in-
scription, but terminates abruptly in the very beginning
of the . A sham conclusion has been
added by a different hand.
Well written; of the twelfth century. Ornamented
in colours. The copy was made by a calligraph for the
use of the author, who revised it afterwards, and wrote
the above title. Two leaves (foll. 134 and 135) were
also inserted by him as a supplement ().
A list of contents on foll. 13.
[Sir Charles Wilkins.]
132.
641. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 280. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The Second Part of the or Collection
of Traditions of Muslim b. al-ajjj ushair Nsbr
(d. a.h. 261). Cf. . Kh. ii. 541; Cat. Mus. Brit.
112 and 719; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 25. Printed at
Calcutta, a.h. 1265.
This part contains from to .
Well written, by
. Collated with another
MS. in Sha'bn, 791. Coloured lines round the pages.
Foll. 137 have been supplied by a modern hand. Foll.
95, 157, and 235 have been misplaced in binding; they
should stand after foll. 86, 154, and 227 respectively.
[Tippu.]
133.
618. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 143. Nine lines
in a page.

An Account of the person, manners, and character of
the Prophet, by Abu 'sa Muammad b. 'sa b. Saurah
Tirmidh (d. a.h. 279). Cf. . Kh. iv. 70; Catal. Mus.
1 Thus the author names himself in his preface. His native
place is Nahrwlah, or Pattan, in Gujart.
2 See . Kh. ii. 531.
1 See on these terms, . Kh. ii. 534.


Brit. 98; Bibl. Sprenger. 107. Printed at Calcutta,
a.h. 1252, with a Hindstn translation, entitled
.
In fifty-six chapters. The following is a list of them1
as they occur in the present MS.: Fol. 1 ; fol. 10
; fol. 14 ; fol. 16 ; fol. 17 ;
fol. 19 ; fol. 21 ; fol. 22 ; fol. 27 ;
ib. ; fol. 28 ; fol. 31 ; fol. 33 ; fol. 35
; fol. 36 ; ib. ; fol. 37 ; fol. 38
; fol. 39 ; fol. 40 ; ib. ; fol. 41
; fol. 42 ; fol. 43 ; fol. 44 ; fol. 46
; fol. 56 ; fol. 57
; fol. 59 ; ib. ; fol. 61 ;
fol. 63 ; fol. 65 ; fol. 67 ; fol. 68 ;
fol. 71 ; fol. 74 ; fol. 77
; fol. 80 ; fol. 82 ; fol. 90 ; fol. 92
; fol. 93 ; fol. 97 ;
fol. 99 ; fol. 102 ; ib. ; fol. 108 ;
fol. 115 ; fol. 116 ; fol. 117 ; fol. 118
; fol. 123 ; fol. 125 ; fol. 134 ;
fol. 137
The text consists entirely of traditions. It is intro-
duced by the following words only:

Well written, with vowel-points, by Muammad
Yaya. Collated in Rab' I., 1107. Numerous inter-
linear and marginal notes in the earlier portion.
The verso of the last folio contains several sayings
of Muammad, relating to eating, etc., compiled by
Abu'l-Wazrn Amad .
[Tippu.]
134.
2115. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 120. Eleven lines
in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, with the same
introduction as in the preceding MS.

Plainly written. Conclusion:


Seal of Nurat Jang.
[Coll. of Fort William, 1825.]
135.
B 69 a. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 64. Nine lines
in a page.
Some fragments of a copy of the Sham'il. The
first (foll. 18) contains the end of chap. 8 (),
chap. 9 (), and the greater part of chap. 52 (),
which follows next. The second fragment (foll. 932)
comprises from chap. 24 () to chap. 35 ();
the third (foll. 3364), from chap. 39 () to chap. 50
().
Well written and collated. Vowel-points and various
glosses in Arabic and Persian have been added sub-
sequently.
136.
B 69. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 167. Twenty-
eight lines in a page.
A copious Commentary on the Sham'il, by Ibn
ajar Haitham (Shihb al-dn Amad Makk, d.
a.h. 973). It was composed in Raman, 949, and
entitled . Cf. . Kh.
iv. 70; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98; Bibl. Sprenger. 111.
Of the main text, originally only the passages to be
explained are given; but the rest are added, with the
mark , on the margin.
Plainly written, by Zain b. 'Abdallah Muaibil, for
his own use. Dated 9th Rajab, 1088. Collated with
another MS. The first leaves are much injured by
insects.
Cat. 223, viii.
137.
2208. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 173. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another, more concise Commentary on the Sham'il,
including the whole text.
1 For the sake of brevity, only the names of the subjects are
given, instead of the full phrase introducing each chapter, viz.
.


It has no preface. The before-mentioned commentary
of Ibn ajar is quoted in it.
Well written, by Jaml 'Al, for his own use. The
final portion is worm-eaten.
[Coll. of Fort William, 1825.]
138.
1662. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 18. Nine
lines in a page.

The celebrated Hundred Sayings of 'Al, with a
paraphrase in Persian distichs. See on the editions of
the former, Cat. Mus. Brit. p. 511.
Beginning:



A splendid copy on tinted paper, sprinkled with gold.
The words of 'Al written in the Thulth character,
alternately in gold and blue, with all the vowel-points,
the Persian paraphrase in Nasta'l. With gold and
coloured borders; the first and final pages richly illu-
minated and gilt.
Concluding:



Seals of 'Abd al-wahhb Khn, a servant () of Muam-
mad Shh, a.h. 1157, and 'Abd al-razz Khn, a.h. 1187, on
the title-page. The following is written, in large Nasta'l, on a
vacant page near the end:


(r. )
, and below it is added a list of the descendants of the
aforesaid Ni'mat-allah, followed by the pedigree of the above
Ghulm Muammad Khn, both written in Shikastah.
Cf. Stewart's Cat. p. 80.
[Tippu.]

139.
2180. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 19. Nine lines
in a page.


Another copy of the preceding text, well written, the
Arabic text in the Thulth, the Persian verses in the
Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. At the
end an address to 'Al. Transcribed by Jaml al-dn
Turkumn. Ornamented and gilt. The first page is
injured by damp.
[Coll. of Fort William, 1825.]
140.
1179. Size 8 in. by 5 in. by 5 in.; foll. 18. Nine lines
in a page.
The same Hundred Sayings of 'Al, with another
paraphrase in Persian couplets. Beginning:



The same paraphrase is found in the autographed
edition of Major Yule, Edinburgh, 1832.
A plain copy. Each page contains three Arabic
lines, with the second half of one couplet above, two
complete couplets between, and the first half of a
fourth couplet below them.
Inscribed on the title-page:


Seal of Nurat Jang, a.h. 1174.
[Tippu.]
141.
607. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 21. Ten lines
in a page.

The Hundred Sayings of 'Al and his Testamentary
Advice to his son usain, with a Persian interlinear
translation.


The testamentary advice begins:


A fine copy, arranged so that the text of the sentences
and that of the testament alternate with each line,
the former written in a large Thulth, the latter in
the Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. The
Persian interlineation is in Nasta'l, in red. Gold
and coloured lines round the pages.
In the original binding of brown gilt leather.
[Johnson.]
142.
1158. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 10. Six lines in
a page.
The same Testamentary Advice () of 'Al as in
the preceding MS.
Begins:


A splendid copy, written on the inner sides of the
leaves only, with all the vowels. Transcribed by
'Abdallah abbkh, for his own use. Imperfect at
the end.
143.
932. Size 7 in. by 3 in.; foll. 302. Twelve
lines in a page.
A Collection of Sh'ah Traditions on the universal
knowledge, divine right, and spiritual powers of the
Holy Imms, entitled )
,1 and ascribed to Muammad
b. al-asan al-affr (Abu Ja'far umm, d. a.h.
290). See s, p. .2
The work is divided into chapters (), each
headed by a brief sketch of its contents.

The Imms are always spoken of collectively (
), and the work vindicates the boldest Sh'ah
doctrines regarding them. Its chief authorities are
'Al, Abu Ja'far (Muammad Bir), and Abu 'Abd-
allah (Ja'far di) themselves. The connexion of the
Isnds with the compiler is generally not expressed.1
Beginning:

(sic)
(r. )


In four separate parts (). Part II. begins on fol.
94; III. on fol. 186; IV. on fol. 250. Well written,
the titles in gold, and the names of the authorities in
red. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament at the
beginning.
Foll. 6477 should be placed between foll. 190 and
191, in the following order: 64, 6677, 65.
Fol. 302 contains extracts from the , and from the
of Muammad b. al-asan al-urr, in which the
present work, and another one with the same title, by Sa'd b.
'Abdallah,2 and also an abstract of the latter by asan b. Sulaimn,
are noticed. There probably exists some relation between the
two books. To conclude from the evidence of s before
mentioned, the present work might be considered an augmented
edition of the original work of Sa'd. This would also account for
the strange introduction of the Isnds noticed above.
144.
568. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 884. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The famous Collection of Sh'ah Traditions, entitled
, by Abu Ja'far Muammad b. Ya'b Kuln
1 The words in brackets are added in the titles of Parts III.
and IV.
2 s, however, in speaking of the works of the author, only
mentions a of his. See below.
1 i.e. and the like are omitted at the beginning of the
Isnds.
2 He died about a.h. 300. His work is also mentioned by
s, p. , 1. 9, and described as being divided into four parts.
Cf. Fihrist of Ibn al-Nadm, ed. Flgel, p. , where the same
work is called .


(d. a.h. 328). See on it and on the author, s, p. ;
Ibn al-Athr, ed. Tornberg, viii. p. ;1 Liber as-
Sojutii de nomin. relat., ed. Veth, p. ; Sprenger,
Life of Mohammad, p. 68. Copies are rare in Europe.2
A few extracts from the work are to be found in
Cat. Mus. Brit., p. 452, vi., and a commentary on
it in De Jong, Cat. Bibl. Acad. Reg. Scient., p. 174.
The preface begins:
. The work is divided into twenty-nine or thirty
books, according to the subjects. Their order in the
present copy differs from the list of s. Besides,
some portions are in a strange state of confusion, of
which the owner of this copy must have been conscious,
and which he tried to conceal by spoiling the text
at the end and at the beginning of several books with
ornaments.3 Owing to the identity of their first words,
foll. 287 sqq. and 555 sqq. have been misplaced, but
they cannot be re-arranged properly, in the present con-
dition of the MS. The only way of making the whole
run coherently is to break the connexion of
and (foll. 474 and 475). Then the books
would stand in the following order:
I. (fol. 7v.) ; II. (fol. 22v.) ;
III. (fol. 45) , containing the Sh'ah doctrines on
the Immate; IV. (fol. 155) ; V. (fol. 251 v.)
; VI. (foll. 280286, 555, 556) ; VII.
(foll. 557-565) ;4 VIII. (foll. 475554, 287302)
; IX. (fol. 302v.) no title (); X. (fol. 318)
; XI. (fol. 325) ; XII. (fol. 358 v.) ;

XIII. (fol. 414) ; XIV. (foll. 446474) ;
XV. (fol. 566) ; XVI. (fol. 581 v.)
; XVII. (fol. 587 v.) ; XVIII. (fol. 593)
or (the former title is given at the
beginning, the latter at the end of this book; more likely
they are two separate books, as in s's list; then the
latter begins on fol. 595, where is the heading
); XIX. (or XX.) (fol. 627v.)
; XX. ; XXI. (fol. 667v.)
; XXII. (fol. 672v.) ; XXIII. (fol. 690)
; XXIV. (fol. 716v.) ; XXV. (fol. 741)
; XXVI. (fol. 770) ; XXVII. (fol.
777) ; XXVIII. (fol. 785)
; XXIX. (or XXX.) (fol. 793) , on
'Al and the early Imms personally.
A very elegant copy, transcribed by order of a Saiyid
of Ifahn, by Muammad usain b. jj Jall al-dn
Shrz. Dated Friday, 1 Jumda II., 1162. The
names of the original authorities (Muammad and the
Imms) in gold, and those of the Shaikhs of the author
in red. The titles in red, but the words and
in gold. The beginning of each book is ornamented
and gilt. Gold and blue lines round the pages.
The table of contents (foll. 17) comprises only Books
IVII, and is inscribed accordingly:

. The chapters
are said to be 498 in number.
[Johnson.]
145.
1293. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 101. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A Collection of Sh'ah Traditions, entitled
, by Abu Ja'far Muammad b. 'Al . Ibn Bba-
waih umm (d. a.h. 381). Cf. s, p. penult.
The work isapparently without a systemdivided
into numerous chapters, illustrative of single points of
1 Read instead of in the text in question.
2 I am informed by Prof. Wright, of Cambridge, that there is
another copy in the library of Trinity College, Dublin.
3 A gross mistake occurs also in the concluding words on
fol. 302r.: . In reality
this is the end of , and no books with the above titles
occur in the work. The book following next, on the verso of the
same fol. ( ), is without title.
4 This book, which is entirely detached, is inserted here
according to the table of contents. It does not occur in s's list.


Sh'ah theology. Each of them begins .
or . . The present volume contains
about 170 of these chapters. A complete list of them
is found on the fly-leaves. According to this list1 and
to the conclusion, this is only the first part () of the
work.
Begins: . .
(sic)

(r. )


Clearly written in Nasta'l, of the eleventh century.
A rich ornament on the first page, gold lines round the
others. With marginal notes, partly in the same, and
partly in a different hand, the latter being in Persian,
and written in red ink. Injured by insects.
Signature of Abu'l-asan Ibn Muammad Ism'l usain
Msaw on the title-page.
[Johnson.]
146.
975. Size 13 in. by 7 in. ; foll. 428. Fourteen
lines in a page.

An account of the life and the alleged sayings and
doctrines of 'Al Ria, the eighth Imm of the
Sh'ites, ascribed to Ibn Bbawaih umm. Cf. Catal.
Mus. Brit. 730; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. p. 188; and
also . Kh. iv. 270, ; it is not men-
tioned by s.
A beautiful copy, written in a bold hand; of the
latter part of the eleventh century. Ends:


The first two pages are richly ornamented and gilt;
gold lines round the other pages.
In a rich native binding.
[Hastings.]

147.
2147. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 276. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A work on Morals, founded upon the Tradition, entitled
; by Abu'l-Laith Nar1 b. Muammad b.
Ibrhm b. al-Khab Samarand (d. a.h. 383 or 375).
Cf. . Kh. ii. 428, and Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 268,
no. 1837, which, however, appears to be a different
and incomplete version.
This MS., agreeing with . Kh., contains ninety-four
chapters, a list of which is on the last page. They
are: 1. , (fol. 2); 2. , (fol. 7v.);
3. (fol. 12v.); 4. (fol.
19); 5. (fol. 25); 6. (fol.
30v.); 7. (fol. 35); 8.
(fol. 39v.); 9. , (fol.
42v.); 10. The same (fol. 48v.); 11.
(fol. 55); 12. (fol. 56v.); 13.
(fol. 60v.); 14.
(fol. 62); 15. (fol. 65v.); 16.
(fol. 67v.); 17.
(fol. 73); 18. (fol. 75v.); 19. (fol. 80);
20. (fol. 82v.); 21. (fol. 86); 22.
(fol. 89); 23. (fol. 90); 24.
(fol. 93v.); 25. (fol. 97v.); 26.
(fol. 101); 27. (fol. 104v.);
28. (fol. 108v.); 29.
(fol. 113); 30. (fol. 117v.); 31.
(fol. 121v.); 32. (fol.
124); 33. (fol. 131); 34.
(fol. 134); 35. (fol. 135); 36.
(fol. 137v.); 37. (fol.
139v.); 38. (fol. 143); 39.
(fol. 145); 40.
(fol. 148v.); 41. (fol. 151); 42.
(fol. 152v.); 43.
1 It is followed (fol. 2v.) by the beginning of an index to the
second part: (sic) .
1 The MS. has, incorrectly, .


(fol. 154v.); 44.
(fol. 156); 45. (fol. 157v.); 46.
(fol. 159); 47. (fol. 161); 48.
(fol. 162v.); 49. (fol. 166);
50. (fol. 168); 51.
(fol. 170v.); 52. (fol. 173); 53.
(fol. 176); 54. (fol. 178);
55. (fol. 179); 56.
(fol. 181); 57.
(fol. 184); 58. (fol. 186v.); 59.
(fol. 189); 60.
(fol. 191v.); 61. (fol. 194); 62.
(fol. 196v.); 63.
(fol. 198); 64. (fol.
200); 65. (fol. 201v.); 66. (fol.
204v.); 67. (fol. 206v.); 68. (fol. 208);
69. (fol. 210); 70. (fol. 212);
71. (fol. 214); 72. (fol.
216); 73. (fol. 217); 74. (fol.
218); 75. (fol. 218v.); 76.
(fol. 222); 77. (fol. 223); 78.
(fol. 224); 79.
(fol. 226); 80.
(fol. 228); 81. 1 (fol. 230);
82. 1 (fol. 231v.); 83.
(fol. 233v.); 84. (fol. 237); 85.
(fol. 240); 86. (fol.
240v.); 87. (fol. 242v.); 88.
(fol. 244); 89. (fol. 247v.); 90.
(fol. 251); 91.
(fol. 254v.); 92. (fol. 258);
93. (fol. 261v.); 94.
(fol. 263v.).2
Well written. Red lines round the pages. Notes
and corrections in the earlier portion.

A number of traditions in Persian, relating to the
use of the tooth-brush (), an advice how to pray
for the release of a prisoner, and various notices are
added at the end (fol. 274 sqq.).
Seal of 'Abd al-majd Khn, a.h. 1145.
[Coll. Fort William.]
148.
674. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 38. Fifteen lines
in a page.
One thousand Sentences of the Prophet, without the
Isnds. The book was originally inscribed:
, and although this title has been can-
celled afterwards, it appears to be correct, when com-
pared with . Kh. iv. 83. The author, then, would
be Abu 'Abdallah Muammad b. Salmah u'
(d. a.h. 454). See for other MSS. of his work, Cat.
Lugd. iv. 61, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 592, and for com-
mentaries, Cat. Mus. Brit. 115 (cf. 767) and 406.
The present text is not divided into chapters, as is
noticed in . Kh. (l. c.), nor does it contain the ap-
pendix mentioned there. It concludes with the
following sentence:

Plainly, but inelegantly written. The final portion
is injured by fire.
The book bears the erroneous titles , and
, the latter being words of the preface.
[Tippu.]
149.
B 103 a. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 296. Nine-
teen lines in a page.




The celebrated Collection of Traditions of al-usain
b. Mas'd Baghaw (d. a.h. 510 or 516), who compiled
it from the seven canonical collections of Bukhr,
1 This rubric is omitted in the text.
2 Thus in the index; in the text, two different chapters.


Muslim, (Abu D'd) Sajastn, Nas', Tirmidh, (Ibn
Mjah) azwn, and Drim. Cf. . Kh. v. 564;
Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 85; Cat. Lugd. iv. 74, etc.
Written in a good hand, the diacritical points
often omitted; of about the eighth century. The
transcriber names himself al-asan b. 'Abdallah b.
Muammad b. Abu'l-sim Gharbl. Much worn.
The earlier portion is covered with marginal and
interlinear notes. The vacant leaves at the end are
filled up with various extracts and notices. On the
last fol. begins a table of contents.
Signature of Muammad 'dil Shh. Frequent impressions of
a seal which offers no name, on the title-page. Cf. Cat. 223, iii. 1.
150.
B 105. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 318. Nine-
teen lines in a page.
Another good copy of the preceding work, imperfect
and much injured at the beginning.1 Boldly written,
with many vowel-points. Numerous marginal notes,
derived from Jrabard's (d. a.h. 746) commentary, in
the first portion. Has the following colophon, written
in a cursive style, difficult to read:


()



2.
3. 2.






.1

Foll. 318v. and 319. A list of technical terms used
in tradition.
The MS. is erroneously described as of Ibn ibbn.
Cf. Catal. 223, i. 8.
151.
B 106. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 68. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A fragment of a concise Commentary on Baghaw's
, by an unknown author, containing about one-
third of the whole. It begins with , from
, and ends in the paragraph
of the last book.
Of the original text, only the passages to be explained
are given, usually preceded by2 . . The
commentary is introduced by .
Boldly written, the diacritical points frequently
omitted; of about the tenth century. Single leaves
are missing after foll. 22, 29, and 52.
Erroneously inscribed:
. Cf. Catal. 223, iii. 2.
152.
2016. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 381. Fourteen
lines in a page.
The first volume of the , i.e. the
revised and enlarged edition of Baghaw's ,
by Wal al-dn Abu 'Abdallah Muammad b.
'Abdallah Khab Tabrz, who completed it on Friday,
the last of Raman, 737. Cf. . Kh. v. 567. It
has been translated into English by Capt. Matthews,
Calcutta, 180910. It was printed at Dehli, a.h.
1268, and at Bombay, a.d. 1865.
Begins:

An elegant but incorrect copy. Preceded by a list
of the chapters.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 Originally of 325 foll.
2 One word doubtful.
3 One word obliterated.
1 One word doubtful.
2 Here follows the name of the authority.


153.
2122. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 384.
The second volume of the Mishkt, from
to the end. It contains the date of the author
as given above.
The copy is dated a.h. 1085. It was transcribed
by Jall al-dn b. 'Al, a student at the Mausoleum
( ) of Ibrhm 'dilshh (of Bjpr). Fre-
quent marginal notes in the first portion. Preceded
by a list of contents.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
154.
2143. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 712. Eleven,
fifteen, and seventeen lines in a page.
Another, plain copy of the preceding work, completed
at the beginning of Rab' I., 1094, at Shhjahn-
bd. Red lines round the pages. Numerous notes.
Foll. 684691 have been supplied by a different hand.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
155.
2237. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 504. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, written in several
hands.
Colophon:

.





Notes in the first portion. Fol. 170 should be placed
after fol. 165.
Prefixed is an index to the contents of an entirely
different work on law.
Seal of Nurat Jang, a.h. 1175.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]

156.
772. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 285. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of the Mishkt, beginning1 in the
chapter ; the rest complete.
Well written, with all the vowel-points, and with
frequent marginal notes. Some leaves, containing
extracts from the ,2 have been recently
inserted to serve as supplements to single chapters.
Slightly injured both at the beginning and end.
[Johnson.]
157.
B 113, 114. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 323.
Twenty-seven lines in a page.
The final portion of a Commentary on the Mishkt,
by usain3 b. Muammad aiyib (d. a.h. 743),
entitled . Cf. . Kh. v. 567.
Begins with . The text of the Mishkt
is not included. Written in a good Nasta'l hand.
Dated 3rd Raman, 888. Scribe, 'Abdallah b. Mas'b
b. Kzarn. A defect after fol. 163.
158.
313. Size 14 in. by 9 in.; foll. 598. Thirty-
seven lines in a page.
The first volume of a large Commentary () on
the Mishkt, by 'Al b. Suln Muammad Haraw
ri', a anafite (d. a.h. 1014). It is entitled
. Cf. . Kh. v. 568.
The preface begins:

The author says in it that he began to read the
Mishkt with several Shaikhs of Makkah (
), but found them neither critics nor in
possession of a good text. He therefore exerted him-
self in collecting a number of correct and authentie
1 Fol. of the original pagination.
2 See . Kh. v. 568 sq.
3 Alias asan, and so originally in this MS.


copies, of which he gives an account. From these he
has made a new, and what he hopes will become the
standard edition of the text. To write also a com-
mentary he was induced by the consideration, that
almost all the labour bestowed upon the work was due
to the Shfi'ites.
This volume concludes with . Well
written, in a small hand. Richly ornamented and gilt.
Foll. 50 and 57 should be transposed.
[Johnson.]
159.
314. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 580.
The second volume of the preceding commentary,
from to the end.
No date. Occasional blanks in the text seem to
indicate that the original MS. was mutilated.
The leaves after fol. 9 should stand thus: 11, 12,
10, 15, 13, 14, 16; and after fol. 95, thus: 103, 102,
98101, 97, 96, 104. foll. 120 and 127 should be
transposed.
[Johnson.]
160.
343. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 439. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
A fragment of the same commentary, containing
about one-third of the whole, viz. from
to the commencement of 1 where it ends
abruptly.
Plainly written; coloured lines round the pages.
Seals of Itidr Khn (a.h. 1179) and Nurat Jang (a.h. 1186).
Bound in red leather, which is highly gilt.
[Tippu.]
161.
1053. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 252. Eleven
lines in a page.
A Collection of Traditions, apparently an abridgment
of the Mishkt. The order of the books and chapters
is the same as in that work, but many traditions, as

well as whole chapters, are omitted. It begins:

. Next comes a tradition of 'Omar,
taken from the end of the introduction of the Mishkt,
then begins .
The title and the name of the author cannot be found.
Plainly written. All rubrics omitted after fol. 20.
A list of the chapters precedes.
[Gaikwar.]
162.
2263. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 160. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A Collection of Apophthegms of 'Al, without the
Isnds, arranged alphabetically. It is entitled
. The author is 'Abd al-wid b.
Muammad b. 'Abd al-wid mid Tamm, who
flourished, according to . Kh. ii. 646 sq., at the
beginning of the sixth century. Cf. . Kh. iv. 318;
Cat. Mus. Brit. 331 sq.; and Cat. Lugd. i. 193.
Written in a good Persian hand, of about the tenth
century. The end is missing. Thin paper. Worm-eaten.
Seal of Nurat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
163.
1046. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 209. Twenty-one
lines in a page.
'Iy b. Msa Yaub's (d. a.h. 544) celebrated
work on the excellency of Muammad, entitled
. A full account of it
is given in . Kh. iv. 56 sq. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit.
97, etc. Printed at Cairo, a.h. 1276.
Clearly written. The colophon runs as follows:
. .

(sic)

. . . (sic)

1 The MS. has .


Coloured lines round the pages. Glosses in Arabic
and Persian. Somewhat injured by insects. Foll.
126 have been supplied by a different hand.
[Gaikwar.]
164.
B 71. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 301. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, executed by
two hands. Colophon:


1. (sic)
Frequent marginal notes, taken from different com-
mentaries on the present and on other works. Nine
leaves are missing after fol. 38.
Cat. 224, xiv.
165.
2312. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 197. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Another copy of the Shif.
Legibly written, by Molla 'Abd al-'azz b. usain
b. Muammad b. 'Abd al-'azz As', who finished
it on Thursday, 24 Raman, 1089. Collated.
After several other owners, whose signatures are to be found on the
title-page, the MS. came into the possession of jj Jall al-dn,
of Palembang, in a.h. 1177. A notice in Malay on the fly-leaf
refers to his pilgrimage to Makkah, which was performed in the
years 11756.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
166.
1302. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 225. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
An account of the various controversies between
the twelve Imms and their opponents, according
to the Sh'ah tradition. It is in all probability the
of Abu 'Al al-Fal b. al-asan
abars (d. a.h. 548).2

Although, as a rule, the Isnds are omitted, yet that
leading up to the eleventh Imm, al-asan 'Askar, is
given at full length at the beginning of the work
(fol. 2v.). It runs thus:










Another Isnd connects the author with Abu Ja'far
s (d. a.h. 460), in the following way (fol. 25v.):

(sic)



The preface begins:

The author complains of the slackening spirit of his
sect. He quotes, by way of introduction, what is
said in favour of religious contention in the Koran,
to which he subjoins an account of the various disputes
of the Prophet with idolaters, Jews, and Christians.
He then proceeds to relate at great length the claims
and arguments of 'Al, and subsequently those of the
other Imms in succession. Each of them is repre-
sented as pleading his cause in speeches and disputa-
tions, or in letters. The work is accordingly divided into
sections (), each of which is inscribed1 .
The "pleading" of the twelfth Imm, al-Mahd (
1 Only a.h. 1084 agrees with the rest of the date.
2 See regarding him No. 61. On the title-page we find the
inscription: .
1 Here follow the name of the Imm and the subject of the
controversy.


, chiefly consists
of his correspondence with Muammad b. 'Abdallah
imyar1 and others, and is further supported by the
arguments of Mufd (d. a.h. 413) and Saiyid Murtaa
(d. a.h. 436), two great Sh'ah divines.
Neatly written, and collated with another MS.
Some notes.
[Hastings.]
167.
B 88. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 135. Twenty-
five lines in a page.




A Collection of sound Traditions bearing on morals
and asceticism, by Muyi al-dn Nawaw (d. a.h. 676).
See . Kh., iii. 518, and Aumer, Hdss. Mnch.,
p. 30 sq.
An old copy, carefully written in a firm hand, with
constant distinction of the un-pointed letters. Con-
cludes (fol. 133):



Corrections on the margin, mostly in the original hand.
A notice of Nawaw, which begins (fol. 133v.):
.
, and some poetry alluding to him, fill up the
vacant space at the end.
A list of the chapters of the work has been added on
the first and last pages in two different hands. It
concludes (fol. 135v.):
. The number given here,
though varying from the statements of . Kh. and

Aumer (l. c.), fairly agrees with the number of the
chapters marked in the present text.
According to a note on fol. 133v., 'Al b. Hrn b. Ysuf
(sic) bought this copy in Muarram, 790. Signature
of 'Abd al-ramn b. 'Alaw . al-'Aidars at the end of the
text.
Cat. p. 223, iv.
168.
B 77. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 313. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, ill written; headings
in red. Concludes:
(sic) (sic!)
A list of the chapters of the work (264 in this MS.)
is inserted after the preface (foll. 39). Notes in the
earlier portion.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1059. Seal of Muammad 'dil Shh.
169.
2294. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 372. From
fifteen to twenty lines in a page.

.
A copious Commentary () on the Forty
Traditions of Nawaw (d. a.h. 676), by Amad b.
ajar Haitham (d. a.h. 973), properly entitled
. Cf. . Kh. i. 241, and Stewart's
Catal., p. 158, iii.
The author says in his preface:





Ill written, by Saiyid 'Omar b. Muammad .
Dated 1st Rab' I., 1151.
Seal of Nurat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 See regarding him s, p. .


170.
B 108. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 230. Twenty
lines in a page.
Another, imperfect copy of the same Commentary.
Clearly written in Nasta'l.
Single leaves are missing after foll. 39, 96, 217, and
223, and the last fol. is lost.
Cat. 223, xiii.
171.
1227. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 76. Thirteen
lines in a page.



(sic)
One thousand sound Traditions bearing on moral
subjects, compiled by Sirj al-dn sh (Abu Mu-
ammad 'Al1 b. 'Othmn, flourished in the sixth
century). Cf. . Kh. vi. 345 and iv. 317, and Aumer,
Hdss. Mnch. 29.
This work is an abridgment of the author's
. It is divided into a hundred chapters, a list of
which is inserted after the preface.
Begins: . .






Written in a cursive hand, except the preface and
the list of the chapters, which are executed in a fine
Naskh. Coloured lines round the pages. Some mar-
ginal notes. A table of abbreviations on the title-page.
Worm-caten.
[Gaikwar.]

172.
B 87. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 331. Fifteen lines
in a page.
A diffuse treatise on the state of the soul after death,
inscribed on the title-page:
. The
author does not give his name; but as he professes to
be a disciple of the famous Ibn Taimyah anbal
(d. a.h. 728), he is very probably Shams al-dn
Muammad b. Abu Bakr Dimish anbal, commonly
called Ibn aiyim al-Jauzyah (d. a.h. 751).1 A
work of this author, with the title , is
mentioned by . Kh. v. 88,2 and with this the present
treatise appears to be identical. It is based on twenty-one
questions, though by mistake only nineteen are counted
in the present MS. It was compiled from the tradition
and from old authors, e.g. Ibn Abu'l-dunya (d. a.h. 281),
whose is quoted, Muammad b. Nar
Marwaz (d. a.h. 294), Ibn azm, the author of the
, (d. a.h. 456), etc.
Begins:
. The twenty-one questions are:
I. (fol. 2v.)
II. (fol. 20) ; III. (fol. 24v.)
; IV. (fol. 45)
; V. (fol.
51) ; VI. (fol. 69v.)
()
; VII.3 (fol. 92)
; VIII.
(fol. 107?)4
; IX.5 (fol. 121)
; X. (fol. 137v.)
;
XI. (fol. 140)
1 Thus he is always called; the above form of the name is
evidently incorrect.
1 See on other works of his, Cat. Lugd. iv. 253 sq.
2 He describes, however, only an abridgment of it.
3 Wrongly numbered v.
4 Not marked.
5 Numbered vii., and so on.


; XII. (fol. 143)
; XIII. (fol. 148v.)
; XIV.
(fol. 152)
; XV. (fol. 153v.)
; XVI. (fol. 155) ;
XVII. (fol. 157)
; XVIII.
(fol. 187v.)
; XIX. (fol. 216)
; XX. (fol. 264v.)
; XXI. (fol. 268v.)
. The work concludes with a succession of dis-
tinctions (fol. 322v.),

Inelegantly written, by asan b. Ysuf Sind.
Date, a.h. 887.
Signature of 'Abd al-ramn b. 'Alaw al-'Aidars, among
others, on the title-page.
Cat. 232, xxvii. (?)
173.
2234. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 138. About
thirty-two lines in a page.


A compendious work on the life, person, and cha-
racter of Muammad, by Abu Zakary 'Imd al-dn
Yaya b. Abu Bakr 'mir (d. a.h. 893), who com-
pleted it, according to the epilogue, in Raman, 855.1
Cf. . Kh. ii. 74, and Stewart's Catal. 33.
This work is divided into three parts (), a survey
of which is given at the beginning. Part I.

, in six chapters. II.


in four chapters. III.
, in three chapters.
The author used the works of various predecessors,
among whom he points out Ibn Is and abar,
Tirmidh and Ibn ibbn, and 'Iy.
Plainly written, by Sa'd b. al (?), ap-
parently in Southern Arabia. Headings in large cha-
racters. Coloured lines round the pages of the first
portion. Notes. Foll. 106 and 116 have been mis-
placed; they should stand together between foll. 60
and 61.
Signatures of various owners: first a prince named

, Raman, 1158; then 'Abd al-rabb, of
Kaukabn, a.h. 1159; after him his daughter Fimah,
a.h. 1177, etc.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
174.
2296. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 500. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work. Well written,
by Jaml 'Al.
The epilogue of the author varies from the preceding
MS. The date is also different, and apparently correct,
namely Sunday, 14 Raman, 855.
[Coll. Fort William, (1809) 1825.]
175.
B 72. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 160. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A portion of the same work, containing the 3rd and
4th chapters of the first part.
Clearly written.
176.
829. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 415. Mostly
nine lines in a page.
A detailed description of the world to come, founded
upon the Koran and the tradition, and entitled
() , by Jall al-dn
Suy (d. a.h. 911). See . Kh. ii. 30.
1 The present MS. has the date, Friday, 10 Raman, which
is not correct.


Beginning:



.
In about a hundred and forty chapters, a list of which
precedes (foll. 18). The first treats of the end of the
world ( ).
The author's epilogue contains no date.
Clearly written in Nasta'l, breadthways like Sanskrit
books. The colophon runs as follows:







() .
Explanatory notes, drawn from various works, on
the margin.
One leaf is wanting after fol. 411.
Seal of Amjad Khn, a servant of 'lamgr II.
[Johnson.]
177.
2738. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 116. Nineteen
lines in a page.
(sic)


.
A treatise of Suy on the nature and history of
demons and the devil, according to the tradition, pro-
perly styled . Cf. . Kh.

v. 328, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 257. It is an abstract
() of Badr al-dn Shibl's (d. a.h. 769) work
on the same subject, entitled
, on which see . Kh. i. 386.
This treatise begins with a succession of short para-
graphs, , , etc., and concludes
with two long chapters, and
.
Well written. Dated 5 Shawwl, 1115 (
). Preceded by
a list of contents. Worm-eaten. The leaves have been
misplaced in binding; they should stand in the following
order: foll. 19, 2657, 1825, 1017, 58116.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
178.
B 82. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 12. Fifteen lines
in a page.
In what manner Muammad, and the other pro-
phets, remain alive in their graves. A discussion by
Suy, being in answer to a question which was put
to him on that subject. It is entitled, according to the
conclusion, . See . Kh. i.
443, and Bibl. Sprenger. 1960.
Begins:





.
Well written, of the twelfth century.
The title of the book is in a different hand. Signature of
'Abd al-ramn b. 'Alaw al-'Aidars. Cat. 223, xi. 1.


179.
351. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 364. Thirty-
one or thirty-three lines in a page.
A Biography of Muammad, compiled by Shihb
al-dn Amad asaln (d. a.h. 923), and entitled
. Cf. . Kh. vi. 245;
Flgel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 341; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98.
Printed with the commentary of Zarn, at Bl,
a.h. 1278, in 8 vols.
The author's conclusion is wanting. Written alter-
nately in two small hands, on tinted paper. Coloured
lines round the pages.
Seal of Nurat Jang, a.h. 1175.
[Tippu.]
180.
764. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 429. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, containing at the
end the author's conclusion. He completed his work
on the 2nd Shawwl, 898, and finished the fair copy
on the 15th Sha'bn, 899. The original of the present
copy was dated 10th afar, 904, Makkah.
Well written. Some notes. Preceded by indices.
On the first fol. is a sketch of the life of the author, taken from
the biographical history of the tenth century,1 by Ibn 'Abds.
According to this, Abu'l-'Abbs Amad b. Muammad b. Abu
Bakr ais asaln Mir Shfi' was born at Cairo on the 12th
Dhu'l-a'dah, 851, and became a pupil of Khlid Azhar, Sakhw,
and others. His controversy with Suy, alluded to by . Kh.
(l. c.), is also related here.
The MS. has once been a .
181.
2264. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 191. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A defence of the orthodox doctrine on the Khalifate,
or the righteousness of the three predecessors of
'Al, against Sh'ahs and heretics, by Shihb al-dn
Amad b. ajar Haitham Makk (d. a.h. 973).
It is entitled .

See . Kh. iv. 110,1 for an abstract of the preface.
Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 708, and Stewart's Catal. 136.
This work is mainly founded on the Sunn tradition
and on old authors. The above title, and the name
of the author, do not occur in the text. There are
really eleven chapters instead of ten, as stated in
the preface,2 viz.: I. (fol. 6v.)
; II. (fol. 40v.)
; III. (fol.
44) ; IV.
(fol. 68v.) ; V. (fol. 70v.)
; VI. (fol. 80v.) ; VII.
(fol. 83) ; VIII. (fol. 89)
; IX. (fol. 92v.) ; X. (fol. 103v.)
; XI. (fol. 108158)
. There follows (fol. 158168)
a supplement to the last chapter, containing extracts
from a treatise on the same subject (
), by Sakhw (Muammad b. 'Abd al-ramn,
d. a.h. 902), with which the author became acquainted
fourteen years after the completion of the present work,
when numerous copies of the latter had spread all
over the world ("the farthest West, Transoxania,
Kashmr, India, Yaman, etc."). Though these extracts
were not considerable, and could easily be added as
marginal notes, yet it seemed to him impossible to
gather all the copies of the text for that purpose (!).
He therefore gives them separately, divided into four
short chapters (). The work concludes with a
double appendix (), fol. 168v.: ,
and fol. 174:
. (r. )
Carefully written, by Sulaimn b. 'Abd al-karm
Khab Sanabn (, sic)3 Shfi'. Dated Wed-
1
1 The correct title of the work is given in Add. et Corr. vii.
780.
2 See . Kh. l. c.
3 Probably of Sanabn in Yaman. See Yt, iii. .


nesday, 10 Rajab, 995. An index to the work is on
the title-page.
The last pages (foll. 188v.191) are filled with
extracts from Suy's , etc., ill written.
The book bears only a modern inscription, which begins:

.. In an Oriental binding of brown
leather.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
182.
603. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 221. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, which appears
to have been made for Prince 'im, the son of
Aurangzb. Well written. Dated 5 Raman, year
43 of 'lamgr (= a.h. 1111). Prefixed is a detailed
list of contents, which, however, seems to be simply
copied from the original MS. This latter was dated
Thursday ( , sic), 7 afar, 1078. Worm-
eaten.
Seals of a servant of 'im Shh, and of Arshad Khn, a
servant of Shh 'lam, a.h. 1120.
[Johnson.]
183.
B 374. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 157. Between
twenty-two and fourteen lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same work, written in
various Nasta'l hands.
The beginning is wanting, and there are defects
after foll. 58, 64, 94, and 148. The work terminates on
fol. 151v., 1. 1, where it is immediately followed by
an extract from Abu'l-Sa'dt [Ibn] al-Athr's
1 . Imperfect at the end.
Fol. 157, a stray leaf, probably belongs to the same
extract.
Cat. 226, xxxvi.
184.
B 457. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 22. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A fragment of the same work, containing the preface
and part of Chap. I.

Plainly written, on European paper, of the middle of
the twelfth century.
Inscribed:
. Cf. Catal. 226, xxxviii.
185.
B 363. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 461. Nine-
teen lines in a page.


.
A diffuse treatise on mortal sins, founded upon the
tradition, by Amad b. ajar Haitham. It has been
printed at Bl, a.h. 1284. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151.
The author, who does not give his name, tells us that
he began this treatise in a.h. 953, at Makkah ( ),
and that he made use of a work of Abu 'Abdallah
Dhahab (d. a.h. 748). The treatise consists of an in-
troduction (), on the definition of mortal sin,
etc., and two parts (), one (fol. 23) treating of the
"internal" or mental sins ( ), and the other
(fol. 108) of the "external" sins, or crimes in practise
( ). The latter is divided into special
chapters, according to the system of the law-books,
, etc. The appendix (, fol. 436) treats of
four subjects: I. of penitence (); II. (fol. 440) of
the day of judgment; III. (fol. 448v.) of Hell; and
IV. (fol. 452) of Paradise, and it concludes with a
prayer.
Well written. Dated as follows:

. This copy was made by
'Abd al-ramn b. Sulaimn1 . B Fal, by order
of Wajh al-dn Saiyid 'Abd al-ramn b. 'Alaw b.
Amad al-'Aidars B 'Alaw usain.
The signature of Wajh al-dn is at the end and on the title-
page; the above title is also in his hand-writing.
Cat. 223, x.
1 Sic. Cf. . Kh. v. 438.
1 The following word is effaced.


186.
2222. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 54. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A short Collection of Traditions and Sentences, for
devout purposes, styled . It is ascribed here
(and also in Stewart's Catal. 159, xi.) to af al-dn
Amad b. 'Al, commonly called Ibn ajar, but else-
where to Amad b. Muammad ajar. See . Kh. vi.
161, and Catal. St. Petersb., 213, 5 (where the patronymic
is pronounced ). Which form of the name is
correct, and whether one of the two famous Ibn ajar
is to be understood, is not ascertained. The work
is divided into ten chapters, arranged by the numbers
110, so that the sentences contained in each chapter
have a relation to its number by their structure and
partition, or enumerate as many things, etc.
This copy begins:


(sic)

(sic)

(sic)
.
As the exordium differs from that quoted in . Kh.,
and from that of the following MS., none of them
seems to be authentic.
Well written, by one Ya'b; of the twelfth century.
The last pages contain a saying of the Prophet, con-
cerning the visits of the spirits of the deceased to their
old haunts; an explanation of the word , in
Persian, extracted from the , etc.
[Coll. Fort William.]

187.
1242. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 31. Mostly
fifteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work, somewhat
abridged.
Begins:

(sic)


.
The concluding portion is omitted. Boldly written.
The colophon runs as follows:

. .

Additions to the text in the same hand, and various
Persian notes and interlineations. The title-page is
filled with several apophthegms of the Prophet.
[Tippu.]
188.
B 111. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 140. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A fragment of a large Collection of Traditions. The
name of the author is not to be found, the first leaf
being wanting. It appears, however, from the detailed
index to the whole book which fills up the first eleven
leaves, and from recent inscriptions, running
and , that this is the
work of 'Al b. usm al-dn Muttai (d. a.h. 975),
described in . Kh. iii. 553 and 616, as a com-
bined and newly arranged edition of Suy's
and the supplement to it (). It is entitled
.
The single books () are arranged alphabetically,
and subdivided into chapters () and sections ().
Each of the latter has a double appendix, inscribed
and . The books from which the tradi-
1 Cf. S. 96, 4, 5.
2 is added on the margin.


tions are taken are always marked, the same abbre-
viations being used as in Suy's work.1
The present fragment comprises only two books, viz.,
I. , in three chapters: 1.
; 2. ; 3.
; and II. (fol. 54) , in two
chapters: 1. ; 2.
. The details of both these chapters
are also arranged alphabetically.
Plainly written in three different hands, and ter-
minating abruptly. Marginal notes. The final leaves
much injured. A slight defect after fol. 43.
Cat. 224, xxii.
189.
2060. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 367. Nineteen
lines in a page.

A compendious work () on the life and the
excellency of the Prophet, by 'Abdallah b. Khir
b. Abu'l-mafkhir Tamm. Cf. Stewart's Catal.
31, cix.
The author says in the preface that his work is
an abridgment of the , a work written
in Persian, by (Sa'd al-dn) Muammad b. Mas'd
Kzarn (d. a.h. 758),2 to which he added extracts
from the of Muyi al-sunnah (Baghaw),
from the by iwm al-sunnah Abu'l-
sim Ism'l (b.) Muammad b. al-Fal Ifahn
(d. a.h. 535),3 and also from Ibn utaibah's (d.
a.h. 276) and 'Iy's . The
arrangement he adopted unaltered from Kzarn's
work. The first part () contains seven4 chapters,
the second and the third eight,5 and the fourth eleven

chapters, each of the latter comprising one of the years
of the Hijrah. The appendix ( , fol. 288)
treats of various more dogmatic questions, in seven
chapters, I. ; II.
, etc. To this is added another appendix
(fol. 363, after the original conclusion) in three sections,
on which the author speaks as follows:


.
Plainly written. The name of the transcriber and
the date are found in a note on the title-page, which
runs as follows:
(sic)
(sic) (?)
. .

.
The end is wanting. Fol. 240 should be placed after
242, and fol. 247 after 244.
[College of Fort William, (1809) 1825.]
190.
B 107. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 82. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A treatise on the ascent of Muammad, ,
by 'Alam Allah b. 'Abd al-razz Makk anaf.
The preface begins:
. The author relates in it that he
was driven from his former dwelling-place, Burhnpr,
by religious disturbances (
), and that, after having wandered
about for some time, he was invited to the court of a
prince, whom he calls (fol. 2)
To him he dedicates the present work, which he had
begun several years before.
The treatise commences (fol. 3v.):
1 See . Kh. iii. 550.
2 Cf. . Kh. vi. 167, where it is called
.
3 Perhaps the same as the mentioned in .
Kh. iii. 237.
4 Instead of eight, as stated in . Kh.
5 Instead of nine, as . Kh. has.


. Various authorities, as late as
Ibn ajar Haitham (d. a.h. 973), are quoted in it.
Conclusion:

.
Well written, of the eleventh century. A defect
after fol. 11.
Cat. 224, xvi.
191.
2341. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 46. Fifteen lines
in a page.
I. Foll. 12: A prayer for Muammad, supposed to
have been communicated by him to Mamd of Ghaznah
in a dream.
Begins:
.
II. Foll. 344: A Collection of Traditions from the
Prophet, entitled , by Amad b. 'Abdallah.
It is divided into forty chapters, each of which
contains ten traditions. The Isnds are generally
omitted. Each tradition is followed by a Persian
translation. This collection was printed at Bombay,
a.h. 1280. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 164, xliv.
Beginning:
. The first chapter is inscribed:
. A list of all the chapters is
inserted after the preface.
Dated 1 Muarram, 1157.
III. Foll. 44v.46: Various pious stories in Persian,
concluding with blessings on Muammad.
Well written.
Seal of Tippu on the first page.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
192.
2340. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 8. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Forty Sayings of the Prophet, with a paraphrase in
Persian verse, preceded by a preface also in Persian.
Cf. Stewart's Catal. 158.

The preface begins:
. The first tradition is:
.
Conclusion:
.
Neatly written in Nasta'l, by Muammad Mahd
b. jj 'Abd al-hdi. Ornamented.
[Coll. Fort William.]
193.
630. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 8. Eleven lines
in a page.
Another elegant copy of the same work, without the
preface. The text of the traditions written in Thulth,
the paraphrase in Naskh. Tastefully ornamented in
colours.
Seal of Nurat Jang.
[Tippu.]
194.
2040. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 8. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same, also without the preface.
Well written in Thulth and Nasta'l, and ornamented
in gold and blue. Scribe, .
.
Seal of 'Abd al-amad Khn Dilr Jang, a.h. 1189.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
195.
2279. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 99. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A selection of Traditions from the Prophet, made by
order of Tippu, by 'Abd al-ramn b. 'Abd al-mlik.
It is derived from the six canonical collections, and
divided into ninety-two chapters, according to the
numerical value of the name , and hence entitled
. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 157, xciii. (?).
The text is accompanied by a Persian interlinear
translation.
Begins: . .




. . .
.
...
(sic)

. .

. (sic)
The first chapters treat of the holy war.
Written in a large plain hand, the Persian inter-
lineation in Nasta'l. Preceded by a list of contents
in Persian (foll. 12).
[College of Fort William, 1825.]

SCIENCE OF TRADITION.
196.
B 86. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 65. About
twenty lines in a page.

A treatise on Discrepancies in Traditions, by Ma-
md b. hir b. al-Muaffar Sanjar.
This MS. is imperfect at the beginning and end;
it commences now with the following verses, which
belong to the preface:
(sic)




The author says subsequently that in the course
of his studies he read the of utab
(i.e. Ibn utaibah, d. a.h. 276).1 The present treatise
is an abridgment of that work, with additions by
the author. It tries to solve the discrepancies be-
tween single traditions, as well as between traditions
and the Koran. The discrepant traditions are intro-

duced, the one by , the opposite by
, and the solution by . The author
dedicated his work to
, for whom he had already
written a treatise on Koranic science,
.
Written in different hands, of about the tenth century.
Much is wanting at the end. Single leaves are also
missing after foll. 7, 10, and 11. Fol. 3 is much torn.
Wrongly inscribed . Cf. Cat. 226, xxxiii.
197.
2347. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 44. Thirteen
lines in a page.

A treatise in verse on the Science of Tradition, by
'Abd al-ram b. al-usain Athar 'Ir (d. a.h. 806),
composed in a.h. 768. It is chiefly an abstract of
the of Ibn al-al (d. a.h. 643). Cf.
. Kh. i. 416, and Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 82.
Well written, by Abu'l-su'd b. 'Izz al-dn ,
and dated Thursday, 2nd Dhu'l-ijjah, 1146. With
vowel-points. The headings in the Thulth character.
Seal of Nurat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 See on this work, . Kh. v. 463 and i. 198, and Cat. Lugd.
iv. 54.


198.
B 104. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 147. Twenty-
one lines in a page.

.
.
Ibn ajar 'Asaln's (Abu'l-fal Amad b. 'Al,
d. a.h. 852) Glosses on the of Ibn
al-al (Abu 'Amr 'Othmn Shahrazr, d. a.h. 643),
and on the annotations on that work by 'Ir. Cf.
. Kh. iv. 250.
These glosses begin with the preface () of Ibn
al-al. The last heading which occurs is (fol. 142):
, and from a note
at the end ( )
it would appear that the work was never continued
beyond this first volume.
Written in a good small hand, probably transcribed
from the author's own copy. The passages commented
are preceded by , with or written over it, in
order to distinguish the original text () and the
annotations of 'Ir (). Several blanks, intended
in the author's copy for the full text of some quo-
tations, which were never inserted, appear likewise
in the present MS.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1046. Seals of Muammad 'dil Shh, and of
two servants of 'lamgr (Aurangzb), namely 'Inyat Khn and
bil Khn. Cat. 224, i.
199.
2182. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 58. Fifteen lines
in a page.
Ibn ajar 'Asaln's Commentary () on his
own , on the technical terms used in Tradi-
tion, entitled . Cf. . Kh.
vi. 316. Edited by Col. Nassau Lees, Calcutta, 1862
(Bibl. Indica).
Plainly written. Dated a.h. 1184. The distinction

of the text and the commentary is often inaccurate.
Frequent glosses in the first portion.
Seal of Nurat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
200.
B 109. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 102. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A Commentary on the preceding work, probably
that of 'Al ri' (b. Suln Muammad Haraw,
d. a.h. 1014), which is entitled
. Cf. . Kh. vi. 316, and Bibl.
Sprenger. 485.
This commentary contains the complete text of Ibn
ajar. Begins:
.
Well written. The colophon runs as follows:
. 1
[]
(sic)
.

Some marginal notes.
Fol. 102v. An account of the seals of Muammad and
his three successors, and of those of Abu anfah, Abu
Ysuf, and Shaibn, beginning:
, and concluding: (sic).
Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), ii.
201.
B 110. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 157. Seventeen
lines in a page.
An indifferent copy of the same work, apparently
transcribed from the preceding MS. The last sheet but
one is missing (after fol. 147).
Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), iii.
1 Sic, r. or .


LAW.
ANAFITES.
202.
1157. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 116. Thirteen
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 14. A short treatise in explication of the
following eight law terms: , ,,
, , ,, and , in as
many chapters. According to the conclusion,1 the
materials were taken from the following works:
, , , and
. Begins: .
.
It appears from a work printed at Dehli (about a.d.
1870), which contains glosses on the present treatise, that
the name of its author is Tj al-dn , and it seems
to be entitled .
II. Foll. 5115. . An abstract of
anafite Law, by Abu'l-usain Amad b. Muammad
udr (Baghdd, d. a.h. 428). It is also called
, or merely . See . Kh.
v. 451; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 84; Fleischer, Cat.
Lips. 477, etc. Printed at Dehli, 1847, and sub-
sequently.
This MS. begins: .
(sic)

(sic)
Well written in Nasta'l, by Shaikh Fard al-dn
Muammad b. Shaikh asan Muammad. Dated 5th
Rab' I., 1091. Covered with notes in different hands,
and preceded by a table of contents.
Library of Faibd (Oudh). Seal of Mr Muammad Asad
Khn, a.h. 1185.
["Tippu" (Johnson?)]

203.
2059. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 97. From
fifteen to twenty-two lines in a page.
Another copy of the , somewhat
differing from the preceding.
It begins: ,
and concludes with two Persian verses. Boldly
written. Occasional notes. Interleaved with European
paper, the first few pages of which contain notes and
explanations in English.
This MS. came into the possession of A. Locket, at Baghdd, a.d.
1811. The following note is on the title-page:

, and some notes in Turkish, in the same hand, are
on the last page. The MS. had been a .
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
204.
11. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 243. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
A portion of the , or system of anafite
Law, by Shams al-a'immah Abu Bakr Muammad b.
(Amad b.) Abu Sahl Sarakhs (d. a.h. 490 or 500),
who dictated the whole work during his imprisonment
at zjand. See on it . Kh. v. 363, and on the
author, Flgel, Class. d. hanefit. Rechtsgel., p. 303,
and also Hdss. Wien, iii. 201.
This seems to be the only fragment of the work
extant. It is said to be the ninth volume, and contains
the following books, each of which is subdivided into
chapters: ; (fol. 53);
(fol. 79v.); (fol. 97v.);
(fol. 161v.); (fol. 166); (fol.
170v.); (fol. 190v.); (fol. 205v.);
(fol. 218); (fol. 235). The name of the author
1 The text is very inaccurate.


is introduced at the commencement of each book,
together with the notice, that it is his dictate. The
last book is dated Thursday, 22nd Jum. II., 477.
Beginning:



.
Written in a large hand. Dated 25th Jum. I., 1150.
The beginning and end are worm-eaten.
[Hastings.]
205.
B 349. Size about 10 in. by about 7 in.; foll.
229. Between twenty-four and twenty lines in
a page.
The first part of a work on details of anafite Law,
entitled , by Iftikhr al-dn hir b.
Amad b. 'Abd al-rashd Bukhr (d. a.h. 542, at
Sarakhs). Cf. . Kh. iii. 165 and 136; Flgel, Class.
hanef. Rechtsgel. 318; and Stewart's Catalogue, 148.
This is a concise manual for judges, which the
author wrote subsequently to his larger works,
and . The preface begins:
.
The present volume contains the following books,
each subdivided into sections (), which are num-
bered: ; (fol. 22); (fol. 74);
(fol. 76); (fol. 84); (fol. 94);
(fol. 97); (fol. 128); (fol. 168).
Ends:
.
Exquisitely written. Several portions, including
the commencement and the end, restored by more
modern hands. A lacuna on fol. 57. The first leaves
much injured.
Erroneously inscribed . Cf. Catal. 228, xvii.

206.
976. Size 14 in. by 9 in.; foll. 596. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first half of a anafite law-book, styled ,
the same as the of . Kh. v. 433,
, or one of the editions of the work of Ra al-
dn Sarakhs (Muammad b. Muammad, d. a.h. 544).
See also . Kh. v. 431 sq., and Flgel, Class. hanef.
Rechtsgel. 317.
The authenticity of this work has been questioned
from the very beginning, and it has also been con-
founded with the (. Kh. v. 431)
the latter certainly without reason, as both works are
very clearly distinguished in . Kh. l. c. The identity
of the present text with the is proved
from the beginning and extracts of the preface as
given by . Kh. Less certainly may be attributed to
his statement, that this is the larger edition in ten vols.
The present text, at least, is complete in two vols.
No other copy of the work is known to exist.
The present volume extends from to
. The order of arrangement differs
much from that usually followed in anafite law-books.
Plainly, but not carefully, written in different hands.
There is a colophon on fol. 305, according to which
the preceding portion was finished at the beginning
of Sha'bn, 24 Juls. Coloured lines round the
pages. Foll. 560v. and 561r. have been left blank by
mistake.
[Johnson.]
207.
977. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 464.
The second volume of the preceding work, extending
from to .
Written in the same way as the preceding MS.
Gold and blue lines round the pages. Rubrics occa-
sionally omitted. Foll. 3423 should stand after 347,
and foll. 4001 after 407.
Inscribed on the title-page: (sic)
. Both this volume and the preceding bear a
note of a.h. 1196, in which the work is styled .
[Johnson.]


208.
B 356. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 268. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A Commentary on a work on anafite Law, im-
perfect at the beginning, and without title. The
author of the original work is only alluded to
by the words ; however, from
occasional quotations of other works, especially his
,1 he appears to be Saiyid Nir al-dn Abu'l-
sim Muammad b. Ysuf Samarand Madan (d.
a.h. 556),2 and the work commented on here, his
. Cf. . Kh. vi. 291; Fleischer, Cat. Lips.
477 sq.; and Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 94.
The author of the commentary is the well-known
Abu'l-barakt 'Abdallah b. Amad Nasaf (d. a.h. 711).
This commentary is described by . Kh. (l.c.), who
also gives an abstract of the epilogue. It is probably
entitled . The chief authority of Nasaf
is Badr al-dn Kardar (Muammad b. Mamd),
commonly called Khwharzdah (d. a.h. 651), the
nephew of that Kardar (Shams al-a'immah Mu-
ammad b. 'Abd al-sattr, d. a.h. 642) who is men-
tioned in the epilogue.3 Very likely, therefore, the
"commentary by a disciple of Kardar," subsequently
noted by . Kh.,4 is not different from the present
work. Cf. Flgel, Class. 323.
Only the first words of the passages commented are
given (with ), but the books, chapters, and sections
of the original work are marked throughout. Hence
it would appear that the Leipzig MS. is incomplete.
The following headings are to be inserted into the list
given in Fleischer's Catal. 478. After No. 11, ;
after No. 14, ; ; ; ; ;
;. No. 29 is here only a "chapter"
(). After No. 32, which is here inscribed ,

is to be added ; after No. 34,
; ; ; ; ;
; ;; ;
; ; ; ; ;;
;; and after No. 35, .
The beginning of this MS. (20 foll.) has been
wanting for at least two centuries. The first words
are: . The final portion has been partly
destroyed by white-ants. Still, the MS. is valuable
enough, as it is written in a very good hand, though
without diacritical points, and, as far as can be made
out from the conclusion, seems to have been transcribed
by the author himself. Unfortunately, the passage is
much injured. After a short prayer, the author says:
... ... []
[]1.. (?).
Then follows the statement quoted by . Kh. The
last fol. is lost.
Corrections and additions in the same hand, but of
different dates. Indistinct characters have been occa-
sionally rendered clear on the margin (marked with
), and various readings added from another MS.
Inscribed , and again (fol. 140),
. Cf. Catal.
227, i. 5 and 229, xxii.
209.
2239. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 392. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A Commentary () on Rukn al-islm's (Mu-
ammad b. Abu Bakr Immzdah Samarand anaf,
d. a.h. 573) , by Ya'b b. Saiyid 'Al
(Rm, d. a.h. 931). It is entitled:
. See . Kh. vi. 1 and iv. 42, and
for a full analysis of the , Krafft, Hdss.
orient. Akad. Wien, 163 sq. Cf. Catal. St. Petersb.
44, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 82.
1 See on this work, . Kh. vi. 186.
2 This is undoubtedly the correct date, as it occurs severally in
. Kh., not 656, which he gives in describing the present work.
Cf. especially . Kh. vi. 107.
3 Cf. . Kh. l.c. See on the two Kardar, Flgel, Class.
319 sq. and 322.
4 Here I do not follow Flgel's translation.
1 This word has been erased.


This commentary has been compiled from 120 works,
such as commentaries on the Koran, collections of tra-
ditions, law-books, works on morals, dictionaries,
grammars, etc. A list of them is given at the end
of the work.
Begins:
. The original work commences (fol. 4v.):
.
Well written. The colophon runs as follows:


A list of the sections of the is written
on the fly-leaves. Worm-eaten.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
210.
744. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 271. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first half of the , or Legal
Decisions, compiled by Fakhr al-dn Abu'l-masin
al-asan b. Manr b. Mamd zjand, commonly
called khn (d. a.h. 592). Cf. . Kh. iv. 364;
Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 240; Cat. Mus. Brit. 724;
and Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 89. Printed at Calcutta
(Asiat. Lithograph. Press), 1835, in 4 vols.
This MS. is founded upon a dictate of the author's,
given at his house, on the 6th Muarram, 578.
Well written. Concluding:
. Dated 24 Rab 'I.,
1108. Preceded by a table of contents.

The following note runs over fol. 117v.118r.:

(sic) . Seal and signature of ibghat-allah Khn,
a.h. 1182.
[Hastings.]

211.
605. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 385. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The first half of Burhn al-dn Abu'l-asan 'Al b.
Abu Bakr b. 'Abd al-jall Marghnn's (d. a.h. 593)
, which is a commentary on his own
, on anafite Law. See . Kh. vi. 479;
Flgel, Hdss Wien, iii. 202 sq., and Class. 316. The
work was printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1234, and translated
into English by C. Hamilton, London, 1791, and this
translation edited for the second time by S. G. Grady,
London, 1870.
Concludes with . Well written, by
'Al b. asan Azhar, in Shawwl, a.h. 861,
(sic)

A table of contents is on the fly-leaves. Foll. 1 and
2, which are of a much smaller size, belong to a
Persian treatise.
A splendid ornament, in gold and blue, is on the title-page
(fol. 6r.), containing the following inscription:
(sic)
According to notes at the end and on fol. 3, the book had been
taken from Muammadbd-Bdar, and came into the Royal
Library of Bjpr, in a.h. 1029. Seals of Mamd Khwjah
Jahn, and 'Abd al-majd Khn (a.h. 1145). In a rich Oriental
binding.
[Tippu.]
212.
146. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 373. Seven lines
in a page.
The first part of the Hidyah, concluding with
.
Plainly written in three different hands, Naskh and
Nasta'l, with frequent marginal notes.
[Tippu.]
213.
147. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 419.
The second part of the same, from to
.


Written in different hands, Nasta'l prevailing,
with numerous notes. Preceded by a table of contents.
Both this volume and the preceding bear the seal of Khn
Jahn. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 144, i.
[Tippu.]
214.
1776. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 174. Twenty
lines in a page.
The first half of the Hidyah.
Mostly written in an inelegant Nasta'l hand,
approaching Shikastah. Dated 25th Rab' I., 1017.
Colophon:

(?)
.
(sic) .
Covered with notes. On fol. 174 recipes.
Signature of R. Johnson.
215.
1419. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 232. Eighteen
lines in a page.
The second half of the same work, from
to the end.
Mostly written in a bold Nasta'l hand; not quite
finished, though a conclusion has been added, with
the date, a.h. 1052. Copious marginal notes. Some
portions supplied in two different hands.
[Johnson.]
216.
B 343a. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 387. Eleven,
afterwards nine lines in a page.
The first portion of the Hidyah, as far as ,
with copious notes.
Plainly written in a Persian hand, of about the
tenth century. Imperfect at the beginning1 and end;
single leaves are missing after foll. 47 and 96. Injured
on the margin and stained.

217.
B 343b. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll.
244.
Another fragment of the same, extending from
to , with copious notes.
Written in two different hands. Imperfect at the
beginning and end, and in many other places. Stained.
Part of fol. 124 torn off.
This MS. and the preceding had been mixed together in utter
confusion. Fol. 380 of the latter is inscribed: .
Cf. Catal. 227, i. 7, 8 (?).
218.
1393. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 335. Twenty-
nine and twenty-one lines in a page.
The first part of a copious Commentary on the
Hidyah, entitled . The author
is usm al-dn al-usain b. 'Al ighn (d. a.h.
711), who completed his work in a.h. 700. See . Kh.
vi. 480, and Flgel, Class. 327. Cf. Stewart's Catal.
144, iii. No other copy seems to be extant.
This is the first commentary that was written
upon the Hidyah. The author began it at the
exhortation of his Shaikh, 'Al al-dn Muammad b.
Amad b. 'Omar . Of the two Isnds con-
necting him with Marghnn, the one consists of three,
and the other of two intermediate persons. He can by
no means be called his pupil, as he is by . Kh. (l. c.).
The original text is distinguished by the word .
The present volume consists of two separate portions.
The first (foll. 1183) contains the books and
, and the second (foll. 184335) the books ,
, and . Plainly written. Two blanks on
foll. 270 and 271, intended for drawings of the
Mosque of Makkah, have never been filled up. Worm-
eaten.
Seal and signature of a Saiyid named Ashraf b. 'Abdallah.
who bought this MS. of Nr Muammad , and seals of
Fai 'Al Khn (a.h. 1174), and Muammad Khir Khn
(a.h. 1191).
[Tippu.]
1 Forty-five foll. are wanting.


219.
778. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 539. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first part of a Commentary on the Hidyah,
entitled , by Muammad b. Mamd b. Amad
anaf1 (Akmal al-dn Bbart, d. a.h. 786). Cf.
. Kh. vi. 485; Cat. St. Petersb. 40; and Flgel,
Class. 334 sq. The work was printed at Calcutta,
a.h. 1247, in four vols.
This is also a commentary by . The present
volume comprises the first half of the Hidyah, or the
first two volumes of the aforesaid edition, and con-
cludes:
.. ; but the
beginning of the second is not marked.
Inelegantly written; the first two leaves restored by
a more modern hand. Owing to the bad quality of the
ink, the leaves had stuck together, and often could
not be separated without injuring the writing.
This MS. was once a .
[Hastings.]
220.
B 344, 347. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 624.
Thirty-one, twenty-nine, and twenty-seven lines
in a page.
Another Commentary (by ) on the Hidyah,
called , by Burhn al-shar'ah Mamd b.
'Ubaidallah b. Mamd Tj al-shar'ah Mabb,
who flourished at the beginning of the eighth century
(see the following MS.). Cf. . Kh. vi. 483. The
work was printed, together with the Hidyah, at
Calcutta, a.h. 1249, in four vols., and also at Bombay,
a.h. 1280.
Originally in two separate volumes, each containing
two of the Calcutta edition. Written in different
hands, part of the second volume in a bad Nasta'l.
Vol. I. (as far as fol. 297) is revised throughout, and
concludes with the date of the original copy (Rama-

n, 832). It is preceded by a different commentary
on the preface of the Hidyah (foll. 48), which, after
an introductory line, begins:
. Both vols. have tables of con-
tents, in a modern hand. One leaf is wanting after
fol. 21, and six after fol. 43. Fol. 39 is much injured.
Stained.
Vol. I. has the correct title, but vol. II. is inscribed:
. Cf. Catal. 227, ii., and i. 4.
221.
2555. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 329. Twenty-
one or nineteen lines in a page.
A Commentary on Burhn al-shar'ah's , or
abridgment of the Hidyah, compiled by his grandson
(adr al-shar'ah) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'd b. Tj al-
shar'ah b. adr al-shar'ah (d. a.h. 747 or 745), who
completed it in a.h. 743. It is called simply
, but also goes by the name of its author, viz.
. See . Kh. vi. 460; Flgel, Hdss.
Wien, iii. 209; Cat. Mus. Brit. 119, etc. Copies are
frequent.
Written in different styles. Date, a.h. 965. Scribe,
'Abd al-ram (b. ?) 'Omar. Frequent marginal notes;
the margin, however, is injured. Stained.
Foll. 19 and 320329 are filled with various extracts
and notes.
Signature of Muammad Afal at the end.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
222.
2148. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 336. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the .
Well written, and finished on the 2nd Dhu'l-ijjah,
1055, by Naar Muammad b. Molla Muammad
Khuwrazm. Notes have been frequently added on
the margin by different hands.
Frequent impressions of the seal of 'Abd al-majd Khn
(a.h. 1145).
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
1 Thus the author names himself in the preface.


223.
362. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 554. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the .
Well written, by Muammad 'il b. 'Abd al-
ghafr. Copious notes have been added, partly by
the same, and partly by Jaml 'Al, who also revised
the latter portion.
Seals of 'Abd al-razz Khn (a.h. 1177) and 'Abd al-wahhb
Khn.
[Tippu.]
224.
1669. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 244. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Commentary.
Plainly written. Conclusion:




(sic)
1.
Prefixed is a table of contents, in the same hand.
225.
1440. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 293. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Another copy of the same.
Plainly written, by the same scribe as the preceding
MS. The colophon runs as follows:


2 ..



Worm-eaten.
[Johnson.]

226.
348. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 284. Nineteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same.
Well written in Nasta'l. The colophon runs as
follows:
(?)





With marginal notes. Stained by damp.
[Johnson.]
227.
B 351. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 214. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the same.
Neatly written in two hands, with marginal notes.
Of the eleventh century. Defects after foll. 41, 71,
and 121. Part of fol. 13 is torn off. Injured and
worm-eaten.
Seal of 'Inyat Allah on the title-page, together with the fol-
lowing note:

Cat. 227, viii.
228.
B 348. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 286. Seven-
teen or sixteen lines in a page.
An imperfect copy of the .
Neatly written in Nasta'l, with some notes.
The first portion (thirty-three foll.) is wanting.
Begins: . There are
also defects after foll. 126, 156, 176, and 183, and the
last fol. is lost. Foll. 11, 105, and 106 are injured.
Cat. 227, viii. 5.
1 Compare the colophon of the following MS.
2 One word erased. A note on the fly-leaf referring to the lady
owner is also partly erased.


229.
B 341. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 145. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
Another copy of the , imperfect at the
beginning.
Well written in Nasta'l, with copious notes. Con-
clusion :



.
The beginning is much injured, and the whole is
stained by damp. Begins: .
One portion is inscribed
, and the other, . Cf. Catal. 227, i.
6 (?) and 228, viii. 8.
230.
B 341b. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 193. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the
beginning, and much injured by insects, and by damp.
The earlier portion is in a lamentable condition.
Single leaves are missing after foll. 5 and 49.
Written in Nasta'l, about a.h. 1000, and collated.
At the end an "introduction" on technical terms (
(sic) ), and Persian poetry
concerning Muammad.
231.
B 364. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 444. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A Super-commentary on the , by Akh
Ysuf b. Junaid (Tut, commonly called Akh Cha-
lab, d. a.h. 905), who compiled it during the years a.h.
891901. It is entitled
, and dedicated to the Ottoman Sultan (Byazd
b. Muammad Khn) b. Murd Khn.1 Cf. . Kh.
iii. 327 and vi. 460, 464, and also Flgel, Class. 346.

The preface begins :
. In the
epilogue, the author styles himself

(sic) , and dates his
work as follows: ()


This copy was transcribed for, and apparently in
part by, A'azz al-dn Muammad b. Shaikh Abu'l-
ma'li. worm-eaten towards the end.
232.
B 350. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 244. Nine-
teen lines in a page.


Another copy of the same work.
Well written, but not very correct. It was tran-
scribed in a.h. 1029, at Burhnpr, for i Khshl,
who wrote the following note at the end :


1 .
A similar note is on the title-page.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1054, from Khshl. Seals of the latter and
of Muammad 'dil Shh.
233.
B 352, 369. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 264.
Twenty-one lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same work, indifferently
written, and in some places supplied by another hand.
Fifteen foll. are wanting at the beginning. The first
words are: . Defects after
foll. 38, 60, 61, 62, 86, 87, 89, and 162.
Cat. 227, viii. 6 and 228, xx.
1 The names in parenthesis are taken from the following MS.,
there being a blank left for them in the present copy.
1 He evidently alludes to the retreat of the Moghul army
before Malik 'Anbar. See Elphinstone's India, 5th edition, p. 562.


234.
792. Size 9 in. by 7 in.; foll. 284. Six lines in
a page.
An Abridgment of the Wiyah, commonly called
, by (adr al-shar'ah) 'Ubaidallah b.
Mas'd b. Tj al-shar'ah, the author of the preceding
commentary. It is sometimes styled though
this title is not mentioned in the author's preface. Cf.
. Kh. vi. 373, and Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 92. It has
been published by Mirza Kazem-Beg, Kazan, a.h. 1260
(= a.d. 1845).
Well written in a large hand, by Molla Muammad
'Alaw b. Molla Ibrhm Samarand, in Rab' I., 1045.
Copious notes have been added in some places, and
occasionally written on leaves inserted for the purpose.
Fol. 1, which is in a different hand, is reversed.
Slightly injured by damp.
[Johnson.]
235.
826. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 154. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, well written, with
copious notes on the margin.
The vacant pages at the end (from fol. 138) are filled
up with various extracts, written partly in Shikastah,
viz., ; a devotional formula, explained in
Persian, ; some glosses by
Shumunn and others ; extracts from the
; short regulations for purification, prayer,
alms, fasting, and , etc.
Seal of 'Abd al-amad Khn Bahdur Dilr Jang, a.h. 1185.
[Tippu.]
236.
1697. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 839. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A copious Commentary () on the preceding
work. The author is, according to . Kh. vi. 375,
Abu'l-makrim b. 'Abdallah b. Muammad, who com-
pleted it in a.h. 907. See also Aumer, Hdss. Mnch.,
p. 93, no. 283.
Boldly written. Some blanks on the first pages.
Inscribed . Seal of Nurat
Jang, a.h. 1174.
[Tippu.]

237.
2158. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 296. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first part of another Commentary () on
the same work, styled , by Shams al-dn
Muammad Khursn uhistn (d. a.h. 962 or 950),
who completed it in a.h. 941. Cf. . Kh. vi. 374;
Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. No. 284; and Cat. Lugd. iv.
121. Printed at Calcutta, 1858, by Col. W. Nassau
Lees.
This vol. extends to the end of . It
begins: (sic)

Plainly, but not carefully written. Conclusion :
(sic!)
2
Foll. 210 and 215 should be transposed.
Seals of 'Abd al-majd Khn (a.h. 1145) and 'Abd al-khli
Khn, a.h. 1162.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
238.
B 345, 346. Size 11 in. by 8 in.; foll. 299.
Nineteen, twenty-one, and twenty-three lines
in a page.
'Abdallah b. Mamd b. Maudd Abu'l-fal
Mauil's (d. a.h. 683, at Baghdd) Commentary on
his own , or Abstract of anafite Law. It is
entitled . Cf. . Kh. v. 436; Cat. Lugd. iv.
126; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 96 ; and Flgel, Class. 326.
The original text is distinguished by .
In two volumes. Well written, with numerous
notes, but imperfect and injured both at the beginning
and end. The first volume, of which 30 foll. are
wanting, commences in the , with the
words , and concludes with the
. The colophon runs as follows :




()

foll. 169v. and 170 contain two prayers (
and ), with explanations, and various
notes.
The second volume (fol. 171) is inscribed:

1
. It begins with the , and terminates
in the Two leaves are wanting after
fol. 297.
The first vol. is erroneously inscribed .
Cf. Catal. 227, i. 10 (or 11 ?).
239.
B 56. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 108. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
I. (foll. 114) The celebrated treatise on the Law of
Inheritance (), commonly called , by
Sirj al-dn Muammad b. Muammad b. 'Abd al-
rashd Sajwand (who flourished about a.h. 600).
Cf. . Kh. iv. 399 sqq. ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 409 ;
Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 481; and Cat. Lugd. iv. 123 sq.
It was edited by Sir W. Jones, Calcutta, 1792.
II. (foll. 15108)
. A Commentary () on
the preceding work, by Saiyid Sharf Jurjn (d.
a.h. 816). See . Kh. v. 401, and Cat. Mus. Brit. l. c.
It was translated by Sir W. Jones in the above edition,
and the text printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1260.
Beginning:


Both treatises are neatly written, by Muammad b.
Khlid Wald anaf, for his own use. The former

is dated beginning of Sha'bn, 995, and the latter,
Thursday, 14th Jum. II., 1001.
On the last page is an Ijzah for the present volume,
dated end of Shawwl, 1029.
Seal of Muammad Ikhl Khn at the end. "diryah
Library," a.h. 1075, from Tj Muammad. Bj. Libr., a.h. 1091,
from Khaw Khn.
Cat. 228, xiv. 1.
240.
1153. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 111. Twenty-
seven and twenty-three lines in a page.
I. (foll. 16). The Sirjyah.
Clearly written in a small Nasta'l hand, in
a.h. 1101. The copyist styles himself

II. (foll. 7111). The Commentary of Saiyid Sharf
on the preceding work.
Mostly written in a hurried Nasta'l. The colo-
phon runs as follows:


1.


[Johnson.]
241.
B 463. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 60. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the Sirjyah, imperfect at the
beginning.
Written in a bold character, in Dhu'l-ijjah, 944,
at Lahore, for one hir 'Abdallah. Numerous notes
in the first portion.
The first ten leaves are wanting. Begins: .
One leaf is also missing after fol. 36.
Inscribed (fol. 2) . Cf. Cat. 229, xxiv.
1 Cf. Orientalia, ed. Juynboll, etc., ii. 273.
1 One word doubtful.


242.
B 62. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 28. Nine lines
in a page.
A good copy of the Sirjyah, but imperfect both at
the beginning and end. It commences : .
Erroneously inscribed
Cf. Catal. 228, xiv. 4.
243.
B 61. Size 8 in. by 5 in. Fifteen lines in a
page.
(Foll. 113) The Sirjyah.
Well written, with marginal notes. Defects after
foll. 1 and 5.
The remainder is in Persian. See Persian MSS.
244.
B 63c. Size about 9 in. by about 5 in.; foll. 101.
Fifteen lines in a page.
A fragment of the Commentary on the Sirjyah,
by Saiyid Sharf Jurjn.
Well written, partly in Nasta'l, and partly in
Shikastah. A portion supplied by a later hand.
The beginning is wanting The first words are :
. Defects after foll. 18 and 46. The
margin injured by insects.
fol. 53 bears the inscription .
245.
B 60. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 114. From
seventeen to twenty-four lines in a page.
Another Commentary on the Sirjyah, imperfect at the
beginning. According to the inscription, which is repeated
on the first leaf of each quire, it is or
by (Shams al-dn Abu'l-'al) Mamd b. Abu Bakr b.
Abu'l-'al Bukhr Kalbd (d. a.h. 700), who com-
pleted his work in a.h. 676. See . Kh. iv. 121,
404, and Cat. Bodl. i. 82 sq.
The text of the Sirjyah is introduced by . The
commentary is concluded by an appendix on different

questions ( , fol. 109), which is
not mentioned by . Kh.1 No date or epilogue is
found in this MS.
Clearly written, of the tenth century. Some notes.
The first sixteen foll. are missing. Begins:
.
246.
B 57. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 50. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
A third, concise Commentary on the Sirjyah, by
Abu'l-'al Muammad b. Amad Bihisht Isfar'in,
commonly called Fakhr (al-dn) Khursn.2 Cf. . Kh
iv. 401.
The preface begins:3
. The text and the commentary
are distinguished by and . Well written in
Nasta'l, the diacritical points often omitted. Dated
Friday, 20th Rab' I., 959. Revised and collated.
Injured by insects.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1023, from Shaikh 'Alam Allah.
Cat. 228, xiv. 2.
247.
B 58. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 62. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
Another copy of Abu'l-'al's Commentary, written
in a similar style, but inferior to the preceding copy.
A few marginal notes. Injured by damp.
Various pieces of Persian poetry have been written on
the vacant spaces at the beginning and end of the book.
248.
B 59. Size 7 in. by about 5 in.; foll. 58. From
twenty-one to twenty-three lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect
at the end.
1 He mentions, however, such an appendix with another com-
mentary on the work, iv. 400.
2 [] . Thus the author calls himself
in his preface.
3 Another MS. (no. 248) has .


Plainly written, probably of the tenth century.
The copyist seems to have been short of paper, as he
used occasionally leaves already filled with writing on
one side, or such as are of a much smaller size than
the rest. A defect after fol. 7.
Cat. 228, xiv. 3 (?).
249.
1170. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 131. Thirteen
lines in a page.


1


The celebrated work on anafite Law, by Ibn al-
S't (d. a.h. 694). Cf. . Kh. v. 396 ; Cat. Mus.
Brit. 118; Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 205; Cat. Lugd.
iv. 132 sq., etc.
A good copy, neatly written, with vowel-points
frequently inserted. It was transcribed by Amad b.
'Omar anaf, for his own use (
), and dated Friday, 23rd Rajab, 938.
It was also collated with a copy written by the author
himself, the variants of which are marked with .
At the beginning is a table of contents.
[Gaikwar.]
250.
B 355. Size 11 in. by 9 in.; foll. 646. Thirty-
one lines in a page.
A Digest of anafite Law, called , with a
Commentary (), both by fi al-dn Abu'l-
barakt 'Abdallah b. Amad b. Mamd Nasaf
(d. a.h. 710). The commentary is entitled
. Cf. . Kh. vi. 418 and v. 23, and Bibl.
Sprenger. 627.

Beginning: .





The Wfi is arranged and subdivided exactly like
the Hidyah.
The present copy is in fifteen fascicles, written in
various, and generally very bad, Nasta'l hands, of
the tenth century. The text is not distinguished
from the commentary. The concluding portion is
wanting, and the last two leaves much injured. On
a vacant leaf after the second fascicle (fol. 112) have
been written the place and date of the composition,
Bukhra, 22nd Raman, 684. Prefixed is a list of
contents.
Seal of Ibrhm Nauras ('dil Shh II.). Bj. Libr., a.h. 1024,
from Muammad b. Ibrhm Muri'.
Cat. 227, v. 1.
251.
B 361. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 244. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at
the end.
Written in a small Persian hand, without distinction
of the original text; of the tenth century. Ends in
the . The first two leaves, and foll. 137
144 have been restored by a later hand. Single leaves
are missing after foll. 27 and 194. Prefixed is a list of
contents, in a modern hand.
Fol. 236 is inscribed . Cf. Catal. 227,
v. 5 and xxi. (?).
252.
B 357. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 269. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The second part of the same work, from
to .
Well written; the text of the Wfi not distinguished.
1 The common reading is .


Conclusion:
1 ( )

The beginning and end are worm-eaten.
Cat. 227, v. 2.
253.
B 362. Size about 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 227.
Twenty-five lines in a page.
The third part of the same work, from
to .
Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; the
text of the Wfi marked here with red lines. Conclusion:

(sic!) . Some marginal notes.
Slightly imperfect at the beginning. The first words
are: . Much injured by insects
towards the end.
Cat. 227, v. 4 (?).
254.
B 358. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 271.
The fourth part of the same work, from
to the end.
Written like the preceding MS. Conclusion:


. .

2

Worm-eaten at the beginning.
Cat. 227, v. 3.

255.
B 334. Size 14 in. by 9 in.; foll. 746. Five
lines in a page.
Another work on anafite Law by Abu'l-barakt
Nasaf, entitled . It is an abstract of his
. Cf. . Kh. 250; Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 206;
Stewart's Catal. 146, etc. Copies are frequent. Printed
at Dehli, a.h. 1287.
A fine copy, carefully written in a large character, with
vowel-points. The broad margin is divided into three
columns, the outermost of which is filled with a Persian
translation. It concludes:
1. .





Occasional glosses. The latter portion has been
partly destroyed by white-ants.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1033.
Cat. 227, iii.
256.
B 335. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 162. Nine
lines in a page.
Another copy of the .
Well written, with vowel-points. Dated 11th
Rab' I., 1082. Covered with notes, and preceded
by a list of contents. Slightly injured.
257.
2123. Size 14 in. by 8 in.; foll. 346. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Well written in a large hand. Dated 2nd Jum. II.,
1108 (or 1106?).2 It was transcribed by Shaikh
Amad, by order of Khwjah Shikb, at Burhnpr.
Copious marginal notes.
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
1 The words in brackets are added on the margin.
2 Originally (sic!).
1 Effaced.
2 Originally . , but as a correction.


258.
993. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 215. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the , with numerous
glosses.
Beautifully written on yellow and red paper, the
text in a bold round hand, and the glosses in a small
character. At the beginning a table of contents.
[Johnson.]
259.
2125. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 222. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Well written in a large hand, furnished with notes,
and preceded by a table of contents. The first page
of the text, and the latter part of the index, are,
however, missing. Beginning: .
[Coll. Fort William, 1825.]
260.
1891. Size about 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 408.
Seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Written alternately in two bold hands of similar
appearance. Several portions, including the beginning
and the end, restored in different hands. Numerous
notes. Coloured lines round the pages, and a rich orna-
ment at the beginning.
[Johnson.]
261.
B 338. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 394. Nine or
seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, made up of three
different fragments, in inelegant Persian hands, and
completed by a later hand. Copious notes. A defect
after fol. 14.
Signature and seal of Mamd b. Mr Saiyid 'Abd al-ramn
at the end. Bj. Libr., a.h. 1028.

262.
B 336. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 394. Seven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, defective and in-
jured both at the beginning and end. Well written,
with vowel-points. Occasional notes. Most of the pages
within red lines.
Begins: . Foll. 3840 mutilated. A slight
defect after fol. 44.
263.
B 337. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 114. Seven
lines in a page.
The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at
the end.
Well written, with vowel-points added, and with
copious notes. Of the tenth century. Ends in the
.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1054, from i Khushl. Seal of Muammad
'dil Shh.
264.
B 372. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 657. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The latter portion of a large Commentary on the
, beginning with the . If a
recent inscription on fol. 73 may be trusted, this is
, i.e. the of Fakhr al-dn 'Oth-
mn b. 'Al Zaila' (d. a.h. 743). Cf. . Kh. v. 250;
Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 99 sq.; and Flgel, Class. 332.
The text of the Kanz is introduced by .
Indifferently written, of the eleventh century. The
first leaf is wanting. Beginning: .
Other defects after foll. 38, 39, 480, 544, 597, 607, and
656. Several leaves mutilated.
Erroneously described as the second volume of the Nihyah.
Cf. Cat. 227, i. 11 (?).
265.
2126. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 239. Twenty-
six, afterwards between twenty-nine and thirty-
one lines in a page.
A Commentary () on the , by
(Badr al-dn) Abu Muammad Mamd b. Amad


'Ain (d. a.h. 855). Cf. . Kh. v. 250. It has been
printed at Bl, a.h. 1285.
Plainly written. In two volumes. The original
hand terminating, however, shortly after the beginning
of the second volume (fol. 124), the remainder has been
supplied from another copy, which was transcribed by
Molla D'd b. . At the end is the date of the
author's copy, viz., Cairo, Dhu'l-ijjah, 818.
Frequent marks in the shape of flowers on the
margin, indicating the beginnings of new chapters.
Defects after foll. 15 and 85. Worm-eaten.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
266.
B 340. Size 13 in. by 7 in.; foll. 404. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
The first part of a copious Commentary on the same
work, by Zain al-'bidn b. Ibrhm Mir, commonly
called Ibn Najm (d. a.h. 970), who entitled it
. Cf. . Kh. v. 250.
This is a commentary by . The author, in
compiling it, made use of numerous works, which
he enumerates in his preface. Amongst the earlier
commentaries on the Kanz he prefers that of Zaila'.
This part extends to . Well
written, by Muammad Laf (?). Some leaves worm-
eaten.
Wrongly inscribed . Cf. Catal.
228, xviii.
267.
596. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 436. Thirty-
five lines in a page.
Another portion of the preceding Commentary, im-
perfect and injured both at the beginning and end.
It comprises from to .
Plainly written, headings and titles in red. The first
fol. is nearly destroyed. Fol. 2 begins:
. Foll. 23 and 28 should be transposed; fol.
177 should be placed after 172, and foll. 257 and 258
after 250.

268.
1401. Size 12 in. by 6 in.; foll. 231. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another portion of the same Commentary, extending
from to .
Plainly written. Conclusion:
(sic, r. )


Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 147, xxiii.
[Tippu.]
269.
B 339. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 245. Twenty-
five lines in a page.


A concise Commentary () on the same work,
by Molla Miskn (Mu'n al-dn Muammad Haraw).
Cf. . Kh. v. 251. Glosses on it are to be found in
Aumer, Hdss. Mnch., p. 93.
This commentary begins without a preface,
. Various old authorities
are quoted in it.
Written in a small hand, and dated 18th Jum. I.,
1011. The scribe gives his name as Muammad b.
Amad anaf. Gold and blue lines round
each page. Notes in the earlier portion. A slight
defect after fol. 33, and a larger one after fol. 177.
Fol. 43 mutilated. Injured by damp.
Cat. 228, xiii.
270.
571. Size 12 in. by 6 in.; foll. 228. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding Commentary.
The commencement is wanting, and several blanks
have been left in the first pages, the original copy
having apparently been mutilated. Begins:
(= fol. 4v. of the preceding copy). Plainly


written; the original text not distinguished in the
latter portion. Worm-eaten, and stained by damp.
Described by mistake as by the former owner,
R. Johnson.
271.
567. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 224. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Two fragments of the , or Collection
of Legal Decisions, by (fi al-dn) Muammad b.
Muammad Kardar, commonly called Ibn al-Bazzz
(d. a.h. 827). It is also called , and
was composed in a.h. 812. See . Kh. ii. 49 and
iv. 367; Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 243; and Aumer,
Hdss. Mnch. 105.
The first fragment (foll. 2151), which is very well
written, contains the beginning of the work, viz. the
spiritual law, besides the following books, ,
,, and , in which it ends abruptly.
The first leaf is mutilated.
The second fragment (foll. 153224) begins with
, and breaks off abruptly in the fol-
lowing book, . It is written in a larger
and more cursive hand than the first portion.
Fol. 1 contains the beginning of an index of contents,
in a different hand.
[Johnson.]
272.
1871. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 357. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Ibn Najm's1 (d. a.h. 970) , on
anafite Law. Cf. . Kh. i. 309; Cat. Mus. Brit. 124;
Cat. St. Petersb. 42, etc. Printed at Calcutta, 1826.
This copy was made for 'Abdallah b. Shaikh
Muammad hir Fr, at Cambay (
, see fol. 6). Well written. Notes in the
latter portion. Prefixed is an index to the contents.
Foll. 15 are filled with various notes. Two leaves
are wanting after fol. 184. Fol. 170 should be placed
after 177, and fol. 203 after 205.
[Hastings.]

273.
2142. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 639. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
The first half of a Digest of anafite Law, styled
, with a Commentary (),
both by Shams al-dn Muammad b. 'Abdallah1
Timurtsh of Ghazzah (d. a.h. 1005). The com-
mentary is entitled .
See . Kh. ii. 453; Stewart's Catal. 148; Cat. Mus.
Brit. 123; and Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 109.
Beginning: .
The author relates that before commencing the work
he received a direct inspiration from the Prophet, who
appeared to him in a dream, at Ghazzah.
In two volumes, the first comprising the spiritual law,
and the second (fol. 272) containing from
to . Clearly written in different hands.
The colophon runs as follows:
.

. Notes. Each part is preceded by an index.
Fol. 3 contains an account of the author, taken from
. Foll. 8 and 9
should be transposed.
274.
2022. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 461. Thirty-
three lines in a page.




The second half of the same work, from
1 See no. 266.
1 Only the above names occur in the preface. The pedigree
proceeds as follows: b. Amad b. Muammad b. Ibrhm.
The surname is derived from the celebrated saint
Timurtsh, of whom the author was either a descendant or a
follower.


to the end. The epilogue contains the date of com-
position, viz. a.h. 997.
Clearly written, probably in Syria. Dated 1st afar,
1091. Concludes with the following verses:




An index has been added on a fly-leaf.
The signatures of two later owners, Saiyid Hshim b. S. sim
b. S. Muammad Ibn Zaitn, and Saiyid Muammad, Mufti at
alab (?, ), a.h. 1109, on the title-page.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
275.
584. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 153. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The first part of the , or Legal
Decisions compiled by order of Aurangzb, by Shaikh
Nim and other Indian lawyers. The work was
printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1243, and at Bl,
a.h. 1282. Cf. Baillie, Moohummudan Law of Sale,
p. v.
Beginning: .
.
The present volume comprises the five books on the
spiritual law. Clearly written in Nasta'l, by one 'Abd-
allah. Dated 1st Rab' II., 1161. Injured by damp.
[Hastings.]
276.
B 359. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 376. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A work on details of anafite Law, entitled
. The author, whose name does not
occur, is, according to . Kh. iii. 135, i
(Juggan?)1 Hind, of (?) in Gujart.

This is a mere compilation from various works on
law, rites, and morals, which are frequently quoted.
Most of these date from the sixth, seventh, and eighth
centuries, though the compiler certainly belongs to a
more modern period. The order of arrangement is the
common one, save that a has been added
at the beginning, and is followed by a
rather long (fol. 317), with
which the present MS. concludes. This, therefore,
appears to be the first part only.
Plainly written in different hands. Of the eleventh
century. Red lines round the pages.
Catal. 228, x.
277.
B360. Size about 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 92.
Nineteen lines in a page.
A fragment of a treatise on Police Regulations,
entitled , by 'Omar b. Muammad
b. Iwa Sha'm (anaf). Cf. . Kh. vi. 345, Stewart's
Cat. 149, xxxiv., and Bibl. Sprenger. 657.
This fragment contains the beginning of the work
(foll. 129), and the concluding portion (foll. 3049),
the latter being defective after fol. 37. The first
chapter is on the definition of the terms and
, and gives a detailed account of the duties con-
nected with the latter office. The last chapter is the
sixty-sixth. Conclusion:
.
Plainly written in two hands. Notes in the first
portion.
There follows another fragment (foll. 5092), written
in the first of the two hands aforesaid, which treats of
the same subject, although it is doubtful whether
it belongs to the above treatise. It begins:
, and is preceded by a vacant leaf,
which has been inscribed , and sub-
sequently, . All headings
omitted. Frequent blanks.
1 This name occurs in Sprenger, Catal. Libr. Oudh, p. 246.


SHFI'ITES.
278.
B 366. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foll. 158. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A system of Shfi'ite Law, being, according to the
inscription, by Abu'l-sim 'Abd al-karm b.
Muammad Rfi' azwn (d. a.h. 623), on which
compare . Kh. v. 419, and Cat. Bodl. i. 78.
There is no special preface in this MS. It begins:
....

In the colophon, the work is ascribed to Nawaw
(
(sic) ). This is, however, evidently
incorrect. That it is really , is proved by its
near relation to Nawaw's ,1 which is an
abridged edition of that work.
The following books () occur in this MS.:
; ; ; ; ; ;;
; ; ; ;
;.
Well written in two hands, with vowel-points added.
Completed on Monday, 29th Shawwl, 1026, by 'Al
b. Ibrhm. Numerous notes. Defects after foll. 88
and 96. The margin injured in the earlier portion.
Signature of Saiyid 'Abd al-ramn b. 'Alaw al-'Aidars
usain at the end and on the title-page.
Cat. 227, vi. (?).
279.
B 354. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 312. Forty-
two or forty-three lines in a page.
The second part of a Commentary on Nawaw's abstract
of Shfi'ite Law, , by Kaml al-dn Mu-
ammad b. Msa Damr (d. a.h. 808), who completed
it a.h. 786, and entitled it . Cf. . Kh.

vi. 208; Cat. Bodl. i. 77, and ii. 573; and also Wsten-
feld, das Leben und die Schriften des al-Nawaw, p. 50.
This part extends from to the end.
The text of the Minhj is introduced by .
Plainly written; finished in Rajab, 895 (
), by
Zain al-dn b. b. jj Mamd Khunj.1 The
last leaves are injured.
Signatures of several owners on the title-page, the earliest that
of adr al-shar'ah, "a descendant () of Abu 'Abdallah, the
author of " (i.e. of Najm al-dn 'Abd al-ghaffr azwn,
d. a.h. 665).2 Bj. Libr., a.h. 992.
Cat. 227, iv. 2.
280.
B 367. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 454. Thirty-
three lines in a page.
The first half of a large Commentary () on the
same work, styled . The author does
not give his name, but he says in his preface that he
began his work on 12th Muarram, 958. In a more
modern inscription, which proves to be correct, he is
called Amad b. ajar, i.e. Amad b. Muammad b.
ajar Haitham Makk (d. a.h. 973). This commentary
was printed at Cairo, a.h. 1282, in four vols.
Beginning:

In two volumes, the first of which concludes with
, and is dated a.h. 1012 (
). The second begins (fol. 255v.)
with , and concludes (fol. 454r.) with
. On the last page begins the third volume
with
Clearly written, the text of the Minhj in red.
Numerous notes in the earlier portion. Foll. 5065
have been supplied by a different hand.
The above-mentioned inscription is in the hand of the owner,
'Abd al-ramn b. Saiyid 'Alaw b. Amad b. 'Abdallah
al-'Aidars usain.
Cat. 227, iv. 1.
1 See the following MS.
1 (sic), rhyming with .
2 See . Kh. iii. 5, and below, no. 285.


281.
B 370. Size about 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 233.
Twenty-five lines in a page.

....
.
The first part of Abu Yaya Zakary b. Muammad
Anr's (d. a.h. 926) Commentary () on his
own , which is an abridgment of Nawaw's
Minhj. Cf. . Kh. vi. 209, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 136.
This part concludes with . It is plainly
written in two hands, the second being superior, with
some notes. The first five foll. are filled with various
notes and extracts.
Signature of 'Abd al-ramn b. Saiyid 'Alaw al-'Aidars
usain.
282.
B 371. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 228.
The second part of the same work, from
to the end. Written in the second hand of
the preceding MS.
Cf. Catal. 228, ix.
Signature of 'Abd al-ramn . al-'Aidars. The present
MS. and the preceding formed originally one volume.
283.
B 373. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 63. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The first portion of the same work, ending abruptly
in . It is also defective after fol. 40,
and injured at the beginning.
Well written, with copious notes. The title-page
contains some poetry in praise of "the two Shaikhs"
(Nawaw and Rfi'), in the same hand.
Cat. 228, xix. (?)
284.
2924. Size 11 in. by 8 in.; foll. 275. Generally
thirty-three or thirty-five lines in a page.
Various fragments of Commentaries on Nawaw's
, and on another work on Shfi'ite Law,

written in different hands and at different dates, and in
a desperate state of confusion. By forging catchwords,
however, or by altering the first words of the leaves, the
appearance of being consecutive and complete has been
given to the whole. It begins with the commentary
on from the second work, which appears
to have originally formed the beginning of a separate
volume. Hence the whole book has been styled
in one inscription,1 and in another is further
described as follows:
2 . There is a
Shfi'ite law-book with the title mentioned by
. Kh. iv. 179, though neither the name of its author
nor the existence of a commentary on it seems known
to him.
According to the above inscriptions, the book has been described
by an English owner as "Kitab u Rehen," etc., and lettered on
the back "Kitab Rahen."
285.
B 368. Size about 7 in. by about 4 in.; foll. 268.
Thirty-five lines in a page.


3.
Najm al-dn 'Abd al-ghaffr (b. 'Abd al-karm)
azwn's (d. a.h. 665) Commentary on his own abstract
of Shfi'ite Law, , imperfect at the end. Cf.
. Kh. v. 302, regarding the original work.
This commentary is not mentioned anywhere. Only
select passages of the original work are explained in it.
The preface, if there was any, is wanting. Begins:

.
Beautifully written, mostly in a minute Naskh, but
towards the end in Nasta'li; of the ninth or tenth
1 To this has been added by a later hand:

2 Effaced.
3 This title is in a later hand.


century. The text and the commentary are dis-
tinguished from each other in various ways. Ends in
. The upper portion of the book has been
destroyed by white-ants.
Seal of Ibrhm Nauras ('dil Shh II.).
Cat. 228, xv.
286.
B 365. Size about 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 359.
Twenty-nine lines in a page.
A work on details of Shfi'ite Law, entitled
, by Jaml al-dn Ysuf b. Ibrhm
Ardabl (d. a.h. 799). See . Kh. i. 484, who gives
an abstract of the preface.
It begins here:
.
The following is a list of the books: ;;
; ; ; ; ;;
; ; ; ; - ;;
; ; ; ; ;
; ; ; ; ;;
; ; ; ; ;;
; ; ; ;;
; ; ; ;;
; ; ; ; ;;
; -. ; ; ;;
; ; ; ;
; ; ; ; ;
; ; ; ; ;
; ; ;;
; ; ; ;;
;.
Clearly written in a small hand. The colophon runs
as follows (fol. 357):




, and it
concludes with three Persian verses. Prefixed is an
index, in the same hand. The recto of the first leaf
belongs to a different treatise. Some notes. Red lines
round the pages.
Foll. 357v.358. A short treatise on the superstitions
connected with each day of the month.
Fol. 359v. A tract in Persian on funeral repasts.
The earlier portion (some eighty leaves) is much
injured by insects. The first few leaves especially are
in a very bad condition.
In a note on fol. 2, dated a.h. 976, the book is declared a
.
Cat. 228, xvi.
287.
B 375a. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 14. Fifteen
lines in a page.
A popular work on religious duties, according to the
Shfi'ite rite, concerning purification, prayer, funerals,
alms, fasting, pilgrimage, and contracts. The author is
not known. Beginning:
....
.
Well written in a large hand. Dated Saturday,
16th Jum. I., 1189 ( ). It was transcribed by
Muammad b. Amad b. Muammad , pro-
bably in Southern Arabia.
288.
2308. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 288. Sixteen
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1223. A treatise on the differences between
the four orthodox Imms, entitled
. The author, who is not mentioned,
is, according to . Kh. iii. 351, either adr al-dn
Abu 'Abdallah Muammad b. 'Abd al-ramn Dimish
'Othmn, who wrote in a.h. 780, or Abu'l-asan Sa'd.
Beginning:
\. The order of


arrangement is that of the Shfi'ite law-books. As a
rule, only the dissenting doctrine is given in cases where
the rest agree.
II. Foll. 224288. The Collection of Fatwas of
Nawaw, as arranged and augmented by his pupil 'Al
al-dn 'Al b. Ibrhm Dimish, commonly called Ibn
al-'Ar (d. a.h. 724). Cf. . Kh. iv. 369; Wsten-
feld, das Leben des al-Nawaw, p. 53 sq. and 31; and
also Orientalia, ii. 339.
The editor states in his preface that he added to the
original collection other "questions" () collected
by him from the lectures of Nawaw. On the other hand,
those of the original Fatwas which did not refer to the law
were placed by him at the end of the work.
Well written. The copyist gives his name at the
end of the first treatise, as Muammad Gharb, of India.
The second treatise is inscribed
. The book was once in the possession
of Jaml 'Al.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
SH'ITES.
289.
1449. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 372. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A handbook of Sh'ah Law, entitled
("every man his own lawyer") by Abu
Ja'far Muammad b. 'Al Ibn Bbawaih umm (d.
a.h. 381). Cf. s, p. , 1. 17; Cat. Bodl. ii. 91;
Cat. St. Petersb. 250; and Cat. Mus. Brit. 415.
Beginning:
. In four separate parts (which conclude
with foll. 95, 175, 259, and 339 respectively), the first
two comprising the spiritual law. Each part is sub-
divided into chapters ().
The author gives in an appendix a full account of
the Isnds which have been omitted in the course of
the work.1 A second appendix (fol. 356v.) contains the

same Isnds alphabetically arranged by Mrz Mu-
ammad Astarbd.
Well written in a small hand, the last portion, how-
ever, in a different style. Collated by the owner, Mu-
ammad Sa'd Ashraf, in a.h. 1097. The greater part
of the first appendix, which is written in a hurried
Nasta'l, has the same date.
Foll. 8289 and 9196 should be transposed, and
foll. 354372 should be arranged as follows: 354,
356358, 355, 362, 359361, 364371, 363, 372.
[Hastings.]
290.
1103. Size 13 in. by 7 in.; foll. 608. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
A system of Sh'ah Law, entitled
, by Muhadhdhab al-dn Amad b. 'Abd
al-Ria, who compiled it for the use of his son,
Muammad Ilys, and completed it in a.h. 1079, at
Mashhad.
The rhymed preface begins:
. The author complains in
it of hard times, the decay of learning, etc. His
work contains fifty-nine books, which are enumerated
on fol. 3, as follows:










.
These books are arranged under the four heads usual
with the Sh'ites, , ,, and
. There precedes (foll. 343) a long intro-
1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 92a.


duction, ,
which contains four alleged conversations ()
of Mufaal b. 'Omar1 with the Imm Ja'far di,
and the work concludes with an admonition ()
of the author to his son, which also comprises the
testamentary advice of the Prophet to 'Al, that of the
latter to his three sons, that of Plato to Aristotle, etc.
(foll. 586605).
The author dates his copy in the following manner:



(r. )





The numerical value of is 1079, and the
product of the computation following, if I do not err,
107, 900 (!).
There follow (foll. 605v.608), with the title

, six testimonials of learned contemporaries,
approving of the present work, which, at the request
of the author, were written by them successively in
his copy, viz. of Muammad al-urr, Abu'l-sim
Riaw (his note in Persian), asan b. Muammad
Zamn Riaw, and Muammad Fil, all dated a.h.
1079, and of Bah al-dn Muammad Ardistn, and
Muammad di, both dated a.h. 1086.
In two volumes, the first concluding (fol. 301) with
, or the end of Part II. Well written in two
hands. Dated 29th Dhu'l-ijjah, 1087. Ornamented
and gilt.
In an elegant Oriental binding.
[Johnson.]

291.
2858. Size 12 in. by 7 in.; foll. 235. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A treatise on the dogmas and the spiritual law
( and )1 of the Sh'ites, also by
Muhadhdhab al-dn Amad b. 'Abd al-Ria, who
wrote it during a stay in India, for Nawwb Mu-
ammad Amn Khn, son of Nawwb Mu'aam Khn,
in a.h. 1084, at Amadbd (Gujart).
Beginning:





.
After the dedication, which is written in a high-
flown style, the first part begins (fol. 3):
. It gives a short
account of the fundamental dogmas of the Sh'ites, each
under the heading . The second part begins (fol.
16): . It comprises the
following books, each under the symbol of a star (),
and subdivided into various metaphorical headings (such
as ,, and the like): ; ;;
; ; ; ; (or visiting
the tombs of Muammad and the Imms); ;
.
The date of the author runs as follows (fol. 234v.):



2


1 See regarding him, s, p. .
1 See regarding these terms, N. von Tornauw, das Moslemische
Recht, pp. 6, 18, 26.
2 i.e. = 1000.






(fol. 235)
. He promises subsequently to write a
commentary on the present work.

A beautiful copy, written in a bold hand, apparently
by the author himself. Dated 2nd afar, 1091. Re-
vised. A rich ornament at the beginning; coloured
lines round the pages. Fol. 105 and 110 should be
transposed.
Seal and signature of the author on the title-page. This copy
was bought afterwards by Nar al-dn, a "slave" ( )
of 'lamgr. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with the
signature of the latter ("Calcutta, May 1st, 1787") and an English
title.

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE.
292.
B 319. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 158. Twenty-
three lines in a page.
An abridgment of Fakhr al-dn Rz's (Muammad
b. 'Omar Shfi', d. a.h. 606) , or Principles
of Jurisprudence, by Tj al-dn Abu'l-fa'il Muammad
b. al-asan1 Urmaw (d. a.h. 656). It is entitled
, and written as early as a.h. 614. Cf. . Kh.
v. 424 sq.
Beginning:

(?)

.
The following is a list of the principal headings:
(fol. 2); (fol. 9);
(fol. 29);
(fol. 50); (fol. 66);
(fol. 71);
(fol. 74); (fol. 81);
(fol. 93); (fol. 109);
(fol. 133); (fol. 139);

(fol. 141); (fol. 145);
(fol. 148).
A fine copy, apparently transcribed during the author's
life-time. Revised and collated. Various notes. Much
injured by damp.
Cat. 229, x.
293.
B 315. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 124. Nine lines
in a page.
A concise treatise on the Principles of the Law, by
usm al-dn Akhskat (Muammad b. Muammad
b. 'Omar anaf, d. a.h. 644). It is entitled
, but commonly called .
Cf. . Kh. vi. 163 and i. 335; Stewart's Catal. 151;
Cat. Mus. Brit. 118; and Flgel, Class. hanef.
Rechtsgel. 277.
After a few introductory words, the treatise begins:

.
The headings occurring in the course of the work
are almost the same with those of as given by
Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 475 sq.
Boldly written, furnished with copious notes. Date,
Dhu'l-a'dah, 821. The margin is injured.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1061, from Malik Ysuf. Seal of Muammad
'dil Shh.
1 Thus in the present MS.; . Kh. has usain.


294.
594. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 292. Five lines
in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
Well written in a large current hand, with many
notes, but worm-eaten and injured by damp towards
the end. The colophon is nearly destroyed; but the
date, a.h. 914, is still legible. Several leaves are
missing after fol. 290, and foll. 117 have been supplied
by a different hand.
[Johnson.]
295.
B 328. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 123. Seven
lines in a page.
Another well written copy of the same work, with
copious glosses. It was transcribed in India, a.h. 992.
The last fol., with the colophon, is mutilated. One
leaf is missing after fol. 24, and the first fol. has been
supplied by a different hand.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1028, from Molla Pyandah.
Cat. 229, iii. 1.
296.
B 327. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 248. Five
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Well written in different hands, with copious glosses.
Red lines round the first few pages. Much injured by
insects.
Seal of Ibrhm Nauras ('dil Shh II.) on the first page.
Cat. 229, iii. 2.
297.
662. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 119. Five
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, written partly in
Nasta'l, and partly in Naskh, breaking off abruptly.
Notes.
Wrongly inscribed by a later hand.
[Johnson.]

298.
B 320. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 46. Thirty-
two or thirty-three lines in a page.
Ibn jib's (Jaml al-dn Abu 'Amr 'Othmn b.
'Omar Mlik, d. a.h. 646) , or Principles
of Jurisprudence, being an abridged edition of his
. See . Kh. vi. 170 sqq.
Begins: ...
.
Concludes:

.
Written in a small hand, of the ninth century. The
first leaf and the concluding portion supplied by more
modern hands.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1026. "Present of the child of Shh Nawz
Khn" ( ).
Cat. 229, viii. 1.
299.
B 323. Size 9 in. by 4 in.; foll. 49. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
A Commentary on the preceding work, by 'Aud
al-dn j ('Abd al-ramn b. Amad, d. a.h. 756).
See . Kh. vi. 171, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 724.
The original text and the commentary are dis-
tinguished by the words and .
This is only the commencement of the work, the
rest of the MS. having been lost. Closely written in a
small Nasta'l hand, with marginal notes. Stained by
damp.
An ornament at the beginning contains an inscription,
according to which this MS. was part of the plunder
brought from Muammadbd-Bdar, and came into
the Bjpr Library in a.h. 1027.
Signature of Ibrhm Nauras ('dil Shh II.), with a seal
bearing the inscription .
Cat. 229, v. 5.


300.
B 321. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 313. Nineteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect at
the beginning. Well written, by Shaikh Burhn; con-
taining the complete text of Ibn jib. The upper
margin of the first portion has been eaten by white-
ants.
The first entire paragraph begins:
.
Cat. 229, v. 1 (?).
301.
B 236. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 138. Twenty-
nine lines in a page.
Another fragment of the same Commentary, contain-
ing the concluding portion.
Neatly written. At the end we find the date of the
author, 26th Sha'bn, 734,1 and after it the following
colophon:



.
The first complete paragraph begins:
.
Inscribed twice (fol. 100 and at the end) .
302.
B 333 b. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 369. From
fifteen to seventeen lines in a page.
A Super-commentary on j's Commentary, commonly
called , by Sa'd al-dn Mas'd b. 'Omar
Taftzn (d. a. ii. 792). See . Kh. vi. 172, and
Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 194.
The greater part of this copy is written in a very
cursive, but the concluding portion in a plainer, Nas-

ta'l character, of the ninth century. Revised and
collated. Some notes. The MS. having become much
injured at the beginning, it was carefully mended
and the writing restored by a later owner, i
Khushl, who also supplied the last fol., which had
been lost. He speaks of this in the conclusion as follows:







.
According to a note on the title-page, this MS. was presented to
Khushl in a.h. 1030. Bj. Lib., a.h. 1054. Seal of Muammad
'dil Shh, and of other owners previous to Khushl.
Catal. 229, vi.
303.
1272. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 202. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Super-commentary. Well
written, but much injured at the end.
The leaves have been misplaced in binding; they
should stand thus: 1, 3152, 177201, 153176,
2, 202.
[Hastings.]
304.
B 310. Size 9 in. by 4 in.; foll. 221. From
twenty-six to twenty-two lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, slightly imperfect
and injured at the beginning. Closely written in
different Nasta'l hands. The first words are:
.
Erroneously inscribed:
. Cf. Catal. 230, xii.
1 The same as in Cat. Mus. Brit. 724.


305.
1872. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 182. From
fifteen to seventeen lines in a page.
Glosses on the beginning of j's Commentary, by
Saiyid Sharf Jurjn (d. a.h. 816). See . Kh. vi. 172.
Beginning:

.
The first part of these glosses, extending over the
first dissertation of the original work, concludes on
fol. 85v. as follows:

(sic)
Fol. 86 continues: . The
last gloss begins: .
Written in a bad Nasta'l hand. The colophon runs
as follows:
(r. ?)




..
1

.
Some notes.
[Hastings.]
306.
B 197. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 145. From
twenty to seventeen lines in a page.
Another copy of the same Glosses, neatly written.
Begins: .

The first part ends on fol. 59, with the words:
( )1 .
The concluding portion of this part, as found in the
preceding MS.,2 is here omitted. Some notes.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1026, from Nawwb Shh Nawz Khn.
Cat. 229, v. 5.
307.
2149. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 274. Eleven
lines in a page.

A beautiful copy of the same work, imperfect at the
end. With the additional notes of Jurjn and other
glosses, some by the transcriber, whose name was 'im,
and others by his teacher (
), etc.
The first part ends as in the preceding MS., and has
the following colophon: (sic)


.
The second part begins with fol. 170.
The first fol. has been supplied by a later hand.
Seal of Nurat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
308.
B 322. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
The same Glosses, well written, with numerous
marginal annotations.
This copy was transcribed by Muammad Amn
Samarand, son of Khwjah Muammad Bi, for
his own use. It does not, however, contain the last
portion, but ends with the gloss, .
Part I.which concludes (fol. 49v.) as in the two
preceding MSS.and Part II. are not separated. The
last leaves are injured by insects.
Seal and note of the transcriber on the title-page.
1 i.e. a.h. 1117. Originally had been written.
1 From the margin.
2 From fol. 80v.


309.
B 151. Size about 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 73.
Twenty-one lines in a page.
The second part of the preceding Glosses, from
to the end. Written in a fine Nasta'l
character, with the additional notes of the author on the
margin.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1028, from Molla Pyandah.
Catal. 226, xv. (?).
310.
1626. Size 9 in. by 4 in.; foll. 181. From
twenty to twenty-three lines in a page.
Glosses on part of j's Commentary, ascribed to
Mrz jn (abb Allah Shrz, d. a.h. 994). Cf. .
Kh. vi. 172. These glosses extend from
to (= foll. 1241 of no. 299).
Beginning:

.
The last gloss begins: , and
the author concludes with the words:
.
Taftzn's commentary is frequently quoted.
Legibly written in different Nasta'l hands.
[Johnson.]
311.
B 324. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 343. Nineteen
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1190. The same Glosses as in the pre-
ceding MS.
II. Foll. 191343. A fragment of what appears to
be the continuation of the above glosses, as far as
; imperfect at the beginning.
Plainly, but carelessly written, by 'Abd al-dir b.
'Abd al-malik. The last lines of fol. 333 are wrongly
drawn up in the form of a conclusion, and followed by
the words . The text is, however,
continued on the next page.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1025, with the following note:
.
Cat. 229, v. 3.

312.
1737. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 74. Six and
eleven lines in a page.
A short treatise on the Principles of Jurisprudence,
styled , by fi al-dn Abu'l-barakt 'Abdallah
b. Amad Nasaf anaf (d. a.h. 710). See . Kh.
vi. 121, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 119.
After the short introduction, the treatise begins:

.
Written in Nasta'l, by Ghulm Muafa. Dated
Friday, 7th Dhu'l-ijjah, 1118. Covered with glosses.
There precede (foll. 116r.) various extracts from
works on law, some in Persian, written across the
pages in several directions.
[Johnson.]
313.
B 316. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foll. 166. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A Commentary on the preceding work, by the author
himself, entitled . It is not men-
tioned in . Kh. nor elsewhere.
Beginning: .
..




.
An excellent copy, completed on Friday, 8th Mu-
arram, 788, by Fal Allah b. 'Omar.
The original text is introduced by through the
greater part of the work; but towards the end it is
only distinguished by a red line drawn over the first
word. Some notes. Collated. Much injured by insects.
Various extracts are written on the title-page.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1014.
Cat. 229, i. 1.


314.
B 318. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foll. 238. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
A copious Commentary () on the Manr, the
title and author of which are not to be found, this MS.
being slightly imperfect both at the beginning and end.
It appears, however, from the general terms of the work,
and from a comparison of several quotations on the
margin of the Lakhnau edition of the ,1 that
we have here another commentary by Nasaf himself,
entitled . Cf. . Kh. vi. 121, and Ibn
ulbugha, ed. Flgel, 22.
There precedes a short introduction, on the sciences
of religion and law in general. After this, the com-
mentary begins as follows (fol. 2v.):

Legibly written, of the tenth century; the text often
not distinguished from the commentary. Injured at
the beginning and in several other places.
Bj. Libr., a.h. 1041. Present of Shaikh abb (?).
Seal of Muammad 'dil Shh on the fly-leaf.
Cat. 229, i. 2.
315.
1742. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 96. Generally
nineteen lines in a page.
A concise Commentary () on the Manr, entitled
, being an abridged and
easier version of another commentary by the author,
called . The latter is, according to . Kh.
vi. 125, the work of Mu'n (al-dn) Abu 'Abdallah
Muammad b. Mubrak Shh Haraw. It occurs in
Stewart's Catal. 150, xlvi. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 600 (?).
The preface begins:
. The author
says subsequently:




Legibly written in various styles of Nasta'l, without
distinction of the text in the latter portion. The
colophon runs as follows:




()




Red lines round the pages. Notes in the earlier
portion. Partly injured by damp.
[Hastings.]
316.
456. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 264. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Another Commentary () on the same work,
entitled , by Shaikh Jwan () Amad
b. Abu Sa'd b. 'Abdallah b. 'Abd al-razz b.
Khah () anaf Makk li Hind Lakhnaw
(d. a.h. 1130, at Dehli),1 who wrote it at Madnah
in a.h. 1105, when he was in his fifty-eighth year.
Printed at Calcutta, 1818, and at Lakhnau, a.h. 1266.
Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 6089, and Stewart's Catal. 150.
Beginning:

At the end is an epilogue by the author, from
which the above statements are derived.
Clearly written in Nasta'l. Colophon:


1 See below, no. 316.
1 So according to a note at the end of the Lakhnau edition.


(sic)

A number of leaves near the beginning are in a
different hand. Fol. 8 should stand after fol. 1.
A charm, in Persian, has been added at the end.
Seal of ibghat Allah.
317.
1297. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 142. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding Commentary.
Plainly written. Dated a.h. 1187.
Seal of Nurat Jang on the title-page.
[Tippu.]
318.
B 317. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 164. Fifteen
lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same Commentary, well
written in Nasta'l. It breaks off in the middle
of the epilogue. Leaves are missing after foll. 40, 75,
76, 135, and 137.
Cat. 230, xv.
319.
2157. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 290. Nineteen
lines in a page.
(adr al-shar'ah) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'd b. Tj
al-shar'ah Mabb's (anaf, d. a.h. 747) Com-
mentary () on his own , or Principles of
Jurisprudence. It is entitled
. See . Kh. ii. 444; Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii.
195; Stewart's Catal. 148, etc. Printed at Dehli,
a.h. 1267,1 and at Lakhnau, a.h. 1281.
Well written, the text of the Tan in red. The
colophon runs as follows:


Occasional notes. Fol. 134 mutilated.
On fol. 289 is a list of contents, and on its back an English title.
Seal of 'Abd al-wahhb Khn (a.h. 1168).
[College of Fort William, 1825.]

320.
1574. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 107. From twenty-
four to twenty-seven lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Closely written in Nasta'l, by fi 'Al Mu-
ammad. The text and the commentary are marked
with and respectively. Some notes. The margin
is partly cut away.
[Hastings.]
321.
B 332. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 253. Fifteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the
beginning and end, and in many other places. Begins:

Well written, text and commentary marked with
and Notes. Partly injured by damp.
Erroneously inscribed (fol. 64) .
322.
B 182. Size 13 in. by 7 in.; foll. 563. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A Super-commentary on the preceding work, entitled
, by Sa'd al-dn Mas'd
b. 'Omar Taftzn (d. a.h. 792). Cf. . Kh. ii. 444;
Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 196; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch.
102, etc. It is also contained in the aforesaid printed
editions of the Tau.
A fine copy, written in a bold hand. It ends with
the colophon of the original MS., which had been
transcribed by the author for his son. This colophon
runs as follows:


[]

Revised. With various interlinear and marginal ex-
planations. Gold and blue lines round the pages. The
1 See Bibl. Sprenger. 602.


ornament of the first page has been cut out. Fol. 17
is much injured.
The leaves have been misplaced in binding. They
should stand in the following order: foll. 118,
135138, 178, 156177, 139145, 147, 146, 148155
(after which is a slight defect), 19134, 205256,
184200, 202204, 201, 179183, 257478, 480483,
479, 484563. Foll. 553 and 554 are not consecutive,
notwithstanding that the catch-word would imply it.
The defect, accordingly, existed already in the original
MS.
Signature of the owner, aidar 'Al b. Rustam 'Al, at the end.
Cat. 229, xi.
323.
2989. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 318. Twenty-
five lines in a page.
Another copy of the Talw.
Neatly written in Nasta'l, but the first portion
(to fol. 67) supplied by two different hands. Notes.
The book having been injured, it was bordered with
new paper; hence the catchwords were often lost, and
the latter portion misplaced in re-binding. Foll. 258318
should be placed in the following order: 258, 291310,
314317, 259290, 311313, 318. A defect after fol.
162. A blank on fol. 130.
Seals of 'Abd al-mu'min, Henry Vansittart, and Charles
Boddam, and signature of the latter, "Calcutta, May 1st, 1787."
324.
922. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 142. Nineteen
lines in a page.
An incomplete copy of the same work.
Narrowly, but legibly written in Nasta'l, with
many notes. It breaks off abruptly.
[Hastings.]
325.
B 187. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 299. Seventeen
lines in a page.
Glosses on the Talw, by asan Chalab b. Mu-
ammad hh Fanr (d. a.h. 886). See . Kh. ii.
445, and Stewart's Catal. 148, xxx.

The first gloss begins:


Neatly written. The colophon runs as follows:

.
.

Frequent additions by the author () on the
margin of the first portion. Blue lines round the pages.
The first leaf mutilated. Defects after foll. 36, 51,
and 207.
Cat. 226, xxiii.
326.
B 188. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 96. Eleven lines
in a page.
Glosses () on a passage of the Talw, viz.
the paragraph () on the Good and the Bad (
), and especially on the four of adr al-
shar'ah (corresponding to foll. 250 sqq. of no. 322), by
'Abd al-akm b. Shams al-dn (Siylkt, d. about
a.h. 1060). See, for another commentary and the
subject in general, Flgel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 613, and
also . Kh. vi. 448.
The preface begins:

The first gloss is: (r. )

Plainly written in a large hand.
On the last page is written:
. Catal. 226, xxii. (?).
327.
3095. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 135. Nineteen
lines in a page.
Glosses on the Talw, entitled
, by 'Abdallah Labb ( ), son
of 'Abd al-akm Siylkt. These glosses were


written by the author in his early youth, under the
superintendence of his father, and include the glosses
of the latter, described under the preceding no. Cf.
Stewart's Catal. 148, xxix. (?).
Beginning:

The first gloss is: ().
Neatly written in Nasta'l. Imperfect at the end,
and injured by insects.
Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with several inscriptions
in the handwriting of the latter.
328.
1286. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 283. From
twenty-three to twenty-six lines in a page.
Glosses on the Talw, by an unknown author, im-
perfect at the end.
Beginning: ()

Written in a current Nasta'l hand, the first portion
on reddish paper. Frequent additions (marked with ),
corrections (marked with or ), notes of the author
( ), and various readings are on the margin. It
would appear that this MS. was copied from an earlier
edition of the work, and revised according to an
enlarged one.
Fol. 30v. has been left blank. Slightly injured.
Inscribed: . Seal
of Shaikh al-islm Muammad (of the twelfth century).
[Johnson.]
329.
B 325. Size about 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 119.
Twenty-five lines in a page.




A concise treatise on the Foundations of the Common
Law, by Jaml al-dn Abu'l-asan 'Abd al-ram b.

al-asan urash Isn' (or Isnaw,1 Shfi', d. a.h.
772). Cf. . Kh. ii. 423 sq.
Beginning:
. The work consists of two intro-
ductory chapters, , and
, and seven books: I. (fol. 21)
; II. (fol. 95) ; III. (fol. 97)
; IV. (fol. 99) ; V. (fol. 105)
; VI. (fol. 110) ; VII.
(fol. 114) . Each of these books com-
prises a series of questions (), which are generally
subdivided into chapters. The work concludes as follows:


A valuable copy, made by Mamd b. 'Othmn
. Dated Monday, 9th Rab' II., 794. It was
transcribed from a MS., into which all the additions
made by the author on a final revision had been entered
by Ibrhm Dimy, in Rab II., 772, at Makkah.
It was also collated, immediately after its completion,
with another MS., which had been collated with the
author's own copy.
Several Ijzahs for the works of Isn' are on the
title-page, and a poem in praise of that author is at the
end, all in the handwriting of the transcriber. The
margin is injured. A defect after fol. 5.
330.
B 326. Size about 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 64.
Twenty-five lines in a page.


A treatise by the same author, on the Grammatical
Elements of Jurisprudence, being a sort of supplement
to the preceding work, during the progress of which
it was begun. See . Kh. v. 263 sq., and also
ii. 424.
1 From Isna, in Upper Egypt.
2 Supposed to be the inscription of the author's copy,
.


The date of the author runs as follows:
()

Written by the same hand as the preceding MS., to
which it corresponds in all particulars of origin and
authenticity. The original copy had been revised by
Ibrhm Dimy, a.h. 771, and declared by the author
to contain the standard version. Date, Monday, 15th
Rab' II., 794.
Various poems in praise of the author are at the be-
ginning and end of the book, in the same hand.
331.
B 330a. Size about 11 in. by about 7 in.;
foll. 341. Eleven lines in a page.
A compendious work on the Principles of Juris-
prudence, entitled , by Kaml al-dn Abu 'Abd-
allah Muammad b. Humm al-dn 'Abd al-wid b.
'Abd al-amd b. Sa'd al-dn Mas'd Iskandar Sws
anaf, commonly called Ibn al-Humm (d. a.h. 861).
Cf. . Kh. ii. 214, and Bibl. Sprenger. 604.
Beginning:
(sic)
The author states in his preface that his work com-
prises both the anafite and Shfi'ite systems. It con-
sists of an introduction, , and three books, ,
whose subjects are .
Well written, with a broad margin. The colophon
runs as follows:
1


Notes in the earlier portion.
On the title-page is an account of the author, accord-
ing to which he was born in a.h. 790, and became a
pupil of Ibn al-Shinah (d. a.h. 815) and others. He

was alike distinguished as a scholar and a f. He
died at Cairo, on Friday, 7th Raman, 861.
Signature of 'Alam Allah b. 'Abd al-razz Makk anaf
'Aidars. Bj. Libr., a.h. 1023.
Cat. 229, iv.
332.
1273. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 213. Thirty-
one and twenty-three lines in a page.
The first part of a Commentary () on Muibb
Allah b. 'Abd al-shakr Bahr's (d. a.h. 1119) ,
or Principles of Jurisprudence.
Part of the original work1 was printed at Lakhnau,
a.h. 1263.2 C.f. Bibl. Sprenger. 610, and Stewart's
Catal. 151, liv. It was written in a.h. 1109, which
date is expressed by the chronogram .
It refers alike to the anafite and Shfi'ite systems, and
consists of a ; three , treating of ;
four , on ; and a .
The name of the commentator, which is not given,
is, according to the following no., Molla Nim
al-dn.3
Beginning:

This part comprises the three , and
concludes:

.
It consists of two separate volumes. The first, which
ends with the fourth paragraph () of the third
(fol. 94), is written in a minute and not very
clear handwriting. It is dated Rmpr, Wednesday,
2nd Dhu'l-ijjah. The second volume, which contains
the rest of the same , is written in a similar but
plainer style, and bears no date. Coloured lines round
the pages. Foll. 1969 should stand thus: 197, 196,
199, 198.
[Hastings.]
1 Originally .
1 To the end of the second .
2 Another commentary on it, called , was printed
at Cawnpore, a.h. 1287.
3 He is likewise so called in occasional quotations on the margin
of the Lakhnau edition.


333.
983. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 303. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
The second part of the same Commentary, comprising
two of the four , viz. and . In
two separate volumes, both written in a bold Nasta'l
hand.
The first vol. concludes as follows (fol. 144):
)
1(



()

The second volume concludes thus:





(sic)


Seals of the above Kaml al-dn and ibghat Allah.

PRAYERS AND CHARMS.
334.
831. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 190. Twenty-
two lines in a page.
The Prayer-book of 'Al Zain al-'bidn, the fourth
Imm of the Sh'ites (d. a.h. 94 or 92), transmitted
to posterity by al-Mutawakkil b. Hrn Thaaf, on
the authority of two grandsons of 'Al. It is called
. Cf. s, p. , who is, however,
inaccurate,2 and . Kh. iii. 100. The work was printed
at Calcutta, a.h. 1248, according to Bibl. Sprenger.
699; and it seems also to be contained in Cat. St.
Petersb. 33, lxii.
The present text is given on the authority of Najm
al-dn Abu'l-asan Muammad b. al-asan . 'Alaw
usain, who had it from Abu 'Abdallah Muammad
b. Amad b. Shahriyr, guardian of the mausoleum

of the Khalif 'Al,1 in Rab' I., 516, etc. The Isnd
goes back to Mutawakkil, who gives the following
account of the origin of the book. He was return-
ing to Khursn from the pilgrimage, when he met
with Yaya b. Zaid b. 'Al, and received from him
a copy of these prayers, on the authority of his father,
Zaid the Martyr. Subsequently, after Yaya had
been killed (a.h. 125), he went again to Madnah,
where he showed his copy to Ja'far di, who found
it identical with a book in his possession, which had
been written by his father, Muammad b. 'Al. From
this Mutawakkil took a copy, Ja'far himself dictating.
The book consisted originally of seventy-five chapters,
but eleven were lost by him, so that he only kept some
sixty chapters ( ).
With the exception of the last statement, the same
story is given with another Isnd, which, in Ibn
Muahhar, joins that of s (l.c.). According to this
version, the book contained only fifty-four prayers,
1 From the margin.
2 He appears to have confounded the names of Mutawakkil and
his son 'Umair.
1 Cf. no. 371, fol. 64v.


which are enumerated, and are exactly the same as
those found in the present MS. There is, however,
an appendix (fol. 175), which was offered by several
MSS. It is introduced by the first Isnd, and contains
seven more prayers, and formul for each day of
the week.
Well written, with vowel-points. Accompanied by
an interlinear translation, and many useful notes, in
Persian. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament
at the beginning.
[Johnson.]
335.
2324. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 65. Ten
lines in a page.
Prayers for the week, beginning with Friday.
According to the introduction, these prayers were com-
municated by the Prophet to Muammad b. Usmah,
when he was imprisoned at Ifahn, for being suspected
of armaism; and he regained his liberty through
their influence.
Beginning:
. The prayer of each day consists of
, , ,, another , and ten .
Well written, with vowel-points.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
336.
1531. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 236. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A Sh'ah book on religious duties, especially prayer,
imperfect at the beginning. It appears from quotations
of other works1 that the author is Abu Ja'far s
(Muammad b. al-asan, d. a.h. 460). It is very
probably his , mentioned
in his own Fihrist, p. , l. 18.
Begins:
. The first paragraph,
which is inscribed , gives an
outline of the present work. The five principal duties

of the Sh'ites are prayer, almsgiving, fasting, pilgri-
mage, and holy war. The author begins with prayer,
as that duty which is to be performed every day,
and treats of it circumstantially in a separate part,
. This part is introduced by
a treatise on ablution and other preparations for
prayer.
The second part (fol. 100v.), ,
treats briefly of the remaining duties, according to
their occurrence in the course of the year. It begins
with Raman, the time for fasting, and concludes
with Rajab. The rites of the pilgrimage are mentioned
under Dhu'l-ijjah.
Then follow those duties which are not connected
with a particular time (fol. 209v.),
. They are either
personal, as and , or pecuniary, as
. They are only rapidly surveyed, and reference
is made for the former to the author's and 1,
and for the latter, to his .2
The work concludes (fol. 213v.) with three sets of
prayers, recommended for special times, viz. morning
and evening prayers, prayers for each day of the week,
and such for the twelve hours of the day. For parti-
culars the author refers to his .
There are added (fol. 231) a charm, rules for the
Naurz, and a prayer.
According to the colophon (fol. 232v.), this copy was
transcribed from that of Muammad b. Manr b.
Amad b. Idrs . 'Ijl, which had been written in
a.h. 570, and had been collated with the author's own
copy. It is well written and emended. It has also been
collated with the copy of one .
At the end is a prayer, styled , and ascribed
to 'Al. It is in a different hand, and is dated a.h. 1013.
Fol. 234 should be placed after 228. Worm-eaten.
[Johnson.]
1 See below.
1 See his Fihrist, p. .
2 i.e. , ib. , 1. 6.


337.
B 229. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 63. Twenty-
five, afterwards twenty-one lines in a page.
Ghazzl's (Abu mid Muammad b. Muammad,
d. a.h. 505) explanation of the ninety-nine names of
God, entitled or . See
. Kh. vi. 89, iv. 27, and also , and for a
full account of its contents, Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 326.
Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 857.
At first written in a small clear hand, but continued
(from fol. 35v.) in an inelegant Nasta'l. The colophon
runs as follows:


(sic) . Marginal
notes.
A prayer, inscribed , with directions
in Persian, is added at the end.
The title-page is filled with various extracts, amongst
them a fragment of a preface, which begins:
, and ends abruptly
with the first few words after . From these it
would appear that we have here only a variation of the
original exordium of the present treatise.
Worm-eaten and stained.
338.
B 429. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 89. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of a work on prayers and cabbalistic
matters, by Sharaf al-dn Abu'l-'Abbs Amad Bn
(d. a.h. 622), the same as that described by Flgel,
Hdss. Wien, ii. 566, 3.
Written in a large bold hand, of about the tenth
century. Two leaves are wanting at the beginning.
The first words are: . Defective after
foll. 6, 14, and 83, and at the end. Much injured.
That part which treats of the names of God (see
Flgel, l.c.) has its own title (fol. 33),
, and the name of the author is introduced at

the beginning of it. It is probably mentioned as a
separate work, in . Kh. iv. 24, under
, in the third place.
The part just spoken of had been placed at the beginning
of this volume, and inscribed . Cf. Catal.
234, viii. 2 (?).
339.
B 438. Size 6 in. by 4 in.; foll. 36. Eleven or
twelve lines in a page.
Prayers for the week, ascribed to Muyi al-dn (Mu-
ammad b. 'Al) Ibn 'Arab (d. a.h. 638). Cf. Cat.
Mus. Brit. ii. 78.
Beginning:


Then follow the nocturnal prayers for the remaining
week-days, and after them the diurnal prayers (
, etc.), one in each case.
Well written, on European paper, with notes referring
to the quotation of some of these prayers in the
(of Bism, d. a.h. 858; see . Kh. iii. 200). Red
rulings.
Cat. 233 (Duawat), ii. 1.
340.
B 115. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 241. Nineteen
lines in a page.




Prayers for all occasions of Muslim life, collected
from the tradition by Muyi al-dn Nawaw (d. a.h.
676). The work is often called . See
. Kh. iii. 109, and Wstenfeld, das Leben des
al-Nawaw, p. 48.
Beginning:
. .



The author confines himself chiefly to traditions
from the five canonical collections of Bukhr, Muslim,
Abu D'd, Tirmidh, and Nas'. He generally omits
the Isnds. The work begins with a succession of
introductory paragraphs ().
The date of the work is given at the end as follows:


(sic)


About one-third of this copy was written by Khwjah
Rukn al-dn Rzbahn b. Manr b. Yaya b. Shaikh
Rukn al-dn Manr Rstgi, in a good hand, about
the ninth century. The rest, including also the first
leaf, has been supplied by a descendant of his, named
'Abd al-ramn b. Junaid Rstg ( ), in a
more hurried character, towards the end of the tenth
century.
Prefixed is a list of the chapters of the work (foll.
16), followed by a little tract in Persian, on the lawful-
ness of using vinegar (). It concludes:
. The name of the author,
however, is not given. This tract was copied in a.h.
991, by aidar b. 'Al, who succeeded the transcriber
in the possession of this MS. Worm-eaten. Several
leaves stained.
Seal of the aforesaid aidar b. 'Al. Bj. Libr., a.h. 1033.
Cat. 223, ix.
341.
2821. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 112. Seventeen
lines in a page.

A Vade-mecum for Travellers, comprising prayers
and ceremonies to be performed, and amulets and
remedies to be used by them for their safety. It was
compiled by Ra al-dn Abu'l-sim 'Al b. Msa
b. Ja'far b. Muammad b. Muammad b. 's ('s)
'Alaw Fim, a Sh'ite and chief () of the

Saiyids, who probably lived in the latter part of the
seventh century. This treatise is properly entitled
. Cf. . Kh.
i. 433.
Begins:
. .

In thirteen chapters, each subdivided into sections
(), a list of which is inserted in the preface. The
chapters are on the following subjects: I.

, in fifteen sections; II. (fol. 19v.)

, in five sections; III. (fol. 24)
,
in four sections; IV. (fol. 29v.)
, in
three sections; V. (fol. 37)

, in five sections; VI. (fol. 45)

, in thirteen sections; VII. (fol. 53v.)

, in five sections;
VIII. (fol. 60v.)
, in three
sections; IX. (fol. 62v.)
()
in twenty-five sections; X. (fol. 76)


, in twelve sections; XI. (fol. 88v.)

,
comprising the whole treatise of Abu Bakr Muammad
b. Zakary Rz, the celebrated physician (d. a.h. 311
or 320). This treatise begins:


(fol. 89) .
(sic)

;1 XII. (fol. 93)
, on amulets tried by the
author's own experience, in five sections; XIII. (fol. 94)


, consisting only of the
treatise of usa b. La.
See on this treatise, Cat. Mus. Brit. 204.
Neatly written, of the eleventh century.
The last two pages contain an extract from
, i.e. probably the treatise of Ibn al-Khashshb,
on the properties of some verses of the Koran, mentioned
in . Kh. iii. 197. This extract begins:
. It is written
by a different hand.
The first eight leaves are misplaced; they should
stand in the following order: 1, 4, 2, 3, 6, 7, 5, 8.
Worm-eaten.
[Bibl. Leydeniana.]
342.
799. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 199. Fourteen
lines in a page.
A work on religious duties, especially prayer, entitled
, by asan b. Ysuf
Ibn al-muahhar ill (a Sh'ite, d. a.h. 726). It
is an abridgment of Abu Ja'far s's (d. a.h. 460)
,2 which the author made for the Wazr
'Izz al-dn Muammad had.3
The following is an abstract of the preface:
. .
.
(fol. 2)

.
.

. .
.
. .
.

.
The work contains eleven chapters: I. ;
II. (fol. 6) ; III. (fol. 11) ; IV. (fol.
13v.) ; V. (fol. 17)
; VI. (fol. 43)
; VII. (fol. 38v.) ;
VIII. (fol. 60v.) ; IX.
(fol. 72) ; X. (fol.
76) ; XI. (fol. 184)
(sic)
Beautifully written. Dated Rajab, 984. Vowels
are frequently added. Titles in gold. An ornament
on the first page, and gold and blue lines round the
others.
Benedictions on the Prophet, said to have been com-
posed by 'Al Ria, and handed down by imyar, and
prayers for Fimah ( ), are
added on the last two pages.
[Johnson.]
343.
B 429 b. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 37. Twenty-
seven lines in a page.
An explanation of the Epithets of God.
The first leaf being missing, the author and the
title of the work are not ascertained. It appears,
however, from a notice at the end that it consists chiefly
of extracts from a treatise, whose author is merely
called the "i," to which are invariably added
other extracts from a work of ushair (d. a.h. 465),
probably his (see . Kh. ii. 248). The passage
1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. I., p. 288, xcii. 6.
2 Cf. s, Fihrist, p. , and . Kh. v. 585. See also
no. 336.
3 See Hammer-Purgstall, Gesch. d. Ilchane, ii. 140.


in question runs as follows (fol. 37):





Other authorities as late as the seventh century are
quoted, e.g. Turibisht (d. a.h. 658).
Well written, the diacritical points often omitted.
Marginal notes of later date. The beginning is injured,
there is a defect after fol. 31, and the end is wanting.
Soiled.
Cat. 223, viii. 1 (?).
344.
B 435. Size 7 in. by 3 in.; foll. 101. Twenty-
one lines in a page.
A treatise on the efficacious use of the Koran for
prayers and charms. It is defective and much injured
at the beginning. The author appears to be a Magh-
rib, who wrote in the eighth century. He quotes
Ghazzl, Shdhil (d. a.h. 656), and various Magh-
rib authorities.
This treatise follows the order of the Srahs, expound-
ing the properties of each. It concludes:


Written in a small but clear hand, with frequent
indications of the contents on the margin. The first
portion and the last leaf are supplied in a different hand.
Stained.
Inscribed (fol. 5): .
Cf. Catal. 233, vi.
345.
2276. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 107. Eleven
lines in a page.
Ibn Jazar's (Shams al-dn Abu'l-khair Muammad
b. Muammad, d. a.h. 833) Prayer-book, called
. See . Kh. iii. 71; Flgel, Hdss. Wien,
iii. 144, etc. It was printed at Calcutta, a.h. 1229.
Beginning: .




.

Written in a good Persian hand, with vowel-points.
Numerous marginal notes. Several leaves supplied in
a later hand. Slightly injured on the margin and
stained. Foll. 2161 and 7996 should be transposed.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
346.
861. Size 9 in. by 4 in.; foll. 113. Thirteen
lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
It begins:

1 ()

This is the authentic commencement, according to
the commentary of 'Al ri' (see below).
Plainly written, by Khn Muammad, in Rajab,
1115. Ornamented. Some notes.
A key to the work, in Persian, is on fol. 1.
The book belonged once to usain b. 'Abdallah b. Shaikh al-
'Aidars, and subsequently to Nurat Jang.
347.
2116. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 208. From six
to sixteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Begins:

Written in a large hand, partly with vowel-points.
Numerous notes. One or two leaves wanting at the end.
From fol. 191 follow various other prayers, the first
imperfect at the beginning. Carelessly written in
different hands.
In an elegant Oriental binding. Seal of Nurat Jang.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 From the margin.


348.
2295. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 388. Nineteen
lines in a page.
A copious Commentary () on the preceding
work, by 'Al b. Suln Muammad (Haraw ri',
d. a.h. 1016, at Makkah). According to . Kh. iii.
73, it was composed in a.h. 1008, and entitled
. Cf. Stewart's Cat. 175, ii.
It begins with the explanation of the introductory
words of Ibn Jazar,
. Then
follow, as the authentic text, the words given at the
beginning of no. 346. The usual beginning,
(see no. 345), is mentioned here only as the reading
of some MSS.
Well written. Slightly injured by insects.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
349.
B 423. Size 9 in. by 4 in.; foll. 65. Twenty-
one and nineteen lines in a page.
I. Foll. 128. Extracts from a cabbalistic treatise
called , newly
arranged in four sections (), and entitled
. They are ascribed
here to Abu'l-'Abbs Bn (d. a.h. 622), but unless
we have in the treatise itself a work of Bn hitherto
unknown, this statement cannot be true. The only
work with the title , that is known,
was written more than two centuries after the death
of Bn, by 'Abd al-ramn b. Muammad Bism
(d. a.h. 858; cf. . Kh. iv. 73, Cat. Mus. Brit.
344, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 176). Perhaps the statement
of the present MS. is founded upon a confusion of
the treatise in question with a work of Bn, called
(see . Kh. iv. 75, and Cat. Lugd. iii.
171), from which the author himself made similar
extracts under the title . Cf. .
Kh. iv. 440.
Beginning:




The four sections are described as follows: I.
; II. ; III.
; IV.

Plainly written, but incomplete. There are defects
after foll. 16, 18, 20, and at the end.
II. Foll. 2965. The concluding portion of a treatise
on the properties of the letters of the Abujad. The
author is not known, but he quotes Bn and Shdhil
(d. a.h. 656).
This fragment begins in the seventeenth section, which
is devoted to the letter ; the first words are: .
The twenty-eighth section, on the letter , is followed
by other sections, not numbered, and the treatise con-
cludes with the words . Then follow
some magic squares.
350.
1947. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 122. Nine
lines in a page.
The celebrated Prayers for Muammad, called
, by Abu 'Abdallah Muammad b. Sulaimn
Jazl (Simll Sharf asan, a Maghrib saint, who
died on 16th Rab 'I., 870, at ).1 Cf. . Kh.
iii. 235; Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 146; Cat. Bodl.,
ii. 86; Cat. St. Petersb. 33; and Stewart, 175, iv.
The work was printed at St. Petersburgh, 1842.
Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points.
Marginal notes, mostly derived from the commentary of
Fs, in the earlier portion. The drawings of the
Mosque of Madnah are wanting, but there is a de-
scription in words instead.
Seal and signature of Muammad Khn Jahn, a.h. 1186. In
an elegant Oriental binding.
[Tippu.]
1 These statements are from the commentary of Fs (see
no. 354). Jazlah is a Berber tribe in . It is
also spelled (see Edrisi, Description de l'Afrique, par Dozy
et De Goeje, p. v., l. 10). Simllah is a branch of the same tribe.


351.
4a. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 106. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the .
Well written, with vowel-points. Richly illuminated
and gilt. It contains two pictures, representing the
Mosques of Makkah and Madnah.
"Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1856."
352.
2618. Size 7 in. by 6 in.; foll. 68. Eleven
lines in a page.
Another copy of the same work.
Plainly written in a Malay hand, with vowel-points.
The drawings are omitted. At the end (fol. 67v.) is an
epilogue, ascribed to the author. It begins:

353.
B 443. Size 4 in. by 3 in.; foll. 165. Seven
lines in a page.
I. Foll. 1102. Another copy of the ,
imperfect at the beginning; the first words are:
. Plainly written, with vowel-points.
II. Foll. 104165. Another fragment of the same
work, written in a similar style.
Slightly injured.
354.
1700. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 321. Seventeen
lines in a page.
A copious Commentary () on the preceding
work, entitled , by
Muammad al-Mahd b. Amad b. 'Al b. Ysuf Fs
ar ( ). Cf.
. Kh. iii. 235, Cat. Mus. Brit. 78, and Stewart's Cat.
175, v.
Beginning:

The author says in his preface that this is an abridged
version of a still more ample commentary which he had
written before.

Well written. Has the following colophon:

.

. .


Slightly injured by damp.
Seals of Anwar al-dn Khn and his son Nurat Jang (a.h. 1174).
[Tippu.]
355.
2131. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foll. 109. Nine and
thirteen lines in a page.
I. Foll. 189. The of Jazl, without
the introduction.
Beginning:1 []
.
Plainly written; vowel-points occasionally added.
II. Foll. 91v.101. A prayer for Muammad, styled
.
It begins: ,
and is preceded by a Persian introduction,
.
Plainly written, with all the vowels. It was trans-
cribed by Shaikh Muammad , in Rajab, 1084,
for Malik Yt albat Khn.
The vacant pages between these two pieces are filled
with a prayer for Muammad, written in a very large
hand, and at the foot of the second is a charm, ascribed
to 'Al, in Persian, written in Shikastah.
III. Foll. 102109. A morning prayer.
Beginning:

Well written in a large hand.
For the rest of the volume, see Urd and Persian MSS.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
1 Effaced.


356.
B 439. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 32. Nineteen
lines in a page.


.
A fragment of a Book of Prayers for Muammad,
consisting of extracts from Jazl's ,
with paraphrase and explanations, and a few original
additions, so as to form a sort of commentary on
that work. The author, Saiyid Mamd dir, of
Madnah, was still alive when this MS. was written,
i.e. a.h. 1107.
Beginning (fol. 1v.):

. The division of the
into quarters and thirds is also marked
here. The first quarter ends on fol. 6. At the end, as
additions by the author, are two prayers for Muammad,
ascribed to Abu Bakr and 'Al, and after these a drawing
of the three tombs in the Mosque of Madnah.
The colophon offers a different title:
.


1[]


Well written, with vowel-points, but injured and
defective in several places. Leaves are wanting after
foll. 3, 5, 28, 29, and 30.
Cat. 233 (Duawat), iii. 1.
357.
2168. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Eleven and
thirteen lines in a page.
Sadd al-dn Kshghar's Instruction in Prayer and
Purification, according to the anafite rite, entitled

. Cf. . Kh. vi. 227;
Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 467; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 50, etc.
Plainly written in two large hands, partly with
Persian interlineation and notes.
Fol. 88. A funeral prayer, with directions in Persian.
[College of Fort William, 1825.]
358.
1162. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 71. Twelve,
afterwards up to eighteen lines in a page.
Another copy of the preceding work.
Ill written in two hands, Nasta'l and Naskh.
The former ends confusedly on fol. 68v., and has
the date, a.h. 1169. The remaining portion has been
added by the Naskh hand. The colophon mentions
'Al Muammad as the transcriber, and a note below,
Molla Fil khn as the owner of this copy.
Coloured lines round the pages of the earlier portion.
Fol. 7 should be placed after fol. 9.
A few lines in Pusht are on the fly-leaf.
359.
1860. Size 9 in. by 4 in.; foll. 248. Twenty-
one and ten lines in a page.
I. Foll. 9200. A Commentary () on the pre-
ceding work, by Ibrhm b. Muammad b. Ibrhm
alab (d. a.h. 956). This is the abridgment which
the author made from his larger commentary, called
. It is simply named .
See . Kh. vi. 228; Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 50 sq.;
and Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 118 sq.
Neatly written. Dated Tuesday, 17th afar, 1096.
Numerous marginal notes, extracted from the larger
commentary, and from various other works. A small
ornament on the first page, and coloured lines round
the others.
The vacant leaves at the beginning and end of this
piece are filled with various extracts, traditions, Fatwas,
etc., written in the same hand. Amongst them is
a list of the sections of the present work (foll. 3v.4r.).
Foll. 205v.208. Short Rules of Inheritance, written
like the preceding.
1 Effaced.


Foll. 209210. Various extracts, amongst them (fol.
210v.) one from , and, on the margin
of the same page, another from , both of
some length.
Foll. 211223. A Persian treatise on Dress. It is
imperfect at the beginning, but it is described at the
end as an extract from .
Foll. 224227 are vacant, but enclosed with coloured
lines like the rest.
II. Foll. 229248: 1.
. An anonymous treatise on
the Law of Inheritance.
Begins: . Imperfect at the
end. Plainly written in a large hand, with numerous
notes. This part of the volume being of a smaller size,
the single sheets of it have been bound higher and lower
alternately, so as to fit the size of the rest. Part of the
margin of it has been cut off.
Both parts of this volume bear the seal of Nurat Jang, the
first also a note stating that it had been bought of Saiyid usain
'Aidars, at Mailpr. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151, liii.
[Tippu.]
360.
B 432. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 202. Thirteen
lines in a page.
A fragment of a treatise on pious charms and
remedies, arranged in 100 paragraphs (), and
probably entitled .
The author is not mentioned. He frequently quotes
Bn (d. a.h. 622), the "Imm" Amad b. Msa
, Majd al-dn Shrz (i.e. Frzbd, d. a.h.
817), and various old authorities. One of his Shaikhs
was Sulaimn b. Ibrhm 'Alaw. He also mentions
(fol. 4) that he wrote at an earlier period a treatise
with the title .
This MS. is imperfect at the beginning. The first
words are: , from the first
, which treats of the magic powers of the Basma-
lah. The second (fol. 4) is inscribed:
.

The latter portion, from the sixty-second paragraph,
is wanting. Only the last fol. is preserved, which con-
cludes as follows: .
The last three pages contain an amulet for horses,
with directions in Turkish.
Cat. 233, v.
361.
604. Size 10 in. by 5 in.; foll. 75. Thirty-one
and eighteen lines in a page.
An abridgment of the preceding work.
It begins: .

, and concludes:
.
Written partly in a small Nasta'l, and partly in a
large Naskh character. The portion in Nasta'l has
corrections, and indications of the contents, on the
margin. It is on thin paper, and injured in some
places. Red lines round the pages.
Inscribed by a later hand.
[Johnson.]
362.
B 430. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 104. Nine,
afterwards six lines in a page.
The Prayer-book of 'Al b. Suln Muammad ri'
(d. a.h. 1016), called . See
. Kh. iii. 56; Flgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 148; and
Aumer, Hdss. Mnch. 53 sq.
Written in a large plain hand, with vowel-points.
A Persian translation is added between the lines, and
prefixed (foll. 16) is an introduction in Persian, by
one Amad b. 'Abd al-ramn, containing rules for
forty days of devotion. Both were made for the use
of one Shh Hshim, at Makkah. The introduction
begins: .
The last two pages contain another prayer,
. It begins:
.
The Arabic text was collated subsequently by
Muammad usain b. 'Abdallah Multn Makk dir.
1 Cut off.


Full Text

PAGE 1

CATALOGUE OF ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS.

PAGE 3

A CATALOGUE OF THE ARABIC MANUSCRIPrrs I:S THE LIBRARY OF THE INDIA OFFICE. BY SCHOOL_OF OR STUDE' :-; CIRCUS! OTTO LOTH, PH.D., PROFESSOR EXTRAORDINARIUS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF LEIPZIG. PH IXTED BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF ST A.TE FOR INDIA <'IL. LONDON: 1877.

PAGE 4

E.TEPHE:S AV8TlN AND SONS, PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

PAGE 5

PREFACE. EARLY in 1870 I was honoured by the Indian Government with the commission to prepare a Catalogue raisonne of the .Arabic MSS. in the Library of the India Office. I was engaged on this task, in London, from April 1870 to July 1872. Unfortunately nearly double that time has been spent in carrying the work through the press. The larger half of the MSS. belong to the great collection of Muhammadan MSS. of the East India House. This collection was formed from the libraries of WARREN HAsTINGS, TIPPU SuLTAN, RICHARD J OHNSON, the GAIKW AR, Dr. LEYDEN, etc. It comprised above 3000 volumes, which were not even classed according to the different languages (Arabic, Persian, Urdu, Malay, etc.). In 1869 the Arabic portion was picked out, for the first time, by Dr. G. HoFFMANN (now Professor in Kiel), who also drew up a list, in which the numbers were arranged according to subjects. The original numeration was left unaltered. With the exception of the library of Tippu,-of which 1\fajor CHARLES STEW ART had prepared a catalogue, whilst it was still in the College of Fort William,*-these Arabic MSS. have remained comparatively little known, and only one has, to my knowledge, been used for an edition. t The remaining MSS. belong to the Bi.fdpur collection, which consists almost entirely of Arabic books, only a few being Persian. A full account of the discovery of this collection, and of the transactions connected with its removal from Bijapur, may be found in the Bombay Government Records, No. XLI., l{ew Series, pp. 210 sqq. It was once the Royal Library of the .. A_dil-Shahs, but was subsequently removed to the Asar )', an ecclesiastical establishment, which owed its name to the possession of some relics of the Prophet. There the library was still to be found in 1849, when the attention of the Government of Bombay was drawn to it by a report of Mr. H. B. E. (now Sir BaRTLE) FRERE (see Bomb. Gov. Rec., Le., pp. 215 sqq.). This gentleman also prevailed on a learned l\Iuhammadan, named }_IAMiD AL-DiN to prepare a catalogue in Urdu, which was translated by Mr. ERSKINE (Bomb. Gov. Rec., Le., pp. 221 sqq.). After being removed, in A Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Library of Tippoo Sultan of Mysore, etc. etc. Cambridge, 1809. These ::\fSS. are now described partly as 1\lSS. of Tippu, and partly as MSS. of the College of Fort William. t 1442 Johnson (Xo. 382 of this Catalogue).

PAGE 6

Vl PREFACE. 1851, to Satara, the whole collection was finally sent to London 1n 1853. Here it was examined, and a catalogue of it drawn up, in Arabic, by Mr. in 1869. In order to distinguish these MSS. from those of the old stock, the letter B has been prefixed to their numbers. These Bijapur MSS. were, on the whole, in a sad condition. Damp, vermin, and habitual neglect, had corn bined to do their work of destruction on the treasures of the Asar JJiahall. They were generally deprived of their bindings; most of them were defective and in disorder; some were mere bundles of rubbish. However, I did not spare time and trouble in ascertaining the doubtful fragments, in re-arranging the leaves, and in noting the sometimes numerous defects. Now that they have been duly bound and mended, these MSS. will, I hope, still be considered a valuable portion of the Library. In most of these MSS. there is a note, stating the dates at which they were incorporated with the Library of Bijapur; to which the names of the former owners are frequently added. I have usually quoted these statements at the foot of the single articles, with the abbrevia tion Bi.f. Lz'br. Subsequently to the taking of Bijapur by Aurangzib, A.H. 1097 ( = A.n.l686), the Library of the Asar was inspected by an officer of the latter, named Khan. It was again surveyed, by order of J-.\"" .r-' 1146 ( = A.D. 17 3 3 ). Identical notes (and seals) to this effect being in most of the books, I have not taken any special notice of them. As to the Catalogue .flakzm-Erskine, it was easy to identify most of its items, by means of the inscriptions, however inaccurate, which himself had given to the fragments. This is the meaning of the abbreviation Oatal., or Oat., which will usually be found at the end of the articles. In the literary notes, I have referred, as far as_ possible, to Khalifah's Biblio graphical Dictionary, as edited by FLUEGEL ( J!. Klz.), and to the printed Catalogues of various collections ; but I have avoided needless quotations. A list of Addenda et Corrigenda which occurred to me, after the respective sheets were printed, will be found on a subsequent page. In conclusion, I have to express my best thanks to Dr. RosT, the Librarian of the India Office Library, who first conceived the plan of cataloguing all the collections under his charge; and to Professor WM. WRIGHT, for his kindness in, reading a proof of each sheet as it passed through the press, in order to correct faults of style and idiom. That in doing so he also saved me from some more material errors need scarcely be said. LEIPZIG, December 2, 18i6. 0. LOTH.

PAGE 7

CONTENTS. THE KoRAN: KuFic FRAGMENTs, Nos. 1-5 N ASKH CoPIEs, Nos. 6-40 KoRANIC SciENCE, Nos. 41-116 TRADITION, Nos. 117-195 SciENCE oF TRADITION, Nos. 196-201 LAw: J;IANAFITES, Nos. 202-277 SHAFI'ITEs, Nos. 278-288 SHi'ITES, Nos. 289-291 PRINCIPLES OF JuRISPRUDENCE, Nos. 292-333 PRAYERS AND CHARMS, Nos. 334-379 ScHoLASTic THEOLOGY, Nos. 380-4 71 PHILOSOPHY, Nos. 472-591 APPENDIX. PHILOSOPHY AND THEOLOGY MIXED, N.os. 592-596 SuFISM AND F.THics, Nos. 597-699 BioGRAPHY AND HISTORY, Nos. 700-721 GEOGRAPHY AND CosMOGRAPHY,. Nos. 722-730 MATHEMATics AND AsTRONoMY, Nos. 731-772 MEDICINE, Nos. 773-797 PoETRY AND ELEGANT PRosE, Nos. 798-844 PROSODY, No. 845 0 RHETORIC, Nos. 846-887 GRAMMAR, Nos. 888-990 DicTIONARIEs, Nos. 991-1027 ENCYCLOPEDIA, Nos. 1028-1029 MISCELLANIES, Nos. 1030-1048 0 KARSHUNrc, Nos. 1049-1050 INDEX : TITLES OF wORKS AUTHORS' N A:MES PAGB 1 2 7 26 49 51 68 71 73 83 lOO 130 163 164 199 208 212 226 232 244 244 252 276 285 285 303 307 317

PAGE 8

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA. PAGE LINE lOa. 2, 21a. 4, 23b. 12, 37b. 8, 20, 38b. 27, 58 b. 19, 25, 6lb. 12, w for read Jb". Khush}:tal Khush}:tal. .) t:.v. Mas'U.b ) ) .r.l-" _)_,.Jt Mas'ud. , KhU.sh}:tal Khush}:tal. omit commonly called. 65b. 20, for 93 read 101. ila. 7, for Cf. Kh. iv. 369 read It is en titled I I Cf. J.I. Kh. iv. 292 sq., 369. 86b. 1, omit probably. 97b. pen. the words: (probably ... 950) 98a. 8, for j read j pen. omit IBN. 122b. 7, add: Cf. If. Kh. v. 517, v. J-jL..... .. ; vi. 82, v According Kh., the name of the author is A}:tmad b. Mu}:tammad (d. A.H. 818), and the com mentary is the work of A}:tmad b. Mu}:tammad b. :Abd al-salam (d. A.H. 931 ). It is entitled 128a. 18, add: See, regarding the author, Zeitschrift der D.lLG. xxix. 676 sq. 134b. 25, for ii. read iii. 140b. 12, Ma}:tmud Mu}:tammad. 155b. 6, The name is more probably, hA.HDA.n. 158b. 8, for the same author read DA.MA.n. PAGE LINE 164a. note, The name is more probably Nafzt 1 70b. 8, add: and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. vi. 436 sqq. 176b. 23, for ua__,dl read 179b. 25, 26, 193b. 6, 212b. 26, 213a. 8, for not mentioned read Mu}:tammad Shlrin. See no. 1032, VI. omit the sentence: A treatise ... 483. for which is . Shadhili read The author is Abu'l-mawahib Mu}:tam mad b. A}:tmad Shadhill. See no. 1038, xix. for(?) d.\. for some kind of burning-glasses read parabolic burning-mirrors. 12, for -glasses read -mirrors. 220b. 15, for 'Amuli read 'Amill. 22, add: and also Zeitschrift der D.M.G. xxix. 677 sq. 223b. note 2, add: Cf. Intorno al Liber Karastonis, lettera diM. Steinschneider a D. B. Boncompagni, Roma 1863. I.:JJh..:) is the Greek xapurnwv. 24la. 29, for '.A.mull read 'Amill. 272b. 31, Ajurrumi Ajurrum. 274b. 20, Urdu Persian. 279a. 7, . .. ll. ..r.-" iv. vi. 298a. 33, J b. 2, C A 'Am ill. Amull 299a. 19,

PAGE 9

ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. THE KORAN. KUFIC FRAGMENTS. 2. 1. Size 3! in. by 5 in.; foll. 64. Five lines in a page. Kufic 1\tiS. on parchment, containing fragments trahs 36-39, viz. (foil. 2v.-6) Su. 36, 26-40; (foil. 7-8)147-71; (foll.9-11)74totheend; (foll.12, 1) Su. 37, 1-15 ; (foll. 21-28) 20-64; (foll. 29-31) 1; (foil. 32-38) 102-145; (foil. 39-47) 151 to Su. 3; (foll.48-59) 16-50; (foll. 60-61) 59-65; (fol. 62) the end, and the title of Su. 39 ; ( fol. 63, in four and in another handwriting) Su. 39, 31-32, with Tords tb y,' I...Slc, (sic). und characters ; wide spaces ; occasional red dots )wels. Verses divided by gold ornaments ; every verse likewise marked by larger ones. The titles e Surahs have not been filled in. The whole more recently been bordered with thick paper, h. is entirely gilt and ornamented. At the beginning 1 and 2r.) Surah ; at the end the usual epilogue, .!' J...\...::>, both within ornaments. Bound in leather, overed with silk. ; 1\IS. is said to have been "brought into Hindostan by lane,. and sent from Lahore to Paris." rhe first eighteen leaves have been misplaced in binding. 39 A. Size 4 in. by 6 in.; foil. 52. Three lines m a page. Another Kufic fragment, containing (foil. 1-34) Su. 2, 254-282, and (foil. 35-51) Su. 3, 14-32. Large characters, rather cursive ; the flourished in a peculiar way. A few red dots for vowels. Verses marked in the same way as in the preceding 1\tiS. Bordered with paper, highly ornamented and gilt. The last leaf-on the back of which are also Kufic charac ters, but nearly effaced-bears on the recto, within ornaments, the words J.:. On some pages the letters have vanished; the margin is slightly injured. Bound in gilt leather. 3. 40 A. Size in. by 7 in.; foil. 46. Nine lines in a page. Another Kufic fragment, containing Su. 1, 6 ...... -2, 160 large, long-shaped characters; vowel points red, green, or yellow, in. a few cases also blue Sometimes, as if to indicate various readings, small lines are added on J, in green or red, instead of dia critical points. Verses divided by gold ornaments ; cYcry tenth marked by larger ones, which contain the number. The title of Su. 2 is on a gold ground.

PAGE 10

2 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. One leaf is missing between foll. 7 and 8, and two between foll. 32 and 33. The last leaf, which is half destroyed, belongs to another frag ment (in five lines). Both this and the first page have been entirely gilt. In a leather binding, covered with silk. Some one has noted that the MS. was written by 'Ali (fol. 46). 4. 41 A. Size 6 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 20. Ten lines in a page. Another Kufic MS., containing the following parts of Slirahs 6 and 7:1 (fol. 13*) Su. 6; 57-61; (fol. 5*) 69-74; (fol. 11) 80-84; (foll. 4* and 9*) 91-96; (fol. 2) SU.. 7, 28-33; (fol. 14) 39-42; (fol. 1) 45-47; (foil. 8*, 7*, 17, 6, 18, 10, 15*, 3) 55-94; (folh 19, 16*, 12) 155-166. The last leaf (six lines) contains parts of Su. 7, 168, 169, with the colophon d. J.;. the recto. Clumsy characters, rather cursive. Mostly red, some times green dots for vowels. Verses divided in the same way as in the preceding MSS. On several pages the writing has nearly disappeared. The last page bears six seals, with signatures: viz. of two kings named Isma'il and 'Abbas; of Akbar; of two servants of Shahjahan, 'Inayat Khan and FacJil Khan; and of I'timad Khan, a servant of 'Alamgir. On the first page is written a treaty between several chiefs of Sindh, dated 25 Jumada I., 1254, in Persian. This MS. belonged to the Sindh Prize property, and was presented to the Library of the East India House by Lord Dalhousie, 1853. 5. 42 A. Size in. by 9:! in.; foil. 181. Sixteen lines in a page. A large fragment of a Kufic Koran, containing (foll. 13-20)2Su.5, 112-6,95; (foil.25-34)6, 108-7,63; (fol. 36) 7, 104-126; (foil. 37 -38) 7, 138-160; (fol. 35) 8, 20-34; (fol. 39) 9, 7-19; (fol. 21) 9, 38-51; (fol. 41) 9, 74-86; (fol. 42) 9, 108-118; (fol. 24) 10, 12-23; (fol. 1 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding; several are also bound upside down, marked above with an asterisk. 2 The leaves have been entirely misplaced in binding. 22) 10, 34-50; (fol. 23) 11, 29-44; (foll. 1-4: 99-16, 70; (foll. 5-12) 20, 34-21, 68; (foil. 61 116-125, 86-105, 76-85) 21, 88 -31, 38; (foll 44-51, 43, 53, 140-147, 56, 63) 34, 18 -39, (foll. 57-64) 41, 20-43, 37; (foil. 65, 54, 134-136 86-46, 11; (foil. 137-139, 55, 126) 46, 35-481 (foll. 163-166, 162) 50, 1 -53, 7; (foll. 133, 127. 148-151, 130-132, 152-161, 106-115, 167 -176] 36-89, 3; (foil. 177-181) 93, 10 to the end. Written in rather slender characters, approachll N askh. Frequent red dots for vowels. Titles of SU: in a still more cursive character, and in red, are l larly inserted, but often differ from the usual m being always derived from the first word. Every 1 verse is marked with the letters serving for fig according to the older or J\Iaghribi order. Also E two hundredth verse is marked on the margin. At the end, in the same hand, I.:) I.:J\..c..c Seal and signature of Akbar and others on the last '' Presented to the Library of the East India House by Rawlinson, C.B., the Hon. Company's Political Agent in "'' Arabia, and H.M.'s Consul at Baghdad, March, 1845.'' NASKH COPIES. 6. 1371. Size 7 i in. by 5! in. ; foil. 318. Foll lines in a page. Neatly written and richly ornamented. With : of pauses, sections, etc. Ends with the usual epi (1 illl Notes for practical use, in Persa: added on the margin. Preceded by a Persz'an introduction (foll. 1-16), piled by order of Tippu. It contains-1. Foil. 1-13. Tables stating the place of revell the number of verses, words, letters, and t_j), all peculiarities, of every Surah. 2. Fol. 13. A table showing how often each! of the alphabet occurs in the Koran.

PAGE 11

THE KORAN. 3 3. Fol. 14. A list of the verses distinguished by !. Fol. 15. A list of grammatical mistakes in liting the Koran, which would be blasphemous. 5. Fol. 16. Some mnemonic verses, enumerating verses which treat of certain subjects. !rhis introduction is written in Shikastah. ,, :n the original binding, which is highly gilt, both outside l inside, and bears the favourite inscription :1 7. .,., ., [Tippu.J fA. Size Sin. by 5 in.; foil. 522. Eleven lines in a page. A splendid copy; gilt throughout, with double front .naments. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. 1 On the last page is the prayer usually recited after the Koran, with an introduction in Persz'an. Well written, "under royal auspices," by J;[ajj1 lbdallah. This copy was intended for the especial use of Tippu, is stated in a note at the end (fol. 520). Various otes and directions, in different hands, on the margin, ery often resembling those in the preceding MS. 'receded, also, by the same introduction. 11 One leaf is missing after fol. 22. Fol. 26 is much In a red leather binding, bearing all the marks and inscriptions :1entioned in Stewart's Catalogue, Pref. p. v. 8. }96. Size in. by in. ; foil. 341. Thirteen lines in a page. Well written, highly ornamented and gilt. Marks of 1ections, etc. At the end the following colophon: 1;.::5::' 1 Surah 56, 78 and 79. ..M.s.-. .iV ,. 'i The last two pages have been :filled up with a prayer in a different hand. [Tippu.J 9. 730. Size 15 in. by 10 in.; foil. 363. Thirteen lines in a page. Beautifully written on a dyed ground, sprinkled with gold. The :first, middle, and last lines in Thulth. Tastefully ornamented throughout. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. 9 / In a red leather binding, bearing the inscription .. 9'\ij/ pv...Q [Tippu.J 10. 1267. Size 11! in. by 6k in.; foll. 31. Forty one lines in a page. A remarkable specimen of penmanship, written on dyed paper, in minute characters. Each line begins with an ,, which is in red. Every two pages contain exactly one of the thirty sections Highly ornamented and gilt. -Seal of Khan, A.H. 1141. [Tippu.J 11. 1376. Size 17 in. by 9} in. ; foil. 31. Thirty-nine lines in a page. Another thirty-leaved copy. like the preceding MS. 12. Arranged and executed [Tippu.J 25 A. Size in. by in.; foil. 31. About fifty lines in a page. Another thirty-leaved copy; closely written in minute characters. Foll. 7-10 should be placed after fol. 29. According to a note on the fly-leaf, this copy formerly belonged to Tippu. [East India College. J

PAGE 12

4 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 13. 14 B. Size 6k in. by 4 in.; foll. 322. Fifteen lines in a page. Imperfect at the beginning, the first leaf commencing with l.:)h.j, the last word of Su. 2, Ill. Neatly written, marks of pauses, etc. On the first thirty leaves glosses are added, in the same hand, extracted from different works on orthography and on the various readings of "the Seven." Concluding: 1.:.)\J_} Various notes in different hands on the margin. In a red leather binding. Inscriptions prove that the MS. formerly belonged to Tippu's library. [East India College. J 14. 1254. Size 18k in. by 11! in.; foil. 60. Thirty-one lines in a page. An elegant copy, richly ornamented. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Written byMu}:tammad Astaraba.di, A.n.l137. [Tippu.J 15. 1252; Size 18! in. by 10 in.; foil. 390. Thirteen lines in a page. Written in large characters, without ornaments. Marks of pauses, sections, etc. At the end: .9-$ /// In the original binding, on which the inscription :(_ \ IS frequently repeated. [Tippu.J 16. 32 A. Size 13! in. by 8k m.; foil. 325. Thirteen lines in a page. A very elegant copy, resembling that described in Cat. Bodl. ii., p. 60. The first two pages contain within two large circles, ornamented with gold, blue, etc., the -verse, Su. 17, 90. The next two pages, entirely ornamented in the same way, contain in the middle Surah 1, written in white Thulth on a golden gro1 with the words (\ j underneath. The next pages, which contain the beginning of Su. 2, entirely gilt. All the following pages are written< dyed ground, sprinkled with gold. The first, mid -l1 6 last lines are in large Thulth, the middle line
PAGE 13

THE KORAN. 5 19. Size 13 in. by 8k in.; foll. 347. Fifteen lines in a page. Elegantly written; highly gilt and ornamented. l rks of pauses, sections, etc. Transcribed by Al).mad b. Mul)ammad, A.H. 1094. Foil. 22 and 23, foil. 286-293, and foil. 312-315 have been misplaced in binding. In the original cover, with the inscription (\ [Johnson.J 20. 24 A. Size 12! in. by 1! in.; foil. 62. Thirty-one lines in a page. A sixty-leaved copy; but the distribution of each section on four leaves is not quite exactly maintained. Written in small characters, each line beginning with an t Marks of pauses, sections, etc. Each page within lines of gold, the first four and the last highly gilt and ornamented. At the end the words J.J-' .J
PAGE 14

6 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 27. 1655. Size 12 in. by 8 in. ; foll. 321. Twenty-six lines in a page. The Koran, with Persan interlineation and glosses. Written in a Persian hand, the interlineation in red. Marks of sections, etc. Ornamented and gilt. Fol. 191 should follow 201. At the end a prayer, and rules for obtaining omens ( J \.;) from the Koran ; written in (except the Arabic passages), and highly gilt. In the original binding, with the usual inscription. [Johnson.J 28. 1 A. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 329. Fifteen lines in a page. An elegant copy, transcribed by one Mul}.ammad, A.R. 1267. Marks of pauses, sections, etc.; Persan glosses. "Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1 29. 3 A. Size 7 -k in. by 4-k in. ; foil. 364. Fourteen lines in a page. Resembles the preceding MS. Copied apparently by the same scribe, who here calls himself Mul;tammad 30. 10 A. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foil. 436. Twenty-four lines in a page. The Koran, with a Perst'an interlinear translation. Written and ornamented almost like the preceding MS., but in larger characters. The translation is in small N asta '11].<, in red. Scribe, Mul].ammad date, A.R. 1266. At the end a short prayer. 31. 5 A. Size 7 in. by 4 in. ; foll. 336. Fifteen lines in a page. Similar to the preceding copy, and evidently written by the same scribe. Foil. 280-284 have been misplaced in binding. 1 The same note is found in the following six illSS. 32. 2 A. Size 10! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 144. Twenty-five lines in a page. An elegant copy. Every sixth line in larger charac ters and between green lines. The first two pages con tain only Su. 1, in two small circles, all the rest being ornament. Written evidently by the same scribe as the preceding MSS. 33. 6 A. Size 6-k in. by 4 in.; foll. 281. Seventeen lines in a page. Neatly written and ornamented like the preceding MSS. In an illuminated binding. 34. 13 A. Size 12! in. by 7! in.; foll. 30. About fifty lines in a page. Well written in minute characters, excepting the first, middle, and last lines of each page. Marks of sections. Highly gilt. Persan glosses. Dated A.R. 1266. Scribe, Yf ali. 35. 36 A. Size 4-k in. by 2! in. ; foil. 362. Fifteen lines in a page. Written in a minute but very legible character, with marks of pauses, sections, etc. ; ornamented and gilt. Dated Jumada II., 1101. 36. 33 A. An octagon, perimeter 4! In. ; foil. 285. Fifteen lines in a page. Written in a minute character, without division of verses ; ornamented. The scribe names himself Mirza 'Ali, the secretary of Yazd, a resident of Shiraz. A defect after fol. 256 ; the following leaves (to I fol. 270) have been bound upside down. In an elegant binding, illuminated in the inside, and in a double case of filigree and stone.

PAGE 15

THE KORAN. 7 37. 34 A. An octagon, perimeter 6-! 1n. ; foll. 346. Twelve lines in a page. Written in a minute but very legible character, with marks of pauses, etc. The first four pages bear golden ornaments. Part of the margin has been cut off. Bound in green leather, with a gold clasp. 38. 3090. Size 7 i in. by 5-! in. ; foll. 10. Fourteen lines in a page. A fragment of the Koran, between blank leaves. Well written, with marks of pauses, etc. It contains the end of the 11th and nearly the whole of the 12th section, i.e. Su. 10, 107-12, 48; the rest of the 12th section (to v. 52) has been supplied in a clumsy modern hand. On a page near the beginning is a note in Persian, stating that the title of this incomplete Arabic book could not be found out(!). 39. 3048. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 28. Thirteen lines in a page. The 23rd and 24th r, of the Koran (Su. 36, 27-41, 46). Plainly written in a Malay hand. 40. B 268. Size 7 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 12. Thirteen lines in a page. SU.rah 18 of the Koran. Mostly without division of verses. Vowel-points are but seldom added. KORANIC SCIENCE. 41. B 270 Size 6! in. by 4-! in.; foll. 89. Sixteen lines in a page. 0,, "'. ... ,, w. \::S' The celebrated treatise on the Seven Versions of the Koran, by ABu 'AMR 'Othman b. Sa'id b. 'Othman DA.Ni (d. A.H. 444). Cf. J;I. Kh. ii. 487; Cat.:llus. Brit. 69; Bodl. ii., No. Lxxxnr, 4 (where is the same title as in this MS.); Noldeke, Gesch. d. Qorans, p. 337. Neatly written; concluding (fol. y\::.S' 1!)""\jj\ 1''?. .... till\ (!)"" Al.l\ t:::...J Fol. 87v. The form of the as given by the different readers j followed by a Persian tract on fasting in RamaQ.an, beginning ... 1'\J-' ... J I'L, j\J _,\ W J, written in the same hand. On one of the fly-leaves is a list of the ten readers, "":-', ...,1 with their principal disciples. Seven foll. have been prefixed to the MS., on the last of which is a new title, written by All\ who bequeathed the :M:S. to the Bijapur Library, A.H. 1028. Catalogue, p. 234, Tujweed i. 42. B 269. Size 6 in. by 5 in.; foil. 114. From twelve to fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the Taiszr, imperfect both at the beginning and end. Clearly written; of the 1Oth century of the Hijrah. It begins with the words: J-J, r ( = fol. 12 of the preceding MS.), and ends with (=fol. 78 of the preceding MS.) Injured by damp, especially near the beginning. There is written, upon the edge, \ and fol. 13 is wrongly Cf. Catal. 234, v. 1 y arious reading W.

PAGE 16

8 ARABIC 43. B 272. Size 9i in. by 7 i in. ; foll. 116. Seven lines (verses) in a page. I. (foil. 1-92). A metrical version of the preceding work, by b. Firruh b. Khalaf b. AQ.mad Ru 'aini (d .A..H. 590 ). It is entitled : t .. J..::;))' but commonly called See J;f. Kh. iii., 43; Catal. Bodl. ii., p. 323; Noldeke, Gesch. d. Qorans, p. 337 sq. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. The first two pages ornamented with red lines. Interlinear and marginal notes. II. Several tracts on the versions of the Koran: Fol. 93r. The first Surah, with all the unusual readings, inscribed written in a large character. Fol. 93v. A short Persian tract, beginning j I J:,t>-.JI VJJ Fol. 95v. A list of the ten readers and their disciples. Fol. 96v. The beginning of a treatise on Orthoepy, ascribed to M UJ,IAMMAD It commences : '-'..t..s:_" 6\.s:l\ L!Y' ...s"-'.:.3...rt'-' :UL.J yl::.....(l\ ""'?.TP All the general principles of reading are exemplified from the first Surah, as usual. Abbreviations are used for the names of the readers, according to the system of Shatibi. Some confusion begins on fol. l05v., where a passage from fol. 102r. J.::. is repeated, but with a different conclusion on fol. 107r., where the MS. abruptly ends. After some blank leaves, it recom mences in the middle of fol. 108r.' with the heading ..; I J I j _} j (which is also added as a catchword to the former passage). It remains, however, doubtful whether this latter fragment belongs to the same treatise. Badly written. Worm-eaten and stained by damp . Btj. Libr. A.H. 1003. Catal. p. 234, Tujweed ii. 44. B 272 A. Size 7! in. by in.; foll. 153. Eight lines (hemistichs) in a page. Another copy of the Shdfibzyah. Well written, with vowel-points; has the following colophon: t_L ('.Y.. J J..D\ ... ....; w_, l..S--'>-' w '-:-;;-) 4-S)t:J\ J..JJ J' ...s-.Y, d, d. '-'-t.s" 1.:i t..k \,.L:_, t..tJ J..lJ\ Inscribed on the edge,'-!:.'\) Btj. Libr. A.H. 1024. 45. B 27 4. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 58. Nineteen lines in a page. I. (foil. 16-49). A treatise on the Readings of N.AFr', as handed down by his two pupils and W arsh ; derived from SHA'!'JBi. Beginning: '-:-'',-!\ -t.; '-'...\1\ J..lJ '-'-t.s:ll .. V.JJ) l!)_,n:; .. J..Mll t:.;u t-'\.iil' NJ\ J; ... .. t.. J..z In two chapters : the first treating of the general principlesofNafi' and the other giving a detailed account of his Readings, following the order of the Surahs (w_,J's:ll Preceded by an introduction on technical terms: \ Jlb' C-' t>-\ l!J II. (foil. 50-58). A list of passages or words of the Koran (styled W...f>), according to the order of the Surahs, the purpose of which is not indicated. 'there is no preface. Beginning, after the Basmalah: ._s'-'Jb Plainly written. Inscribed in a later hand: ./ There precedes a fragment of a Persz'an treatise on the Reading of the Koran.

PAGE 17

THE KORAN. 9 46. 879. Size 9! in. by 5-k in.; foil. 158. Fifteen lines in a page. u!_)j--' .. .. A List of the Pauses to be observed in Reading the Koran, according to the system of 8AJ.AWAND1 (Mu l).ammad b. raifur, sixth century). This is probably an abridgment of the fundamental work of Sajawand1, 1 who is quoted at the beginning (fol. 3). The real author, perhaps, is introduced immediately afterwards, viz. : JrJI j-;1 d. aJI ri' d JW Beginning: C't[i yh.(l' ,_,;j ell' r )\ i Written in large characters, by Mul).ammad (?) b. 'Abd al-Iatif. All the signs of pause, the marks of every fifth and tenth verse, the superscriptions, in red. Red lines round the pages. Some notes. A list of the abbreviations used for the names of the principal SJ on the title-page. The book is wrongly ascribed to Sajawandl: himself, who, moreover, is thereby confounded with a renowned namesake, viz. Mul}.ammad b. Mul,lammad b. 'Abd al-rashld S. So also in Stewart' s Catal. p. 173. [Tippu.J 47. 2165. Size 9-k in. by in. ; foil. 92. Seventeen lines in a page. J; y. U"'-.ol\i y \:: .. .. ... Another copy of the preceding work, written. The following Persian couplet is written twice at the beginning: l l.x:.J u:; -'I '-'Id. See Noldcke, Qor. p. 352; Flugcl, 'Y Hdss. Wien, iii. p. 60. At the end the following tetrastich : u) t:JJ d d.' J.J YJ Y, f.:Y' __;., k The seal of Mul}.ammad Nadim Allah (A.H. 1180), with several Persian poems of his; an explanation of the different kinds of pauses and their signs, in Persian couplets; a dialogue between Abu Bakr and 'Ali, intended to show the equality of their dignity; and various other notes are on the blank pages at the beginning and end. [Coli. Fort William, 1825. J 48. 1435. Size in. by 6 in. Twelve lines in a page. FoiL 6-16. InN JAZARi's (1\.ful).ammad b. Mul).ammad, d. A. H. 833) ..... .i;LJ I or Treatise in Verse on the Pro nunciation of the Koran. Cf. J;I. Kh. vi. 78; Cat. Bodl. ii. 190. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. In narrow columns. The margin is wholly filled up with Persian glosses, written in small Shikastah. Leaves have been frequently inserted on which other glosses are written. The rest of the volume contains Persian treatises on similar subjects.-See Persian MSS. [Johnson.J 49. B 273. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foil. 72. Twenty two lines in a page. A Fragment of a Commentary on lbn Jazari' s ... .iiW I by 'ALi B. Mu:t;rAMMAD (Harawi, d. A.H. 1014). This Commentary is not mentioned anywhere. It begins: t_'-)1 ell w_,_rl\ 4;).., The author says afterwards (fol. 1v.): '-=) I I w 11 w "\ I\ .. \1 11 ') ....,.. I..S .r NJ v ..u ._.;Jr. .. oU.l..i 1.;)/-?. (sic) er? '1.-IS \=-.. 4J 2

PAGE 18

10 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. There are defects after foil. 24 and 48 ; the last fol. ends with the commentary on the words: Somewhat injured by damp. Catal. p. 234, iv. 50. 784. Size 9-;t in. by 6! in.; foll. 271. Twenty-one lines in a page. An old Shi 'ah Commentary on the Koran, by A.bu'l}_tasan 'A.Li B. lBR1nhr (b. Hashim flourished in the fourth century). See 'fusi, p. r. 9 ; Bibl. Spren ger. 406; and Noldeke, Gesch. d. Qor., xxix. Imperfect at the beginning. The name of the author, as given above, appears at the commencement of Su. 2 (fol. 1v. ). This commentary, which may be regarded as the fundamental work of Shi 'ah Tafsir, is, on the whole, concise; only the causes of several revelations are related at greater length. It is founded chiefly on alleged sayings of the Imams Abu J a 'far (M u}_tammad and A.bu 'Abdallah (Ja'far quoted either directly (by or by an Isnad, which always begins with the author's father. The first words are: d. ,J.-?.)w ,J.....s,....; and the conclusion : (sic) ... '!:) ..... vw-..... tsl, r-.% On the last fol. begins a treatise or extract, t..... :} t.(l 1:.!,.... ,.J I (sic) 1:)? Clearly written, about the tenth century of the Hijrah. Worm-eaten. 51. B 301. Size 10! in. by 6-i in.; foil. 263. Twenty. ve lines in a page. The First Part of a Commentary on the Koran, ascribed to the celebrated 'A.bd al-karim b. Hawazin, d. A.n. 465). Cf. 1;[. Kh. ii. 376. This commentary is merely mystical, quoting even mystical poetry, but always without naming the authors. Only the beginning of the passages commented is given, introduced by J This volume concludes with Su. 18, and is imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: r-JI_, Written in a bad hand; red lines round the pages. Worm-eaten and injured by damp. Cat. p. 223, xvii. 52. 1113. Size 12! in. by 7! in.; foil. 534. Forty-one lines in a page. ZAMAKHSHARi's(d.A.n.538) Commentary on the Koran, called wt.l.(lt Cf. the edition of Col. Nassau Lees. Well written; finished on 23 Dhu'l-l_tijjah, 977, by 'A.bd b. Zain al-din Azhari, of Makkah. Coloured lines round the pages. The first fol. has been supplied in a more modern hand; the last fol. is muti lated. One leaf is missing after fol. 6. Foil. 28 and 37 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 53. 563. Size 14 in. by 7! in.; foil. 796. nine lines in a page. Another copy of the Kashshaf Well written, by Burhan b. I;Iamid. Ornamented and gilt. Some glosses. 54. B 275, 276, 277, 278. Size 12! in. by in.; foil. 726. Twenty-six lines in a page. Another copy of the Kashshaj, including the whole text of the Koran. Well written. Dated Shawwal, 921.1 This MS. has been spoiled by damp. It has also many defects, which were supplied in a later hand; but since then a number of leaves of both sets have again fallen out. Originally in four volumes. The first concludes with Stl.rah 6 (fol. 184); the second with Su. 18 (fol. 376); the third with Su. 38 (fol. 559v. ). The beginning of the fourth, being in the second hand, is on the same page. Catal. p. 219, i. 1 The beginning of the colophon, containing the name of the scribe, has been erased.

PAGE 19

THE KORAN. 11 55. B 280. Size 11! in. by 8! in.; foll. 237. Thirty one lines in a page. The First Part of the Kasltshaj, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are ( = p. r 1 Lees), and it ends with Su. 8, 54. Written in two different hands. Coloured lines round the pages. Many illegible glosses in the first portion. 56. B 281. Size 11 in. by 7! in.; foll. 230. Twenty five lines in a page. The third quarter of the Kashshaj, comprising SU.rahs 19-37. Beautifully written, of about the ninth century. The final portion, however, has been supplied in a more modern hand. The first leaf and the last but one are wanting. Much injured by insects. 57. B 283, Size 12'f in. by 6! in. ; foll. 251. Twenty-three lines in a page. &tJi>-t.:r-W..\l\.jh...,\ I I -11 \..!J1 c.j 1 11\ L" .. ......, kf>-y_r\1 All1 d. '-'J"-S: .... ':'II.J T ... .. . I-$1/ .. \11' .. ....s-. 1.-S.J-J YrJ cU)JJ The last quarter of the Kashshaf; beginning with Su. 18. Beautifully written, of about the eighth century. Rubrics sometimes omitted. .A.t the end the author's epilogue. In two volumes, the first ending with Su. 48 (fol. 99). Both the beginning and (in a less degree) the end are injured by damp. 1 This inscription was written on the title-page in Rabi' I., 921. The name of the owner who wrote it has been erased. 58. 23. Size 12! in. by 71 in. ; foil. 454. Twenty-five lines in a page. .A.n edition of the Kashshaf "mixed" with the text of the Koran, entitled The Editor, who calls himself DARwisrr, says in his short Preface: \.fo?r::J1 J# L-.1 ... F' I..S,; L..S' \_J\jl_, (r. u,; l:)' _.ra::.:;1 Ml.c )_,.;_,_, A:...C J..t:. AS'IJ'-'1 k.illl J..c ,_..I I (sic) Uli_,-.J_, (sic) _,1 41$' A:,ill I.:Jf?, This is the First Part, conclJiding with Su. 16. Well written. Foil. 256 and 263 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 59. B 287. Size in. by 61 in.; foll. 501. Twenty seven lines in a page. The last part of a voluminous Super-commentary on the Kashshaj, by Sharaf al-din al-l;Iusain b. )Iul:tammad 'J;mi, (d. A.H. 7 43), from SU.. 35 to the encl. Cf. Kh. v. 185, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii., 7 "1. Beginning:_>IJ t .... I..SJ..)\ l. d. I &J oJ_,:; Written in of about the tenth century. Various defects, and the whole final portion, have been supplied in another, indifferent handwriting. One leaf, containing the end of the author's epilogue, is missing at the end. Injured at the beginning. Cat. p. 221, i. 8 (?).

PAGE 20

12 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 60. B 285. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 217. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses of SAIYID SH.rniFJurulNi ('AH b. Mul;tammad, d. A.H. 816) on the Kashshaf, terminating at Su. 2, 23. Cf. Kh. -v. 187. Clearly written. Dated Sunday, 4th Raj ab, 939. In good preservation; one defect after fol. 88. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1003. Cat. 221, i. 2. 61. 598. Size lOi in. by 6 in.; foil. 510. Twenty-five lines in a page. The First Part of a large Commentary on the Koran, entitled The author, who is not named here, is Abu 'AH al-Fa<;l.l b. al-J;Iasan b. al-Fa<;l.l a Shi'ite (d. A.H. 548). Cf. Catal. Mus. Brit. 671 ; Bodl. i. 50, and below, No. 64. Kh. v. 400 sq. confounds the author with the well known '+usi (d. A.H. 460.). The Preface has a double J!amdalah, beginning fll 'C_.}b.-. l!l..c NJ and vw\;jj '-!)t:;_}l\ JJI NJ ..M.sl\ respectively. The author says afterwards (fol. 3v.): ....} r..,::....v,..,\:; j5' ....} ..U I 4-J _,l.J j 4-J Lu I ....} JLi\ _}j u; _jj r.3 r:-Ub.::..i\)j In three volumes, bound together ; the second begins on fol. 240, the third on fol. 427 ; it terminates abruptly at the beginning of Surah 7. Plainly written; the second volume in a different hand. Coloured lines round the pages. [Johnson.J 62. 599. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foil. 448. The Second Part of the same work, continuing the pre ceding MS. with the words 4 r:-Y.. JS' U' L;JU It also consists of three separate volumes ; the first concludes on fol. 120, and in the colophon is called r,ll; the second ends with fol. 306, after which so:p:wthing seems to be wanting. The third terminates abruptly in the commentary on Su. 18, 59-63. The greater part of it has been collated and emended. Written in the same hand as the first and third volumes of the preceding MS. [Johnson.J 63. 600. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 770. Twenty-five lines in a page. The Third Part of the same work, continuing the pre ceding MS. with the words th:.\ (.)J-'U\ A sixth volume concludes on fol. 4lv. The colophon contains the author's epilogue, viz.: __,.!;'utl\ fJ J.:. 0) NJ L J::u;_, (' ..\.t.,S.ll Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; but foil. 1-70 have been supplied by a later hand [Johnson.J 64. 1790. Size Ilk in. by 7k in.; foll. 399. Twentyfive and twenty-seven lines in a page. Another, more concise Commentary on the Koran, by r_:rABARsr,2 called yi.::.S', and composed in A.H. 542 and 543. Cf. Kh. ii. 638, and also v. 401. His statements are, however, very incorrect. 1 Here the words seem to have fallen out. See Cat. Mus. Brit. 672 b. 2 11is full name, as given above, is found in the colophon.

PAGE 21

THE KORAN. 13 The Preface begins : L-. }\ I..S ..\l I Ail ..M..s:J I L.._, t::'I.Ml\: 't-'fl\ _?.:Ub '-=-'4' A.;..:;....;. The author relates that, after finishing his 1.:..' he read for the first time Zamakhshari's Kashshaf, and made extracts from it, which he afterwards published as a separate book, serving as a Supplement to his :first work, and entitled Finally, at the instance of his son, Abu N al-J;Iasan, he combined the con tents of both in a third and more abridged work,-the present one. As to the time of its composition, the author writes as follows in the Epilogue (fol. 398v.) : l:)\S') A.:...... l:J".WI rJ?. ... i J;)4 I F' ..... t.U>-, 1 This MS. consists of two volumes of the same paper, executed by different hands. The first (to Su. 18) is well written, and has some marginal notes. The two following lines have been added at the end (fol. 196v.): t_jW together with the following notice : y \ d. ..M.s ..... 65:: Jl illi_J.C M>-I ..... rJ?. t.4 L..S" AJW W, J L The second volume, from Su. 19 to the end, is likewise well written. The scribe was also a Shi 'ite, for at the end he blesses 'AB and all the Imams. Fol. 21 should follow fol. 15, and fol. 48 should come after fol. 6. Seals and notes of several owners on the title-page, one of them of A.H. 963. [Hastings. J 1 Sec Su. 6, 16. 65. 43 A. Size 25 in. by 15! in.; foil. 503. Fifty lines in a page. The First Part (to Su. 18) of the large Commentary on the Koran \ properly sty led 't:; lL.. by Fakhr al-din Abu'l-fac;ll Mul:,lammad b. 'Omar Rili (d. A.H. 606), who finished it in A.H. 602. Cf.J.I. Kh. vi. 5; Ibn Khallikan, ed. Wiistenfeld, No. ; and Cat. Bodl. ii. 701. It begins with a long and detailed explanation of the first Surah, which forms a separate book.1 The first words are (fol. 9): j.d;\ .. \:Jil, ill u\...,..lb_, J...s'l yL..:.S'\ ,j.;:. lJ.:; and and a paraphrase of Surah 1. Then the commentary begins: All\ t;..:; )J L.. ,_).:. '-:-' \::.$' \ \,....1 It contains in three the beginning of the :first of which is quoted in Kh., and three books, each subdivided into Y'.Y. I and Jjt ...... ,..... They are: I. Fol. 10v. II. Fol.19. and Ill. Fol. 26. r)l.(l\. The commentary on the following Surahs (Su. 2 from fol. 37v. to 177) is also very extensive, consisting rather of separate tracts, which are often subdivided into different Jj'w..,..... The whole text of the Koran is inserted in portions The present MS. consists of two volumes. The first, which concludes with Su. 3 (on fol. 220), has the following colophon : I..S..\ll _}......ll r (sic) w\_)"s,; '.!)? ill\ .)i>\ J..c. lJ J tti.bl 1 Cf. Ibn Khallik., no. 11, p. 1rr, 1. 15.

PAGE 22

14 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. ,\.:. I .., t .. J, I .lit -:: 1--J:: b CVJ 1 L oll\ cjj o:!T _, The second volume contains the date of the author, relating to Su. 18: r=--), JW, J-.a-.aJb L:-'1. The colophon runs as follows: t'j tH,JI \.:...._,"-'.s:..-. I.SJ t=-J J \ t;;-_}H _, L:JJ'ji.Sl\ t_,jll t(,'..,\,;, olll Liwi.s:ll 'J -.\) ).; L\bll -.\si I .. i.$ 1...5 v. .. ...r .. u J ... d.' Ms ... I.Sj d L:J.-. _)a.j (sic) A:,,..:JI Y.J Y, Beautifully written ; the words of the Koran in the Thulth character and in gold, headings in red and blue. The beginning of each volume is splendidly ornamented and gilt ; gold lines round the pages. The whole is .preceded by a lengthy Memoir of Razi, including a list of his works and a survey of the present commentary. It begins :js=-,; Jjla,; ;..; ) .... Written in a similar style, also with an ornament at the beginning. In a very elegant native binding, illuminated both outside and inside. 66. 22. Size 13 in. by 8! in.; foll. 439. Thirty-seven and thirty-three lines in a page. A portion of the same work, containing Stirahs 3 to 9 Plainly written. Foil. 414-15 and 424-25 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 67. 971. Size 13! in. by 8 in.; foll. 532. Thirtythree lines in a page. A portion of a Commentary on the Koran, styled from Surah 32 to the end; apparently belonging to the preceding work, or rather to one of its continuations, either by Najm al-din )ramuli (d. A.. H. 727), or by Shihab al-din Khuwaiyi (d. A. H. 639). See J?:. Kh. vi. 5. Beginning: ,_} W ;..; JJL)\ (sic) t'' JUu Well written. Colophon: \ o1l I J I.J# l_r.AAI I I fdi;,:--CI I .'-'0 "-'_..>-1 (?) The first pages are highly ornamented and gilt ; gold and coloured lines round each page. [Johnson.J 68. B 308. Size 8-k in. by 6 in. ; foll. 398. Twentyfive lines in a page. The first half of a Commentary ( on the Koran (to Su. 18); without any title, but, as it appears from a comparison with the following MS., belonging to the Jbll_, f. of Najm al-din Abu Bakr 'Abdallah b. MuQ.ammad Asadi Razi, commonly called DAYAH (d. in Rabi' I., 618). Kh. ii. 17, and iv. 282. There is no introduction but Y.J o1l -.\....sll ,J.:.

PAGE 23

THE KORAN. 15 The work begins with a very extensive and detailed interpretation of Su. 1 (foil. 1-17): y\:;..(l\ .J_,ll ill\ .M.s,.. Wl The Second Part of the preceding work, from Su. 10 ""v-o <.,...C 9 ,. .,. c... to 52. Jl '--;sll )T (r. _, Jb.a-JI ... 1 The words \ \ as contained in the title, here and in J;I. Kh., must not be understood in their usual meaning, viz. the first Surah, but as denoting the whole Koran. 2 The above form of the name nearly agrees with that found in J:l. Kh. vi. 120, viz.!..>.)_,i ; elsewhere he reads a This passage runs in the preceding MS. (fol. 306) as follows: Jsll I.:Y' Jw .Ju\ _, Jl Jsll 41_, '--;sl\ (r. An indifferent copy, boldly written, with the follow ing colophon: &IJi..s:ll /. W\ tJ pisl J J 1_, ..>"-.\llj, J ?' ._\>\ Catal. p. 222, x. 70. B 279. Size 10 in. by 7! in. ; foll. 570. Twentyfive1 twenty-three, and twenty-one lines in a page. Bau;>.A.wi's (d. A.H. 685) Commentary on the Koran, entitled J?./t:!l\ ),Y\. Cf. :ij:. Kh. i., 469 sqq., and the edition of Professor Fleischer. On the author, Catal. St. Petersb. p. 17, and Lugdun. iv. 31. Complete in one volume ; written in a good Persian hand, of the ninth century. With numerous notes. The first leaf is wanting ; both the beginning and end of the MS. are injured, and it is also stained by damp. Fol. 567, which was taken for the final one, bears the correct title. The three following leaves were erroneously attributed to the \ ..,\.-. (see below), and the whole volume was also de scribed as Zamakhshari' scommentary.1 Cf. Cat. p. 222, ix. and xiv. 71. 593. Size 11 in. by 6i m. ; foll. 531. three lines in a page. BupA.wi's Commentary in two volumes. The second begins with Su. 19, on fol. 287. Numerous extracts from the Glosses of 'Abd al-l!akim, Khatib, etc., and from other works, have been added on the margin Coloured lines round the pages ; an ornament on the first page. Foll. 18 and 24 should be transposed; likewise foll. 60 and 61. Injured by damp both at the beginning and end. Cf. Stewart's Catalogue, p. 169. ['l'ippu.J 1 See fol. 5.

PAGE 24

16 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 72. 334. Size 11i in. by 7i in. ; foil. 534. About twenty-five lines in a page. BA.r.J?lwi's Commentary in two volumes. The second begins on fol. 303, with Su. 19. Written in N asta chiefly by two hands. The following account of the MS. is given in the colophon : 4l_,\ (.;) ... ,.)j\ Al.l\ J' (.;)'"' Y.' Y.' la..; t.>-... \ lb,.; \.sl' ... d.\ Dated Monday, 23rd Jumada II., 1136. The first few leaves are covered with glosses. Two leaves are missing after fol. 5 ; fol. 48 should come after 53, and fol. 477 after 482. Pencil notes by an English reader. [Hastings. J 73. 2042. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foil. 612. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. At the end the epilogue of the author, as contained in Prof. Fleischer' s edition, followed by the words : AlJ\ '--..:-s.-. t.:>-.::.J W\ dL..l\ Al.l\ .a.tJ '-'' .. 1'\ .. J- .r-. J ) '.:;.)J An ornament on the first page, coloured lines round the others. [College of Fort William. J 74. 592. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 676. Twenty-five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written and ornamented. .\_ short prayer is added at the end. 75. 380. Size 10i in. by 6 in. ; foil. 312. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first portion of an elegant copy of BA.I:IJAwi's Commentary. Neatly written, much. ornamented and gilt. Many corrections on the margin. It ends with. the (Su. 16, 38). Foll. 283 and 284 should come after fol. 288. [Tippu.J 76. 369. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foil. 294. The latter portion of the same copy ; beginning with ,. p Jl /(.,-&) p p(..,.....a b' Onfol. 40 ends the original first volume. The second volume begins with Su. 19, on fol. 41 v., which bears an ornament. Both volumes have been wrongly described as 77. B 291. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foil. 314. Twentyfive lines in a page. The First Part of BA.Ipiwi's Commentary, as far as SU.. 18. Well written; gold and blue lines round the pages, and an ornament at the beginning. Revised. The first portion has numerous glosses, chiefly from and interlineations. A defect after fol. 30. 'Alaw1 b. 'Abdallah is noted as owner on the title-page. Cat. p. 222, iii. 2 78. B 292. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; fol. 366. Twenty one lines in a page. The Second Part of the same work, from S\L 19 to the end. Well written ; finished, as is stated in a long colophon, on Wednesday, 20 11 0 7, by Fat}). Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad Sharif b. Shaikh Ilah-bakhsh, at (?). Ornamented like the preceding MS Cat. p. 222, iii. 2.

PAGE 25

THE KORAN. 17 79. 2679. Size 11 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 353. Twenty three lines in a page. The first half of BArpA.wi's Commentary, to Su. 18. Plainly written in A.H. 1069. Colophon: j ..... L UJ\J \ w6... ..Jij JW Jl '1\ .: -'11 .) .Y. .J.. :J ..._s::-'J' vw.J"""' Id w6... t' Coloured lines round each page. Marginal notes of 'Abd al-l;takim, and others, in the first por tion. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 80. B 292A. Size 11! in. by 6-k in.; foll. 50. Twenty one lines in a page. A fragment of Bnp.A.wi's Commentary, from Su. 2, 181, to 3, 95. Plainly written, in two hands, of the tenth century. Eight leaves are missing after fol. 20, and two after fol. 30. 81. B 292B. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foiL 115. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-107. A fragment of a on Batf,awz' 8 Commentary, by Shams al-din Mul;tammad Amin, commonly called AMiR BA.nrsHA.H, ij:usaini Bukhari (a resident of Makkah, who flourished at the end of the eighth century). See 1;[. Kh. i. 479. Ends: J' "".t.S"" ... .;5\n .r.sl' Jl $WI II. FoiL 108-115. Some leaves of 'lYAJ?'s tit..ll, on the excellency of the Prophet (see No. 163). Injured by insects. 82. B 284. Size 10! in. by 7-b in.; foll. 633. Twenty or seventeen lines in a page. Jalal al-din SuYu'!'i's (d. A.H. 911) Annotations on Batf,awz'8 Commentary, entitled -.\.lbl; Cf. J?:. Kh. i. 474. The author relates in his long and very polemical preface (fol. 2v.) that he compiled his work chiefly from the glosses on the Kashshaf, and from several grammatical works, viz. the two .j.:;, by Abu 'AB Farisi and by Ibn Hisham, some treatises of Ibn Jinni, the J\.,.,1 of Ibn Shajari and of Ibn lpjib, and others He is very prolix in the beginning of his work. The annotations on Surahs 1-11, on which the author used to lecture during the years A.H. 880-890, occupy more than three quarters of the volume. Plainly written in two different hands. The first leaf is wanting. Beginning : d. -.\11 The final leaves are much injured. Cat. p. 221, i. 6. 83. B 297. Size 9-k in. by 6 in.; foil. 395. Twenty seven lines in a page. Marginal notes on Batf,awi' 8 Commentary, by ABu'LFAJ?L (Kazaruni, who died about A.H. 940). Kh. i. 474. Beginning without a preface: .. J} All All .M.sll j j\J . j\J) J..;-;1 t' Written in Jum. I., 996. Coloured lines round the pages. Slightly injured near the beginning and the end. Cat. p. 222, iii. 6. 84. 752. Size 11 in. by in. ; foil. 412. Twenty one lines in a page Marginal notes on Bairfawz's Commentary, as far as Sf1rah 6, by 'l!:JAM AL-DIN (Ibrahlm b. Mul;tammad b. ----------------1 The MS. (fol. 2v.) has 3

PAGE 26

18 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 'Arabshah Isfara'ini, d. A.H. 943). Kh. i. 477, and Codd. Havn. ii. p. 44. This MS. begins with the last words of the : 4Jj JJ_,:; J' ..... /(.,9t.....C / "\iJ-c J.JJ Well written in by Mul;tammad FaQ.il. In the original binding of Tippu's library.1 [Tippu.J 85. B 286. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 335. Twentyseven lines in a page. Annotations on the latter portion of Baiifawz' 8 Com mentary (from Su. 11), by MULLA CHALABlZ (i.e. Sa'd allah b. 'lsa, commonly called Sa'di Chalabl, d. A.H. 945). See J;I. Kh. i. 477; De Jong, Catal. Codd. Acad. 160. The beginning of the present copy is wanting. It commences with the 12th sheet (?, ), at Su. 19, 10: wl
PAGE 27

THE KORAN. 19 Glosses, imperfect at the beginning and, slightly, at the end. Well written, but much injured by insects. It begins in Su. 17, with the words The title is found on the edge of the book. 90. B 288. Size in. by 61n.; foll. 403. Twenty. three lines in a page. Annotations on the beginning of Bairf,dwz'8 Com mentary, by 'Abd al-l;takim b. Shams al-dln SrYALKUTi ( ; \-of Siyalkut in the Panj ab ; flourished u Y"' .. under Shahjahan, and died shortly after A.H. 1060). Cf. 1;[. Kh. vii. p. 798, 1. 3 sqq. One leaf is missing at the beginning. The first words are : (sic) The preface dwells upon the merits, and especially the orthodoxy, of Shahjahan J?\ -'.t.s,.), to whom the author dedi cated his work as soon as it had reached the end of the first of the text of BaiQ.a wi. The MS. ends abruptly with the words '...51.; _;5'1 1 0 J\.ii.!. l:)' This may be the end of the work, which, according to Kh., remained unfinished. Well written. Single leaves are missing after foil. 58, 182, 261. Wrongly described on fol. 193 as a commentary on the Kashshtif. Cf. Catal. 221, i. 7. 91. 2220. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foil. 348. '!wenty-four, afterwards twenty-one, lines-in a page. Another copy of the Annotations of SIYALKUTi, im perfect at the beginning. The first words are: whc &l.,\. The end is somewhat earlier than that of the preceding MS. Written in two different hands. Coloured lines round the pages. Seal of Jang. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 169. [Coll. Fort William, 1825.] 1 Hefcrring to Su. 2, 229. 92. B 289. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foil. 168. From twenty-one to twenty-six lines in a page. A fragment of a J.Iashiyah on Bairf,dwz' 8 Commentary, by an unknown author. Imperfect both at the be\ ginning and the end, and with many other defects. It comprises only the first two Surahs. The first words are: )\ .-S\ This is the rough copy of the author, written in N asta in the tenth or eleventh century. Sundry passages are crossed or emended ; numerous additions on the margin. The text of the Koran is added throughout. 93. B 309. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 181. Twentyone lines in a page. Short Notes on select passages of Bairf,dwz' 8 Com mentary, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The author cannot be ascertained. The present fragment begins at Su. 3, 1 06,2 with the words \i\S' 1.-S' (sic) wk !.:):. u' \? There is a defect after fol. 158, comprising nearly the whole of Surahs 60-70. The end is also wanting. Carelessly written; the titles of the Stirahs are often omitted or misplaced in the latter portion. Coloured lines round each.page. Inscribed on fol. 97 : \ Cf. Catal. 222, xiii. 94. 24. Size 13 in. by 7! in.; foll. 705. Forty-one lines in a page. A large Commentary on the Koran, properly entitled by b. Mu l)ammad J,{ummi, commonly called NisA.ntrRi (a 1 Cf. i. p. r, 1. 2 of Fleischer's edition. 2 i. p. t v. l. 21 Fleischer.

PAGE 28

20 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. pupil of N a::;ir al-din '.fusi ; flourished at the beginning of the eighth century). See ij:. Kh. i\. 306 for an abridg ment of the introduction and of the epilogue, in which the author mentions his authorities. His chief authority is or of Fakhr al-din Razi (see No. 65). The explanation of the single passages of the Koran usually consists of two parts, and J?._,-\:.:.1 I preceded by two paragraphs on the reading and on the pauses w_,J}I. Beginning: J' ('?} Y. dJ ).c ..r.S\ J r?. Y) t:' ... j ill\ 4\_, 'l:)\:;}1\ ill .... .s:l\ 'J;t.; 2' l!l""' J)J J..c The last words of the epilogue are wanting in this MS., which ends with the words \f-....; \,..\_, .1 Well written in a small hand ; with some marginal notes. Splendidly ornamented and gilt. Two leaves are missing after fol. 568. 95. 1658. Size in. by in. ; foil. 285. Twenty three lines in a page. The first portion of a concise Commentary on the Koran, called J?., \::.1\ J?J:..::J\ dJ\'-'-", by al-din Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. b. NASAFI (d. A.H. 710). The introductory remarks of the author on the purpose of his work are almost verbally reproduced by I_I. Kh. v. 470. Cf. Cat. Mus .. Brit. p. 64. The work has been printed at Bombay, A.H. 1279. Begins: ill '-'-t..s:l\ This MS. is plainly written, and ends abruptly at Su. 7, 101. It was transcribed from a copy which 1 See the abridgment in I_I. Kh. p. 308, 1. 9, had been made in the author's lifetime. Foil. 34-41 and 42-48 should be transposed. The following note is found on the title-page: A.:vt 4JJ\ l!l""' j\3 .M.s""' lS ill\ d\3 J\b d.-.\1\ I.SftJb 11 r r L j Seals of MuQ.ammad Ibrahi:m, a servant of the Emperors 'Alamgi:r and Bahadur Shah, A.H. 1115 and 1120. [HastingsJ 96. B 305. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 8. Seventeen lines in a page The first sheet of another copy of the preceding work. Plainly written. Ends at Su. 2, 1. Cf. Catal. 222, ix. 97. B 299. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 690. Twenty three lines in a page. A Commentary on the Koran, l:) \ j 4:-.c \ ;.4. l-. l:) t:J \ _, l:) t....>) I and ascribed by :f[. Kh. ii. 182, to ZAIN AL-DiN 'Ad b. b. 'Ali b. Umawi I;fanbali, "who died in A.H. 710." This date, however, is incorrect. For it appears from the preface that the work was written in A. H. 831. The author says, alluding to the first Muhammadan conquerors (fol.1v.): LJ\y.\\ A.c}Ml\ J' w J' Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 4 7 and ii. 566. Printed at Dehli, A.H. 1286 This commentary is preceded by a long introduction (foll.1-6). It begins: y_,l:; I.S..\l\ ill .M.s.l\ .y\_,.J\ r:""' JJ\ Written in two different hands, of the tenth century.

PAGE 29

THE KORAN. 21 Red lines round each page. One leaf is wanting after fol. 32. The first few leaves are worm-eaten. Seal and signature of Mul;lammad 'Adil Shah of Bijapur, on the title-page. The MS. belonged previously to Khushl}al (A.H. 1030), and before him to Ibrahim b. Da'ud JL.,_,l\ (A.H. 981). Catal. p. 222, v. 2. 98. B 300. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 113. Twenty one lines in a page. A fragment of the preceding work, from the beginning to the words: (Su. 2, 250). Well written in a Persian hand of the tenth century. Several leaves near the beginning have been supplied by more modern hands. The first page ornamented in various colours, the others within coloured lines. Catal. p. 222, v. 1. 99. B 304. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 315. Twentythree lines in a page. J1.:::;-J u L...lb LCH I \,J I u..a:.ll wJ_,., ..... .l\ d.c..\11 Ul_,., JW' AU\ t:...w J:>. T Jl J_,l L..f? A concise Commentary on the Koran, commonly called by Jalal al-din Mul,tammad b. Al,tmad (d. A.H. 864) and Jalal al-din 'Abd al-ral,tman SuYuri (d. A.H. 911). Cf. De Jong, Codd. Bibl. Acad. 161 ; Cat. Bodl. ii. 64, etc. Printed A.H. 1257, at Calcutta, and many times afterwards. The share of each author in the work is correctly defined in the above inscription.1 This appears from Suyutl's epilogue, at the end of Su. 17, _?-t w '' 'I A.J\ I .iJI ... 4-J L-. F :(_I 1-!il.s,J\ Mal,talll began with Su. 18, and when he had come to the end of the Koran, 1 1:1. Kh. ii. 358, is wrong. he turned to the first part, but never finished more than the first Surah. The rest, from Su. 2 to 17, was afterwards done by Suyutl. He relates in the same epilogue that he was engaged on this task from Wednesday, 1st RamaQ.an, to Sunday, lOth 870, and completed the first clean copy on Wednesday, 6th 871. His work is naturally placed at the beginning, and the commentary to Su. 1, as belonging still to Mal,talli's share, is put at the end of the whole. Plainly written. The colophon runs as follows: tJ _r.AAI I J:. A::.:>.. \Mo\.i I t:' _, _, I j ill\ ukl 1.-S}:. AUI d 1.-S_,L:-... l..!iili AJt,.,_, U)t-:-... !1 j ... d:.lJ\ A.!_,'-' j T ..... ,.,_, Frequent extracts from BaiQ.awi on the margin. Used and stained. Catal. p. 222, iv. 100. 1361. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foil. 419. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the In two volumes, the first of which contains the portion by Suyuti, preceded by Mal,talli's exposition of Su. 1. At its end (fol. 194) the same epilogue as in the preceding MS. Next to this the account of a vision of Kamal al-din, the brother of Mal,talll, given on the authority of Shaikh Mul,tammad b. Abu Bakr Khatib. Written in a small clear hand, by c..\1_, J,..:)\ ..JtJ JJ""') ..M..d\ -..\ ... With marginal and interlinear notes. 101. 1394. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foll. 600. Twenty :fi ve lines in a page. The first part of another Commentary on the Koran by SuYiJ'I;i, entitled j Cf. Kh. iii. 192, and Bibl. Sprenger. -H.

PAGE 30

22 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. This commentary consists entirely of traditions. The author relates in his preface that he abridged it from another work of his called 1.:)4 .J 1 by omitting the Isnads, with the sole exception of his own imme diate authorities and of the author of each tradition. Accordingly, the explanation of Su. 1 begins : j d. .. ,.::;.-'_, y\:&1 I.:Y'' y\:&1 (.!):. .: Jtj Jtj Only the first words of the passages to be explained are given. The present MS. ends with Su. 5. It is well written and ornamented. Foil. 77-80 and 81-84 should be transposed. Injured, especially near the end, the leaves having stuck together. [Hastings. J 102. 21. Size 13 in. by 8 in. ; foil. 787. Thirty-five lines in a page. A large Commentary ( on the Koran, by Anu'L-su'uD Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad 'Imadi (d. A..H. 982), being the most valued after those of Zamakhshari and Baic;lawi, upon which it chiefly depends. It is dedicated to the Turkish Sultan Sulaiman I. See 1;[. Kh. i. 249; Fleischer, Cat. Dresd. 368; Cat. Lugd. iv. 41. Printed at A..H. 1285. Jsll t..:J?..j' AI_,...,) J...,) I.:Y' In two volumes bound together ; well written in a small hand ; richly ornamented and gilt. The first volume ends with Su. 12, and has the following t:1W1 Alii t.4 .. t1WI d.l Lk, .. tJY,} I.SJ.jiJill The second volume concludes with the author's epilogue. Foil. 33-36 are misplaced. Worm-eaten. [Johnson.J 1 See on it I;I. Kh. ii. 277. 103. B 290. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 485. Twentyfive lines in a page. A Commentary ), or Paraphrase of the Koran, by b. Al).mad b. N .. / styled 1.-S..M.s.JI, and composed in A.H. 981-2, according to the author's conclusion, which runs as follo"\Vs : J..c r-L..j\ ..\,;) j r-_,-.:,.J\ t!tJ 1.-SJ>-' 4..W t!t?. 1.:)1 olll JLI_, r-J?. j 1.:)\..d..)l I.:Y' p t..;l:S::. '-:-' )lblJ 9M k.-11 j j jJ\.u-::J\ 9M j A .. t::.:: :;.J_, The preface begins: J..c JJI 1.-S..\ll oJJ ..M..s.ll .J_,.J.l\f.l ,j.:. Wt:; Well written, by Shah Mul).ammad b. Kabir Mu l).ammad, and dated 28 1013. Coloured lines round each page. Catal. p. 222, vi. 104. 896. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 530. Twentyone lines in a page. A Commentary .. ) on the Koran,. entitled t:bl_,-.:, by Abu'l-faic;l b. 1\Iubarak, commonly known by the poetical name of FA.:r:pi (born A..H. 954, at Agra, died A..H. 1004). Cf. J?:. Kh. iii. 629; Cat. Lugd. iv. 42; and Sprenger Cat. MSS. Oudh, p. 127. A very curious composition, in which all letters with diacritical points are avoided. The author began it at the suggestion of his father Mubarak (d. A..H. 1001), and having been interrupted in his labours by a political mission in the service of Akbar, 2 completed it in A..H. 1002 at Lahore. 1 The rest of the name, which occurs in the preface, is mutilated; the following words are still . w_,pl 2 Apparently his mission into the Dekhan. See Elphinstone's India, p. 534.

PAGE 31

THE KORAN. The preface begins: L.. 4k I 'Y> 4J I 4JJ I AD ...\..-.\.>\ )!b W' \....J e'-""' F' t: ... 'f It is followed by a succession of introductory remarks in two chapters. In the first, which is entitled: (Ldl C J..-.1_,-sll) (r. the author gives an account of himself and his family, as well as of the origin and nature of his work. Those names and dates which contain letters with diacritical points are by logogriphs. This chapter is concluded by a poem in praise of the present work. The second chapter (foll. 8-16) treats of general subjects, and is inscribed J"".J till I An indifferent copy, written in two hands. It ends in the author's epilogue, the last leaf being wanting. Coloured lines round each page. Foll. 193-206 are misplaced, and should stand thus : 201-6, 199, 200, 193-198. Seal of Khiradmand Khan, a servant of 'AJamgi:r, A.H. 1115. 105. 796. Size 10 in. by 6! in. ; foil. 226. Fifteen lines in a page. JJJI t"t..!J Two fragments of the preceding work. The first contains the beginning as far as Su. 5, 65. The other (fol. 176) comprises from Su. 17, 1 to Su. 21, 36, and terminates abruptly. Written in different ways ; more correct than the preceding MS. The text of the first portion has all the vowels. Some of the names which are paraphrased in the introduction are added between the lines. [Hastings. J 1 From the following MS. 106. 333. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 251. Twentyseven lines in a page. The first part of a Shi 'ah Commentary on the Koran, entitled )Jj, by 'ABn 'ALi b. Jum'ah 'Arusi I:Jawizi, who completed it in A.H. 1065 at Shiraz, aR appears from the following conclusion (fol. 251): ....sk E_Yll )Jj ... r d r..;k .. ... ""'?. .JI j ... F' .... k;--l_,sll .... d ... till\ 1.:7' .... .!\ 1.:7' .... 11 .... t.s:l\ U\ d.jil_, In the preface, the author speaks as follows on the purpose and principles of his present composition: \....I llll yi.::.S' w Jl .... ... ..... yh.G\ Jl .... \.... J.lbl )jT \1:;.1.5'_, 'J?J;.:;.\1 t....... \.... NiJ))' Wl_, J-..:. iJ\.li.::..c\ Us:_.J\ A! 1;;: .;.:. 1;;: lhJ\ 1.:.\:.ll J.J 1.:7' ... Jv-t: r J>.' r J' d-\.... \.... Jii 1.:7' dL" .... (1 J He also apologizes for inaccuracies in quoting his two chief authorities, the commentary of 'Ali b. Ibrahim, 1 and the of 2 The whole work is a mere compilation from t hc,w and from other Shl' ah books, such as \..;)I ) by Ibn I See No. 50. 2 See No. 61.

PAGE 32

2-1 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Babawaih 1 ; by r_rU.si; :s::(:_ '). u r.J and jW\ J_,.-;1. The Isnads are generally reproduced. Beginning: ..... }.::. JJ A1J ..M..s:l\ '.i..\j The present MS. comprises Slirahs 1-6. Well written, by Mul,lammad (b.?) Fakhr al-din Al,lmad, in A.H. 1089. The titles of the books quoted are written in red. Gold lines round the pages. [Hastings. J 107. B 306. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foil. 472. Seventeen lines in a page. The first part of a Mystical Commentary on the Koran, imperfect both at the beginning and the end. It now begins with SU.. 2, thus: Al_,J Jl j Jl 4)1 Jl '-=-'t?. and terminates abruptly near the end of SU.. 15. Plainly written. 108. B 307. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 406. The second part of the preceding Commentary, im perfect at the beginning. The first words are: d' $UI s\:J' referring to Su. 17, 1. Part of it written in a different hand. Frequent blanks in the final portion. One sheet is missing after fol. 20. Both this and the preceding MS. are wrongly said to be Nasafi's J:;.::.l \ \ ...w Cf. Catal. p. 222, ix. 3. 109. 1570. Size 9! in. by 5-! in. ; foil. 411. Fifteen, afterwards about twenty-three lines in a page. The first part of a Mystical Commentary, or rather annotations on single verses of the Koran, following the order of the Surahs. The title and the author cannot be ascertained. This MS. is imperfect and mutilated at I See below, No. 145. 2 See No. 166. the beginning. Ends with Su. 18. Colophon: .(?) '"";jtJisl\ However, this title (as well as that of the following MSS.) seems only to be taken from one of the para graphs into which the commentary is usually divided; viz., and b.ii.::.LJ\. The author, who quotes numerous mystical authorities of all times, belongs to a very modern period. Some passages of his work are in Persian. Begins: Ju Plainly written. Foil. 1-38 in a different hand. [Hastings. J 110. B 302. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 294. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are : ti.) ( = fol. 34 of the preceding MS.). Ends: yJ\ (beginning of Su. 14, = fol. 308 of the pre ceding MS.). Written in different hands and at different dates. The apparently older portion has all the vowel points. Much injured by insects. Inscribed s!.?.-\ Cf. Cat. 231, i. (?). 111. B 303. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 525. Seventeen lines in a page. The second part of the preceding work, from Su. 19 tO' the end. Written in a large plain hand. A lacuna comprising nearly seven SU.rahs (from the end of Su. 21 to Su. 28) is indicated by part of fol. 47v. remaining blank. The MS. terminates abruptly in the commentary on the last Surah. Inscribed: ..)......: bJi::l.. .. .. .J ,;.. ... It remains, however, doubtful whether this be the correct title, or a misnomer derived from the often occurring heading bk.LJ I There is a j t \ 6d-. mentioned in f.I. Kh. vi. 108. Cf. Catal. 222, xi., where the author is called Bunduh Nowaz 1 Sic, r. J or is a village near Nisabur. See ed. Juynboll, ii. fvv, and Johnson's Persian Diet. s.v.

PAGE 33

THE KORAN. 112. B 311. Size 9! in. by 6t in.; foil. 421. Twenty three and twenty-five lines in a page. The final portion of a concis-e ....... ) or paraphrase of the Koran, in the mystical way ; title and author not ascertained.1 It begins with Surah 7, thus: JL .. JJ'wJ\ )L '-!) .... JJI U,j\_,kll )L ADI J The commentary on each following Surah begins in the same way or Next follows an ever-varying paraphrase of the Basmalah; and it con cludes with a pious peroration. Clearly written in two different hands for, and pro bably in part by, Shah Makhdum E:adiri, about A.H. 1100. Imperfect at the end. Single leaves are wanting after foil. 150, 293, and 412. 113. B 303A. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 21. Fifteen lines in a page. An explanation of Surah 1, by 'ABDALLAH B. 'Ann .\L-KIM b. Shaikh Shams al-din Siyalkuti, the son of the prolific author above-mentioned. 2 Preceded by an introductory treatise (foil. 2-6). Begins; J) .. \H . .s.ll yl:J ,_sjj, Well written, by 'Abd al-da'im. Marginal notes. "\. defect after fol. 1 7. Cf. Cat. p. 222, xii., where the treatise is 114. 1063. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 294. Nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the 12th Surah (w.wx. 1 the title-page (sic) ..1.>\\ \ 2 See Xu. 90. combined with the legendary history (WI) of Joseph. It is ascribed to the celebrated GH.uzA.Li (d. A.H. 505). Begins (fol. 2v.): ,Jb_, 'r-UI k...:_, wH k:-.w_, _, 4l_,J j (fol. 3) Jljll jt'; U.;>This is not a real commentary, but rather a kind of homily on the double text aforesaid, illustrating it with moral stories, sentences, poetry, etc. It ends with v. 102. The rest of the Surah is given with the Persian Commentary of J;I usAIN KisHIFi, introduced by the following words (fol. 288): l!l,.. t .... J JW ill\ .M.s,.. ;,.wJ:i l!l' .. Ends: r-U\ J?,'-'.al\ w.w_,?. Written in a large, plain hand. Coloured lines round each page. The first two pages contain a prayer. 115. B 314. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foil. 49. Thirteen lines in a page. A short treatise on the abrogated verses of the Koran c=U\), following the order of the Surahs, by an unknown author. The beginning is wanting; the first words are : '-'\ji.;J \ t'(:.-. \ I _pi At th-e end a computation, according to which there are 150 abrogated (t__,.. .... .:.,..) and 86 abrogating verses (c=U) in the Koran. Plainly written. A defect after fol. 17. 116. B 331. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 281. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of a work on the ordinnnecs of law and religion which arc derived from the Koran. It belongs to the kind usually called \ 1 .. L<>. \ (see 4

PAGE 34

26 ARABIC }1.A.NUSCRIPTS. Kh. i. 173). As the MS. is imperfect at the begin ning, the title and the name of the author cannot be ascertained. The latter lived, however, as appears from his quotations, not earlier than the tenth century. He goes over the whole Koran, selects those verses which contain ordinances of the said kind, and illus trates them at some length. Begins: l:)Yll w.j_, j .. vt (sic r. k..J\) ?) '-W-'tJ .... 'J J .. Jjl..w., -.\;\_,:;, ilill After enumerating the various ordinances derived from the first Surah, the author proceeds to Su. 2, and in the first place explains v. 27 as an illustration of the j l:)l Imperfect at the end, terminating at Su. 16, 77. Plainly written on European paper, in the middle of the twelfth century. Erroneously inscribed 1.:)?....\l\ ili d.\. Cf. Catal. 229, xxii. 2 TRADITIO N. 117. 347. Size 11! in. by in.; foll. 478. Twenty eight lines in a page. The Collection of Traditions of Abu Mul;tammad b. Isma'il (d. A.H. 256). Kh. ii. 512 sqq., and Professor Krehl's edition (Leyden, 1862, etc.), and also Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenHind. Ges. iv. 1 sqq. Printed at A.H. 1280. A good copy, transcribed by a s.cholar, probably at Damascus, of the latter part of the eighth century. The text has been collated with several copies of note. An account of these is given in a note on the title-page, which, however, is partly obliterated, the beginning and the end of the MS. having suffered from damp. Fol. 474 should stand after 476. A former owner, Mul;lammad Sharaf al-din, ascertained with the aid of one 'Abd al-'aziz of Dehli, that this copy was complete. [Tippu.J 118. 1004. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 646. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, very neatly written on thin paper stained brown. Headings in larger characters, and in various colours, or in gold. Originally in four parts, each having an ornament at the beginning. Several passages, including the beginning and the end, have been supplied by a later hand. The whole MS. is bordered with thick, modern paper. Foll. 89-96 should stand between foll. 80 and 81. [Hastings. J 119. 588. Size 11 in. by 7! in.; foil. 852. Twentyone lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, in two volumes, bound together. Well written, and richly ornamented, but incorrect. Frequent emendations on the margin of the first portion. It begins with the following Isnad of an old copy: ...\_..s.., l.!i ...\..t..>\ d.\ ..r.' t_:.!J\ U.,r.>-1 u'-'>1 L j d. d. 6..\J' c.M.s. ... Y.' J t:; 1,!): '"';s..:\ AJ\...:ill_, I tl}J d. ..M.s.., J ... \ d. t. AJ\_.,ill, d. d. i\ I,H:; Jl; (r. till\

PAGE 35

TRADITION. 27 The colophon runs as follows: yllb_,l\ ... A\ r-W Of the eleventh century of the Hijrah. 120. B 96. Size 12 in. by 9 m.; foil. 609. Twenty nine lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, plainly written, of the tenth century. Ornamented. The first pages covered with interlinear and marginal notes, the latter taken from commentaries. The last folio is wanting. The beginning is much injured. According to the inscription, this MS. was once the property of 'Abd Tabri:zi I:Iusaini. Seal of Mul;tammad 'Adil Shah. Bi:j. Libr. A.H. 1059. Cat. p. 223, i. 6. 121. B 94, 95. Size in. by 8 in.; foll. 363. Twenty one lines in a page. The first half of the With frequent marginal notes, taken from the commentaries. The various 1eadings of the first editors of the work are added in the beginning portion. A list of the abbreviations used for their names is on the title-page. The first part has several defects, as may be seen from the original pagi nation. Plainly written in different' hands. At the end the following note : t.c I.:) 1..:;.. __rd> d.J t:v-y t::.s' d.\ \.:;... cUJ \ \ . t.:;._ \ AD _, ...\J \ All\ j _, oil ... .:\ (sic) _ri>-...\J\ ,-9 1 V / 'Gi P / / ,... /(., / 9 /'G)/ V// J.; M)l W}; \,.. .. l!J....; 5 / s ..... -a 9 / ..... 9 -c 1. I f.:.)l Cat. p. 223, i. 3. -------------1 su.2,Iii. 122. B 97. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foil. 290. Seventeen lines in a page The first quarter of the beginning with thP same Isnad as No. 119. Clearly mitten. Extracts from various commentaries (chiefly those of 'Othman and 'Ainl, besides those of Karmani and l):astalani, and the I..Sj \ i,;) in different hands on the margin and between the lines. Cat. 223, i. 2. 123. B 98. Size 7 in. by 5! in.; foil. 221. Twenty one lines in a page. The final portion of the same work, commencing with yt::.s'. The first folio is wanting ; begins : Written in a small, good hand. Dated Sunday, 19 Jum. II., 919. Injured by damp, especially fol. 2. Cat. 223, i. 5. 124. 732. Size in. by 8i in.; foll. 127. Twenty five lines in a page. The second quarter of the from to Boldly written. Headings in red. Seal of 'Abd al-wahbab Khan Jang, A.H. 1175. [Tippu.J 125. B 101. Size 10l in. by 7! in. ; foil. 270. Thirty one lines in a page. lBN J;!AJAR (Shihab al-din Abu'l-fac;ll Al)_mad b. 'All, d. A.H. 852) Introduction to his largP Commentary on the called ('f. J;!. Kh. ii. 525; Cat. Mus. Brit. 111 ; Bibl. 498; and on the author, Quatrcmere, Hist. des Mamlouks, i. 2, p. 209 sqq. This introduction was written in A.n. 813, and Pn titled It is divided into h'n sPctionF:

PAGE 36

28 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ), treating of the object and materials of the of its method of quoting traditions, of the names of traditionists, etc., and concludes with a notice of Bukhari. The present copy is imperfect both at the beginning and end ; it commences with the end of the first section. The second section 1 is inscribed : L:) j Written in a good, clear hand, of the ninth century. Both the beginning and the end are much injured by insects. 126. B 102. Size 11 in. by 61 in. ; foil. 441. Twenty seven lines in a page. The first portion of a large Commentary on the by Badr al-din Abu Mul;tammad Mal;tmud b. Al;tmad 'ArNi J;Ianafl (of 'Aintab, flourished at Cairo, where he died in A.H. 855),2 entitled: '-')Ji.l' '-'.J I j See Kh. ii. 527, whose statements are partly taken from the preface, which treats of the origin of the work, of the Isnads connecting the author with Bukhari, etc. (foll. 1-7). The commentary is very prolix, especially at the beginning. The text of Bukhari is always added, marked with .._p. This MS. ends abruptly in Book IV. yt::.S', chap. j It is neatly written, but not correct. Several blanks. Cat. 223, i. 4. 127. 2659. Size 11! in. by 71 in.; foll. 479. Thirty three lines in a page. The final portion of a Commentary ( on the by Shihab al-din Al;tmad b. Mul:mmmad L.iNi (d. A.H. 923), entitled '-'.JW' Kh. ii. 535 sq. This commentary was printed at A.H. 1285, and at Lakhnau, A.H. 1286. 1 An extract of it may be read in I;I. Kh. ii. 514 sq. 2 See for an account of him, Quatremere, Sult. 1\faml. i. 2, p. 219 sqq. It contains the last quarter, beginning with the chap. 1-.SL.dJ j from Book xv. yhS' Plainly, but inelegantly written. Seals of a servant of 'Alamgir, of H. Vansittart, and of C. Boddam, and signature of the latter, Calcutta, 17.87. 128. 1409. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foil. 230. Thirtyone lines in a page. A fragment, apparently belonging to the preceding commentary. Plainly written. It contains from near the be ginning of \ yh$' (fol. 29) to the end of (fol. 230), and also (beginning afresh) part of the book next yh$'. This latter has been placed by mistake at the com mencement (foll. 1-28). A defect after fol. 151. Foll. 13-18 are mutilated. [Johnson.J l29. B 99. Size 12! in. by 9 in. ; foil. 375. Thirty-one lines in a page. A Commentary on the entitled _,:.! \ k by '0THMAN b.Ibrahim who appears to have lived in the tenth century of the Hijrah. The author says in his preface that he compiled his work from the commentaries of Karmani, and Zarkashl, and also, in the first portion, from the v:2::-,;, a commentary by Saiyid 'Abd al-awwal. There precedes (foil. 2-6) an introduction in nine sections ( ), treating in general of the science of tradition, of Bukhari, of the names and chronology of traditionists, etc. The commentary itself consists of annotations on single passages of the text, the first words of which are only given, introduced by Begins : (' ...\s:.J' J J '-' ctJJ \ Written in different hands, about A.H. 1000. The final leaves are mutilated, and the is also injured. Cat. p. 223, i. 7.

PAGE 37

TRADITION. 20 130. B 100. Size in. by 5! in.; foil. 896. Twentyone lines in a page. A copy taken from the preceding MS. in its present injured condition. Plain handwriting. Blanks instead of the mutilated passages of the original. Rubrics omitted in the latter portion. The scribe calls himself Shaikh :Mu}:tammad b. Shaikh 'Abd al-latif. 131. 2390. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 313. Fifteen lines in a page. J,...,, j u.r.=-l' L:.Jl..?)' j__,l l.:l .. -c..r-J .J#' w.Jt.z A .. <.n .. '.:.1, .. t .. \1_,.-. (sic?) An lntroduction to the with a commentary on the beginning of that work, compiled by '0MAR :B. '1RIF Nahrwali for the benefit of his ignorant countrymen. The preface begins : c.;':"j r-c.l.l '-'..t..s:l \ jlt..2H The work begins with a general introduction, (fol. 8) b ...\sl' J _,..,l j .. four special chapters. I. (fol. 14) j; II. (fol. 34) j; III.(fol.40) j; IV. (fol. 50) Jl:;)' si.,..,.J j. Then follow various discus sions, (fol. 52) \-t..! JW Jj\-'M.-., con cluded by notes on Bukhar1 and his work, (fol. 74) ...)\>. ; (fol. 99) Added, ( fol. 109) a survey of all the books and chapters of the with regard to their number ; (fol. 112) another pointing out the principles of their arrangement, taken from Bal":aini's commentary ; 2 ( fol. 121) another telling the traditions, and espe-1 Thus the author names himself in his preface. His native place is Nahrwil.lah, or Pattan, in Gujarat. 2 Sec l_l. Kh. ii. 631. ciall y the and the '-=-' \::..... 1 contained in each chapter; and (fol. 127) an alphabetical list of the Companions of the Prophet on whose authority tradi tions are related in the The commentary (foll. 132-313) is very copious. It does not, however, go as far as is stated in the in scription, but terminates abruptly in the very beginning of the A sham conclusion has been added by a different hand. Well written ; of the twelfth century. Ornamented in colours. The copy was made by a calligraph for the use of the author, who revised it afterwards, and wrote the above title. Two leaves (foil. 134 and 135) wer(' also inserted by him as a supplement ( 4::.J ). A list of contents on foil. 1-3 [Sir Charles Wilkins.] 132. 641. Size 9-k in. by 6-k in.; foil. 280. Twenty three lines in a page. The Second Part of the or Collection of Traditions of MusLIM b. al-J:Iajjaj Nisaburl (d. A.H. 261). Cf. Kh. ii. 541 ; Cat. :Mus. Brit. 112 and 719; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 25. Printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1265. This part contains from r-_,..d\ yhS' to y\::.5'. Well written, by d. d. c...:,,k:;'-:-.::;-\.sl\ Collated with another MS. in Sha'ban, 791. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 1-37 have been supplied by a modern hand. Foll. 9.5, 157, and 235 have been misplaced in binding; they should stand after foil. 86, 154, and 227 respectively. [Tippu.J 133. 618. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 143. Nine lines in a page. An Account of the person, manners, and character of the Prophet, by Abu 'lsa Mu:Q.ammad b. 'lsa b. Saurah TIRMIDHi (d. A. H. 279). Cf. I_[. Kh. iv. 70; Catal. u-.;. l See on these terms, 1;1. Kh. ii. 634.

PAGE 38

30 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Brit. 98; Bibl. Sprenger. 107. Printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1252, with a Hindustarn translation, entitled In fifty-six chapters. The following is a list of them 1 as they occur in the present MS. : Fol. 1 fol. 10 fol. fol. 16 fol. 17 fol. 19 fol. 21 fol. 22 fol. 27 ib. fol. 28 fol. 31 fol. 33 f;-::S::.; fol. 35 fol. 36 u'"'; ib.fo"'; fol. 37 ... t.....c; fol. 38 fol. 39 fol. 40 fol. 41 ;. 1(\ (., LG ; fol. 42 slGI ; fol. 43 ; fol. 44 _r..:>. ; fol. 46 fol. 56 fol. 51 \,.. tfi; fol. 59 L..\:; ; L; ; fol. 61 fol. 63 fol. 65JW; fol. 67 fol. 68 fol. 71 ; fol. 74 _rt.JI j fol. 77 j fol. 80 ; fol. 82 fol. 90 fol. 92 j t)bll fol. 93 fol. 97 (., fol. 99 fol. 102 ib. fol. 108 fol. 115 ; fol. 116 fol. 117 .. L....ll ; fol. 118 fol. 123 :r; fol. 125 fol. 134 fol. 137 j The text consists entirely of traditions. It is intro duced by the following words only: All ""-t..s:ll J.; Well written, with vowel-points, by Mul,tammad Yal,tya. Collated in Rabi' I., 1107. Numerous inter linear and marginal notes in the earlier portion. The verso of the last folio contains several sayings of Mul,tammad, relating to eating, etc., compiled by Abu'l-Waziran Al,tmad [Tippu.J 134. 2115. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foil. 120. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, with the same introduction as in the preceding 1 For the sake of brevity, only the names of the subjects are given, instead of the full phrase introducing each chapter, viz . JJI JJ..l.J ... J .::; \,.. Plainly written. Conclusion: t:.J ? b\1 ... A:J \$' \j \,.. j Seal Jang. [Coil. of Fort William, 1825.] 135. B 69 A. Size 7i in. by 5 in.; foil. 64. Nine lines in a page. Some fragments of a copy of the Shama' il. The first (foll. 1-8) contains the end of chap. 8 chap. 9 ), and the greater part of chap. 52 ), which follows next. The second fragment (foil. 9-32) comprises from chap. 24 (JS'I) to chap. 35 the third (foll. 33-64 ), from chap. 39 cr-_,j) to chap. 50 ... Well written and collated. Vowel-points and various glosses in Arabic and Persian have been added sub sequently. 136. B 69. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 167. Twentyeight lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the Sham a' il, by IBN ij:AJA.R HAITHAMi (Shihab al-din .A.l,tmad Makki, d. A.H. 973). It was composed in RamaQ.an, 949, and entitled Jj\...t.JI Jl JjL_,II Cf. I;I. Kh. iv. 70 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98 ; Bibl. Sprenger. 111. Of the main text, originally only the passages to be explained are given ; but the rest are added, with the mark J?. t.J', on the margin. Plainly written, by Zain b. '.A.bdallah for his own use. Dated 9th Rajab, 1088. Collated with another MS. The first leaves are much injured by insects. Cat. 223, viii. 137. 2208. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 173. Seventeen lines in a page. Another, more concise Commentary on the Shama'il, including the whole text.

PAGE 39

TRADITION. 31 It has no preface. The before-mentioned commentary of Ibn ij:ajar is quoted in it. Well written, by Jamal 'Ali, for his own use. The :final portion is worm-eaten. [Coil. of Fort William, 1825.] 138. 1662. Size 111 in. by 7! In.; foil. 18. Nine lines in a page. _vo The celebrated Hundred Sayings of 'ALl, with a paraphrase in Persz'an distichs. See on the editions of the former, Cat. Mus. Brit. p. 511. Beginning: l:) ttv.:::-.) c...S' I.:)\:'..*-\j r'-' s_,LJ' J.:. Jt; A splendid copy on tinted paper, sprinkled with gold. The words of 'Ali written in the Thulth character, alternately in gold and blue, with all the vowel-points, the Persian paraphrase in N asta With gold and coloured borders; the first and final pages richly illu minated and gilt. Concluding: J'-'J J. \?. J Jt:> "' \., AJ \J .t 'J) .. ... .... :r '.) Seals of 'Abd al-wahhab Khan, a servant of Mul}am mad Shah, A.H. 1157, and 'Abd al-razzal} Khan, A.H. 1187, on the titlepage. The following is written, in large N asta '111}, on a vacant page near the end : '-',....s,.. Y'i '-:-=---\4!\i I.:J\> J 'j I '"'.....s,.. u::::--\=---4.c till' M.=--J .J'-'\.iil \ usll ill\ (r. . u, and below it is added a list of the. descendants of the aforesaid Ni'mat-allah, followed by the pedigree of the above GhuHl.m Mul}ammad Khan, both written in Shikastah. Cf. Stcwart's Cat. p. 80. [Tippu.] 139. 2180. Size 9! in. by 6J in. ; foil. 19. Nine lines In a page. 1...5 \ \ ,_} \ Another copy of the preceding text, well written, the Arabic text in the Thulth, the Persian verses in the Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. At the end an address to 'Ali. Transcribed by J amal al-dln Turkuman. Ornamented and gilt. The first page iR injured by damp. [Coll. of Fort William, 1825.] 140. 1179. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 18. Nine lines in a page. The same Hundred Sayings of 'Ad, with another paraphrase in Persz'an couplets. Beginning : J..c AJ\.... \j \ c...S' (.)1> j:::;-_, j.c '-'L.,>. _r. '-'JJ'-' 4.:)'h '-'=---) _,, 1.:.)\:::;-,.;. The same paraphrase is found in the autographed edition of Major Yule, Edinburgh, 1832. A plain copy. Each page contains three Arabic lines, with the second half of one couplet above, two complete couplets between, and the first half of a fourth couplet below them. Inscribed on the title-page: J.:. Ws' '-'....:> t?. '-" \ r tt.;.:. tt.U \ J '4:::-_, oJ.l' j J ll> ,_, U)L, .J'-' Seal of Jang, A.H.ll74. [Tippu.J 141. 607. Size 11 m. by 7i in.; foil. 21. Ten lines m a page. \ )\ U.c. \ 1". 0 IL.,J \ .. 11) The Hundred .Sayings of 'ALl ancl his Testamentary Advice to his son with a Persian interlinear translation.

PAGE 40

ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The testamentary advice r,\ ev.L_, All\ J.;. .All\ I..SP A fine copy, arranged so that the text of the sentences and that of the testament alternate with each line, the former written in a large Thulth, the latter in the Naskh character, with all the vowel-points. The Persian interlineation is in N asta in red. Gold and coloured lines round the pages. In the original binding of brown gilt leather. [Johnson.J 142. 1158. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 10. Six lines in a page. The same Testamentary Advice (Y, L,_,) of 'ALl as in the preceding Begins: d 9 4:Y' Y, JUu A splendid copy, written on the inner sides of the leaves only, with all the vowels. Transcribed by 'Abdallah '.fabbakh, for his own use. Imperfect at the end. 143. 932. Size 7 in. by in.; foil. 302. Twelve lines in a page. A Collection of Shi 'ah Traditions on the universal knowledge, divine right, and spiritual powers of the Holy Imams, entitled JT j) All 1 l-._, 1 and ascribed to B. AL-J;lASAN (Abu Ja'far d. A.H. :!90). See l'usi, p. r"".2 The work is divided into chapters ( ), each headed by a brief sketch of its contents. 1 The words in brackets are added in the titles of Parts III. and IV. 2 'fusi, however, in speaking of the works of the author, only mentions a \ y'.::S of his. See below. The Imams are always spoken of collectively \ and the work vindicates the ?oldest Shi 'ah doctrines regarding them. Its chief authorities are 'All, Abu Ja'far (Mu"Q.ammad and Abu 'Abd allah (Ja'far themselves. The connexion of the Isnads with the compiler is generally not expressed.1 Beginning: '-!:J\::;--)-.\1\ 4:Y' ;_fiil l.:).c (sic) w_,_rl.' d. l)JJ Lll uk 1.:): ( r. "":'). d. 1.:); tlb l.:i J_,.-:) Ju Ju illl 4.1 J$' uk Ld:) ill\ In four separate parts (J::; ). Part II. begins on fol. 94; Ill. on fol. 186; IV. on fol. 250. Well written, the titles in gold, and the names of the authorities in red. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament at the beginning. Foil. 64-77 should be placed between foll. 190 and 191, in the following order: 64, 66-77, 65. Fol. 302 contains extracts from the and from the J:Jt...,) of Mul;tammad b. al-I:asan al-I:urr, in which the present work, and another one with the same title, by Sa'd b. 'Abdallah,2 and also an abstract of the latter by I:asan b. Sulaiman, are noticed. There probably exists some relation between the two books. To conclude from the evidence of 'fusi before mentioned, the present work might be considered an augmented edition of the original work of Sa'd. This would also account for the strange introduction of the Isnads noticed above. 144. 568. Size Ilk in. by in.; foil. 884. Twenty nine lines in a page. The famous Collection of Sh1'ah Traditions, entitled jWI, by Abu Ja'far Mul).ammad b. KuL1N1 1 i.e. and the like are omitted at the beginning of the lsnads. 2 He died about A.H. 300. His work is also mentioned by 'fusi, p. tor, 1. 9, and described as being divided into four parts. Cf. Fihrist ofibn al-Nad1m, ed. Fliigel, p. r rr, where the same work is called

PAGE 41

TRADITION. 33 (d. A.H. 328). See on it and on the author, p. rn; Ibn al-A.thir, ed. Tornberg, viii. p. rvr; 1 Liber as Sojutii de nomin. relat., ed. Veth, p. r rf ; Sprenger, -Life of :Mohammacl, p. 68. Copies are rare in Europo.2 A. few extracts from the work are to be found in Cat. :Mus. Brit., p. 452, vi., and a commentary on it in De J ong, Cat. Bibl. A.cad. Re g. Scient., p. 17 4. The preface begins: Jrs::.JI ill ..M.s:ll The work is divided into twenty-nine or thirty books, according to the subjects. Their order in the present copy differs from the list of some portions are in a strange state of confusion, of which the owner of this copy must have been conscious, and which he tried to conceal by spoiling the text at the end.and at the beginning of several books with ornaments.3 Owing to the identity of their first words, foll. 287 sqq. and 555 sqq. have been misplaced, but they cannot be re-arranged properly, in the present con dition of MS. The only way of making the whole run cohrrently is to break the connexion of and C\ y\::S (foil. 474 and 475). Then the books would stand in the following order : I. (fol. 7v.) jktl\; II. (fol: 22v.) III. (fol. 45) containing the Shl'ah doctrines on the Imamate; IV. (fol.155)_i.(ll_, (fol. 25Iv.) VI. (foll. 280-286, 555, 556) ... J..::.;; VII. (foll. 551-565) ;4 VIII. (foll. 416-554, 287-302) ell; IX. (fol. 302t.) no title X. (fol. 318) XI. (fol. XII. (fol. 358v.) p 1 Read J::-:;) instead of J::.-'J in the text in question. 2 I am informed by Prof. W right, of Cambridge, that there is another copy in the library of Trinity College, Dublin. a A gross mistake occurs also in the concluding words on fol. 302r.: y\::$ tJ. In reality I this is the end of e' y t::.S'' and no books with the above titles occur in the work. The book following next, on the verso of the same fol. U).:kl \ y\::S), is without title. 4 This book, which is entirely detached, is inserted here according to the table of contents. It does not occur in Ttbi s list. XIII. (fol. 414) XIY. (foil. 4-iG-47-1) XV. (fol. 566) XVI. (fol. XYII. (fol. 587v.) XVIII. (fol. 593) or (the former title is given at the "-' beginning, the latter at the end of this book ; more likely they are two separate books, as in 'fusi's list; then the latter begins on fol. 595, where is the heading Y4 Jjl '!b' jh); XIX. (or XX.) (fol.627v.) XX. :S)I; XXI. (fol. 667t.) XXII. (fol. 672v.) XXIII. (fol. 690) XXlY. (fol. 716v.) XXV. (fol. 741) XXVI. (fol. 770) XXVII. (fol. 777) XXVIII. (fol. 785) L:Jl . )l XXIX. (or XXX.) (fol. 793) L_,jl, on 'All and the early Imams personally. A very elegant copy, transcribed by order of a Saiyid of by Mu1;tammad b. Jalal al-din Shirazl. Dated Friday, 1 Jumada II., 1162. The names of the original authorities (Mul;u:tmmad and the Imams) in gold, and those of the Shaikhs of the author in red. The titles in red, but the words y'.::.$' and in gold. The beginning of each book is ornamented and gilt. Gold and blue lines round the pages. The table of contents (foiL 1-7) comprises only Booh I-VII, and is inscribed accordingly: \,.. YJk?. w\.....s,.. j l-.1 The chapters are said to be 498 in number. [Johnson.J 145. 1293. Size 11 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 101. Seven teen lines in a page. A Collection of Shi'ah Traditions, entitled A.bu Ja'far Mulpmmad b. '.\.ll ... I 1\X WAIH (d. A.H. 381). Cf. p. l"'f penult. The work is-apparently without a system-!liYide(l into numerous chapters, illustrative of single points of 6

PAGE 42

3-1 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Shi'ah theology. Each of them begins ... or .. The present volume contains about 170 of these chapters. A complete list of them is found on the fly-leaves. According to this list 1 and to the conclusion, this is only the first part c:;=;) of the work. Begins: y'dll y\y,l .... ill ..M.sll yt::S .Jie:(r. 1.5)1)\ J:y u.-.ji_l\ ,_,s.l J;...;.J u:...a.-. :(_I J::>-.J d. '-'..t.=---I d. Clearly written in of the eleventh century. A rich ornament on the first page, gold lines round the others. With marginal notes, partly in the same, and partly in a different hand, the latter being in Persian, and written in red ink. Injured by insects. Signature of Abu'l-l)asan Ibn :M:ul)ammad Isma,'ll I:Jusaini Musawi on the title-page. [Johnson.J 146. 975. Size 13! in. by 7i in.; foll. 428. Fourteen lines in a page. .A.n account of the life and the alleged sayings and doctrines of 'All Ric,la, the eighth Imam of the Shi 'ites, ascribed to lBN BiBA w AIR ::{{ ummi. Cf. Catal. )Ius. Brit. 730; Aumer, Hdss. p. 188; and Kh. iv. 270, it is not men tioned by 'J_'usl. A beautiful copy, written in a bold hand ; of the latter part of the eleventh century. Ends: t'j yb$' (IF,The first two pages are richly ornamented and gilt ; gold lines round the other pages. In a rich native binding. [Hastings. J 1 It is followed (fol. by the beginning of an index to the second part: (sic) Lb., Jlj 147. 2147. Size 10 in. by in.; foll. 276. Nineteen lines in a page. A work on Morals, founded upon the Tradition, entitled by ABu'L-LArTH b. Mul).ammad b. Ibrahlm b. al-Khattab (d. A.H. 383 or 375). Cf. I;[. Kh. ii. 428, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 268, no. 1837, which, however, appears to be a different and incomplete version. This MS., agreeing Kh., contains ninety-four chapters, a list of which is on the last page. They are: 1. j (fol. 2); 2. j (fol. 7v.); yL\.c j (fol. 12v.); 4. (fol. 19); 5. );.ll (fol. 25); 6. (fol. 30v.); 7. Ull .._s:;-J,. (fol. 35); 8 (fol. 39v.); 9. j (fol. 42v.); 10. The same (fol. 48v.); 11. y) ... :Mll j (fol. 55); 12 ..\l_,ll (.:)?.-.\1\_,ll J::(fol. 56v.); 13. 1.;)?.'-'l\_,l\ -.\1}1 J>(fol. 60v.); 14. t=---)1 J:.L (fol. 62); 15. )4:ll uk j>. (fol. 65v.); 16. (fol. 67v.); 17. (fol. 73); 18. (fol. 75v.); 19. .... ;.ll (fol. 80); 20. ""'""'.s.ll (fol. 82v.); 21. .1/JI (fol. 86); 22 (fol. 89); 23. d..s:..di l.;).c .r.)l (fol. 90); 24. (fol. 93v.); 25. lak> (fol. 97v.); 26. J,bJ (fol. 101); 27. (fol. 104v.); 28. (fol. 108v.); 29. J.c _r.dl (fol. 113); 30. (fol. 117v.); 31. s_,..;_,ll (fol. 121v.); 32. l,IM,....s:ll (fol. 124); 33. J..a.; (fol. 131); 34. (fol. 134); 35. J.a.; (fol. 135); 36. (fol. 137v.); 37. J..a.; (fol. 139v.); 38. \,. (fol. 143); 39. (fol. 145); 40. 1.53 l!Y' _#I (fol. 148v.); 41. J..a.; (fol. 151); 42. J..ij (fol. 152v.); 43. 1 The MS. has,

PAGE 43

TRADITION. 35 (fol. 154v.); 44. LSlc (fol. 156); 45. Jl (fol. 157v.); 46. \.J)\ J:; )\ (fol. 159); 4 7. u)\ (fol. 161); 48. j L-. (fol. 162v.); 49. (fol. 166); 50. 168); 51. wy> (fol. 170v.); 52. j L-. (fol. 173); 53. s\.c...\l\ (fol. 176); 54. j s\;:;-\.-. (fol. 178); 55. J.:. (fol. 179); 56. j J.l\ (fol. 181); 57. L-. (fol. 184); 58. (fol. 186v.); 59. J..dj (fol. 189); 60. Fl J.a,; (fol. 191v.); 61. j L-. (fol. 194); 62. J..dj (fol. 196v.); 63. LT (fol. 198); 64. (fol. 200); 65. J.::. j$_,::.11 (fol. 201v.); 66. vi' (fol. 204v.); 67. (fol. 206v.); 68. J-ull (fol. 208); 69. (fol. 210); 70. (fol. 212); 71. (fol. 214); 72. J.dj (fol. 216); 73. u'"'.lll J...:ij (fol. 217); 74. _,_;11 Y'"'\ (fol. 218); 75 (fol. 218v.); 76. C:::')\ J> (fol. 222); 77. -h.J \ \ A>-_,) cilll .. The celebrated Collection of Traditions of al-I:usain b. Mas'ud BAanAwi (d. A.n. 510 or 516), who compilr
PAGE 44

36 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. .Muslim, (Abu Da'uu) Sajastani, X asa'i, Tirmidhi, (Ibn :Majah) J>:azwini, and Dariml. Cf. J.I. Kh. v. 564; }'higel, Hdss. \Vien, iii. 85; Cat. Lugd. iv. 74, etc. "\Y ritten in a good hand, the diacritical points often omitted ; of about the eighth century. The transcriber names himself al-::flasan b. 'Abdallah b. "MuQ.ammad b. Abu'l-J,rasim GhadbHi. ::Jiuch worn. The earlier portion is covered with marginal and interlinear notes. The vacant leaves at the end are fillPd up with various extracts and notices. On the la< fol. begins a table of contents. Signature of 1\fu]fammad 'Adil Shah. Frequent impressions of a seal which offers no name, on the title-page. Cf. Cat. 223, iii. 1. 150. B 105. Size 12!f in. by 9! in.; foll. 318. Nine teen lines in a page. Another good copy of the preceding work, imperfect and much injured at the beginning.1 Boldly written, with many vowel-points. Numerous marginal notes, derived from Jarabardi's (d. A.rr. 746) commentary, in the first portion. Has the following colophon, written in a cursive style, difficult to read: alJ ? I JJ}, \ t.. \ ub al uL,;) (J) j J..;\..JI j b\Ls,.l\ (.!)"" cJJ \ .J. ...\11_, r.w \ .. ll J rl' A.. hi I j Jl illW Jw 4.lll '-':;, a 2 t..J .. ll $La.il\ '--H=---.. I I W::-blll ...\ljl w,_, A.S:,s..:;lj j ..M.s"" d. w::-blJ\ Jl J, L .. .c Aj \...,J Aj Foll. 318v. and 319. A list of technical terms used in tradition. The MS. is erroneously described as ....,:(s..dl of Ibn I;Jibban. c: Cf. Catal. 223, 1. 8. 151. n 106. Size in. by in.; foll. 68. Twenty ve lines in a page. A fragment of a concise Commentary on Baghawz's Ld_l by an unknown author, containing about one third of the whole. It begins with from and ends in the paragraph J..c of the last book. Of the original text, only the passages to be explained are given, usually preceded by 2 .l.:> j_,. The commentary is introduced by 'C.}t..l\ j\:;. Boldly written, the diacritical points frequently omitted; of about the tenth century. Single leaves are missing after foll. 22, 29, and 52. Erroneously inscribed J \ \ K.1,._, ., .. I ) :r '-' ')' U(.. Cf. Catal. 223, iii. 2. 152. 2016. Size 12! in. by 9 in.; foll. 381. Fourteen lines in a page. The first volume of the i.e. the revised and enlarged edition of Baghawz's by WALI AL-DIN Abu 'Abdallah Mul)ammad b. Khatlb TABRizr, who completed it on Friday, the last of RamaQ.an, 737. Cf. :r:r. Kh. v. 567. It has been translated into English by Capt. Matthews, Calcutta, 1809-10. It was printed at Dehli, A.H. 1268, and at Bombay, A.D. 1865. Begins: J .1t.l ... ill ..M..s.ll ') I -) .. "' h"",lj I J Preceded by a list An elegant but incorrect copy. of the chapters. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 1 One word doubtful. 2 Here follows the name of the authority.

PAGE 45

TRADITIO :N. 153. 1122. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 384. The second of the MishhU, from y h5' 'C \ to the end. It contains the date of the author as given above. The copy is dated A..H. 1085. It was transcribed Ly Jalal al-din b. 'All, a student at the Mausoleum Ibrahim 'Adilshah (of Bljapur). Fre quent marginal notes in the first portion. Preceded by a list of contents. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 154. 2143. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 712. Eleven, fifteen, and seventeen lines in a page. Another, plain copy of the preceding work, completed at the beginning of Rabi' I., 1094, at Shahjahan abad. Red lines round the pages. Numerous notes. Foll. 684-691 have been supplied by a different hand. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 155. 2.'237. Size 11 in. by 6! in.; foil. 504. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, written in several hands. j t.YII Wll L '-''-'4 j d.._;k.c _, e \k.., I I __IM.c t ... _, _, ""'?. dJ_, illi VJ)b:-.) Jj ... &."'' ll.. oll' 6 tl!IJi.> 1_, 1.!-(dl w_,..JM.I\ ..M.s""' d?,-'j.i J.?.Jf>. F"' t' Notes in the first portion. Fol. 170 should be placed after fol. 165. Prefixed is an index to the contents of an entirely different work on law Seal of Jang, A.H. 1175. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 156. 772. Size 11 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 285. Nineteen lines in a page. A fragment of the Mz'shkat, beginning 1 in the chapter .J\hj the rest complete. Well written, with all the vowel-points, and with frequent marginal notes. Some leaves, containing extracts from the ,2 have been recently inserted to serve as supplements to single chapterR. Slightly injured both at the beginning and end. [Johnson.l 157. B 113, 114. Size Ill in. by 7 in.; foil. 323. Twenty-seven lines in a page. The final portion of a Commentary on the Mishkdt, by J;[usain3 b. Mu}:tammad (d. A.H. 743), t.:J..c. .... i .. Kh. v. 567. Begins with ua\.a.iil\ The text of the Mishkdt is not included. Written in a good hand. Dated 3rd RamaQ_an, 888. Scribe, 'Abdallah b. Mas'\1b b. Kazaruni. A defect after fol. 163. 158, 313. Size 141 in. by 9 in. ; foil. 598. Thirty seven lines in a page. The first volume of a large Commentary ('[__,_;...-.) on the MishUU, by 'ALi B. SuL'!AN MuifAMMAD Haraw'l a (d. A.H. 1014). It is entitled Kh. v. 568 The preface begins : $ t ... I y J'U i,; u oll .)._..sll The author says in it that he began to read th<' JJiishkdt with several Shaikhs of Makkah _;:.s..JI ), but found them neither critics nor in possession of a good text. He therefore exerted him self in collecting a number of correct and authentic 1 Fol. rv1 of the original pagination. 2 Sec l:f. Kh. v. 568 sq. s .Alias l:fasan, and so originally in this :\IS.

PAGE 46

ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. copies, of which he gives an account. From these he has made a new, and what he hopes will become the standard edition of the text. To write also a com mentary he was induced by the consideration, that almost all the labour bestowed upon the work was due to the Sha:fi 'ites. This volume concludes with \:,\...,_,11 yt:.s'. Well written, in a small hand. Richly ornamented and gilt. Foil. 50 and 57 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 159. 314. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 580. 'l'he second volume of the preceding commentary, from \Lll yt:.s' to the end. No date. Occasional blanks in the text seem to indicate that the original MS. was mutilated. The leaves after fol. 9 should stand thus: 11, 12, 10, 15, 13, 14, 16; and after fol. 95, thus: 103, 102, 98-101, 97, 96, 104. Foil. 120 and 127 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 160. 343. Size Ill in. by 7! in.; foil. 439. Twenty,. nine lines in a page. A fragment of the same commentary, containing about one-third of the whole, viz. from yt::.S' to the commencement of l:,,)l where it ends abruptly. Plainly written ; coloured lines round the pages. Seals of Khan (A.H. 1179) and Jang (A.H. 1186). Bound in red leather, which is highly gilt. [Tippu.J 161. 1053. Size in. by 4-i in. ; foll. 252. Eleven lines in a page. A Collection of Traditions, apparently an abridgment of the Mishkat. The order of the books and chapters is the same as in that work, but many traditions, as l The :\IS. has well as whole chapters, are omitted. It begins : ..M.sll A.d>. ..;-:P-J.:. ill Next comes a tradition of 'Omar, taken from the end of the introduction of the Mz'shkat, then begins L:J L..:, The title and the name of the author cannot be found. Plainly written. All rubrics omitted after fol. 20. A list of the chapters precedes. [Gaikwar.J 162. 2263. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 160. Twenty one lines in a page. A Collection of Apophthegms of 'ALl, without the Isnads, arranged alphabetically. It is entitled .J/ Fl. The author is 'ABD b. Mul).ammad b. 'Abd al-wal).id AMrni Tamimi, who flourished, according to Kh. ii. 646 sq., at the beginning of the sixth century. Cf. Kh. iv. 318; Cat. Mus. Brit. 331 sq.; and Cat. Lugd. i. 193. Written in a good Persian hand, of about the tenth century. The end is missing. Thin paper. Worm-eaten. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 163. 1046. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 209. Twenty-one lines in a page. 'IYA.:p b. Mfi.sa (d. A.H. 544) celebrated work on the excellency of Mul).ammad, entitled J_,-R:. 1. A full account of it is given in :a. Kh. iv. 56 sq. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 97, etc. Printed at Cairo, 4..H. 1276. Clearly written. The colophon runs as follows : . 1..\.zb .... t_\}1 '-'_,.li!l ill\ A..t.>-.J Jl (sic) 1...\l_,.... ill\ (.)-'.1-.\J .... 1..!-!t:::.n c-:J\::JI j 1..\.zb fi .... R' (sio) j ....

PAGE 47

TRADITION. 39 Coloured lines round the pages. Glosses in Arabic and Persian. Somewhat injured by insects. Foil. 1-26 have been supplied by a different hand. [Gaikwar.J 164. B 71. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 301. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, executed by two hands. Colophon : J tJ tf!J 1 '-:-:i l(J \ &.4 ill\ -\--.Z TJ t:"!) L ('J?. _,3 t.l.w j ylil\ 1.(sic) I'Af L Wlb Frequent marginal notes, taken from different com mentaries on the present and on other works. Nine leaves are missing after fol. 3 8. Cat. 224, xiv. 165. 2312. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 197. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the Shifa. Legibly written, by Molla 'Abd al-'aziz b. b. Mul;tammad b. 'Abd al-'aziz Al;tsa'i, who finished it on Thursday, 24 RamaQ.an, 1089. Collated. After several other owners, whose signatures are to be found on the title-page, the MS. came. into the possession of I:Iajji J ala.l al-din, of Palembang, in A.H. ll77. A notice in Malay on the fly-leaf refers to his pilgrimage to Makkah, which was performed in the years 1175-6. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 166. 1302. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 225. Twenty three lines in a page. An account of the various controversies between the twelve Imams and their opponents, according to the Shi'ah tradition. It is in all probability the '-'I.:;S of Abu 'AH al-FaQ.l b. 'l;ABARSI (d. A.H. 548).2 1 Only A.n. 1084 agrees with the rest of the date. 2 See regarding him No. 61. On the title-page we find the inscription: _r.b 'C: 1 Although, as a rule, the Isnads are omitted, yet that leading up to the eleventh Imam, 'j .. skarl, i!' given at full length at the beginning of the work (fol. 2v.). It runs thus: l. Y.r-_}-c; y,\ d.P::::--Al.ll -\--.Z JtJ .1.-i_: Jl; A>-_) d. .M.s ... y,\ t..!.ll Jl; ...\ ... >, d. Ju 1 'Y.Y. d. <:i J..z .M..s ... tJ.M-'il\ <:7. y,l <:i d. u-'J?. Y, 1 J \:; 4 l. \.) \$'_, .J <:)! ... '-t..s ... 1.:1. w J...z <:)! ...\...s ... Y.' c-UI Another Isnad connects the author with Abu Ja'far 1;usi (d. A. H. 460), in the following way (fol. 25v.) : 1.:1. ).!t::::--y,l J..z "tytll Jl; (sic) YJ> .M.s,.. ..}-c:;-I!J ...... .s:ll t-1.1' I..)JJ .jj _?.::::--)'!' o..\11_,11 t:kl' \.; J \J .A>)) The preface begins: d' J cill ...\.t..s:: 1 _,ts-+l' The author complains of the slackening spirit of hi" sect. He quotes, by way of introduction, what i!' said in favour of religious contention in the Koran, to which he subjoins an account of the various dispute" of the Prophet with idolaters, Jews, and Christians. He then proceeds to at great length the claim" and arguments of 'AB, and subsequently those of tht other Imams in succession. Each of them is repre sented as pleading his cause in speeches and disputa tions, or in letters. The work is accordingly divided into ( each of which is inscribed 1 . I The "pleading" of the twelfth ImG.m, al-1Iahdi 1 1 Here follow the name of the Imam nnd the subject of thr controversy.

PAGE 48

40 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS ..:Jl.)\ '-:->-\..., ,_s pi\ tjW\), chiefly consists of his correspondence with Mul;tammad b. 'Abdallah l;[imyari 1 and others, and is further supported by the arguments of Mufid (d. A.H. 413) and Saiyid MurtaQ.a (d. A.H. 436), two great Shi'ah divines. Neatly written, and collated with another :MS. Some notes. [Hastings. J 167. B 88. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foil. 135. Twentyfive lines in a page. y\::.5' u-,lyl\ A?,-.\l\j_, _}..C. ...... A Collection of sound Traditions bearing on morals and asceticism, by Mulni al-din NAwAwi (d. A.H .. 676). See I;[. Kh., iii. 518, and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch., p. 30 sq. An old copy, carefully written in a firm hand, with constant distinction of the un-pointed letters. Concludes (fol. 133): '-:-')ill ..M..s.;l_, y\::..(!\1::r.. .. T ill\ A.t..>J tU\;,. JtJ u;\(?._, tJ?. A;.,. .. Corrections on the margin, mostly in the original hand. A notice of Nawawi, which begins (fol. 133v.): '-'_,I_,.:J\ A...==:-_jj .. ill ..M.sl\ and some poetry alluding to him, fill up the vacant space at the end. A list of the chapters of the work has been added on the first and last pages in two different hands. It concludes (fol. 135v.): tiJL..:ill illb The number given here, though varying from the statements of :t:f. Kh. and 1 See regarding him Tu5i, p. r 9" Aumer (Le.), fairly agrees with the number of the chapters marked in the present text. According to a note on fol. 133v., 'Ali b. Harun b. Yusuf .'...5' (sic) bought this copy in Mul}arram, 790. Signature of 'Abd al-raQ.man b. 'Alawi .. al-'Aidarus at the end of the text. Cat. p. 223, iv. 168. B 77. Size in. by 4;t in.; foll. 313. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, ill written ; headings in red. Concludes_: \ y\::&l\ (sic) I \ Ld I (sic ) \?.) \ A list of the chapters of the work (264 in this MS.) is inserted after the preface (foil. 3-9). Notes in the earlier portion. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1059. Seal of Mul}ammad 'Adil Shah. 169. 2294. Size 8-k in. by 5-k in. ; foll. 372. From fifteen to twenty lines in a page. r 7 0. A copious Commentary on the Forty Traditions of Nawawz (d. A..H .676), by 4MAD :B. l;IAJAR HAITHAMI (d. A. H. 973), properly entitled \ Cf. J.I. Kh. i. 241, and Stewart's Catal., p. 158, iii. The author says in his preface: J :;;.s::. Wfi J 1 p14._, .. y r?.-' t:" l!)" w Ill written, by Saiyid 'Omar b. Muhammad \ .11 Dated 1st Rabi' I., 1151. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.]

PAGE 49

TRADITION. 41 170. B 108. Size 91 in. by 5i in. ; foll. 230. Twenty lines in a page. Another, imperfect copy of the same Commentary. Clearly written in N asta Single leaves are missing after foll. 39, 96, 217, and 223, and the last fol. is lost. Cat. 223, xiii. 171. 1227. Size 71 in. by 4! in. ; foll. 76. Thirteen lines in a page. J yla; '-:-' I.U _r.bll (_I ..M..s::,.. l:i I.:JL..!..c. ..M..s,.. One thousand sound Traditions bearing on moral subjects, compiled by AL-DIN Usrri (Abu :Mnl,:tammad 'Al11 b. 'Othman, flourished in the sixth century). Cf. I:. Kh. vi. 345 and iv. 317, and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 29. This work is an abridgment of the author's ),}: It is divided into a hundred chapters, a list of which is inserted after the preface. Begins: y\::.S' il:JJ.a:;..d...i .... Ju .._;..--. ).}:': :.l\ ,.;. j 'cti.Jl; A.J:z.j .'J"""' 1.:),.. .. J .. J \,.. J.c. 'Q.c Jl .... i:. '_;1::,\.fl\ '}I_,S.ll j 4:-j.s' .. Wl\ Written in a cursive hand, except the preface and the list of the chapters, which are executed in a fine Xac;kh. Coloured lines round the pages. Some mar ginal notes. A table of abbreviations on the title-page. \V orm-catcn. [Gaikwar.J 1 Thus he is always called; the above form of the name is evidently incorrect. 172. B 87. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 331. Fifteen lines m a page. A diffuse treatise on the state of the soul after death, inscribed on the title-page: j t:JJ y\::.S' t}l:-11_, L .. jl_,::.-1 The author does not give his name; but as he professes to be a disciple of the famous Ibn Taimiyah ij:anbali (d. A.. H. 728 ), he is very probably Shams al-illn Mul,:tammad b. Abu Bakr Ifanbali, commonly called lBN AL!JALZIHH (d. A..H. 751).1 .A work of this author, with the title t:J)I y\::.S', is mentioned by J;[. Kh. v. 88,2 and with this the present treatise appears to be identical. It is based on twenty-one questions, though by mistake only nineteen are counted in the present MS. It was compiled from the tradition and from old authors, e.g. Ibn Abu'l-dunya (d. A. H. 281 ), whose is quoted, Mul,:tammad b. N Marwaz1 (d. A..H. 294), Ibn the author of the JL..ll y\::.S', (d. A.. H. 456), etc. Begins: A.c.l.bl r.:J,. ill ..M.sll 'l'-1 wl\>.. The twenty-one questions are: I. (fol. 2v.) b}?). Jlb I; II. (fol. 20) Jlb I.:JI; Ill. (fol. 24v.) \:1,) Ail; IV. (fol. 45) b'..\:>-' I.:J C-'y_l C-'J-+3 t:-')1 I.:J1 ; V. (fol. 51) L JJ...\.s:,.. _,I l..?. ...\J t: _,) \ J.1b; VI. (fol. 69v.) 4Sil>. _,1 J.c. J1>. A:..c.; VII.3 (fol. 92) \jl J::;.JU.,. 1.;)\ f\ VIII. (fol. 107 ?)' _,1 1.:)--':-ll_, J.:. V"".QJI IX.6 (fol. 121) L .. _r.Rll L\.>)LJJ; X. (fol.137v.) (1 t j 4L:ll L.; XI. (fol. HO) dll L. 1 See on other works of his, Cat. Lugd. iv. 253 sq. 2 He describes, however, only an abridgment of it. 3 Wrongly numbered v. Not marked. vii., and so on. 6

PAGE 50

--1:2 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS XII. (fol. 143) ulb l. _r.JJI XIII. (fol. 148v.) j I.:) I i_l .JIJ..GI_, J::>-j _fb; XIV. (fol. 152) }:..-. Jl;..l 1.:.'1 (1 XV. (fol. 153v.) j J.1b rJ,;;; XVI. (fol. 155) _,I _r.-'ill yt.\.c XVII. (fol. 157) t.-. j 1.:.'1 j r-1 slt..JI j '-'I.Jb r-Y.. Jl; XVIII. (fol. 187v.) u"..l '.;).-. JY.I J.1b r-1 ; XIX. (fol. 216) ?, .,_s1b vw-k-1 I t.-. f_l XX. (fol. 264v.) v)l J.1b (\ ; XXI. (fol. 268v.) r-1 J.1b The work concludes with a succession of distinctions (fol. 322v.), b) . f_l JJ.}H Jl l Inelegantly written, by I;[asan b. YU.suf Sindl. Date, A.H. 887. Signature of 'Abd al-ral]man b. 'Alawt al-'Aidarus, among others, on the title-page. Cat. 232, xxvii. (?) 173. 2234. Size 12! in. by 8! in. ; foll. 138. About thirty-two lines in a page. _r.-ll j yhS' j A compendious work on the life, person, and cha racter of Mul;tammad, by ABu ZAKARiYA. 'brAD .A.L-DIN Y .A.J;[Y.A. B. ABu BAKR 'AMIRi (d. A. H. 893), who completed it, according to the epilogue, in Rama9.an, 855.1 Cf. I;. Kh. ii. 74, and Stewart's Catal. 33. This work is divided into three parts (t""".:;), a survey of which is given at the beginning. Part I. j t..., in six chapters. II. JJL..wl j t"""sJI 1 The present ::\IS. has the date, Friday, 10 Rama(_lan, which is not correct. in four chapters. Ill. A1jL:.;_, illW j t'Mt.sJI j All_,:;l_,, in three chapters. The author used the works of various predecessors, among whom he points out Ibn and rabari, Tirmidhi and Ibn and 'Iya9.. Plainly written, by Sa'id b. J#l (?), ap parently in Southern Arabia. Headings in large cha racters. Coloured lines round the pages of the first portion. Notes. Foil. 106 and 116 have been mis placed ; they should stand together between foil. 60 and 61. Signatures of various owners : first a prince named ..M..> I olll r,-tl J.s:..ll '.;)Mt.:> Rama(_lan, 1158; then 'Abd al-rabb, of Kaukabiln, A.H. 1159 ; after him his daughter Fatimah, A. H. 1177, eto [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 174. 2296. Size 8 in. by 4k in. ; foll. 500. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written, by Jamal 'Ali. The epilogue of the author varies from the preceding MS. The date is also different, and apparently correct, namely Sunday, 14 Rama9.an, &55. [Coli. Fort William, (1809) 1825.] 175. B 72. Size 8! in. by 6! in.; foll. 160. Seventeen lines in a page. A portion of the same work, containing the 3rd and 4th chapters of first part. Clearly written. 176. 829. Size 7i in. by 4i in.; foll. 415. Mostly nine lines in a page. A detailed description of the world to come, founded the Koran and the tradition, and entitled I) )ytl j by J.A.LAL AL-DIN SuYUlJI (d. A.H. 911). See J:!:. Kh. ii. 30.

PAGE 51

TRADITION. Beginning : J i-. \ l-. \ J tJ d..ll\ J\...s' t:jj' t>-J' dll\ \a.V Ail w...:, t\J_,:J\_, In about a hundred and forty chapters, a list of which precedes (foil. 1-8). The first treats of the end of the world (.J_,.d\ j The author's epilogue contains no date. Clearly written inN asta breadthways like Sanskrit books. The colophon runs as follows: J,._;::S:. A .... t:kl\ .... Jl,=--1 j j Ail\ j r.n L k..,.sl\ ) Jl-''\ ,.... ,._ r""' -' cill\ )_,_,-1\ it,>-) Jl j_,..d\ ..M.s .... .ll_, Ail\ j.i (q) Explanatory notes, drawn from various works, on the margin. One leaf is wanting after fol. 411. Seal of Amjad Khan, a servant of 'Alamg1r II. [Johnson.J 177. 2738. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 116. Nineteen lines in a page. t:IMl\ (sic) j b.iiJ J'.Ml\ All\ M->-) y,l .JW A treatise of on the nature and history of demons and the devil, according to the tradition, properly styled j b,;J. Cf. H. Kh. v. 328, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 257. It is an abstract of Badr al-dzn Sltibll's (d. A.H. 769) work on the same subject, entitled j 1 .. 1-S'T on which see Kh. i. 386. This treatise begins with a succession of short para graphs, jJ, etc., and concludes with two long chapters, t: .... \:::and r:-.... Well written. Dated 5 Shawwal, 1115 j u!\ A:,l-. L Preceded by a list of contents. Worm-eaten. The leaves have been misplaced in binding ; they should stand in the following order: foll. 1-9, 26-57, 18-25, 10-17, 58-116. [Bibl. Leydeniana.l 178. B 82. Size 8 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 12. Fifteen lines m a page. In what manner Mu1;tammad, and the other pro phets, remain alive in their graves. A discussion by SuYtrri, being in answer to a question which was put to him on that subject. It is entitled, according to the See Kh. i. 443, and Bibl. Sprenger. 1960. Begins: uk All .M.s:ll 411\ M>) J\! t:'' db""' ...\>-\ .... \,.... J'-' ttj\ '-'J-" j '-') u-:.=--u>-JJ ._).:. 6.l.l\ '-'J j Al L_,)l Jl \k '.lb j r--1..: Well written, of the twelfth century. The title of the book is in a different hand. Signature of 'Abd b. 'Alawi al-'Aidarus. Cat. 223, xi. 1.

PAGE 52

44 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 179. 351. Size llt in. by in.; foil. 364. Thirty one or thirty-three lines in a page. A Biography of Mu}:tammad, compiled by Shihab al-din A}:tmad .. NI (d. A.H. 923), and entitled ..;.Ju L_j_ill\ Cf. H. Kh. vi. 245; .. \..- . J }'li.igel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 341; Cat. Mus. Brit. 98. .Printed with the commentary of Zar}f.ani, at Bu.la.}f., 1278, in 8 vols. The author's conclusion is wanting. Written alter nately in two small hands, on tinted paper. Coloured lines round the pages. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang, A.H. 1175. [Tippu.J 180. 764. Size IO:f in. by 6-f; in.; foil. 429. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, containing at the end the author's conclusion. He completed his work on the 2nd Shawwal, 898, and finished the fair copy on the 15th Sha'ban, 899. The original of the present copy was dated 1Oth 904, Makkah. Well written. Some notes. Preceded by indices. On the first fol. is a sketch of the life of the author, taken from the biographical history of the tenth century,1 by Ibn 'Abdus. According to this, Abu'l-'Abbas Al}mad b. Mul}ammad b. Abu Bakr Mi!?r1 Shil.fi'1 was born at Cairo on the 12th 851, and became a pupil of Khil.lid Azhar1, Sakhaw1, and others. His controversy with Suyut1, alluded to by I:I. Kh. (l.c.), is also related here. The MS. has once been a WJ 181. 2264. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foil. 191. Twenty three lines in a page. A defence of the orthodox doctrine on the Khalifate, or the righteousness of the three predecessors of 'Ali, against Shi 'ahs and heretics, by Shihab al-din :B. J:lAJAR Haithami Makki (d. A.H. 973). It is entitled iJ __r-..J\ ,;dJ.d\. See Kh. iv. 110,1 for an abstract of the preface. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 708, and Stewart's Catal. 136. This work is mainly founded on the Sunni tradition and on old authors. The above title, and the name of the author, do not occur in the text. There are really eleven chapters instead of ten, as stated in the preface,2 viz.: I. (fol. 6v.) j J-?.--'.d\ II. (fol. 40v.) $\.:..!:J\ ""'?j"' jlbl ; Ill. (fol. 44) )L J.t:. _h A::-L.::i.;\ j; IV. (fol. 68v.) _;A-!! j; V. (fol. 70v.) ill\..;;iJ j VI. (fol. 80v.) j; VII. (fol. 83) ill\..;;iJ j ; VIII. (fol. 89) j IX. (fol. 92v.) j; X. (fol. 103v.) j; xi. (fol. I08-t58) j .... 5):-:J\ There follows (foll. 158-168) a supplement to the last chapter, containing extracts from a treatise on the same subject j Sakhawz (Mu}:tammad b. 'Abd al-ra}:tman, d. A.H. 902), with which the author became acquainted fourteen years after the completion of the present work, when numerous copies of the latter had spread all over the world ('' the farthest West, Transoxania, Kashmir, India, Yaman, etc."). Though these extracts were not considerable, and could easily be added as marginal notes, yet it seemed to him impossible to gather all the copies of the text for that purpose (!). He therefore gives them separately, divided into four short chapters ( ). The work concludes with a double appendix ), fol. 168v.: J)"'' j, and fol. 174: Lt:-41\_, Ll' J_lb\ '-'6\ j .. I ,d' Carefully written, by Sulaiman b. 'Abd al-karlm Khatib Sanabani sic)s Sbafi'i. Dated Wed-1 The correct title of the work is given in Add. et Corr. vii. 780. 2 See I:I. Kh. Le. 3 Probably of Sanaban in Yaman. See iii. 1 e,.

PAGE 53

TRADITION. 45 nesday, 10 Rajah, 995. index to the work is on the title-page. The last pages (foil. 188v.-191) are filled with extracts from etc., ill written. The book bears only a modern inscription, which begins : J.cl_,.dl :(I r-l. \:; J::; .._\j) ,, In an Oriental binding of brown leather. [Coll. Fort William, 1825.] 182. 603. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 221. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, which appears to have been made for Prince the son of Aurangzib. Well written. Dated 5 RamaQ.an, year 43 of 'Alamgir (=A.H. 1111). Prefixed is a detailed list of contents, which, however, seems to be simply copied from the original MS. This latter was dated Thursday ct.M .... i=ll ('J'!.' sic), 7 1078. Worm eaten. Seals of a servant of 'A:(:im Shah, and of Arshad Khan, a servant of Shah 'Alam, A.H. 1120. [Johnson.J 183. B 374. Size 6! in. by 4 in.; foll. 157. Between twenty-two and fourteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same work, written in various N asta hands. The beginning is wanting, and there are defects after foil. 58, 64, 94, and 148. The work terminates on fol. 15lv., l. 1, where it is immediately followed by an extract from Abu'l-Sa'adat [IBN] AL-ATRiR's yh$' 1 '--':;l:.,.. j \::.S.J\. Imperfect at the end .) .. ) Fol. 157, a stray leaf, probably belongs to the same extract. Cat. 226, xxxvi. 184. B 457. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 22. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of the same work, containing the preface and part of Chap. I. 1 Sic. Cf. I:J. Kh. v. 438. Plainly written, on European paper, of the middle of the twelfth century. Inscribed: ,.j ,.j \ ) (,!):-.-..-v:;-) ") r.c Cf. Catal. 226, xxxviii. 185. B 363. Size 10! in. by 7i in.; foll. 461. Nineteen lines in a page. .._;!r-'1 r.l_v-11 1...54 \ r.::-d. M::-I t:t..l I w.J L.J I \ (1 UbF.CJ A diffuse treatise on mortal sins, founded upon the tradition, by b. J;f..tJAR Haithami. It has been printed at A.H. 1284. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151. The author, who does not give his name, tells us that he began this treatise in A.H. 953, at Makkah (u.;.al\ and that he made use of a work of Abu '.Abdallah Dhahabi (d. A.H. 7 48). The treatise consists of an in troduction .. on the definition of mortal sin, etc., and two parts ), one (fol. 23) treating of the "internal" or men tal sins ( \ \ ), and the other (fol. 108) of the external" sins, or crimes in practise The latter is divided into special chapters, according to the system of the law-books, etc. The appendix fol. 436) treats of four subjects: I. of penitence
PAGE 54

46 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 186. :l222. Size 7 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 54. Fifteen lines in a page. A short Collection of Traditions and Sentences, for devout purposes, styled It is ascribed here (and also in Stewart's Catal. 159, xi.) to f?afi al-din A4mad b. 'AB, commonly called lBN :r:,::AJA.R, but else where to A4mad b. Mu4ammad I;[ajarl. See J.I. Kh. vi. 161, and Catal. St. Peters b., 213,5 (where the patronymic is pronounced c..S Which form of the name is correct, and whether one of the two famous Ibn I;Iajar is to be understood, is not ascertained. The work is divided into ten chapters, arranged by the numbers 1-10, so that the sentences contained in each chapter have a relation to its number by their structure and partition, or enumerate as many things, etc. .... ..... 'Cjj..... This copy begins : 4JJ (..,/(.,/ c.,/ "" ,. /(..,(.,,.,C r l.. yh--J L..,. t_d Jl i..!..Jj i..!..Jj L.. ..... JW' The concluding portion is omitted. Boldly written. The colophon runs as follows : o.4 J:> j .. 411\ ,I,VA I. t:'J\::.:p\ Additions to the text in the same hand, and various Persz'an notes and interlineations. The title-page is filled with several apophthegms of the Prophet. [Tippu.J 188. B 111. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 140. Twentyfive lines in a page. A fragment of a large Collection of Traditions. The name of the author is not to be found, the first leaf being wanting. It appears, however, from the detailed index to the whole book which fills up the first eleven leaves, and from recent inscriptions, running and that this is the work of 'ALi B. I;[us.A.M A.L-DIN (d. A..H. 975), described in I;. Kh. iii. 553 and 616, as a combined and newly arranged edition of SuYtr'!i's and the supplement to it It is entitled j The single books (y6S') are arranged alphabetically, and subdivided into chapters and sections (J...aj). Each of the latter has a double appendix, inscribed and JW The books from which the tradi4

PAGE 55

TRADITION. tions are taken are always marked, the same abbre viations being used as in Suyuti's work.1 The present fragment comprises only two books, viz., I. y\::S, in three chapters: 1. j .rJ; 2. j; 3. J:=o-l_,l j y\:6'; and II. (fol. 54) j, in two chapters: 1. j; 2. j I J W The details of both these chapters are also arranged alphabetically. Plainly written in three different hands, and ter minating abruptly. Marginal notes. The final leaves much injured. A slight defect after fol. 43. Cat. 224, xxii. 189. 2060. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 367. Nineteen lines in a page. A compendious work on the life and the excellency of the Prophet, by 'ABnALLAH B. Km:pR B. ABu'L-MAFAKHIR TA.Mhri. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 31, cix. The author says in the preface that his work is an abridgment of the I ..\I_,.,., a work written in Persian, by (Sa'id al-din) MuQ.ammad b. Mas'ud Kazaruni (d. A.H. 758),2 to which he added extracts from the of MuQ.yi al-sunnah (Baghawi), from the .r..w.l I by J;riwam al-sunnah .A bu'l I}:asim Isma'll (b.) MuQ.ammad b. al-Fa<;ll It>fahani (d. A.H. 535),3 and also from Ibn ];{utaibah's (d. A.H. 276) and 'Iya<;l's $ti.!.lt The arrangement he adopted unaltered from Kazarlini's work. The first part ( r') contains seven 4 chapters, the second and the third eight, 5 and the fourth eleven 1 See f.l. Kh. iii. 550. 2 Cf. f.l. Kh. vi. 167, where it is called j 3 Perhaps the same us the ; _y,J I J.j ._, mentioned in f.l. Kh. iii. 237. 4 Ins!t-;Hl of eight, as stated in f.l. Kh. 6 Instead of nine, as f.l. Kh. has. chapters, each of the latter comprising one of the yearf-' of the Hijrah. The appendix fol. 288) treats of various more dogmatic questions, in seven chapters, I. tl JW' JJJI >U j ; II. r=e\;:--J t' Aj\...,JI, etc. To this is added another appendix (fol. 363, after the original conclusion) in three sections, on which the author speaks as follows: J.; yi..,T_, j j3 J-:} AJJI Jlbl ; ... Plainly written. The name of the transcriber and the date are found in a note on the title-page, which runs as follows: lllb \---1 d. (sic) 41 JUI F' w\.ii.JI (sic) l.:i (?) c1 d. A?,...\li_,J 4JJI c.L..\.c 11r" L j n t' The end is wanting. Fol. 240 should be placed after 242, and fol. 24 7 after 244. [College of Fort William, ( 1809) 1825. J 190. B 107. Size 10! in. by in.; foil. 82. Fifteen lines in a page. A treatise on the ascent of MuQ.ammad, tU\..,)), by 'ALAM ALLAH b. 'Abd Makk1 J:Ianafl. The preface begins: J \ \ JJJ The author relates in it that he was driven from his former dwelling-place, Burhanpur, by religious disturbances ( \.,. LJ...; (1 d, ...\ll and that, after having wandered about for some time, he ''as invited to the court of a prince, whom he calls (fol. 2) ... "./ To him he dedicates the present work, whil'h he ha
PAGE 56

48 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ..>.>-l_,ll }:.S.JI. Various authorities, as late as Ibn Haithami (d. A.H. 973), are quoted in it. Conclusion: I..S.M..s:.JI j J \.,.. j cJ t:'J \.,.. ).rl (1 Well written, of the eleventh century. A defect after fol. 11. Cat. 224, xvi. 191. 2341. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 46. Fifteen lines In a page. I. Foil. 1-2: A prayer for Mul;tammad, supposed to have been communicated by him to Mal;tmud of Ghaznah in a dream. Begins: ji .j).J.j d. I elll ..M.s""' II. Foil. 3-44 : A Collection of Traditions from the Prophet, by B. 'ABDALLAH. It is divided into forty chapters, each of which contains ten traditions. The Isnads are generally omitted. Each tradition is followed by a Persian translation. This collection was printed at Bombay, A.H. 1280. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 164, xliv. Beginning : '-=-' 1_, .... I &11 The first chapter is inscribed: L.1tl 1_, r I j A list of all the chapters is inserted after the preface. Dated 1 Mul;tarram, 1157. Ill. Foil. 44v.-46 : Various pious stories in Persian, concluding with blessings on Mul;tammad. Well written. Seal of Tippu on the first page. [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 192. 2340. Size 8f in. by 5! in. ; foll. 8. Thirteen lines in a page. Forty Sayings of the Prophet, with a paraphrase in Persian verse, preceded by a preface also in Pe1san. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 158. The preface begins : l:..> '-'>-1.:7.) 'ts:"" (1 l.!}?..j The first tradition is: f..\.:>\ \.,.. Conclusion: Jlb l!Y' l.....::;Jj (' Neatly written in by Mul;tammad Mahdi b. 'Abd al-hadi. Ornamented. [Coli. Fort William.] 193. 630. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 8. Eleven lines in a page. Another elegant copy of the same work, without the preface. The text of the traditions written in Thulth, the paraphrase in N askh. Tastefully ornamented in colours Seal of Jang. [Tippu.J 194. 2040. Size 11! in. by 7-l in.; foll. 8. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same, also without the preface. Well written in Thulth and and ornamented in gold and blue. Scribe, .jJ..t.s:""' tbL ...\l _, cJ.l I jl_,sll Seal of 'Abd Khan Dillr J ang, A. H. 1189. [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 195. 2279. Size 8! in. by 5i in.; foll. 99. Fourteen lines in a page. A selection of Traditions from the Prophet, made by order of Tippu, by 'AnD B. 'ABD .AL-MALIK. It is derived from the six canonical collections, and divided into ninety-two chapters, according to the numerical value of the name ...\..t.s:""', and hence entitled I..S..M..s:.JI Cf. Stewart's Catal. 157, xciii. (?). The text is accompanied by a Persian interlinear translation. Begins: .... Jw elll J'P' 1..:.1_,

PAGE 57

SCIENCE OF TRADITION. 49 ill\ .lie d. ..... ,..h.d\ \,;.! s I uj \; \ .JJ.a:J. I I l,) .c J' ... ...\j\;J (sic) t:t.s....d\ ... .... (.:} .. J t' (sic) The first chapters treat of the holy war. Written in a large plain hand, the Persian inter lineation in N Preceded by a list of contents in Persz"an (foil. 1-2). [College of Fort William, 1825.] SCIENCE OF TRADITION. 196. B 86. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 65. About twenty lines in a page. A treatise on Discrepancies in Traditions, by Mtm B. +A.nrn B. SANJAR!. This MS. is imperfect at the beginning and end; it commences now with the following verses, which belong to the preface : (sic) j J-! ., "l\ts' c__bjj \ j) I \ool :..; J" s,::;...l \:: P '" -1 JY -or. ) 9 J_r=lJ r:Ul j J';_jJI L->1 The author says subsequently that in the course of his studies he read the ...\sl \ of l[."utabZ (i.e. Ibn :Rutaibah, d. A.n. 276).1 The present treatise is an abridgment of that work, with additions by the author. It tries to solve the discrepancies between single traditions, as well as between traditions and the Koran. The discrepant traditions are intro-1 See on this work, 1:1. Kh. v. 463 and i. 198, and Cat. Lug.. i the opposite by and the solution by The author dedicated his work to 1....5_.\_,.al\, for whom he had already written a treatise on Koranic science, J:!j:.:.:.l \ JjlJi.:> j .a!\ t. Ul ,r-jl'"'-' '..) J V:.) .) Written in different hands, of about the tenth century. Much is wanting at the end. Single leaves are also missing after foil. 7, I O, and 11. Fol. 3 is much torn. Wrongly inscribed J;rJ ...\?,IJ..c Cf. Cat. 226, xxxiii. 197 2347. Size 7! in. by in. ; foll. 44. Thirteen lines in a page. A treatise in verse on the .Science of Tradition, Ly 'Abd al-ral).im b. al-J:Iusain Athar1 'lR-41 (d. A.H. 806), composed in A.H. 768. It is chiefly an abstract of the of Ibn (d. A.H. 643). Cf. Kh. i. 416, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 82. Well written, by Abu'l-su 'l'1d b. 'lzz al-dln and dated Thursday, 2nd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 11. With vowel-points. The headings in the Thulth character. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J

PAGE 58

50 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 198. B 104. Size 7! in. by 5 in.; foll. 147. Twenty one lines in a page. y\::.$' d.\ .. L,).W\ d.\ till\ lBN ( Abu'l-fa<;ll Al}.mad b. 'Ali, d. A.H. 852) Glosses on the r-}; of lbn (Abu 'Amr 'Othman Shahrazur1, d. A.H. 643), and on the annotations on that work by Cf. Kh. iv. 250. These glosses begin with the preface ( of Ibn al-6alaQ.. The last heading which occurs is (fol. 142): y_,)JU.\ J:.;JW J\:::.1\ I"N.\.ii.l\, and from a note at the end ( "-';:;---' l.. \.U) it would appear that the work was never continued beyond this first volume. Written in a good small hand, probably transcribed from the author's own copy. The passages commented are preceded by oJj with or t. written over it, in order to distinguish the original text and the annotations of ( t_tl \ ). Several blanks, intended in the author's copy for the full text of some quo.,. tations, which were never inserted, appear likewise in the present MS. B1j. Libr., A.H. 1046. Seals of 1\Iu}:tnmmad 'Adil Shah, and of two servants of 'Alamg1r (Aurangz1b), namely 'lnayat Khan and Khan. Cat. 224, i. 199. 2182. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foil. 58. Fifteen lines in a page. lBN ij:AJAR Commentary on his own fl \ on the technical terms used in Tradition, entitledfl\ j >:J\ Kh. vi. 316. Edited by Col. Nassau Lees, Calcutta, 1862 (Bibl. Indica). Plainly written. Dated A.H. 1184. The distinction of the text and the commentary is often inaccurate. Frequent glosses in the first portion. Seal Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 200. B 109. Size 10 in. by 5i in.; foil. 102. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, probably that of 'ALi ].\:A.RI' (b. Sultan MuQ.ammad Harawi, d. A.H. 1014), which is entitled j.lb\ rfl\ J.:.. Cf. J;I. Kh. vi. 316, and Bibl. Sprenger. 485. This commentary contains the complete text of Ibn Begins: 4Jt.J j'...,?. \.M..> oJJ .M-si\ Well written. The colophon runs as follows: d. o111 ... r-Y""rl' tilll tcJ\>. (sic) r-_,J...ll )_,_.r.JI n j j L:)\S'J oJ oll\ _).i .t.or L JW\ Some marginal notes. Fol. 102v. An account of the seals of Mu}:tammad and his three successors, and of those of Abu J?anlfah, Abu YU.suf, and Shaibanl, beginning: j and concluding : t; _,\I .. l"j (sic). Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), ii. 201. B 110. Size 8 in. by 4 in.; foil. 157. Seventeen lines in a page. An indifferent copy of the same work, apparently transcribed from the preceding MS. The last sheet but one is missing (after fol. 147). Cat. 224 (Osoole Hudeeth), iii. 1 Sic, r.

PAGE 59

51 LAW. HANAFITES. 202. 1157. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 116. Thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-4. A short treatise in explication of the following eight law terms: vb_), L, 'L lf_,_jw-., and in as many chapters. According to tLe conclusion, 1 the materials were taken from the following works : k::-.s.;t.l\ 4.i \.s:l\ U)\::.m' and Begins: i.:.J\ . .)...t.sll ........ It appears from a work printed at Dehli (about A.D. 1870), which contains glosses on the present treatise, that the name of its author is Taj al-d1n J \Sl I, and it seems to be entitled \!J:":".ii.::-1 \ .)...t..c. II. Foll. 5-115. U.)).).Jil\ yb.S'. An abstract of J:Ianafite Law, by A.bu'l-I;[usain Al}.mad b. (Baghdad!, d. A.Ir. 428). It is also called 1-S)).).Ji.l\ .J.a.:..S:.."', or merely See H. Kh. v. 451 ; A.umer, Hdss. MUnch. 84; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 477, etc. Printed at Dehli, 1847, and sub sequently. This MS. begins: j\J ... \!J::",...l\.J\ '-:-') ill .).,...)\ ..M.s:-"' (sic) 4...:-'J:::-J j J"" y\::.S' &;U \ .... =--.J (1 J'vt.1 &;U\ j\J (sic) \'{ell written in by Shaikh Far1d al-din Mul}ammad b. Shaikh Uasan Dated 5th lLtbl' I., 1091. Covered with notes in different hands, and preceded by a table of contents. Library of Fai<,lil.bil.d (Ouuh). Seal of Mir Mul)ammad Asad Khiln, A.ll. 1185. [" Tippu" (Johnson ?)] 1 The text is very inaccurate. 203. 2059. Size Si in. by 6 in.; foll. 97. From fifteen to twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of the ya-;.i;:_.-., somewhat differing from the preceding. It \-?.\ \:, y\::.S' and concludes with two Persian verses. Boluly written. Occac;ional notes. IntcrlcaYed with European paper, the first few pages of which contain notes and explanations in English. This MS. came into the possession of A. Locket, at Baghdad, A.D 1811. The following note is on the title-page: j J.ii.:.:..i \ o.\J u--\:.!1 'L\::jj\ ... \!!"' j__,..a.:: \,.!. \!)::'.MA:., and some notes in Turkish, in the same hand, are on the last page. The l\IS. bad been a WJ). [CoiL Fort "\Yilliam, 1825. J 204. 11. Size in. by 8 in.; foll. 243. Twenty seven lines in a page. A. portion of the 1 or system of I_Ianafite Law, by Shams al-a'immah A.bu Bakr Mul.lUmmad b. (Al}mad b.) A.bu Sahl SARAKHsr (d. A.H. 490 or 500), who dictated the whole work during his imprisonment at t zjand. See on it 1;(. Kh. Y. 363, an(l on the author, Fli.igel, Class. d. hanefit. Rechtsgel., p. 303, and also Hdss. Wien, iii. 201. This seems to be the only fragment of the work extant. It is said to be the ninth volume, and contains the following books, each of which is subdivided into chapters: J.J....l\ j (fol. 53); ))"'\!\ (fol. 79v.); (fol. 97c.); 0:;.;..5:'\ (fol. 161v.); ..s.ll (fol. 166); y\.......:> (fol. 170v.); b)_rl \ (fol. 190v.); .. I (fol. 205v.) ; (fol. 218); t_ w_)\ (fol. 235). The name of the author

PAGE 60

52 ARABIC nL\NUSCRIPTS. is introduced at the commencement of each book, together with the notice, that it is his dictate. The last book is dated Thursday, 22nd Jum. II., 477. Beginning: f?:kl\ yt::.s' 1:1. ..M..s: ... y,\ ,._ NJI M>-J IS\ d. ..M.s ... \bi.;JJ lirb NJI Written in a large hand. Dated 25th Jum. I., 1150. The beginning and end are worm-eaten. [Hastings. J 205. B 349. Size about 10 in. by about in.; foil. 229. Between twenty-four and twenty lines in a page. The first part of a work on details of I;[anafite Law, entitled Lk, by lFTIKH1a ... AL-DiN b. A]:tmad b. 'Abd al-rashid Bukhari (d. A.H. 542, at Sarakhs). Kh. iii. 165 and 136; Flligel, Class. hanef. Rechtsgel. 318; and Stewart's Catalogue, 148. This is a concise manual for judges, which the author wrote subsequently to his larger works, JJ and y\..:i. The preface begins: 't:i.-.\1' e The present volume contains the following books, each subdivided into sections (J.a,;), which are numbered: (fol. 22); (fol. 74); (fol. 76); r-_,.dl (fol. 84); (fol. 94); (fol. 97); J111l\ (fol. 128); (fol. 168). Ends: I Lk '--'\::.$' .. ..-. I .}1.s..J1 .;;_-1 '-"'J \.!..1 UJ yid JI.:JI j Exquisitely written. Several portions, including the commencement and the end, restored by more modern hands. A lacuna on fol. 57. The first leaves much injured. Erroneously inscribed W I} I JJ Cf. Catal. 228, xvii. 206. 976. Size 14 in. by 9 in. ; foil. 596. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first half of a law-book, styled the same as the ,.. of Kh. v. 433, 11 c, r, or one of the editions of the work of RAJ?I ALniN SARAKHsi (Mu]:tammad b. d. A.H. 544). See also J;I. Kh. v. 431 sq., and Fliigel, Class. hanef. Rechtsgel. 317 The authenticity of this work has been questioned from the very beginning, and it has also been confounded with the \.Sj Kh. v. 431 )the latter certainly without reason, as both works are very clearly distinguished in 1;. Kh. Le. The identity of the present text with the \.SM/o.::>.J...J is proved from the beginning and extracts of the preface as given by ij:. Kh. Less certainty may be attributed to his statement, that this is the larger edition in ten vols. The present text, at least, is complete in two vols. No other copy of the work is known to exist. The present volume extends from ybS to The order of arrangement differs much from that usually followed in J;Ianafite law-books. Plainly, but not carefully, written in different hands. There is a colophon on fol. 305, according to which the preceding portion was finished at the beginning of Sha 'ba.n, 24 JulUs. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 560v. and 561r. have been left blank by mistake. [Johnson.J 207. 977. Uniform with the preceding foil. 464. The second volume of the preceding work, extending from y\::.S' to Written in the same way as the preceding MS. Gold and blue lines round the pages. Rubrics occa sionally omitted. Foil. 342-3 should stand after 34 7, and foil. 400-1 after 407. Inscribed on the title-page: (sic) r Both this volume and the preceding bear a note of A.n. 1196, in which the work is styled '-'-'\:.:..;. [Johnson.J

PAGE 61

LAW. 53 208. B 356. Size lOA in. by 7 in.; foll. 268. Twenty three lines in a page. A Commentary on a work on I;fana:fite Law, im perfect at the beginning, and without title. The author of the original work is only alluded to by the words however, from occasional quotations of other works, especially his J.f.-.:..J I, 1 he appears to be Saiyid Na$ir al-dzn Abu'l Mu'Q.ammad b. Yusuf Madani (d. A.H. 556),2 and the work commented on here, his Cf. Rh. vi. 291; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 477 sq.; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 94. The author of the commentary is the well-known Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. AQ.madNAsAFi (d. A.H. 711). This commentary is described by JJ. Rh. (Le.), who also gives an abstract of the epilogue. It is probably entitled I...Si.a::.........JI. The chief authority of Nasafi is Badr al-din Rardari (MuQ.ammad b. MaQ.mud), commonly called Rhwaharzadah (d. A.H. 651 ), the nephew of that Rardari (Shams al-a'immah Mu 'Qammad b. 'Abd al-sattar, d. A.H. 642) who is men tioned in the epilogue.3 Very likely, therefore, the "commentary by a disciple of Rardari," subsequently noted by J;I. Rh.,4 is not different from the present work. Cf. Flugel, Class. 323. Only the first words of the passages commented are given (with AI_,;), but the books, chapters, and sections of the original work are marked throughout. Hence it would appear that the Leipzig MS. is incomplete. The following headings are to be inserted into the list given in Floischer's Catal. 478. After No. 11, after No. 14, J\::..,JI; ... ,,sll; A..J_;.JI; _r..J\. No. 29 is here only a "chapter" After No. 32, which is here I See on this work, J:l. Kh. vi. 186. 2 This is undoubtedly the correct date, as it occurs severally in I:J. Kh., not 656, which he gives in describing the present work. Cf. especially I.I. Kh. vi. 107. s Cf. J:l. Kh. I.e. See on the two Kardar1, Fhigel, Class. 319 sq. and 322. Ilerc I do not follow Fliigel's translation. is to be added after No. 34, i.:J.c e_r:--)\ AJ\,_s.ll; tW1 ; c..::,)I_,JI 1 bl q1 s,sll j\,..1\ 1.:.)\.,...\11 !..r '...) I.;)) .. .. and after No. 35, The beginning of this 1\IS. (20 foil.) has been wanting for at least two centuries. The first words are: d _r\J The final portion has been partly destroyed by white-ants. Still, the MS. is valuable enough, as it is written in a nry good hand, though without diacritical points, and, as far as can be made out from the conclusion, seems to have been transcribed by the author himself. Unfortunately, the passage is much injured. .After a short prayer, the author says: . ... Jl; 41_, [4111 _;iZ] 1 I 1..\.rb (?). Then follows the statement quoted by Kh. The last fol. is lost. Corrections and additions in the same hand, but of different dates. Indistinct characters have been occa sionally rendered clear on the margin (marked with and various readings added from another MS. Inscribed \ ._\L:;-\ and again (fol. 140), .)k:-tl..c \:J y\:.:.5'. Cf. Catal. 227, i. 5 and 229, xxii. 209. 2239. Size in. by in.; foll. 392. Twentyfive lines in a page. A Commentary ( '()j_.,,..) on Rulcn s (MuQ.ammad b. Abu Bakr Imamzadah Samar)fandi J;Ianafi, d. A.H. 573) by B. SAIYID 'Ad (Rumi, d. A. H. 931 ). It is entitled: 't-?\...a.,.._,. See Kh. vi. 1 and iv. 42, and for a full analysis of the i..c.J.!., Krafft, Hdss. orient. Akad. Wien, 163 sq. Cf. Catal. St. Petersb. 44, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 82. 1 This word has been erased.

PAGE 62

54 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. This commentary has been compiled from 120 works, such as commentaries on the Koran, collections of tra ditions, law-books, works on morals, dictionaries, grammars, etc. A list of them is given at the end of the work. Begins: .. '""'" The original work commences (fol. 4v.): J..c o..\...sll Well written. The colophon runs as follows : t:'}::.H j u-wWiji>-\ A list of the sections of the is written on the fly-leaves. Worm-eaten. [Coll. Fort William, 1825.] 210. 744. Size 11t in. by 7-l in.; foll. 271. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first half of the \:; ,..s_, 6, or Legal Decisions, compiled by Fakhr al-din Abu'l-ma:Q.asin al-1!asan b. Man!j!ur b. Ma:Q.mud Uzjandi, commonly called :f{i:piKHAN (d. A. H. 592). Cf. I;. Kh. iv. 364; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 240 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 724 ; and .A.umer, Hdss. Miinch. 89. Printed at Calcutta (Asiat. Lithograph. Press), 1835, in 4 vols. This MS. is founded upon a dictate of the author's, given at his house, on the 6th Mu:Q.arram, 578. Well written. Concluding: u.a:J\ (\ ,..s_,\:..4 Dated 24 Rab1' I., 1108. Preceded by a table of contents. "," The following note runs over fol. 117 v .-118r.: UJ-' y \ ''>-d..J ..,\j\.d.. ..b-1 ., ) . ) (sic) \. Seal and signature of f;iibghat-allah Khan, A.H. 1182. [Hastings. J 211. 605. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 385. Twenty one lines in a page. The first half of BURHAN AL-DIN Abu'l-ij:asan '.A.li b. .A.bu Bakr b. 'Abd al-jalil MARGHINANI's (d. A.H. 593) which is a commentary on his own \, on Law. See Kh. vi. 4 79 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 202 sq., and Class. 316. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1234, and translated into English by C. Hamilton, London, 1791, and this translation edited for the second time by S. G. Grady, London, 1870. Concludes with u:;_,l\ y\::.L Well written, by 'A.ll b. asan Azhari, in Shawwal, A.H. 861, r-t.. j A:....: (sic) JJ 'v.. w_, ,_s ..b.' A. table of contents is on the fly-leaves. Foil. 1 and 2, which are of a much smaller size, belong to a Persian treatise. A splendid ornament, in gold and blue, is on the title-page (fol. 6r.), containing the following inscription : J:. \ JJ ill\ (sic) JU ,_s...fo\ JMI rLJI r-L .. t:.a.J.l According to notes at the end and on fol. 3, the book had been taken from MuQ.ammadabil.d-Bldar, and came into the Royal Library of Bijapur, in A.H. 1029. Seals of MaQ.mud Khwajah Jahil.n, and 'Abd al-majid Khan (A.H. 1145). In a rich Oriental binding. [Tippu.J 212. 146. Size 12 in. by 7 in. ; foll. 373. Seven lines in a page. The first part of the concluding with y\::S Plainly written in three different hands, Naskh and N asta with frequent marginal notes. [Tippu.J 213. 147. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 419. The second part of the same, from 'L \(:.J \ y\::S to u:;i' y\::S.

PAGE 63

LAW. 55 Written in different hands, N asta 'lil} prevailing, with numerous notes. Preceded by a table of contents. Both this volume and the preceding bear the seal of Khan Jaban. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 144, i. [Tippu.J 214. 1776. Size 12i in. by 8 in.; foll. 174. Twenty lines in a page. The first half of the Hidayah. Mostly written in an inelegant N asta'lik hand, approaching Shikastah. Dated 25th Rab1' I., 1017. Colophon: ... J I i,_;e:"" \ \ \ "-'?. ilil \ r.c j j i.. (?) JW Ail\ ... :..-.J J _, _, ,_, \.s:ll . j $ l.ilill r' J?. (sic) 11v k..,.). Covered with notes. On fol. 174 recipes. Signature of R. J ohnson, 215. 1419. Size 10! in. by 7! in.; foll. 232. Eighteen lines in a page. The second half of the same work, from y\::S to the end. .1\Iostly written in a bold Nasta 'Ill} hand; not quite though a conclusion has been added, with the date, A..H. 1052. Copious marginal notes. Some portions supplied in two different hands. [Johnson.J 216. B 343A. Size 11i in. by 7 in.; foll. 387. Eleven, afterwards nine lines in a page. The first portion of the Hz'dayah, as far as cl y\::S, with copious notes. Plainly written in a Persian hand, of about the tenth century. Imperfect at the beginning1 and end; single l<'ans are missing after foil. 4 7 and 96. Injurc(l on 1 he margin and stained. 1 Forty-five foll. are wanting. 217. B 343B. Uniform with the preceding :JIS. ; foll. 244. Another fragment of the same, e:dending from yh$' JW\ to Lb.al.l\ with copious notes. Written in two different hands. Imperfect at the beginning and end, and in many other places. Stained. Part of fol. 124 torn off. This ).IS. and the preceding had been mixed together in utter confusion. Fol. 380 of the latter is inscribed: 'Y. \ ..\Jb Cf. Catal. 227, i. 7, 8 (?). 218. 1393. Size 12 in. by 8 in.; foll. 335. Twentynine and twenty-one lines in a page. The first part of a copious Commentary on the Hidayah, entitled j A?.\f-1\. The author is I:fusam al-din b. 'All (d. A.H. 711 ), who completed his work in A.H. 700. Sec J:I. Kh. vi. 480, and Fliigel, Class. 327. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 144, iii. No other copy seems to be extl:J,nt. This is the first commentary that was written upon the Hz"ddyah. The author began it at the exhortation of his Shaikh, 'Ala al-din M:ul:w,mmad b. AQ.mad b. 'Omar Of the two Isnads con necting him with M:argh1nan1, the one consists of three, and the other of two intermediate persons. He can by no means be called his pupil, as he is by 1;[. Kh. (Le.). The original text is distinguished by the word J; The present volume consists of two separate portions. The first (foil. 1-183) contains the books and and the second (foil. 184-335) the books and ts)l. Plainly written. Two blanks on foil. 270 and 271, intended for drawings of the Mosque of have never been filled up. \Vorm eaten. Seal and signature of a Saiyid named Ashraf b. Abdallah, who bought this 1\IS. of Xur 1\Iu}:lammad w\.s"", and seals of 'Ali Khan (A.n. 1174), and Mu}:lammad Khi
PAGE 64

. )6 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS 219. 778. Size in. by 5i in.; foll. 539. Twenty seven lines in a page. The first part of a Commentary on the Hidayah, entitled by Mul,lammad b. Ma:Q_mud b .A.l,lmad (Akmal al-d1n BA.BARTi, d .A..H. 786). Cf. J.I. Kh. vi. 485 ; Cat. St. Petersb. 40 ; and Fliigel, Class. 334 sq. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. in four vols. This is also a commentary by AI_;. The present volume comprises the first half of the Hidayah, or the :first two volumes of the aforesaid edition, and concludes: j t.:Y' JW' _,;:;;:l' t;. ....J\ '-'\::.S' .s:l' .. AD' but the J... ).) J .. ) beginning of the second is not marked. Inelegantly written; the first two leaves restored by a more modern hand. Owing to the bad quality of the ink, the leaves had stuck together, and often could not be separated without injuring the writing. This MS. was once a [Hastings. J 220. B 344, 34 7. Size 10 k in. by 7 in. ; foll. 624. Thirty-one, twenty-nine, and twenty-seven lines in a page. Another Commentary (by AI;) on the Hiilayah, called by .A.L-SHAR'Arr Mal,lmud b. 'Ubaidallah b. Mal,lmud Taj al-shar1 'ah Mal,lbubi, who flourished at the beginning of the eighth century (see the following MS.). Cf. J:I. Kh. vi. 483. The work was printed, together with the Hidaya!t, at Calcutta, .A..H. 1249, in four vols., and also at Bombay, A.H. 1280. Originally in two separate volumes, each containing two of the Calcutta edition. Written in different hands, part of the second volume in a bad N asta Vol. I. (as far as fol. 297) is revised throughout, and concludes with the date of the original copy (Rama-1 Thus the author names himself in the preface. Q.an, 832). It is preceded by a different commentary on the preface of the Hiilayah (foll. 4-8), which, after an introductory line, begins : y \::!!' i::J' AD ..M.sl f Both vols. have tables of con tents, in a modern hand. One leaf is wanting after fol. 21, and six after fol. 43. Fol. 39 is much injured. Stained. Vol. I. has the correct title, but vol. II. is inscribed : ..ll:::;--t.>. Cf. Catal. 227, ii., and i. 4. 221. 2555. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 329. Twenty one or nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on Burhan al-sharz'ah's or abridgment of the Hiilayah, compiled by his grandson .A.L-sHARi'AH) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'ud b. Taj al shari'ah b. al-shari'ah (d .A..H. 747 or 745), who completed it in .A..H. 7 43. It is called simply 'C.J;. but also goes by the name of its author, viz. See Kh. vi. 460; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 209; Cat. Mus. Brit. 119, etc. Copies are frequent. Written in different styles. Date, A.H. 965. Scribe, 'Abd al-ral,lim (b.?) 'Omar. Frequent marginal notes; the margin, however, is injured. Stained. Foil. 1-9 and 320-329 are :filled with various extracts and notes. Signature of Mul}ammad .A.fqal at the end. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 222. 2148. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 336. Seventeen lines in a page. .Another copy of the \! \ Well written, and finished on the 2nd Dhu'l-l,lijjah, 1055, by Mul,lammad b. Molla Khuwarazml. Notes have been frequently added on the margin by different hands. Frequent impressions of the seal of '.A.bd al-majld Kluln (A.H. 1145). [Coli. Fort William, 1825.]

PAGE 65

223. 362. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 554. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the t; j I Well written, by Mul}.ammad b. 'Abd al ghafur. Copious notes have been added, partly by the same, and partly by Jamal 'All, who also revised the latter portion. Seals of 'Abd Khan (A.H. 117i) and 'Abd al-wahhUb Khan. [Tippu.J 224. 1669. Size 1 in. by 5;! in. ; foll. 244. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Plainly written. Conclusion: yt::...<.l\ Jss:.Q J .. l.!i .. ._,._,t.s:l \ t"-:J U I j .J __ I ill I _, l!) W Wl \ L l...i..J A-t.j\ .M..s:.. \ ...\.-..s:.-. J Jl t.. (sic) !-5:::;-d. r.Jll A.(lt.,.J Prefixed is a table of contents, in the same hand. 225. 1440. Size 11 in. by in.; foiL 293. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the same. Plainly written, by the same scribe as the preceding MS. The colophon runs as follows: Jb.l\ j y\::i\1 A:....,) l.!i.,. t:...l U I t:'.J U I j ..i..a::. _,::..-.\ 2 yt::...<.ll ij\.,.J Wll j::::-lc o.\....s: .. d. ..1 .... u.-:.11 Jl t' A.(lt.,._, .. 1.:).-..:>-)\ .. 1.:)::0 .. 1 W orm-catcn. [Johnson.J 1 Compare the colophon of the following :\IS. 2 One word erased. A note on the fly-leaf referring to the lady owner is also partly erased. 57 226. 348. Size 12! in. by 8 in. ; foil. 284. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same. Well written in N asta 'lilj:. The colophon runs as y\::..a\ ...\; J A:,l;}\ _, tp, y ..r ...\-t..s..,. d. ..M..s. .. _,.J d. I j A;...., ij\.,_, .. J .M.s.,. vw_kll L l.!i .. _, With marginal notes. Stained by damp. [Johnson.J 227. B 351. Size in. by in.; foil. 214. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the same. Neatly written in two hands, with marginal notes. Of the eleventh century. Defects after foll. 41, 71, and 121. Part of fol. 13 is torn off. Injured and worm-eaten. Seal of 'Inayat Allah on the title-page, together with the following note: .. .J \ .JL:. .. J. .Jivt J-; \ .J L!.);, '.)J .) Cat. 227, viii. 228. B 348. Size 8! in. by 4i in.; foil. 286. Seven teen or sixteen lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the Neatly written in N asta 'Ulj:, with some notes The first portion (thirty-three foll.) is wanting. Begins : c:..cJ) j t.:.J.,. ._si There are also defects after foll. 126, 156, 176, and 183, and thl' last fol. is lost. Foll. 11, 105, and 106 are injured. Cat. 227, viii. 5.

PAGE 66

AR.:\..BIC MANUSCRIPTS. 229. B 341. Size 10 in. by 7! in.; foll. 145. Twenty two lines in a page. Another copy of the \; ,n imperfect at the beginning. Well written in Nasta'lik, with copious notes. Con clusion: J.?, it d. ... J ill I J J I i.:J W I 4:Y" I r-x, j l!)::'.,. I '_,0. LJJ...-. j Dt ... Fl AUI, j .... The beginning is much injured, and the whole is stained by damp. Begins: r-J..\1 One portion is inscribed _r-:..S.._,. t?.-',J andtheother cUI..\.lb .'i1').1. Cf.Catal.227,i. .. ,. ' .. '(_J 1.1 6 (?) and 228, viii. 8. 230. B 341B. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foll. 193. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the beginning, and much injured by insects, and by damp. The earlier portion is in a lamentable condition. Single leaves are missing after foil. 5 and 49. "Written in about A.H. 1000, and collated. At the end an "introduction" on technical terms (\.-.I and Persian poetry concerning Mupammad. 231. B 364. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 444. Twenty one lines in a page. A Super-commentary on the \:; j I by AKHI YusuF b. Junaid commonly called Akhi Cha labi, d. A.H. 905), who compiled it during the years A.H. 891-901. It is j and dedicated to the Ottoman Sultan (Bayazld \,.,;: b. Mu4ammad Khan) b. Murad Khan.1 Cf. Kh. iii. 327 and vi. 460, 464, and also Flugel, Class. 346. 1 The names in parenthesis are taken from the following MS., there being a blank left for them in the present copy. The preface begins: ..M.sll ... .; '}_;11. In the epilogue, the author styles himself d. ,._s>-I J.>-I..)N )J...J' I t ... p ill I (sic) j L..!.ll, and dates his work as follows: (u)..\.>-I j I.:Y".4sl1 u..; I.:J\ ... 3 j A.-.h>_, A_jW\....3_, tl 4:Y" AJ\.-. I.SJ.>' This copy was transcribed for, and apparently in part by, A 'azz al-din Mul;lammad b. Shaikh Abu'l ma 'ali. Worm-eaten towards the end. 232. B 350. Size 9k in. by 5! in. ; foll. 244. Nine teen lines in a page. J \ J__, \ \ u&.\ Another copy of the same work .. Well written, but not very correct. It was tran scribed in A. H. 1029, at Burhanpur, for KhusbJ;lal, who wrote the following note at the end : \::..(:._,\ rj r.n 4-S..; rv r-X-_, \.,. _,_, J xj \lb J I J f_l A similar note is on the title-page. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1054, from Khushl}al. Seals of the latter and of Mul}ammad 'Adil Shah. 233. B 352, 369. Size 9! in. by 6! in.; foll. 264. Twenty*one lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same work, indifferently written, and in some places supplied by another hand. Fifteen foil. are wanting at the beginning. The first words are: Wfi l:JI Yrl\. Defects after foil. 38, 60, 61, 62, 86, 87, 89, and 162. Cat. 227, viii. 6 and 228, xx. 1 He evidently alludes to the retreat of the Mogbul army before Malik 'An bar. See Elphinstone's India, 5th edition, p. 662.

PAGE 67

LAW. 59 234. 792. Size 9! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 284. Six lines in a page .A.n Abridgment of the Wilplyah, commonly called by AL-SHARI'AH) 'UbaidaJhih b. Mas 'ud b. Taj al-shari 'ah, the author of the preceding commentary. It is sometimes styled ti::.Ui.:.ll, though this title is not mentioned in the author's preface. Cf. Kh. vi. 373, and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 92. It has been published by Mirza Kazem-Beg, Kazan, A.H. 1260 (=A.D. 1845). Well written in a large hand, by Molla Mul;l.ammad '.Alawi b. Molla Ibrahim in Rabi' I., 1045. Copious notes have been added in some places, and occasionally written on leaves inserted for the purpose. Fol. 1, which is in a different hand, is reversed. Slightly injured by damp. [Johnson.J. 235. 826. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foll. 154. Eleven lines in a page. .Another copy of the same work, well written, with copious notes on the margin. The vacant pages at the end (from fol. 138) are filled up with various extracts, written partly in Shikastah, viz., a devotional formula, explained in Persan, (1 4,y.)\J 4-.c AL.J._, some glosses by Shumunni and others ; extracts from the w W w _r.f...l ; short regulations for purification, pr:yer, alms, fasting, and etc. Seal of 'Abd Khan Bahadur Dillr Jang, A.H. 1185. [Tippu.J 236. 1607. Size by in.; foll. 839. Fifteen lines in a page. .A. copious Commentary on the preceding work. The author is, according to Kh. vi. 37 5, .Anu'L-1\IAKARIM b. 'Abdallah b. Mu'Q.ammad, who com pleted it in A.n. 907. See also Aumer, Hdss. Miinch., p. 93, no. 283. Boldly written. Some blanks on the first pages. Inscnbcd 1.-S....,)l(...... Seal of Jaug, A 11. 1174. [Tippu.J 237. 2158. Size 10 in. by 5b in. ; foll. 296. Twentyfive lines in a page. The first part of another Commentary on the same work, styled by Shams al-din Mu};lammad Khurasanl (d. A.H. 962 or 950), who completed it in A.H. 941. Cf. :ij:. Kh. Yi. 374; .Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. No. 284; and Cat. Lugd. h-. 121. Printed at Calcutta, 1858, by Col. W. Nassau Lees. This vol. extends to the end of yh$'. It begins: J""' (sic) \;.L.d,; Al.J o.\....sll Plainly, but not carefully written. Conclusion: l...::;-t:',J (sic ) t! __, .r:::..S:...., J _,I r 6.:....= Foil. 210 and 215 should be transposed. Seals of 'Abd al-maj1d Khan (A H. 1145) and 'Abd Khan, A.H. 1162 [College of Fort William, 1825.] 238. B 345, 346. Size 11! in. by 8 in.; foll. 299. Nineteen, twenty-one, and twenty-three lines in a page. 'ABnALLAH B. b. Maudud .Abu'l-fa<;ll (d. A.H. 683, at Baghdad) Commentary on his own .Jb..S: .JI, or Abstract of Law. It is entitled Cf. Kh. v. 436; Cat. Lugd. iv. 126 ; .Aumer, Hdss. Mi.inch. 96; and Fliigel, Class. 326. The original text is distinguished by J In two volumes. Well written, with numerous notes, but imperfect and injured both at the beginning and end. The first volume, of which 30 foil. are wanting, commences in the 'b }.d I y\::.S', with the words and concludes with the y\::.S' 'bi.J W I. The colophon runs as follows : I ..., I ""'?. J..c y\.lb_,ll l:.)yt-! yh.CI I.U .. '. ,, \i 'I I" \1 I It u._,.....

PAGE 68

60 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ... ill\ ... cUt .. JtMJJ L Foll. 169v. and 170 contain two prayers ( !\.c.) and !\.c.)), with explanations, and various notes. The second volume (fol. 171) is inscribed: }::.s.J\ M.::>-) d. d. ill\. It begins with the y\::S, and terminates in the Two leaves are wanting after fol. 297. The first vol. is erroneously inscribed \ ...\.1b \fi Cf. Catal. 227, i. 10 (or 11 ?). 239. B 56. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 108. Twenty three lines in a page. I. (foil. 1-14) The celebrated treatise on the Law of Inheritance commonly called by SmA.J AL-DiN 3[u};tammad b. Mul;tammad b. 'Abd al rashid SAJAWANDi (who flourished about A.H. 600). Cf. I;[. Kh. iv. 399 sqq.; Cat. )Ius. Brit. 409; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 481; and Cat. Lugd. iv. 123 sr1. It was edited by Sir W. Jones, Calcutta, 1792. II. (foll. 15-108) j if A Commentary (z::::J/M) on the preceding work, by SAIYID SHARiF Juru.A.Ni (d. A.H. 816). See :I:. Kh. 401, and Cat. Mus. Brit. Le. It was translated by Sir W. J ones in the above edition, and the text printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1260. Beginning: l...Sk r-\ ... J,_.l\ j\J .. tl d.-.\ll, AL.II Both treatises are neatly written, by Mul;tammad b. Khalid W alldi for his own use. The former I C'f. Orientalia, ed. Juynboll, etc., ii. 273. is dated beginning of Sha'ban, 995, and the latter, Thursday, 14th Jum. II., 1001. On the last page is an l}azah for the present volume, dated end of Shawwa.I, 1029. Seal of Mul].ammad Khan at the end. Library," A.H.l075, from 'faj Mul;lammad. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1091, from Khan. Cat. 228, xiv. 1. 240. 1153. 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. Ill. Twenty seven and twenty-three lines in a page. I. (foll. 1-6). The Sirdjzyah. Clearly written in a small N asta hand, in A.H. 1101. The copyist styles himself I d. -.\l \ r-lli II. ( foll. 7-111 ). The Commentary of SAIYID SHARIF on the preceding work. :1\fostly written in a hurried The colo phon runs as r-W \::.J I ..::iJL; J(" 1 L...J ., .7; v.. .F 1-S fiJb r t.' A;..., J-! I...)IJ rr A.:..., J \!l I ..Ms ... 1. ISJI.Jbr.""' JJ JL d.' 241. [Johnson.J B 463. Size 6! in. by in. ; foll. 60. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the Sirajzyah, at the beginning. Written in a bold character, in Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 944, at Lahore, for one rrahir 'Abdallah. Numerous notes in the first portion The first ten leaves are wanting. Begins : I}J One leaf is also missing after fol. 36. Inscribed (fol. 2) J'-' AIL.). Cf. Cat. 229, xxiv. 1 One word doubtful.

PAGE 69

LAW. 61 242. B 62. Size 7 f in. by 5 in. ; foil. 28. Nine lines 1n a page. A good copy of the Sirajzyah, but imperfect both at the beginning and end. It commences : 1_, Erroneously r-.c Cf. Catal. 228, xiv. 4. 243. B 61. Size 8! in. by in. Fifteen lines in a page. (Foll. 1-13) The Sirajzyah. Well written, with marginal notes. Defects after foll. 1 and 5. The remainder is in Persian. See Persian MSS. 244. B 63c. Size about in. by about 5i in.; foil. 101. Fifteen lines in a page. A fragment of the Commentary on the Sirdjzyah, by SnYID SnARiF JunJA.Ni. Well written, partly in N asta and partly m Shikastah. A portion supplied by a later hand. The beginning is wanting The first words are : j.t:. \,..(>) I AI _,J Defects after foll. 18 and 46. The margin injured by insects. Fol. 53 bears the inscription 245. B 60. Size in. by 6! in.; foll. 114. From seventeen to twenty-four lines in a page. Another Commentary on the Sirajzyah, imperfect at the beginning. According to the inscription, which is repeated on the first leaf of each quire, it is s_,...:iJI or s_,..:, by (Shams al-din Abu'l-'ala) B. ABu BAKR b. Abu'l-'ala Bukhar1 KALiBA.ni (d. A.H. 700), who completed his work in A.n. 676. See 1;[. Kh. iv. 121, 404, and Cat. Bodl. i. 82 sq. The text of the Sirdjzyah is introduced by J \.J. The commentary is concluded by an appendix on different questions J>l_,l j J..aj, fol. 109), which is not mentioned by J.I. Kh.1 No date or epilogue is found in this MS. Clearly written, of the tenth century. Some notes. The first sixteen foil. are missing. Begins: J, ... _,. 246. B 57. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 50. Twenty three lines in a page. A third, concise Commentary on the Sirajzyah, by ABu'L-'ALA Mu}:tammad b. A}:tmad Bihishti Isfara'ini, commonly called Fakhr (al-din) Khurasani.2 Kh iv. 401. The preface begins : 3 .) :i; \ All ..M.sl \ <..::.-'\J)_,ll_, &..J)jl Thetext and the commentary are distinguished by Jt:; and j_,J\. Well written in N asta'lilf, the diacritical points often omitted. Dated Friday, 20th Rabi' I., 959. Revised and collated. Injured by insects. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1023, from Shaikh 'Alam Allah. Cat. 228, xiv. 2. 247. B 58. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 62. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of ABu'L-'ALA's Commentary, written in a similar style, but inferior to the preceding copy. A few marginal notes. Injured by damp. Various pieces of Persian poetry have been written on the vacant spaces at the beginning and end of the book. 248. B 59. Size 7! in. by about 5 in. ; foil. 58. From twenty-one to twenty-three lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect at the end. 1 He mentions, however, such an appendix with anotht>r com mentary on the work, iv. 400. 2 J [\...,IJ.,.S.ll?4 Thus the author calls himself in his preface. 3 Another MS. (no. 248} has

PAGE 70

62 ARABIC Plainly written, probably of the tenth century. The copyist seems to have been short of paper, as he used occasionally leaves already filled with writing on one side, or such as are of a much smaller size than the rest. A defect after fol. 7. Cat. 228, xiv. 3 (?). 249. 1170. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foil. 131. Thirteen lines in a page. y\::S' d:_. 1 c.:;:; ..w' o:k.J 1 1 t--1 d. ..M->1 d-.\1\ fo-. till\ JkW\ The celebrated work on :aanafite Law, by lBN A.L SA.'A.Ti (d. A.H. 694). Cf. J:I. Kh. v. 396; Cat. Mus. Brit. 118 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 205 ; Cat. Lugd. iv. 132 sq., etc. A good copy, neatly written, with vowel-points frequently inserted. It was transcribed by Al,tmad b. 'Omar for his own use (1 and dated Friday, 23rd Rajah, 938. It was also collated with a copy written by the author himself, the variants of which are marked with At the beginning is a table of contents. [Gaikwar.J 250. B 355. Size Ill in. by 9i in.; foll. 646. Thirty one lines in a page. A Digest of Law, called j \_,I I, with a Commentary ), both by al-din Abu'l barakat 'Abdallah b. Al,tmad b. Mal,tmud NAsAFi (d .A..H. 710). The commentary is entitled J j Kh. vi. 418 and v. 23, and Bibl. Sprenger. 627. 1 The common reading is B I' .. i-I l\ egmnmg: ... ..M..5: l:}Lw ilJ.I l::Ul>-J...\.d\ Jl; AJJ.\ d. 4l.ll J\::.H _,J,..s" d...\1\ h.H>-d. !,!)--\...1 d.;..t.::>-_.1. All\ t_l A-t. ) 1.:)\ The Wd.fi is arranged and subdivided exactly like the Hz'ddyah. The present copy is in fifteen fascicles, written in vmious, and generally very bad, hands, of the tenth century. The text is not distinguished from the commentary. The concluding portion is wanting, and the last two leaves much injured. On a vacant leaf after the second fascicle (fol. 112) have been written the place and date of the composition, Bukhara, 22nd 684. Prefixed is a list of contents. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). Blj. Libr., A.H. 1024, from Mul)ammad b. Ibrahim Cat. 227, v. 1. 251. B 361. Size 9! in. by 6i in.; foll. 244. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at the end. Written in a small Persian hand, without distinction of the original text; of the tenth century. Ends in yt::.$'. The first two leaves, and foil. 137144 have been restored by a later hand. Single leaves are missing after foil. 27 and 194. Prefixed is a list of contents, in a modern hand. Fol. 236 is inscribed j \ \ Cf. Catal. 227, v. 5 and xxi. (P). 252. B 357. Size lli in. by 6! in.; foll. 269. five lines in a page. Twenty-The second part of the same work, from ill I '-' t::S u Well written; the text of the Wd.fi not distinguished.

PAGE 71

Conclusion: j jtGJ J\!.H yh.CI '-'j j jl_,ll The beginning and end are worm-eaten. Cat. 227, v. 2. 253. B 362. Size about 11 in. by 6k in.; foll. 227. Twenty-five lines in a page. The third part of the same work, from y\::S to 41 y\::S. Written in the same hand as the preceding MS.; the text of the Wa.fi marked here with red lines. Conclusion: j jl_,ll j ... (sic!) i.Sj i.!J"" Some marginal notes. Slightly imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: J:.l\..s:"" J.:.. Much injured by insects towards the end. Cat. 227, v. 4 (?). 254. B 358. Uniform with the preceding MS.; foll. 271. The fourth part of the same work, from y\::S to the end. Written like the preceding :MS. Conclusion: t'j t";.?, y\:S i.!J"" .M.s"" y h.(ll 1..\.lb t..., w _,_rd I }5 ..\.lb tj;,.. .... 4,-'ll_,l_, AJ _j-il A:..w j ... 1.!)"" Worm-eaten at the beginning. Cat. 227, v. 3. 1 The words in brackets are added on the margin. 2 Originally rt:. :i.::-:_, \ (sic!). LAW. 63 255. B 334. Size 14! in. by 9j in.; foll. 746. Five lines in a page Another work on Hanafite Law by .A.bu'l-barakat Nas.ui, entitled _?. It is an abstract of his j 1_,1 I. Cf. Kh. 250 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 206 ; Stewart's Catal. 146, etc. Copies are frequent. Printed at Dehli, A.H. 1287. .A. fine copy, carefully written in a large character, with vowel-points. The broad margin is divided into three columns, the outermost of which is filled with a Persian translation. It concludes: J.:. AD ...M.sll w)) 1 ...\-t...s:"" J.:. yh.(l\1..\.lb }......s'\6-I w_,_rJI y,l d.' tC:. 1_,.:5:':-' J c...U I j I )I Occasional glosses. The latter portion has been partly destroyed by white-ants. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1033. Cat. 227, iii. 256. B 335. Size 12 in. by 9 in.; foil. 162. Nine lines in a page. Another copy of the Well written, with vowelpoints. Dated 11th Rabi' I., 1082. Covered with notes, and preceded by a list of contents. Slightly injured 257. 2123. Size 14 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 346. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in a large hand. Dated 2nd Jum. II., 1108 (or 1106 ?).2 It was transcribed by Shaikh Al)mad, by order of Khwajah Shikib, at Burhtmpftr. Copious marginal notes. [Coli. Fort William, 1825. J 1 Effaced. 2 Originally . \..,j \:., but as n correction.

PAGE 72

64 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 258. 993. Size 10! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 215. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the _?, with numerous glosses. Beautifully written on yellow and red paper, the text in a bold round hand, and the glosses in a small character. At the beginning a table of contents. [Johnson.J 259. 2125. Size 12! in. by 9 in. ; foil. 222. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in a large hand, furnished with notes, and preceded by a table of contents. The first page of the text, and the latter part of the index, are, however, missing. Beginning : ..M.:>. I JJJ I [Coli. Fort William, 1825.] 260. 1891. Size about 11! in. by in.; foll. 408. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Written alternately in two bold hands of similar appearance. Several portions, including the beginning and the end, restored in different hands. Numerous notes. Coloured lines round the pages, and a rich orna ment at the beginning. [Johnson.J 261. B 338. Size 11 in. by 7 in.; foll. 394. Nine or seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, made up of three different fragments, in inelegant Persian hands, and completed by a later hand. Copious notes. A defect after fol. 14. Signature and seal of 1\IaQ.mud b. Mir Saiyid 'Abd al-raQ.man at the end. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028. 262. B 336. Size 1 0! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 394. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, defective and injured both at the beginning and end. Well written, with vowel-points. Occasional notes. Most of the pages within red lines. Begins: AlT J.;_, Foil. 38-40 mutilated. A slight defect after fol. 44. 263. B 337. Size in. by in.; foil. 114. Seven lines in a page. The first part of the preceding work, imperfect at the end. Well written, with vowel-points added, and with copious notes. Of the tenth century. Ends in the yhS'. "Bij. Libr., A. H. 1054, from KhushQ.al. Seal of MuQ.ammad 'Adil Shah. 264. B 372. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 657. Twenty one lines in a page. The latter portion of a large Commentary on the p, beginning with the i.SJ; . y\:;.S'. If. a recent inscription on fol. 73 may be trusted, this is i.e. the of Fakhr al-din man b. 'All ZAILA'i (d. A.H. 743). Cf. Kh. V. 250; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 99 sq.; and Fliigel, Class. 332. The text of the Kanz is introduced by Indifferently written, of the eleventh century. The first leaf is wanting. Beginning: t...l'). Other defects after foll: 38, 39, 480, 544, 597, 607, and 656. Several leaves mutilated. Erroneously described as the second volume of the Nihayah. Cf. Cat. 227, i. 11 (?). 265. 2126. Size 12! in. by 7 ']; in.; foll. 239. Twenty six, afterwards between twenty-nine and thirty one lines in a page. A Commentary on the (....;.:j\J...\11 _?, by (Badr al-din) Abu Mul;tammad Mal;tmud b. Al;tmad

PAGE 73

LA"\V. 65 'AINi (d. A.H. 855). Cf. H. Kh. v. 250. It has been printed at A.H. 1285. Plainly written. In two volumes. The original hand terminating, however, shortly after the beginning of the second volume ( fol. 12-! ), the remainder has been supplied from another copy, which was transcribed by Molla Da'ud b. At the end is the date of the author's copy, viz., Cairo, Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 818. Frequent marks in the shape of flowers on the margin, indicating the beginnings of new chapters. Defects after foll. 15 and 85. Worm-eaten. [College of .Fort William, 1825.J 266. B 340. Size 13 in. by 7! in.; foll. 404. Twenty seven lines in a page. The first part of a copious Commentary on the same work, by Zain al-'Abidin b. Ibrahim Mill!ri, commonly called IBN NAJIM: (d. A.H. 970), who entitled it Cf. J;I. Kh. v. 250. This is a commentary by t-1):; The author, in compiling it, made use of numerous works, which he enumerates in his preface. Amongst the earlier commentaries on the Iianz he prefers that of Zaila '1. This part extends to 'V ell written, by Mul;tammad Latif (?). Some leaves worm eaten. Wrongly insctibed y\::$. Cf. Catal. 228, xviii. 267. 596. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 436. Thirtyfive lines in a page. Another portion of the preceding Commentary, im perfect and injured both at the beginning and end. It comprises from .. n yh$' to w!_,ll yhS'. Plainly written, headings and titles in red. The first fol. is nearly destroyed. Fol. 2 begins: I ) Jll j Foll. 23 and 28 should be transposed; fol. 177 Hhould be placcu after 17'2, and foll. 257 and 258 after 250. 268. 1401. Size 12 in. by in. ; foil. 231. Twenty nine lines in a page. Another portion of the same Commentary, extending from .... W!}l Plainly written. Conclusion : r:}>-I...U (sic, r. _r>-T 1..\.lb) t:1JJ t' J:.sll Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 147, xxiii. [Tippu.J 269. B 339. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foll. 245. Twentyfive lines in a page. J.is.JI w::-:..,., _;..a::..s..-. t I u.L..:..ll i.. _;..(J I ... A concise Commentary on the same work, by Molla MrsKiN ("llu'ln al-dln Harawl). Cf. J;(. Kh. v. 231. Glosses on it are to be found in Aumer, Hd.ss. Munch., p. 93. This commentary begins without a preface, )Jb Msl' l.....i...,_,l\. Various old authorities are quoted in it. Written in a small hand, and dated 18th Jum. I., 1011. The scribe gives his name as M ul;tammad b. Al;tmad J;ranafi. Gold and blue lines round each page. Notes in the earlier portion. A slight defect after fol. 33, anu a larger one after fol. 177. Fol. 43 mutilated. Injured by damp. Cat. 228, xiii. 270. 571. Size 12! in. by in. ; foll. 228. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. The commencement is wanting, and senral blanks have been left in the first pages, the original copy having apparently been mutilated. Begins: '-.:.J\5' I,_, w.
PAGE 74

66 ARABIC :M:A.NUSCRIPTS. written ; the original text not distinguished in the latter portion. Worm-eaten, and stained by damp. Described by mistake as \ \ ,.\Jb by the former owner, R. Johnson. 271. 567. Size 11! in. by 7 in.; foll. 224. Twentyfive lines in a page. Two fragments of or Collection of Legal Decisions, by al-din) Mul;tammad b. ::llu};tammad Kardari, commonly called lBN AL-BAzz.A.zi (d. A.H. 827). It is also called and was composed in A.H. 812. See I:f. Kh. ii. 49 and iv. 367 ; Flugel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 243 ; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 105. The first fragment (foil. 2-151), which is very well written, contains the beginning of the work, viz. the spiritual law, besides the following books, 'L and in which it ends abruptly. The first leaf is mutilated. The second fragment (foil. 153-224) begins with I..S_,.cw\1\ and breaks off abruptly in the fol lowing book, It is written in a larger and more cursive hand than the first portion. Fol. 1 contains the beginning of an index of contents, in a different hand. [Johnson.J 272. 1871. Size 8! in. by 4:!; in.; foll. 357. Seventeen lines in a page. lBN NAJhr's1 (d. A.H. 970) jua..:.l\_, on :e:anafite Law. Cf. J;I. Kh. i. 309; Cat. Mus. Brit. 124; Cat. St. Petersb. 42, etc. Printed at Calcutta, 1826. This copy was made for 'Abdallah b. Shaikh Mul;tammad 'rahir at Cambay j 1..:-;',\4, see fol. 6). Well written. Notes in the latter portion. Prefixed is an index to the contents. Foil. 1-5 are filled with various notes. Two leaves are wanting after fol. 184. Fol. 170 should be placed after 177, and fol. 203 after 205. [Hastings. J I See no. 266. 273. 2142. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 639. Twenty three lines in a page. The first half of a Digest of J.Ianafite Law, styled__;.);..; t:"'\.::::""J with a Commentary ), both by Shams al-din Mul;tammad b. 'Abdallah 1 TIMURTASHI of Ghazzah (d. A.H. 1005). The commentary is entitled ..i.J;.j 'LP, _}hll i"' See J;I. Kh. ii. 453; Stewart's Catal. 148; Cat. Mus. Brit. 123; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 109. \....)'-'.::::--\ The author relates that before commencing the work he received a direct inspiration from the Prophet, who appeared to him in a dream, at Ghazzah. In two volumes, the first comprising the spiritual law, and the second (fol. 272) containing from 'LK:.l\ to u:;JI\ Clearly written in different hands. The colophon runs as follows: Jb.l\ f t...:.J. !If, k....: .. NJ\ ... .,.\-t.S."' r--'.:>-..1-t.ll ,.\-t..:>-' (1 till\. Notes. Each part is preceded by an index. Fol. 3 contains an account of the author, taken from I..SJ-t.s.l\ till\ i,; Jh..a .... f:L:..I\ C:;)\:.;. Foll. 8 and 9 should be transposed. 274. 2022. Size in. by 7-l in.; foll. 461. Thirtythree lines in a page. ;?._,;.:.; .... 1.!1"' JWI t;7Vw.. JJ,._Jt,..H t:V' ti:.J.l\ '-'-t.s:"' -t1W\ (' M.>.) The second half of the same work, from I 1 Only the above names occur in the preface. The pedigree proceeds as follows : b. Al)mad b. Mul)ammad b. IbraMm. The surname \ is derived from the celebrated saint Timurtash, of whom the author was either a descendant or a follower.

PAGE 75

LAvV. 6i to the end. The epilogue contains the date of com position, viz. A.H. 997. Clearly written, probably in Syria. Dated 1st 1091. Concludes with the following verses: )rtu Y. l .... .r.>-!.!} .... A-:-J LG \j j An index has been added on a fly-leaf. The signatures of two later owners, Saiyid Hashim b. S. b. S. Mul}ammad Ibn Zaitun, and Saiyid M uQ.ammad, Mufti at l:falab (?, \S'Ml\), A.H. 1109, on the title-page. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 275. 584. Size 111 in. by 6i in.; foil. 153. Twenty five lines in a page. The first part of the \ ,.s_, \ or Legal Decisions compiled by order of Aurangzib, by Shaikh Nq.A.M and other Indian lawyers. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1243, and at A.H. 1282. Cf. Baillie, Moohummudan Law of Sale, p. v. Beginning: yhS' ... '-:-') cJJ ..M.J\ j y'-:J\ yl_y,\ The present volume comprises the five books on the spiritual law. Clearly written in Nasta'lil):, by one 'Abd allah. Dated 1st Rabi' II., 1161. Injured by damp. [Hastings. J 276. B 359. Size in. by 5! in.; foll. 376. Twenty five lines in a page. A work on details of Law, entitled The author, whose name does not occur, is, according to Kh. iii. 135, J.::; (JuaaAN ?) 1 Hindl, of J} (?) in Gujarat. 1 This name occurs in Sprcnger, Catal. Libr. Oudh, p. 246. This is a mere compilation from \arious works on law, rites, and morals, which are frequently quoted. Most of these date from the sixth, seventh, and eighth centuries, though the compiler certainly belongs to a more modern period. The order of arrangement is the common one, save that a yhS' has been added at the beginning, and y\::S is followed by a rather long yhS' (fol. 317), with which the present MS. concludes. This, therefore, appears to be the first part only. Plainly written in different hands. Of the eleventh century. Red lines round the pages. Catal. 228, x. B 360. Size about 10l in. by 6 in.; foll. 92. Nineteen lines in a page. A fragment of a treatise on Police Regulations, entitled by 'OMAR B. b. lwa<;l Sha'mi Kh. vi. 345, Stewart's Cat. 149, xxxiv., and Bibl. Sprenger. 657. This fragment contains the beginning of the work (foll. 1-29), and the concluding portion (foll. 30-49), the latter being defective after fol. 37. The first chapter is on the definition of the terms and and gives a detailed account of the duties con nected with the latter office. The last chapter is the sixty-sixth. Conclusion : \ --'' y I Plainly written in two hands. Notes in the first portion. There follows another fragment (foll. 50-92), written in the first of the two hands aforesaid, which treats of the same subject, although it is doubtful whether it belongs to the above treatise. It begins : j y\ ....... and is preceded by a \acant leaf, which has been inscribed y\...:.: and sub sequently, y\ ....... J k \ yhS' d,.l. All headings omitted. Frequent blanks.

PAGE 76

68 ARABIC 1\IANUSCRIPTS. SHAFI'ITES. 278. B 366. Size 12 in. by 9 in. ; foil. 158. Thirteen lines in a page. A system of Shafi'ite Law, being, according to the inscription, by 'Abd al-karim b. Mul:,lammad RA.Fr'i (d. A.H. 623), on which Kh. v. 419, and Cat. Bodl. i. 78. There is no special preface in this }IS. It begins : Jt; .... '-=-'J till -'.t.Sll e' \:IPt Jw. In the colophon, the work is ascribed to Nawawi Cu::-.::S:: l.:):'.-'l\ (sic) u.w_,_;JI I.:)'! I). This is, however, evidently incorrect. That it is really is proved by its near relation to Nawawi's which is an abridged edition of that work. The following books occur in this MS.: t_s11; \:.\Ll\; \:.l_r.:)l; y._,l; 'Yell written in two hands, with vowel-points added. Completed on Monday, 29th Shawwal, 1026, by 'All b. Ibrahlm. Numerous notes. Defects after foil. 88 and 96. The margin injured in the earlier portion. Signature of Saiyid 'Abd al-ral_lman b. 'Alawi al-'Aidarus I:Iusaini at the end and on the title-page. Cat. 227, vi. (?). 279. B 354. Size 12k in. by 71 in.; foil. 312. Forty two or forty-three lines in a page. The second part of a Commentary on Nawawi' s abstract of Shafi'ite Law, Kamal al-din Muhammad b. ::UU.sa DAMiRi (d. A.H. 808), who completed i.t A.H. 786, and entitled it li,l \ \ Cf. Kh. 1 See the following :\IS. vi. 208; Cat. Bodl. i. 77, and ii. 573; and also Wiisten feld, das Le ben und die Schriften des al-N awawi, p. 50. This part extends from to the end. The text of the JJit"nhdJ is introduced by Ju. Plainly written; finished in Rajah, 895 _,Ld\ by Zain al-din b. Mal:,lmud Khunji.1 The last leaves are injured. Signatures of several owners on the title-page, the earliest that of !;ladr al-shari'ah, "a of Abu 'Abdallah, the author \sll" (i.e. of Najm al-din 'Abd al-ghaffar d. A.H. 665).2 Bij. Libr., A.H. 992. Cat. 227, iv. 2. 280. B 367. Size 12 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 454. Thirty three lines in a page. The first half of a large on the same work, styled The author does not give his name, but be says in his preface that be began his work on 12th Mul:,larram, 958. In a more modern inscription, which proves to be correct, be is called B. i.e. Al:,lmad b. Mul:,lammad b. Haithami Makki (d. A.H. 973). This commentary was printed at Cairo, A.H. 1282, in four vols. Beginning: Al.l ..M.sl\ In two volumes, the first of which concludes with e' y\::.$'' and is dated A.H. 1012 G,:;....l o..\.=..JI )4i L). The second begins (fol. 255v.) and concludes (fol. 454r.) with yi.::S On the last page begins the third volume with y\:S. Clearly written, the text of the Mt'nMJ in red. Numerous notes in the ea!'lier portion. Foil. 50-65 have been supplied by a different hand. The above-mentioned inscription is in the hand of the owner, 'Abd al-ral_lman b. Saiyid 'Alawi b. Al_lmad b. 'Abdallah al-'Aidarus I:Iusainl. Cat. 227, iv. 1. <-P 1 \ (sic), rhyming with \ 2 See 1:1. Kh. iii. 5, and below, no. 285.

PAGE 77

LAW. 69 281. B 370. Size about 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 233. Twenty-five lines in a page. yfu\ e_:-(! yl:.S' 4.-S) l.a.i .. Y,_?j .r. \ .... (' The first part of Anu Zakarl.ya b. (d. A.H. 926) Commentary (7." _,j ........ ) on his -P \:._ own yW\ which is an abridgment of Nawawi's MinMJ. Cf. J;I. Kh. vi. 209, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 136. This part concludes with yl:.S'. It is plainly written in two hands, the second being superior, with some notes. The first five foil. are filled with various notes and extracts. Signature of 'Abd al-ral,lman b. Saiyid 'Alawi al-'Aidarus I:Iusaini. 282. B 371. Uniform with the preceding MS. ; foll. 228. The second part of the same work, from to the end. Written in the second hand of the preceding MS. Cf. Catal. 228, ix. Signature of 'Abd al-ral,lman .. al-'Aidarus. The present MS. and the preceding formed originally one volume. 283. B 373. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foll. 63. Twentyone lines in a page. The first portion of the same work, ending abruptly in .;:_,U\ yl:.S'. It is also defecti-re after fol. 40, and injured at the beginning. Well written, with copious notes. The title-page contains some poetry in praise of "the two Shaikhs" (Nawaw1 and Rafi'i), in the same hand. Cat. 228, xix. (?) 284. 2924. Size 11;1 in. by 8! in. ; foll. 275. Generally thirty-three or thirty-five lines in a page. V urious frogmen fA of Commentaries on Nawawl' s ,.....l\bl\ _\,:::. .... ,and on another work on Shafi'ite Law, '-=-- written in different hands and at different dates, and in a desperate state of confusion. By forging catchwords, however, or by altering the first words of the leaves, the appearance of being consecutive and complete has been given to the whole. It begins with the commentary on from the second work, which appears to have originally formed the beginning of a separate volume. Hence the whole book has been styled yl:.S' in one inscription/ and in another is further described as follows: l!J,.. L!J,.. oJJ\ 2 There is a Sha.fi'ite law-book with the title mentioned by Kh. iv. 179, though neither the name of its author nor the existence of a commentary on it seems known to him. According to the above inscriptions, the book has been described by an English owner as "Kitab u Re hen," etc., and lettered on the back" Kitab Rahen." 285. B 368. Size about 7 in. by about 4 in. ; foil. 268. Thirty-five lines in a page. wUJ\ :. w'd ill\ ri' ""'L-.\.C!\ w:...a....lJ 3. (\ .. .s)\sl\ Najm al-din 'ABD AL-GHAFFAR (b. 'Abd al-karim) (d. A. H. 665) Commentary on his own abstract of Sha.fi'ite Law, yt;l!l, imperfect at the end. Cf. Kh. v. 302, regarding the original work. This commentary is not mentioned anywhere. Only select passages of the original work are explained in it. The preface, if there was any, is wanting. Begins : .. W\ Y4 4\ 1..\S'_, Beautifully written, mostly in a minute N askh, but towards the end in N of the ninth or tenth 1 To this has been added by a later hand : I.:!' \...,.... J 1_,>-' .J. &..:::-. 2 Effaced. 3 This title is in a later hand.

PAGE 78

70 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. century. The text and the commentary are dis tinguished from each other in various ways. Ends in The upper portion of the book has been destroyed by white-ants. Seal of Ibrah1m Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). Cat. 228, xv. 286. B 365. Size about 10 in. by 6;t in.; foil. 359. Twenty-nine lines in a page. A work on details of Sha.fi 'ite Law, entitled y\::S by Jamal al-din YU.suf b. Ibrahim ARDA.BiLi (d. A.H. 799). Kh. i. 484, who gives an abstract of the preface. It begins here: ..M..s:.ll The following is a list of the books: .;:j.dl; wlC:: .. cJI; tE.s:.l'; rl; l:)L...Q.\1; LS'.;.!JI; u:;}\; 41; d:.W.lJI; UJI r:;Jl-.\.dl; t.....JJI; es11; 0WI; ; l:)\..,?)1 ; ; w..uJI r--.\ll (1 (_I l:)t.......?; i.S_,k-.\l\; .t?\:;..(\1; Clearly written in a small hand. The colophon runs as follows (fol. 357): cilll y\:;..(\1 ll/b c.,;r M:>\ 4.:1-d-UI j .Ms.-. d. 9vr (ll:)\d... )-.\:..! and it concludes with three Persian verses. Prefixed is an index, in the same hand. The recto of the first leaf belongs to a different treatise. Some notes. Red lines round the pages. Foll. 357v.-358. A short treatise on the superstitions connected with each day of the month. Fol. 359v. A tract in Persian on funeral repasts. The earlier portion (some eighty leaves) is much injured by insects. The first few leaves especially are in a very bad condition. In a note on fol. 2, dated A.H. 976, the book is declared a UJ_,. Cat. 228, xvi. 287. B 375A. Size in. by in.; foll. 14. Fifteen lines in a page. .A popular work on religious duties, according to the Shafi'ite rite, concerning purification, prayer, funerals, alms, fasting, pilgrimage, and contracts. The author is not known. Beginning: '-:-'.) _r::::..S. ... .... All l:)' (1 1!1 ... A:;j.r_. r-. Well written in a large hand. Dated Saturday, 16th J urn. I., 1189 (I" 9 ). It was transcribed by Mul,tammad b. Al,tmad b. Mul,tammad l:) pro bably in Southern .Arabia. 288. 2308. Size 8-k in. by 4-k in. ; foil. 288. Sixteen in a page. I. Foll. 1-223. A treatise on the differences between the four orthodox Imams, entitled j I. The author, who is not mentioned, is, according to Kh. iii. 351, either f?ADR AL-DIN .Abu '.Abdallah Mul,tammad b. '.Abd al-ral,tman 'Othman1, who wrote in A.H. 780, or SA'nl. Beginning: JjJ '' 'JJ L.> I J?,\ All ..M..s:.ll -.\.cl} y The order of

PAGE 79

LAW. 71 arrangement is that of the Sha. 'ite law-books. A.s a rule, only the dissenting doctrine is given in cases where the rest agree. II. Foil. 224-288. The Collection of Fatwas of Nawawz, as arranged and augmented by his pupil 'A.la al-d1n 'A.li b. Ibra,h1m commonly called InN AL(d. A. H. 724 ). Kh. iv. 369 ; Wiisten feld, das Leben des al-Nawaw1, p. 53 sq. and 31; and also Orientalia, ii. 339. The editor states in his preface that he added to the original collection other ''questions'' (Jj\"""',...) collected by him from the lectures of N awawi. On the other hand, those of the original Fat was which did not refer to the law were placed by him at the end of the work. Well written. The copyist gives his name at the end of the first treatise, as Mul,tammad Ghar1b, of India. The second treatise is inscribed 4.!Y" \ W \ \ ,.,s_, \::..Rl \ The book was once in the possession of J amal 'All. [College of Fort William, 1825.] SHI'ITES. 289. 1449. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foil. 372. Twenty one lines in a page. A. handbook of Sbl'ah Law, entitled t.:Y' ("every man his own lawyer") by Abu Ja'far Mul,tammad b. 'Ali InN BABAWAIH (d. A.H. 381). Cf. rus1, p. l"'.f, I. 17; Cat. Bodl. ii. 91; Cat. St. Petersb. 250; and Cat. Mus. Brit. 415. Beginning : d_;U d-.\.t.>-\ J \ \ jS'_,j'b. In four separate parts (which conclude with foll. 95, 175, 259, and 339 respectively), the first two comprising the spiritual law. Each part is sub divided into chapters ( ). The author gives in an appendix a full account of the Isnad.s which have been omitted in the course of the work. 1 A second appendix ( fol. 356v.) contains the 1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 92a. same Isnads alphabetically arranged by Mirza MuJ!AMMAD AsTan.An.Ani. Well written in a small hand, the last portion, how ever, in a different style. Collated by the owner, Mu l,tammad Sa'id Ashraf, in A.H. 1097. The greater part of the first appendix, which is written in a hurried N asta has the same date. Foll. 82-89 and 91-96 should be transposed, and foll. 354-372 should be arranged as follows: 354, 356-358, 355, 362, 359-361, 364-371, 363, 372. [Hastings. J 290. 1103. Size 13 in. by 71 in. ; foil. 608. Twentyfive lines in a page. A. system of Shl 'ah Law, entitled d. ...\1\ MunADnDHAB AL-niN A.l}l.\I.A.D B. 'Ann AL-Rr:pA, who compiled it for the use of his son, Mul,tammad Ilyas, and completed it in A. H. 1079, at Mash had. The rhymed preface begins.: 1 .. }j Y. \ 1_,. The author complains in it of hard times, the decay of learning, etc. His work contains fifty-nine books, which are enumerated on fol. 3, as follows: y\::.S' tslt..; r.1 t,; t..; 0\.;;:\IL; t.:.r uf-1 t.; r \j \,; ,_,.s:l t,; L:) \ ... .d.l t.; k:.'-'_,n,; 4\,; u;_}l; t:Ls:l t.; J r. \.c:.!\j t ... :; t.s:l t; Y. t..., _,n; y ,_, ...\::.ll; \]..(\\.; L:) WJ \,; t,; .}'a\ l; \..; ..).\:JL; _j\ '-!:.:\ 'L->\.; ilaJJ.ll; var .. '"'-'""',sll; These books are arranged under the four heads usual with the Sh1'ites, '-'_#\, and ,. \.(>There precedes (foil. 3-43) a long intro1

PAGE 80

72 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. duction, (' F' YJ:::--J j which contains four alleged conversations of :MufaQ.Q.al b. 'Omar1 with the Imam Ja'far and the work concludes with an admonition of the author to his son, which also comprises the testamentary ad,ice of the Prophet to 'Ali, that of the latter to his three sons, that of Plato to Aristotle, etc. (foll. 586-605). The author dates his copy in the following manner: 'J.l \ ]\ 6.l \ .fb \_,:::--L ili.v. L!l"' 0jj \ ..._,;j] \ ... 4ll\ JJ...l) ..>....s'"' ('J!. r"i==-'4ll\ A:....l 4ll\ I 9 > (r. ?) Jtj J ... As-\ 4ll' j u..a.i j b_,l.al\ \.Q).;:::--4 ... J.t:. w_;l J' \ r-1-' -'?. J.:. The numerical value of A.L...:ois 1079, and the product of the computation following, if I do not err, 107,900 (!). There follow (foil. 605v.-608), with the title b'..)..Q) rJ...l_,J, J.:. (1 six testimonials of learned contemporaries, approving of the present work, which, at the request of the author, were written by them successively in his copy, viz. of :llul}.ammad al-:J:lurr, RiQ.awi (his note in Persian), b. Mul;lammad Zaman RiQ.awi, and Mul}.ammad FaQ.il, all dated A.H. 1079, and of Baha al-din Mul,lammad Ardistanl, and Mul}.ammad both dated A.H. 1086. In two volumes, the first concluding ( fol. 301) with wt.s:l\, or the end of Part II. Well written in two hands. Dated 29th Dhu'l-l;lijjah, 1087. Ornamented and gilt. In an elegant Oriental binding. [Johnson.J 1 See regarding him, 'fusi, p. rrv 291. 2858. Size 12! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 235. Thirteen lines in a page. A treatise on the dogmas and the spiritual law JJ""\ and I.:)?. ..\I\ f.'}) 1 of the Shi 'ites, also by MuHADHDHA:B AL-DIN AIJ:MAD B. 'ABn AL-Ru;>A, who wrote it during a stay in India, for N awwab Mu l}.ammad Am1n Khan, son of N awwab Mu 'aHam Khan, in A.H. 1084, at Al}.madabad (Gujarat). l\ Beginning : J.s:. b' ,U ili v. 'JJ""Jn ULc wJji t__, '\...;)\ jkl\ _,l:. JA,; 4\ \..)..Q) .ii..i\ 'c.dbl Jw 4lll &;;)} j_,..,\ .. J, __ .. \, \; u After the dedication, which is written in a high flown style, the first part begins (fol. 3): j_,J\,; J-'""-'l\. It gives a short account of the fundamental dogmas of the Shi 'ites, each under the The second part begins (fol. 16) : r JzF b' .,.\:..; tr..!..ll r' It comprises following books, each under the symbol of a star Ct=f"), and subdivided into various metaphorical headings (such AJ _,:;Y,, and the like): b_,Ldl; I ; r _,..al \ ; __ \ ; \ ; J ... \ (or visiting the tombs of Mul;lammad and the Imams); ; The date of the author runs as follows (fol. 234v.) : ...i\:::.1\ u..a:..l\ J \u...a::.:..-. I,.;) / v--w..a:..l\ uf:-:..,: W\ 4.:.J'"' Jhl\ 2 d::::--j::.,: :.s,.j_., j j ... b ,r..al, j4;, J.:. 4._,:-:...l, 1 See regarding these terms, N. von Tornauw, das Moslemischc Recht, pp. 6, 18, 26. 2 i.e. t_ = 1000,

PAGE 81

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 73 dl:_ !\....:>-j _r.b. j )..\.d. I 'ylfll ... >Y) l)JJ_;.. > 1.:1. ..M..:>-1 ... (fol. (1 He promises subsequently to write a commentary on the present work. A. beautiful copy, written in a bold hand, apparently by the author himself. Dated 2nd 1091. Re vised. A. rich ornament at the beginning ; coloured lines round the pages. Fol. 105 and 110 should be transposed. Seal and signature of the author on the title-page. This copy was bought afterwards by N al-din, a "slave" ( iJ k;.....) of 'Alamgir. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with the signature of the latter(" Calcutta, May 1st, 1787 ") and an English title. PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 292. B 319. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 158. Twenty three lines in a page. An abridgment of Fakhr al-dzn Razl's (Mu}:tammad b. 'Omar Sha.fi'i, d .A..H. 606) Jyas....ll, or Principles of Jurisprudence, by Taj al-din A.bu'l-faQ.a'il Mul;lammad b. 1 URMAWI (d. A.H. 656). It is entitled j..,ls.ll, and written as early as A.H. 614. Cf. Kh. v. 424 sq. Beginning : ) \ \ l. t:t..!\ J JjWI (?) Jh:.H 4.! j till I """' 1.-Syt) :f._ The following is a list of the principal headings : j (fol. 2); j (fol. 9); j (fol. 29); j (fol. 50); j (fol. 66); J (fol. 71); j (fol. 74); ... j (fol. 81); j (fol. 93); j (fol. 109); j (fol. 133); e-Y j (fol. 139); 1 Thus in the present :\IS. ; l,I. Kh. has 1;1 usain. j (fol. 141); j (fol. 145); (fol. 148). A fine copy, apparently transcribed during the author's life-time. Revised and collated. Various notes. Much injured by damp. Cat. 229, x. 293. B 315. Size 11 in. by 7 in. ; foll. 124. Nine lines in a page. A. concise treatise on the Principles of the Law, by AL-DIN AKHSIKA.Ti (Mu}:tammad b. M u}:tammad b. 'Omar IJ-anafi, d. A. H. 644 ). It is I j_,...,l j, but commonly called ... Cf. Kh. vi. 163 and i. 335; Stewart's Catal. 151; Cat. Mus. Brit. 118 ; and Fli.igel, Class. hancf. Rechtsgel. 277. After a few introductory words, the treatise begins: trl l!Y' The headings 9ccurring in the course of the work are almost the same with those of as given by Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 4 7 5 sq. Bolilly written, furnished with copious notes. Date, 821. The margin is injureu. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1061, from Malik Yusuf. Seal of Mul)ammad 'Adil Shah. 10

PAGE 82

74 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 294. 594. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foil. 292. Five lines 1n a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written in a large current hand, with many notes, but worm-eaten and injured by damp towards the end. The colophon is nearly destroyed ; but the date, A.H. 914, is still legible. Several leaves are missing after fol. 290, and foil. 1-17 have been supplied by a different hand. [Johnson.J 295. B 328. Size 9 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 123. Seven lines in a page. Another well written copy of the same work, with copious glosses. It was transcribed in India, A.H. 992. The last fol., with the colophon, is mutilated. One leaf is missing after fol. 24, and the first fol. has been supplied by a different hand. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla Payandah. Cat. 229, iii. 1. 296. B 327. Size 9! in. by in.; foll. 248. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in different hands, with copious glosses. Red lines round the first few pages. Much injured by insects. Seal of Ibra.him Nauras ('Adil Shah II.) on the first page. Cat. 229, iii. 2. 297. 662. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foil. 119. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, written partly in and partly in Naskh, breaking off abruptly. Notes. Wrongly inscribed..)\:..... by a later hand. [Johnson.J 298. B 320. Size in. by in.; foil. 46. Thirty two or thirty-three lines in a page. IBN I;finB's (Jamal al-din Abu 'Amr 'Othman b. 'Omar Maliki, d. A. H. 646) l_r.S:,.., or Principles of Jurisprudence, being an abridged edition of his See vi. 170 sqq. Begins : J \.; l-. \ ... l,J \ '-:-') JJJ '-'...s! \ (1 .)J.dj Concludes: j .... J...(.. dl.! I J \..Q"'.) r-J:IJi..-r-..;.s:l\ j>.\1.) Written in a small hand, of the ninth century. The first leaf and the concluding portion supplied by more modern hands. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026. "Present of the child of Shah Nawaz Cat. 229, viii. 1. 299. B 323. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foil. 49. Twenty nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, by AL-DIN lJi ('Abd al-ral,lman b. Al,lmad, d. A.H. 756). See I;.[. Kh. vi. 171, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 724. The original text and the commentary are dis tinguished by the words J \:; and J; \ This is only the commencement of the work, the rest of the MS. having been lost. Closely written in a small N asta hand, with marginal notes. Stained by damp. An ornament at the beginning contains an inscription, according to which this MS. was parl of the plunder brought from Mul}.ammadabad-Bidar, and came into the Bijapur Library in A.n. 1027. Signature of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.), with a seal bearing the inscription tY, \:...c. Cat. 229, v. 5.

PAGE 83

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 75 300. B 321. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 313. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, imperfect at the beginning. Well written, by Shaikh Burhan ; containing the complete text of lbn J!aJib. The upper margin of the first portion has been eaten by white ants. The first entire paragraph begins: Jt J.:. Cat. v. 1 (?). 301. B 236. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 138. Twentynine lines in a page. Another fragment of the same Commentary, contain ing the concluding portion. Neatly written. At the end we find the date of the author, 26th Sha'ban, 734/ and after it the following colophon: J' \ t)., '.ilb \::S '-'.v' IJk d J I.;.JJ'C'? j JJ\_., U (\ The first complete paragraph begins : J _,:; \ \ J u Inscribed twice (fol. 100 and at the end) '-'?.\Ji.c l>.. 302. B 333B. Size' 7 in. by 5! in.; foll. 369. From fifteen to seventeen lines in a page. A Super-commentary on fJz' s Commentary, commonly called by Sa'd al-dln Mas'U.d b. 'Omar (d. A.rr. 792). See Kh. vi. 172, and Fliigcl, Hdss. \Yicn, i.ii. 194. The greater part of this copy is written in a very cursive, but the concluding portion in a plainer, N as-1 The same as in Cat. Mus. Brit. 724. ta character, of the ninth century. Revised and collated. Some notes. The MS. having become much injured at the beginning, it was carefully mended and the writing restored by a later owner, Khush}:tal, who also supplied the last fol., which had lost. He speaks of this in the conclusion as follows : l. t'JJ' l.;)l.J' "'"'?.\.(., J/J '-:--'::...(1\ ea:;_, j \j\_, \_..J '.:u ... J J,:..:....J ....:;:,J\ ... ..J c\ ,;q ... ..1 '..1 ....1 ) ,;;;. L'r I.;.J,L>1J\ I.;.JflJJ ul\ According to a note on the title-page, this MS. was presented to Khushl)al in A. H. 1030. Bij. Lib., A. H. 1054. Seal of Mu},lammad Adil Shah, and of other owners previous to Khushl,lal. Catal. 229, vi. 303. 1272. Size 101 in. by in.; foil. 202. Twentyone lines in a page Another copy of the same Super-commentary. Well written, but much injured at the end. The leaves have been misplaced in binding; they should stand thus: 1, 3-152, 177-201, 153-176, 2, 202. [Hastings. J 304. B 310. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foll. 221. From twenty-six to twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, slightly imperfect and injured ht the beginning. Closely written in different N asta '111} hands. The first words are : I ,,,-..)ul_, Erroneously inscribed : \ k y \::S rd.' Cf. Catal. 230, xii.

PAGE 84

16 ARABIC 1\IANUSCRIPTS. 305. 1872. Size 81 in. by in.; foll. 182. From fifteen to seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on the beginning of Commentary, by S.uYm SnA.RiF JURJANi (d. A..H. 816). See I:. Kh. vi.172. Beginning: ..\...J\ ;l...cil j W '-'t::tJI j ') .) '.)) L The first part of these glosses, extending over the first dissertation of the original work, concludes on fol. 85v. as follows: ..\:; Mo?,.ull J::-..:1\.sl\ .(sic) t Fol. 86 continues: (' I .. )W' cJJ\ ukl The last gloss begins: Written in a bad N asta 'l1}f. hand. The colophon runs as follows: vwl1.}ll j b.s.ll (r. ?) y!_rll j tf:"'J J..c r-J?. J'-'l.l dLJI L:) \b.l.w ,_, t::......:; L_, J-' .)t .. .:::-J,;.)_,l .M..s. .... 1.!}?.-.\1\ .....s-S!"' Ul\ ....JbJ L.Sftf\ ili\J?.J .. J..(L.. j I.!JJJJo> d.l 0/' r. yl.:..:::-j ...y:J-1 Some notes. w [Hastings. J 306. B 197. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foll. 145. From twenty to seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, neatly written. Begins: t' Al.\ ..\.-...s:l\. 1 i.e. A.H. 1117. Originally had been written. The first part ends on fol. 59, with the words: ill\ The concluding portion of this part, as found in the preceding MS., 2 is here omitted. Some notes. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Nawwab Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 229, v. 5. 307. 2149. Size in. by 6 in.; foil. 274. Eleven lines in a page. A. beautiful copy of the same work, imperfect at the end. With the additional notes of Jurjan1 and other glosses, some by the transcriber, whose name was and others by his teacher (vw'-':; }.c etc. The first part ends as in the preceding MS., and has the following colophon: (sic) \ ,__? '_,.J I ?T \ w .;4 \ \ ..,ra::..S:.J\ J..c ...\; 1.:)?.-.\l\_, d.J l.:):'h::..\.1 ?:, vw...\J The second part begins with fol. 170. The first fol. has been supplied by a later hand. Seal of Nu!i>rat Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 308. B 322. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Twentyfive lines in a page. The same Glosses, well written, with numerous marginal annotations. This copy was transcribed by Mu4ammad A.min Samar"4:andi, son of Khwajah Mu4ammad Ba"4:i, for his own use. It does not, however, contain the last portion, but ends with the gloss, fls:l \ t.... \_, Part I.-which concludes (fol. 49v.) as in the two preceding MSS.-and Part II. are not separated. The last leaves are injured by insects. Seal and note of the transcriber on the title-page. 1 From the margin. 2 From fol. 80v.

PAGE 85

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 77 309. B 151. Size about in. by 5 in.; foil. 73. Twenty-one lines in a page. The second part of the preceding Glosses, from to the end. Written in a fine character, with the additional notes of the author on the margin. :Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla Payandah. Catal. 226, xv. (?). 310. 1626. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foll. 181. From twenty to twenty-three lines in a page. Glosses on part of fJz's ascribed to MiRZ.A. JAN (J;fab1b Allah Sh1raz1, d. A.H. 994 ). Cf. l;f. Kh. vi. 172. These glosses extend from to ( = foll. 12-41 of no. 299). Beginning : 1.) Ul \ l.....i.kl L:J.-. Gt.l J-; ,.:.A,)..;_yJ\ w_,_r:ll_, The last gloss begins: l:.> I and the author concludes with the \..._;>-I \ AlJ \ j \:J Taftazan1's commentary is frequently quoted. Legibly written in different Nasta'lllj; hands. [Johnson.J 311. B 324. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 343. Nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-190. The same Glosses as in the pre ceding MS. II. Foil. 191-343. A fragment of what appears to be the continuation of the above glosses, as far as Lfl'l ; imperfect at the beginning. Plainly, but carelessly written, by 'Abd b. 'Abd al-malik. The last lines of fol. 333 are wrongly drawn up in the form of a conclusion, and followed by the words td.r The text is, however, continued on the next page. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1o:2:i, with the following note: ... ... Cat. 229, v. 3. 312. 1737. Size Sk in. by 6! in. ; foil. 7 4. Six and eleven lines in a page. A short treatise on the Principles of Jurisprudence, styled )ll.l, by J?:afi?l al-d1n Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. Al;tmad NASAFI (d. A.H. 710). See I;. Kh. vi. 121, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 119. After the short introduction, the begins: y\::..(1\ ClJ trJ' J-""'' l:)' Written in Nasta'lllj;, by Ghula.m Dated Friday, 7th Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 1118. Covered with glosses. There precede (foil. 1-16r.) various extracts from works on law, some in written across the pages in several directions. [Johnson.J 313. B 316. Size lOl in. by 7! in.; foil. 166. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, by the author himself, entitled )_,j j I. It is not men tioned in J;l. Kh. nor elsewhere. Beginning: ... k-)1 AI ill\ _jJ:. .. jt'; .. dl' j .. j J:..-.:,;_, j Jl,:;l I.:Y' 'tll 9 "' kL..:::-.& 9 E-r An excellent copy, completed on Friday, 8th Mu 788, by Allah b. 'Omar. The original text is introduced by through the greater part of the work; but towards the end it is only distinguished by a red line drawn over the first word. Some notes. Collated. Much injured by insects. Various extracts are written on the title-page Bij. Libr., A.H. 1014. Cat. 229, i. 1.

PAGE 86

7S ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 314. B 318. Size Ill in. by 6i in.; foil. 238. Twenty seven lines in a page. A copious Commentary C'[_-Yf) on the Mandr, the title and author of which are not to be found, this MS. being slightly imperfect both the beginning and end. It appears, however, from the general terms of the work, and from a comparison of several quotations on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of the .J 'i ) 1 that we have here another commentary by N A.SAFI himself, entitled Cf. 1;. Kh. vi. 121, and Ibn ed. Fliigel, 22. There precedes a short introduction, on the sciences of religion and law in general. After this!.....the com-mentary begins as follows (fol. 2v.): .kl.J trl' Jy"' l!)' j J;.:jj Legibly written, of the tenth century; the text often not distinguished from the commentary. Injured at the beginning and in se\eral other places. Bij. l,ibr., A.H. 1041. Present of Shaikh l;labib (?). Seal of MuQ.ammad 'Adil Shah on the fly-leaf. Cat. 229, i. 2. 315. 17 42. Size 8 in. by 4l in. ; foll. 96. Generally nineteen lines in a page. A concise Commentary ( _,_j...,,..) on the Manar, entitled F Jl j_,...,_,ll )\,j, being an abridged and easier version of another commentary by the author, called The latter is, according Kh. vi. 125, the work of Mu'in (al-din) Abu 'Abdallah B. MUBARA.K SHAH Harawi. It occurs in Stewart's Catal. 150, xlvi. Cf. :Bibl. Sprenger. 600 (?). The preface begins: Msll 1 .. )J The author says subsequently: ).,.\.;-t ... l!J\.; l.\ )h.,.. -r.r j l!),.. d-fir 1.,';.1 (1 4-jl(j j_,..) 1 See below, no. 316. Legibly written in various styles of N asta without distinction of the text in the latter portion. The runs as follows : E_'}ll r:J_, ._\j J.:r) J' j.\...\.! w) 4-.S_,.sill Jjli; l!),.. r-r-1' l!),.. t:!J Jw L:J_,ill(_,) wll uj\::.1\ l!)\j\.S:ll ....r}:::-M.s.,.. $\}JI r-}11_, J.t:. J;j\hL_, ill,.. NJI 4-.S}.c Red lines round the pages. Notes in the earlier portion. Partly injured by damp. [Hastings. J 316. 456. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 264. Fifteen lines in a page. Another Commentary ('[__,_j..t.,..) on the same work, entitled ); by Shaikh JiwA.N Al;tmad b. Abu Sa'id b. 'Abdallah b. 'Abd b. (L\.=;...) J;Ianaf1 Makki Hindi Lakhnaw1 (d. A..H. 1130, at Dehli),I who wrote it at Madinah in A..H. 1105, when he was in his fifty-eighth year. Printed at Calcutta, 1818, and at Lakhnau, A..H. 1266. Cf. :Bibl. Sprenger. 608-9, and Stewart's Catal. 150. :Beginning: j_,...,l At the end is an epilogue by the author, from which the above statements are derived. Clearly written in Colophon: ('J\J j r-J?. j Jl..\.1 _)i=--1 J'.,1JI 1 So according to a note at the end of the Lakhnau edition.

PAGE 87

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. t.:r' (sic) .k..., L.)\...,J AJL..J Ull A number of leaves near the beginning are in a different hand. Fol. 8 should stand after fol. 1. A charm, in Pers{an, has been added at the end. Seal of Allah. 317. 1297. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foll. 142. Twenty two lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Plainly written. Dated A.H. 1187. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang on the title-page. [Tippu.J 318. B 317. Size 8! in. by 4i in.; foll. 164. Fifteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same Commentary, well written in N asta 'lllj:. It breaks off in the middle of the epilogue. Leaves are missing after foil. 40, 7 5, 76, 135, and 137. Cat. 230, xv. 319. 2157. Size 9! in. by 5i in.; foll. 290. Nineteen lines in a page. AL-SHARr'An) 'Ubaidallah b. Mas'ud b. Taj al-shari'ah Mal;tbubi's (:J?:anafl, d. A.H. 747) Com mentary on his own t:i.:.::.ll, or Principles of Jurisprudence. It is entitled J> j See Kh. ii. 444 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 195; Stewart's Catal. 148, etc. Printed at Dehli, A.H. 1267,1 and at Lakhnau, A.H. 1281. Well written, the text of the in red. The colophon runs as follows: j,J y\:S t-:.:>.. .).....s.-11 J \ii\1 '-'...c t.:>-L) .r L:' J . ,. J; r.Ar r-r.J' r-r ... b'l-. Occasional notes. Fol. 134 mutilated. On fol. 289 is a list of contents, and on its back an English title. Seal of 'Abd al-wahhUb Khan (A.H. 1168). [College of Fort William, 1825. J 1 Sec llibl. Sprenger. 602. 320. 1574. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 107. From twenty four to twenty-seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Closely written in by 'Ail 1\ful;tammad. The text and the commentary are marked with and V respectively. Some notes. The margin is partly cut away. [Hastings. J 321. B 332. Size 91 in. by 51 in.; foil. 253. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the beginning and end, and in many other places. Begins : fslll..\.lb. Well written, text and commentary marked with r and V. Notes. Partly injured by damp. Erroneously inscribed (fol. 64) J.t..c 322. B 182. Size 13 in. by 7! in.; foil. 563. Thirteen lines in a page. A Super-commentary on the preceding work, entitled ud \...Sl\ e:J::.ll, b. 'Omar TAFTAZANI (d. A.H. 792). Cf. J.I. Kh. ii. 444; FlUgel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 196; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 102, etc. It is also contained in the aforesaid printed editions of the A :fine copy, written in a bold hand. It ends with the colophon of the original MS., which had been transcribed by the author for his son. This colophon runs as follows : bj I b..\.lb r-_,w_,.JI .._iA r-P' _,Jb_, ?J tJJI _j-i:. .. dl ill\ [il].JI .. b_,).\ l-. Revised. With various interlinear and marginal <'X planations. Golu anu blue lines round the pages. The

PAGE 88

80 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ornament of the first page has been cut out. Fol. 17 is much injured. The leaves have been misplaced in binding. They should stand in the following order : foil. 1-18, 135-138, 178, 156-177, 139-145, 147, 146, 148-155 (after which is a slight defect), 19-134, 205-256, 184-200, 202-204, 201, 179-183, 257-478, 480-483, 479, 484-563. Foil. 553 and 554 are not consecutive, notwithstanding that the catch-word would imply it. The defect, accordingly, existed already in the original MS. Signature of the owner, :ij:aidar 'Ali b. Rustam 'Ali, at the end. Cat. 229, xi. 323. 2989. Size 9i in. by 5! in. ; foil. 318. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the Neatly written in N asta 'li]f, but the first portion (to fol. 67) supplied by two different hands. Notes. The book having been injured, it was bordered with new paper; hence the catchwords were often lost, and the latter portion misplaced in re-binding. Foil. 258-318 should be placed in the following order: 258, 291-310, 314-317, 259-290, 311-313, 318. A defect after fol 162. A blank on fol. 130. Seals of 'Abd al-mu'min, Henry Vansittart, and Charles Boddam, and signature of the latter, "Calcutta, May 1st, 1787.'' 324. 922. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 142. Nineteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same work. Narrowly, but legibly written in Nasta'li]f, with many notes. It breaks off abruptly. [Hastings. J 325. B 187. Size 81 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 299. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on the by l;[ASAN CHALA.Br b. Mu l,lammad Fanari (d. A.H. 886). See I;I. Kh. ii. 445, and Stewart's Catal. 148, xxx. The first gloss begins: f>-1 ..M.sll AI, j j_,...,l Neatly written. The colophon runs as follows : 6-'l.::j' yb$' l,..jk y\:.$' .... j ... cj .M..s:""' JL..S' (.!)! .M..s.""' n &-lr',.,\5:1 1 c,)::.H Frequent additions by the author ( on the margin of the first portion. Blue lines round the pages. The first leaf mutilated. Defects after foil. 36, 51, and 207. Cat. 226, xxiii. 326. B 188. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 96. Eleven lines in a page. Glosses on a passage of the viz. the paragraph on the Good and the Bad ((.!).w.Sll and especially on the four of al shari'ah (corresponding to foil. 250 sqq. of no. 322), by 'Ann B. SHAMs AL-nrn (SrYALKUTr, d. about A.H. 1060). See, for another commentary and the subject in general, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 613, and also :ij:. Kh. vi. 448. The preface begins: et:'\:.$' Jj_j\ ,_; J.J:b So .\ J{.l \j L; ') ... The first gloss is: (r. W (.!),., r' l.v. Plainly written in a large hand. On the last page is written : t.>-y \:.$' d..\ '{:.JlJ f. Catal. 226, xxii. (?). 327. 3095. Size 81 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 135. Nineteen lines in a page. Glosses on the entitled ("Jhll, by 'AnnALLAH LABrn son of 'Abd al-l,takim Siyalkuti. These glosses were

PAGE 89

PRINCIPLES OF JURISPRUDENCE. 81 written by the author in his early youth, under the superintendence of his father, and include the glosses of the latter, described under the preceding no. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 148, xxix. (?). Beginning: t)JJ All f)} uJJI, The first gloss is: (1 Jl Neatly written in N asta Imperfect at the end, and injured by insects. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam, with several inscriptions in the handwriting of the latter. 328. 1286. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 283. From twenty-three to twenty-six lines in a page. Glosses on the by an unknown author, im perfect at the end. :Beginning: _fb\bll JJ""I ( .U_,:;) ,, Written in a current N asta hand, the first portion on reddish paper. Frequent additions (marked with corrections (marked with 1:. or J ), notes of the author ( t') et:-), and various readings are on the margin. It would appear that this 1\IS. was copied from an earlier edition of the work, and revised according to an enlarged one. Fol. 30v. has been left blank. Slightly injured. Inscribed: ..,\ tk_ Seal of Shaikh al-islam Mul;lammad (of the twelfth century). [Johnson.J 329. B 325. Size about 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 119. Twenty-five lines in a page. ...\Cl_, ,j..c j yi.::.S' l!}?.-.\11 A concise treatise on the Foundations of the Common Law, by Jamal al-d1n 'Ann b. IsNt'i (or Isnawi,t Sha.fi'i, d. A.H. 772). Cf. J;I. Kh. ii. 423 sq. :Beginning: )..\..c\ J?;-. All Msll J#l. The work consists of two intro ductory chapters, 4..-.\......JI, fs:l1 and fsll l:J\$) and seven books: I. (fol. 21) j y\::..(1\; II. (fol. 95) j; Ill. (fol. 97) j IV. (fol. 99) j; V. (fol. 105) j VI. (fol. 110) j; VII. (fol. 114) j. Each of these books comprises a series of questions ( ........... ), which are generally subdivided into chapters. The work concludes as follows: j t.J.i_,. j Al.ll ... J\:; '-'J....l A valuable copy, made by Mal}. mud b. 'Othman '-'J ill I 0::.___;..}.!\. Dated Monday, 9th Hab1' II., 794. It was transcribed from a .:\IS., into which all the additions made by the author on a final revision had been entered by Ibrahlm Dimyati, in Rabi' II., 772, at Makkah. It was also collated, immediately after its completion, with another MS., which had been collated with the author's own copy. Several Ijazalts for the works of Isna'i are on the title-page, and a poem in praise of that author is at the end, all in the handwriting of the transcriber. The margin is injured. A defect after fol. 5. 330. B 326. Size about in. by G} m. ; foll. 64. Twenty-five lines in a page. ...\.C'-" J.; u.Jl' J y\::.S' 2. A treatise by the same author, on the Grammatical Elements of Jurisprudence, being a sort of supplement to the preceding work, during the progress of which it was begun. See J.I. Kh. v. 263 sq., and also ii. 424. 1 From Isna, in Upper Egypt. 2 Supposed to be the inscription of the author's copy, A.i \S' \ h:;... jb. 11

PAGE 90

82 ARABIC The date of the author runs as follows: r J \:; i.:)w $u1 j c(!;:.,..) t_')l .c.:...-I d. j M! lt \ t :: .. .. l Notes in the earlier portion. On the title-page is an account of the author, according to wlllch he was born in A.H. 790, and became a pupil of Ibn al-Shil;mah (d. A.H. 815) and others. He 1 Originally cilll J_, d.. was alike distinguished as a scholar and a He died at Cairo, on Friday, 7th RamaQ.an, 861. Signature of 'Alam Allah b. 'Abd Makki I:Ianafi 'Aidarusl. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1023. Cat. 229, iY. 332. 1273. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 213. Thirty one and twenty-three lines in a page. The first part of a .. ,...) on Allah b. 'Abd al-shakur Bahari's (d. A.H. 1119) r'' or Principles of Jurisprudence. Part of the original work 1 was printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1263.: Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 610, and Stewart's Catal. 151, liv. It was written in A.H. 1109, which date is expressed by the chronogram tL .... ..-. It refers alike to the Hanafite and Shaft 'ite systems, and consists of a treating of \; four j,_..,l' on """"t;u.l; and a wt.:>.. The name of the commentator, which is not given, is, according to the following no., Molla Nr?iM AL-DIN.3 Beginning: JW cill -'::-.t.sW4 i.' ""'sj ,_s..\l\ AlJ This part comprises the three \ and concludes: j J..t.l.:U "":) l-...;>tl.ilb j.:. Alj ..M.sl\ i_l ...w,l.;i.,JI 'C_rl 1.:)\ jtJ cill\, ... It consists of two separate volumes. The first, which ends with the fourth paragraph ('. of the third J:.H.ii,.. (fol. 94), is written in a minute and not very clear handwriting. It is dated Rampur, Wednesday, 2nd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah. The second volume, which contains the rest of the same cU t.ii,.., is written in a similar but plainer style, and bears no date. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 196-9 should stand thus: 197, 196, 199, 198. [Hastings. J 1 To the end of the second j:J \.ii,.. 2 Another commentary on it, ca1led was printed at Cawnpore, A.H. 1287. 3 He is likewise so called in occasional quotations on the margin of the Lakhnau edition.

PAGE 91

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 83 333. 983. Size 10! in. by 6i in.; foll. 303. Twenty one lines in a page. The second part of the same Commentary, comprising two of the four J_,."'l, viz. y\d.l\ and In two separate volumes, both written in a bold hand. The first vol. concludes as follows (fol. 144): r-W '-'h;-}\>. Al&.lllj.C 1(d-'l\ h.:>. JL..S' 1. J.J '-'Z'"I?,k_, U""k &JJ\ u.wl ( Al &JJ\ ft &JJ\ U'"' y_r j\ 1.;)' The second volume concludes thus: r-W J J ........ .1;.;J .. J"" r.J rv----; u '-:-b:; W \ J ... ...\J '-!J?...\1\ r-\l:J u), .... u}yt b --'?.) 4ll &JJ\ .M..d I &JJ I u.w I J IS c. .r;u U"" k Yr jl_,l &.ll\ """' d-.\1\ JW' u_,\yt _;bl:>.. ,.,.\,..i Seals of the above Kamal al-d1n and Allah. PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 334. 831. Size 8! in. by 4! in. ; foll. 190. Twenty two lines in a page. The Prayer-book of 'A.r.l ZAIN AL-'i:srniN, the fourth Imam of the Shi'ites (d. A.H. 94 or 92), transmitted to posterity by AL-MuTAWAKKIL b. Harun on the authority of two grandsons of 'Ali. It is called il,..Kll Cf. p. n r, who is, however, inaccurate,2 and I;. Kh. iii. 100. The work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1248, according to :Bibl. Sprenger. 699 ; and it seems also to be contained in Cat. St. Petersb. 33, lxii. The present text is given on the authority of N ajm al-dln Abu'I-:I;Jasan Mul,tammad b. ... 'Alawi :e:usaini, who had it from Abu 'Abdallah Mul,tammad b. Al,tmad. b. Shahriyar, guardian of the mausoleum 1 From the margin. 2 He appears to have confounded the names of l\Iutawakkil and his son 'Umair. of the Khalif 'Ali,t in Rab1' I., 516, etc. The Isnad goes back to Mutawakkil, who gives the following account of the origin of the book. He was return ing to Khurasan from the pilgrimage, when he met with Y al,tya b. Zaid b. 'Al1, and received from him a copy of these prayers, on the authority of his father, Zaid the Martyr. Subsequently, after Y al,tya had been killed (A.H. 125), he went again to Madinah, where he showed his copy to Ja'far who found it identical with a book in his possession, which had been written by his father, Mul,tammad b. 'AIL From this Mutawakkil took a copy, Ja'far himself dictating. The book consisted originally of seventy-fi"Ve chapters, but eleven were lost by him, so that he only kept some sixty chapters With the exception of the last statement, the same story is given with another Isnad, in Ibn Mutahhar, joins that of 'J'us1 (I.e.). According to this version, the book contained only fifty-four prayns, 1 Cf. no. 371, fol. 64v.

PAGE 92

84 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. which are enumerated, and are exactly the same as those found in the present MS. There is, however, an appendix (fol. 175), which was offered by several MSS. It is introduced by the first Isnad, and contains seven more prayers, and formulre for each day of the week. Well written, with vowel-points. Accompanied by an interlinear translation, and many useful notes, in Persian. Gold lines round the pages. An ornament at the beginning. [Johnson.J 335. 2324. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 65. Ten lines in a page. Prayers for the week, beginning with Friday. According to the introduction, these prayers were communicated by the Prophet to Mul!AMM.AD B. UsAMAH, when he was imprisoned at for being suspected of ; and he regained his liberty through their influence. Beginning : All\ J l. \.J d. ..\ .... s... (\ ("fjl \ tl.:..c. The prayer of each day consists' of '-'J)' .s:\.::'-'' s.3J.::' another and Well written, with vowel-points. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 336. 1531. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 236. Fourteen lines in a page. A Shi'ah book on religious duties, especially prayer, imperfect at the beginning. It appears from quotations of other works 1 that the author is ABu J A 'FAR Tu si (Mu}:lammad b. al-J:Iasan, d. A.H. 460). It is very probably his j jsl\ y'.::S,mentioned in his own Fhrst, p. r", 1. 18. Begins : t: .... :; \ \ \ &.:.:.:: (__ \ '-'L., \ The first paragraph, which is inscribed tr' j an outline of the present work. The five principal duties See below. of the Shi'ites are prayer, almsgiving, fasting, pilgri mage, and holy war. The author begins with prayer, as that duty which is to be performed every day, and treats of it circumstantially in a separate part, il::Jj\_, This part is introduced by a treatise on ablution and other preparations for prayer. The second part (fol. 100v.), L ... ...l\ treats briefly of the remaining duties, according to their occurrence in the course of the year. It begins with RamaQ.an, the time for fasting, and concludes with Raj ab. The rites of the pilgrimage are mentioned under Dhu'l-}:lijjah. Then follow those duties which are not connected with a particular time (fol. 209v.), \,.. j I.!J,.. . :;y, They are either personal, as and ..J ... or pecuniary, as 1. They are only rapidly surveyed, and reference is made for the former to the author's A:,\t.:.l1 and 1 and for the latter, to .2 The work concludes (fol. 213v.) with three sets of prayers, recommended for special times, viz. morning and evening prayers, prayers for each day of the week, and such for the twelve hours of the day. For parti culars the author refers to his There are added (fol. 231) a charm, rules for the Nauruz, and a prayer. According to the colophon (fol. 232v. ), this copy was transcribed from that of Mu}:lammad b. b. A}:lmad b. Idris . 'ljll, which had been written in A.H. 570, and had been collated with the author's own copy. It is well written and emended. It has also been collated with the copy of one At the end is a prayer, styled and ascribed to 'Ali. It is in a different hand, and is dated A. H. 1013. Fol. 234 should be placed after 228. Worm-eaten. [Johnson.J 1 See his Fihrist, p. r", 2 ib. rM, 1. 6.

PAGE 93

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 85 337. B 229. Size lOl in. by 6 in.; foll. 63. Twentyfive, afterwards twenty-one lines in a page. GrrAzz.hi's (Abu Mu}:tammad b. Mu}:tammad, d. A.H. 505) explanation of the ninety-nine names of God, entitled .l..aJi.Jl or See Kh. vi. 89, iv. 27, v'fvo and also v'fv'f, and for a full account of its contents, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 326. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 857. At first written in a small clear hand, but continued (from fol. 35v.) in an inelegant Nasta'lil,t. The colopho.n runs as follows: j tj ""-:-; t!J4 '-:-'..) JJJ ..M.sl' J 4ll' &..> _}..-. .l...s" &..> _,.iil \ JJJ I A-t.=--..J ....si' u:::-(sic) JJ? j e\,3 j. Marginal notes. A prayer, inscribed i} with directions in Persan, is added at the end. The title-page is filled with various extracts, amongst them a fragment of a preface, which begins: ..M.sl\ 4ll, and ends abruptly with the first few words after \,.' From these it would appear that we have here only a variation of the original exordium of the present treatise. Worm-eaten and stained. 338. B 429. Size 9! in. by 5i in. ; foll. 89. Thirteen lines in a page. A fragment of a work on prayers and cabbalistic matters, by Sharaf al-din Abu'l-'Abbas .AJ;lmad BfJNi (d. A.rr. 622), the same as that described by Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 566, 3. Written in a large bold hand, of about the tenth century. Two leaves are wanting at the beginning. The first words are: Ji Defective after foil. 6, 14, and 83, and at the end. Much injured. That part which treats of the names of God (see Fliigel, I.e.) has its own title (fol. 33), bl..i\ and the name of the author is introduced at the beginning of it. It is probably mentioned as a separate work, in J;I. Kh. iv. 24, under L....: \ u:...w..s:l \ in the third place. The part just spoken of had been placed at the beginning of this volume, and inscribed Cf. Catal. 234, viii. 2 (?). 339. B 438. Size 6 in. by 4! in.; foll. 36. Eleven or twelve lines in a page. Prayers for the week, ascribed to Mu}:tyi al-din (Mu }:tammad b. 'All) IBN 'ARABi (d. A.H. 638). Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. ii. 78. Beginning: w\.:>.J\ t!!-' )\ ill\ r. c.:>-_,J Ail\ ,s,.r d. t!!?.w\1\ .J\ b....s: .... ll Jq ==--)' t .. Then follow the nocturnal prayers for the remaining week-days, and after them the diurnal prayers Cr-.% etc.), one in each case. Well written, on European paper, with notes to the quotation of some of these prayers in the (of Bistftml, d. A.H. 858; see I;. Kh. iii. 200). Red rulings. Cat. 233 (Duawat ), ii. 1. 340. B 115. Size 9 in. by in.; foll. 241. Nineteen lines in a page. j y\::.S' l.ilb .. -..S'JJ:.l\ Y-' Prayers for all occasions of Muslim life, collected from the tradition by Mu}:tyi al-dln NAwAwi (d. A.rr. 676). The work is often called See Kh. iii. 109, and Wiistenfcld, das Lebcn des al-N awawl, p. 48. Beginning: J.j-J1 )\f;JI &JJ ill\ Jl..; ...w \,.\ .... .. c., v Pc... '1. 9 L.....O i' fJj' F1

PAGE 94

86 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The author confines himself chiefly to traditions from the five canonical collections of Bukhari, Muslim, Abu Da'ud, Tirmidhi, and Nasa'l. He generally omits the Isnads. The work begins with a succession of introductory paragraphs ). The date of the work is given at the end as follows : wW\ t:1i..l' Ju d. d. '-'-',:J' y.\ J,-.\1\ j AlJ\ (sic) w_.;>-\ DL..::. .. _, L .J\ ......... W\ A::.J' f. .. About one-third of this copyw.as written by Khwajah Rukn al-din Ruzbahfm b. Manfllur b. Ya}:lya b. Shaikh Rukn al-din Rastgui, in a good hand, about the ninth century. The rest, including also the first leaf, has been supplied by a descendant of his, named 'Abd al-ra}:lman b. Junaid Rastgu in a more hurried character, towards the end of the tenth century. Prefixed is a list of the chapters of the work (foll. 1-6), followed by a little tract in Persian, on the lawful ness of using vinegar (J.:;.. ). It concludes: \.ilb {\ The name of the author, however, is not given. This tract was copied in A.H. 991, by b. 'All, who succeeded the transcriber in the possession of this MS. W Several leaves stained. Seal of the aforesaid l;laidar b. 'Ali. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1033. Cat. 223, ix. 341. 2821. Size 7l in. by 5! in.; foll. 112. Seventeen lines in a page. A Vade-mecum for Travellers, comprising prayers and ceremonies to be performed, and amulets and remedies to be used by them for their safety. It was compiled by RA:pi AL-DIN 'Al1 b. Musa b. Ja'far b. Mu}:lammad b. Mu}:lammad b. ra'us ('J'l'irsi) 'Alawi Fatimi, a Shi'ite and chief of the Saiyids, who probably lived in the latter part of the seventh century. This treatise is properly entitled ... J\ )\b.:;..\ t.:J_.. y\::.S'. Cf. H. Kh. i. 433. ... JiY. All j J\sl\ In thirteen chapters, each subdivided into sections ), a list of which is inserted in the preface. The chapters are on the following subjects : I. (.!)_..} (.!) ... J;; 4' L-._, )U-,lli Jtl' )..\!\_, in fifteen sections; II. (fol. 19v.) b')k.:>.' (.!),., ... w b')u...:' j in five sections; Ill. (fol. 24) L..... siJi..;)l (.!)_.. _}.-\\ j in four sections; IV. (fol. 29v.) '--=-"'-'i .x..c. <--4-lb vw'-MII in three sections; V. (fol. 37) yl_,.)ll_, o.\:..C vwJ\.ill .SyJI )\b;.J\, in five sections; VI. (fol. 45) L...-. b'_}J..i l..::J J.:. u=J\ AL..::s::: thirteen sections; VII. (fol. 53v.) )-.\l\ (.!)_.. j t? 1-S\ yj) ..,\;,.c) ...\.:.:., in five sections; VIII. (fol. 60v.) .Jk.s:l\ in three sections; IX. (fol. 62v.) j 1-S\ (j) ... t..._, in twenty-five sections; X. (fol. 76) L..... .(_i:. l-._, '-'-').' (.!) ... J_,..,;:.l\ J,;w (.!)_.. \,; _,.s:J \ (,!)-_.. (.!)..a.:s:\:, L-._, J j in twelve sections; XL (fol. 88v.) ... j l:)w cb $\?}j :J yhS' comprising the whole treatise of Abu Bakr Mul;lammad b. Zakariya Rlzi, the celebrated physician (d. A.H. 311 or 320). This treatise begins: ilil _,Jb All ..M..s.ll

PAGE 95

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 87 $Y}J t.:1. A.Rll (fol. 89) yid ... (sic) A;\.., f. M.;::-}_, j !..S))I cJJ\ t""'WI J.'..r.)_,ll .,_\;,.; yjj j s. jj o:i..rd::< 1 XII. (fol. 93) on amulets tried by the author's own experience, in five sections; XIII. (fol. 94) ...\...s_.. t:; _,l \b..,j JL y \::.$' (.!),.. ..\j j .. j ""'Ls:--t AlJi..:.j _)asJ I consisting only of the treatise of B. LUJ.rA.. See on this treatise, Cat. Mus. Brit. 204. Neatly written, of the eleventh century. The last two pages contain an extract from i.e. probably the treatise of lBN AL-KHA.SHsa.AB, on the properties of some verses of the Koran, mentioned in Kh. iii. 197. This extract begins: \... J t:; !::U\ j :,1 It is written by a diffe1ent hand. The first eight leaves are misplaced; they should stand in the following order: 1, 4, 2, 3, 6, 7, 5, 8. Worm-eaten. [Bib I. Leydeniana. J 342. 799. Size 9 in. by in. ; foil. 199. Fourteen lines in a page. A. work on religious duties, especially prayer, entitled j 'CUI b. Yusuf IBN AL-MU'!'AHHAR (a Shi 'ite, d. A.. H. 726). It is an abridgment of Abu Ja'far fusz's (d. A..H. 460) 'L ,2 which the author made for the Wazir 'Izz al-din Mu}.mmmad The following is an abstract of the preface: .M.s:ll \.-.I .... J?r, Al.! JL!I, ... Jib Wl t!j (fol. 2) J.; 1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. 1., p. 288, xcii. 6. 2 Cf. 'fusi, Fi!trist, p. rM, and 1;1. Kh. v. 685. See also no. 336. 3 Sec IIammcr-Purgstall, Gesch. d. Ilchunc, ii. 140. .r.' .. ""''"' . ... o.;;; yid Jl ... I...S""'_,kll \... pS'I A:...:!\ j .},..\,; ... \:..:;.;;.j\ &-..J?.ji' J_, ... .. A;::-,)>-t:: ... .... .. \_., dJ:; ... .J' {_ 'J The work contains eleven chapters: I. I j ; II. (fol. 6) b}fkll j; Ill. (fol. 11) j; IV. (fol. 13v.) ... j; V(fol. 17) j '-'UI,:.J\ VI. (fol. 43) JS' j JtJi:. \.....,.._, VII. (fol. 38v.) j; VIII. (fol. 60v.) ..... l\ j AW L .. IX. (fol. 72) ; X. (fol. 76) j; XL (fol. 184) d, ...\1\ J_,...,l D_r--j uk Beautifully written. Dated Rajah, 984. Vowels are frequently added. Titles in gold. An ornament on the first page, and gold and blue lines round the others. Benedictions on the Prophet, said to have been composed by 'All RiQ.a, and handed down by ij:imyari, and prayers for Fatimah (A-.1\,; t.u are added on the last two pages. [Johnson.J 343. B 429B. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foil. 37. Twenty seven lines in a page. An explanation of the Epithets of God. The first leaf being missing, the author and the title of the work are not ascertained. It appears, however, from a notice at the end that it consists chiefly of extracts from a trcati;;c, whose author is merely called the to which are invariably added other extracts from a work of I.Cusll((iri (d. A.n. 465), probably his (see l.L Kh. ii. 18). The passage

PAGE 96

88 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. in question runs as follows (fol. 37): I_,L.a ...\J L..hll u-?WI 1.::.-'13 u_)t w_jlJ j ... lJ t: ... r-:WI u-!1 41 b .. _pi:. 41 k"' ... Other authorities as late as the seventh century are quoted, e.g. Turibishti (d. A.H. 658). Well written, the diacritical points often omitted. Marginal notes of later date. The beginning is injured, there is a defect after fol. 31, and the end is wanting. Soiled. Cat. 223, viii. 1 (? ). 344. B 435. Size 7 in. by 3-! in.; foil. 101. Twenty one lines in a page. A treatise on the efficacious use of the Koran for prayers and charms. It is defective and much injured at the beginning. The author appears to be a Magh ribi, who wrote in the eighth century. Re quotes Ghazzall, Shadhili (d. A.H. 656), and various Magh ribl authorities. This treatise follows the order of the Surahs, expounding the properties of each. It concludes : b' J:> tlbk.J_, tf! k"' L!l,.. L!l,.. (_I Written in a small but clear hand, with frequent indications of the contents on the margin. The first portion and the last leaf are supplied in a different hand. Stained. Inscribed (fol. 5): ("k ).) ?.I d,.l Cf. Catal. 233, vi. 345. 2276. Size 7-! in. by 4! in.; foil. 107. Eleven lines in a page. lBN JAZARi's (Shams al-din Abu'l-khair Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad, d. A.H. 833) Prayer-book, called L!l.as:ll L See Kh. iii. 71 ; Fliigel, Rdss. Wien, iii. 144, etc. It was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1229. Beginning: I J \j . JJt.ill j I ('L.I t..lWI ilJ. I _.AJ \ I -'::-> _, ..Jlb-.\1 I '-'?. ,j I r.:.r. ..M.s..,. id ...\;t.S.,. ..J::'_sl' )! ""! ,, AJJI l.l .. A.l!l i' k-.\11 Written in a good Persian hand, with vowel-points Numerous marginal notes. Several leaves supplied in a later hand. Slightly injured on the margin and stained. Foil. 21-61 and 79-96 should be transposed. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 346. 861. Size 9 in. by in.; foil. 113. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. It begins : J I I I I J t; 1"-'Jill \!Y' L:JI M} L!l,.. JW Alll wkl1 ) I..S.J).!!f=l I l!)! ..\;t.S...,. l!)! ...\.t.s.-. d. -.\..t..s.,. Alll l-.1 J JW Alll This is the authentic commencement, according to the commentary of 'Ali (see below). Plainly written, by Khan Mul).ammad, in Rajah, 1115. Ornamented. Some notes. A key to the work, in Persian, is on fol. 1. The book belonged once to I;Iusain b. 'Abdallah b. Shaikh al 'Aidarus, and subsequently to N J an g 347. 2116. Size in. by 5 in.; foil. 208. From six to sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Begins: ('l-.\ w\>. jt; l!)?.-.\11_, ilJ.I A,..jl Written in a large hand, partly with vowel-points. Numerous notes. One or two leaves wanting at the end. From fol. 191 follow various other prayers, the first imperfect at the beginning. Carelessly written in different hands. In an elegant Oriental binding. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 1 From the margin.

PAGE 97

PRAYERS AND CHAR:M:S. 89 348. 2295. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 388. Nineteen lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the preceding work, by 'ALi B. SuL'!'AN Mu.J;IAMMAD (Harawi d. A.H. 1016, at Makkah). According to Kh. iii. 73, it was composed in A.H. 1008, and entitled j.,;-Sll L!J::O.t.!JI. Cf. Stewart's Cat. 175, ii. It begins with the explanation of the introductory words ofibn Jazari, r! AlT ""-t.s,. Jlsll Then follow, as the authentic text, the words given at the beginning of no. 346. The usual beginning, (1 All (see no. 345 ), is mentioned here only as the reading of some MSS. Well written. Slightly injured by insects. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 349. B 423. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foil. 65. Twenty one and nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-28. Extracts from a cabbalistic treatise called w_,_rll j newly arranged in four sections ), and entitled yl:S w,.J.s.ll j They are ascribed here to Abu'l-'Abbas BuNi: (d. A.H. 622), but unless we have in the treatise itself a work of Buni hitherto unknown, this statement cannot be true. The only work with the title r' that is known, was written more than two centuries after the death of Buni, by 'Abd al-ral,lman b. Mul,lammad Bistamz (d. A.H. 858; cf. J;I. Kh. iv. 73, Cat. Mus. Brit. 344, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 176). Perhaps the statement of the present MS. is founded upon a confusion of the treatise in question with a work of Buni, called Kh. iv. 75, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 171 ), from which the author himself made similar extracts under the title w.JWJ Cf. Kh. iv. 440. Beginning: )?I JtJ ... ILl! l.l 4J.ll li""..\J w_,_r:ll r.c j "'_,ml J.,.-a,; The four sections are described as follows: I. Lj j II. .. j; j w_vs:ll J..c IV. &..J_,_rl\ 1..:..)\J.::r-J j ;_, \.t...l Plainly written, but incomplete. There are defects after foll. 16, 18, 20, and at the end. II. Foll. 29-65. The concluding portion of a treatise on the properties of the letters of the .Abujad. The author is not known, but he quotes BU.ni and Shadhili (d. A.H. 656). This fragment begins in the seventeenth section, which is devoted to the letter &..J ; the first words are: The twenty-eighth section, on the letter t_, is followed by other sections, not numbered, and the treatise con cludes with the words L) I Then follow some magic squares. 350. 1947. Size 9i in. by 5! in.; foil. 122. Nine lines in a page. The celebrated Prayers for Mul,lammad, called by Abu 'Abdallah Mul,lammad b. Sulaiman JAzud (SimlaU Sharif J?:asani, a Maghribi saint, who died on 16th Rabi' I., 870, at Jl..c_,.;l).1 Kh. iii. 235; Flligel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 146; Cat. Bodl., ii. 86; Cat. St. Petersb. 33; and Stewart, 175, iv. The work was printed at St. Petersburgh, 1842. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. Marginal notes, mostly derived from the commentary of Fasi, in the earlier portion. The drawings of the Mosque of Madinah are wanting, but there is a de scription in words instead. Seal and signature of Mul;lammad Khan Jahan, A.H. 1186. In an elegant Oriental binding. [Tippu.J 1 These statements are from the commentary of Fasi: (see no. 354). Jazulah is a Berber tribe in vw_,....ll. It is also spelled J) (see Edrisi, Description de l' Afrique, par Dozy et De Goeje, p. v., 1. 10). Simlalah is a branch of the same tribe. 12

PAGE 98

90 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 351. 4A. Size 7 in. by 4-i in.; foil. 106. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the Well written, with vowel-points. Richly illuminated and gilt. It contains two pictures, representing the Mosques of Makkah and Madlnah. "Received from Dr. Royle, July, 1856." 352. 2618. Size 7! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 68. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written in a Malay hand, with vowel-points. The drawings are omitted. At the end (fol. 67v.) is an epilogue, ascribed to the author. It begins: l.a id L. 353. B 443. Size 4! in. by 3 in.; foil. 165. Seven lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-102. Another copy of imperfect at the beginning ; the first words are : j Plainly written, with \owel-points. II. Foil. 104-165. Another fragment of the same work, written in a similar style. Slightly injured. 354. 1700. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foil. 321. Seventeen lines in a page. A copious Commentary ('[_))to...,) on the preceding work, entitled '-!:.).'.r.sJ' t:ll.k...., by AL-MAnni b. A.Q.mad b. 'Ali b. Yusuf F1si (\'-'lyt wJ.a.iil\ '.J"-'-' Cf. Kh. iii. 235, Cat. Mus. Brit. 78, and Stewart's Cat. 175, v. Beginning : .._s::;-cl;j \.=q...l A}J I J I I J _,JY. The author says in his preface that this is an abridged version of a still more ample commentary which he had written before. Well written. Has the following colophon : L!Y' \ ""'?. J.:. rrJ' 1..\lb Jw d AD\ 1.!1. .... ... Llbl--. ... .... SUI\ t..5-' W) .r. t!l. .. tYl' Lli:} u.c\j)\ 0 A..S'.)\J-1 (1 _p..c cUt .... J L Slightly injured by damp. Seals of .An war al-din Khan and his son J ang (A.H. 117 4). [Tippu.J 355. 2131. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foil. 109. Nine and thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-89. The of J.A.Zfu.i, without the introduction. Beginning: .... J..c t' J.:. Plainly written; vowel-points occasionally added. II. Foil. 91v.-101. .A prayer for Mul).ammad, styled _r.S'\ J_,.)J. It begins: All\ \J4 and is preceded by a introduction, -_r.5'1 J_,.)J Plainly written, with all the vowels. It was trans cribed by Shaikh MuJ:tammad y_r, in Rajab, 1084, for Malik Khan. The vacant pages between these two pieces are filled with a prayer for MuQ.ammad, written in a very large hand, and at the foot of the second is a charm, ascribed to 'AB, in Persian, written in Shikastah. Ill. Foil. 102-109. A morning prayer. Beginning: Jl._, cill\ r! Well written in a large hand. J.'.J 1..:--J For the rest of the volume, see Urdu and Persian MSS. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 1 Effaced.

PAGE 99

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 91 356. B 439. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 32. Nineteen lines in a page. J.d,;\ J.c j yid t..!.ll Al.! I J..WI A fragment of a Book of Prayers for Mul,lammad, consisting of extracts from Jazuli's with paraphrase and explanations, and a few original additions, so as to form a sort of commentary on that work. The author, Saiyid MAJ;MUD of Madinah, was still alive when this MS. was written, i.e. A. H. 1107. Beginning (fol. lv.): j J.a,; yh{J\ The division of the into quarters and thirds is also marked here. The first quarter ends on fol. 6. At the end, as additions by the author, are two prayers for MuQ.ammad, ascribed to Abu Bakr and 'Ali, and after these a drawing of the three tombs in the Mosque of Madinah. The colophon offers a different title: J,.:;l y\::.{J\ Al.!\ J Al.! I I b: _, '} J:s:!-j AJI.S'_;., lw_, Uh>.\ Jl;ill c:Y .;:#' jJ_, j.:; L-. _r.::>-_, V L A:..c Al.! I J->:--.\JLJ \ (!)?. -.\1 I Well written, with vowel-points, but injured and defective in several places. Leaves are wanting after foil. 3, 5, 28, 29, and 30. Cat. 233 (Duawat ), iii. 1. 357. 2168. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 88. Eleven and thirteen lines in a page. SADID AL-DIN KA.srranARi's Instruction in Prayer and Purification, according to the I;Ianafite rite, entitled 1 Effaced. j.a;J\ Cf. Kh. vi. 227; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 467; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 50, etc. Plainly written in two large hands, partly with interlineation and notes. Fol. 88. A funeral prayer, with directions in Persan. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 358. 1162. Size 9! in. by 6! in.; foll. 71. Twelve, afterwards up to eighteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Ill written in two hands, N asta '111} and N askh. The former ends confusedly on fol. 68v., and has the date, A.H. 1169. The remaining portion has been added by the N askh hand. The colophon mentions 'Ali Mul,lammad as the transcriber, and a note below, Molla Fa<;l.ilAkhun as the owner of this copy. Coloured lines round the pages of the earlier portion. Fol. 7 should be placed after fol. 9. A few lines in Pushtu are on the fly-leaf. 359. 1860. Size 9l in. by 4! in. ; foil. 248. Twenty one and ten lines in a page. I. Foil. 9-200. A Commentary ( "[_ on the pre ceding work, by Ibrahim b. MuQ.ammad b. Ibrahim (d. A. H. 956). This is the abridgment which the author made from his larger commentary, called It is simply named See Kh. vi. 228; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 50 sq.; and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 118 sq. Neatly written. Dated Tuesday, 17th 1096. Numerous marginal notes, extracted from the larger commentary, and from various other works. A small ornament on the first page, and coloured lines round the others. The vacant leaves at the beginning and end of this piece are 'filled with various extracts, traditions, Fatwas, etc., written in the same hand. Amongst them is a list of the sections of the present work (foil. 3v.-4r. ) Foil. 205v.-208. Short Rules of Inheritance, written like the preceding.

PAGE 100

92 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Foil. 209-210. Various extracts, amongst them (fol. 21 Ov.) one from ld I J; \:.), and, on the margin of the same page, another from both of some length. Foil. 211-223. A Persian treatise on Dress. It is imperfect at the beginning, but it is described at the end as an extract from y\::S. Foil. 224-227 are vacant, but enclosed with coloured lines like the rest. II. Foil. 229-248: j 1 As_....J y'._,.,Qly '--..Qji)L An anonymous treatise on the Law of Inheritance. Begins: '-!:)L. 131 Imperfect at the end. Plainly written in a large hand, with numerous notes. This part of the volume being of a smaller size, the single sheets of it have been bound higher and lower alternately, so as to fit the size of the rest. Part of the margin of it has been cut off. Both parts of this volume bear the seal of Jang, the first also a note stating that it had been bought of Saiyid I;Iusainl: 'Aidarus, at Mailapur. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 151, liii. [Tippu.] 360. B 432. Size 8i in. by 5 in. ; foll. 202. Thirteen lines in a page. A fragment of a treatise on pious charms and remedies, arranged in 100 paragraphs ( ), and probably entitled cUl-t y\::.$'. The author is not mentioned. He frequently quotes Buni (d. A.H. 622), the "Imam'' A}:tmad b. Musa Majd al-d1n Sh1razi (i.e. F1ruzabad1, d. A.H. 817), and various old authorities. One of his Shaikhs was Sulaiman b. Ibrahlm 'Alawi. He also mentions (fol. 4) that he wrote at an earlier period a treatise with the title Jl This MS. is imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: JW, from the first which treats of the magic powers of the Basma lah. The second (fol. 4) is inscribed: j...:i; j 1 Cut off. The latter portion, from the sixty-second paragraph, is wanting. Only the last fol. is preserved, which con cludes as follows: The last three pages contain an amulet for horses, with directions in Turkish. Cat. 233, v. 361. 604. Size 10 in. by 5i in.; foil. 75. Thirty-one and eighteen lines in a page. An abridgment of the preceding work. It begins : cU L. . ill ..M.sl I F j\J J.dj j tl I.Sj ..,rtl '-'I.S', and concludes: Alii Written partly in a small and partly in a large Naskh character. The portion in has corrections, and indications of the contents, on the margin. It is on thin paper, and injured in some places. Red lines round the pages. Inscribed I_,.Rl I by a later hand. [Johnson.J 362. B 430. Size 7 in. by in.; foil. 104. Nine, afterwards six lines in a page. The Prayer-book of 'Ad B. SuL'!'AN (d. A.H. 1016), called y_j.s.ll. See J.I. Kh. iii. 56; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 148; and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 53 sq. Written in a large plain hand, with vowel-points. A Persian translation is added between the lines, and prefixed (foil. 1-6) is an introduction in Persz'an, by one A}:tmad b. 'Abd al-ra}:tman, containing rules for forty days of devotion. Both were made for the use of one Shah Hashim, at Makkah. The introduction $U, _},_,::...-. The last two pages contain another prayer, kiJ ""J4 It begins: .d. "' The Arabic text was collated subsequently by Mu}:tammad b. 'Abdallah Multani Makki :{{adiri.

PAGE 101

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 93 363. 1460. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foil. 378. Twentythree lines in a page. A copious Commentary on a Religious Manual by "Shhab al-din." The commentator styles himself 'ALi B. Alp.un G!IURi Ab,:;.. (?), a dis ciple of Shaikh Rukn al-din, and he -entitles his work j _r$'. Kh. v. 254, who identifies the author of the manual with the celebrated 'Omar Suhrawardz (d. A.H. 632). This work is written in Persan, but the commentary is in Arabic. The latter was compiled from various works in both languages, on rhetoric, lexicography, grammar, and law. The passages to be explained are introduced by Al_,:;. Begins : (.:;.) I_,Ld I r-jl_, cill o..\"L. Ul Well written in two hands; terminating abruptly. The beginning is much injured. Foil. 72 and 73 should be transposed. A defect after fol. 270. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 176, xi. [Tippu.J 364. 2391. Size Si in. by 4i in.; foil. 213. Twentyone lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, more incom plete than the preceding MS. Neatly written. Coloured lines round the pages. Much injured by insects. Fol. 213 should be placed after 206. Inscribed: "Explanations of theological terms by Ali ibn Ahmad Alghauri." [Sir Charles Wilkins. J 365. B 436. Size 5! in. by 3i in. ; foil. 53. Nine lines in a page. rt.JI J_,l.l (sic) bJ._\j t' d. --------------------1 The present MS. has '-'J;ll. Fragments of the Prayer-book of AJ!.MAD B. '0MAR AL-HrNDUWAN, who lived about the middle of the twelfth century. 1 The book contains forms of prayer for the different times of the day, viz., morning, noon, afternoon, and evening. Begins: Jl L:.>l}ll_, Plainly written, the first quire in a different hand from the rest. Defects after foil. 22 and 4 7. Inscribed I. Cf. Catal. 233 (Duawat), ii. 3. 366. B 437. Size 5k in. by 3! in.; foil. 23. Nine lines in a page. A Prayer for MuQ.ammad, mentioning all his bodily and mental qualities, and styled accordingly (fol. 6v.), 4). I 4-=--j (sic) I __lb The author gives his name as .. f-H w.JLJ\ Id '-'j ADI He compiled his work from (Tabr1z1's) .,UJ. I, (Tirmidhi's) '-'ljL..1JI, and ('Iya
PAGE 102

94 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 368. 2349. Size 6! in. by 3jin. ; foil. 16. Eleven lines in a page. Forms of prayer, called I ; beginning with the illl_fo.-:1, which are thrice repeated, and concluding (fol. 12) with a short prayer, which commences: ytJ)\ Y, In an edition of these prayers, published at Lakhnau, A.H. 1257, the author is called SAIYID '.A.Lr lLrnADM (d. A.H. 786) ; and this would agree with the brief statement of I;[. Kh. i. 492. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 176, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 341. Well written, with all the vowels. Dated '' A.H. 81 (i.e. 1181 ?). The last two pages contain an enumeration of the names of God, added by a different hand. It begins : c.l\ [College of Fort William.] 369. 5. Size 14 in. by 8! in. ; foil. 63. Seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-19. The same prayers as in the preceding MS. II. Foil. 20-33. Forms of prayer, founded upon the Koran ; beginning with the first Sill'ah. With some Perst"an notes. Ill. A few Sill'ahs of the Koran, viz. SU.. 36, 48, 78, 73, and 67. Beautifully written in a large character, with all the vowel-points. Richly ornamented and gilt. The following name is written at the end of the prayers: k.J o1l \ _r.SU JW ill\ 4L ill\ [Johnson.J 370. 657. Size Si in. by in.; foil. 26. Nine lines in a page. Selections from the Koran, to be used as prayers. Beginning : :(_I to the end of the alphabet. Next comes SU.rah 1. Written in a large plain hand. Of the twelfth century. [Tippu.J 371. 473. Size 4! in. by 8! in.; foil. 400. Usually ten lines in a page. .A copious Shl 'ah Prayer-book. Well written through out, and mostly with vowel-points. Of the end of the eleventh and the beginning of the twelfth century. The following is a list of the principal contents: I. Foil. 1-11. Benedictions on Mu}:tammad, be'-'...s,. j.. pro ceeding in the same style, only the concluding words of each benediction being varied. A Persian introduction precedes. II. Foil. 16-22. Some prayers, ascribed to 'ALi; with Persian introduction and interlinear translation. Ill. Foil. 23-75, on paper sprinkled with gold, and all written in the same hand, contain : a. Foil. 23-26. .Another prayer of 'ALl. b. Foil. 28-54. The great "Coat-of-mail Prayer," handed down by i.e. 'Ad ZAIN AL-'ABIDIN, from the Prophet, to whom it was communicated by Gabriel, in one of his campaigns. Begins: I.:J:r.) ill\ Y, ,_JI Y. It is divided into one hundred and preceded by an introduction. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 77, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 345. .At the end of the introduction is the following note: 'L 1_,:>-Jlj The seal of Fakhr al-din Mu}:tammad (A.H. 1099) is impressed below c. Foil. 64-75. The little "Coat-of-mail Prayer," ascribed to the Imam MusA. (d. A.H. 183), from whom it descended to ABu JA'FAR +usi (d. A.H. 460). The present text was collected during the years A.H. 503-514, from four different authorities, who received it from rus1, in Rama<;lan, 458, at the mausoleum of '.Ali Ri<;la ('""f!J.\ lJI".:>.iWI), near 'rus. Their names are, Abu 'Ali alI;Iasan b. Mu}:tammad b. 'Ali Abu'l-wafa '.A.bd al-jabbar .. Razi, Najm al-din .A.bu'l-Fa<;ll ..

PAGE 103

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 95 :ij:usaini, of Jurjan, and Abu 'Abdallah Mul}.ammad b. Al}.mad b. al-Shahriyar, guardian of the mausoleum of 'Ali.1 The introduction, which contains the above statements, begins: w_,_r-J\ la?.' A:v._, W \ jx::;-l.!i The prayer commences: .AY_,I'-'.c ;..\.c f At the end of it (fol. 73v.) is added a charm, in several versions. Notes. This copy is derived from a MS. of Mir Mul}.ammad Damad, by whom the charm was added. It is very neatly written, and was transcribed by Mul}.ammad b. Astarabadi, for Mir 'Abd al-wahhab J;(usaini Sammaki Astarabadi, at AQ.madnagar in A.H, 1095. d. Between the two pieces last mentioned (foil. 54-64) the Burdah has been inserted, written across the pages. The remainder, which, with the exception of the con cluding portion, is written in one hand, contains : IV. Foll. 76-106. Several prayers, ascribed to 'ALi. a. Fol. 76. A prayer in verse, from the Diwan of 'AU, as edited by Saiyid RaQ.i al-din. It begins: \j ..M..sl\ u'ww With interlineation, notes, and introduction, in Persian. b. Fol. 80. I.!J.c l.JM;;.s-J\ \.ilz, i' Another prayer in five-lined strophes, beginning : There follows an advice how to use these two prayers, in Persian. 1 See no. 334. c. Fol. 87v. (\ A morning prayer, beginning: l:JW withaPersianinterlineartranslation. d. Fol. 103. A miraculous prayer, said to have been recited by 'ALi before the battle of N ahrawan. It was subsequently communicated by the Imam :Mahd'l to SA'ID It begins: J( ;> j (Su. 20, 70). The introduction is in Persian. This piece was copied at Lahore, in Ramac;lan, 1098 (year thirty-one of Aurangzib), from a MS., which had been transcribed at Tabriz, A.H. 1090, from the copy of Mirza Ibrahim, Waz1r of Azarbaijan. The latter copy was derived from a MS. in the handwriting of Shaikh :Mufid (d. A.H, 413). V. Foil. 109-121. A long prayer without title, beginning: J.s:l\ which is added (fol.121) (F)j\ J\.ct.), and (fol. 122) the latter ascribed to 'AL.i. Hence it would appear that the first prayer is the sk_'-' itself. This prayer seems to be also attributed to 'ALi, and is mentioned in Cat. Bodl. ii. 393, 6 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 382a; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 165, etc. VI. Foil. 123v.-129. An advice how to use the p. \ y? of ShddhiU, in Persian VII. Foil. 130-152. A long prayer, beginning: d\.cJ t3 It is preceded by a note in Persian, in which it is called I..S ...s}.c. I..S\.c'-', and its origin related as follows. B. 'Ad 'Alawi persecuted by a tyrannical governor, :fled to Karbala. Here the I m am Mahdi i.:J L, appeared to him in a dream, and taught him this prayer, which on its first recital caused the instant death of the tyrant. VIII. Foil. 155v.-163. Prayers for Mul).ammad and the twelve Imams, to be recited on the seven week-days as follows: on Saturday, the prayer for Mu l;lammad; on Sunday, the prayer for 'All; on Monday, the prayers for and on Tuesday, those

PAGE 104

96 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. for Zain al-'abidin, Mu}:tammad and Ja'far on Wednesday, those for Musa 'Ali Riga, Mu and 'Ali on Thursday, the prayer for 'Askari; and on Friday, that for Mahdi \!.> L.) \ \...:, Each prayer represents a visit to the respective sanctuary. :Beginning: )JJ ill\ J' .. JJ.ol.J .c.lJ\ IX. Foil. 164-17 4. A prayer to be recited on Friday evening ; with a Persian introduction. X. Foll. 175-182. CU\ t:r r,\ JJU\ The "Prayer of Tears," so called from its beginning, t>\) Y, It is taken from the work of lBN mentioned above (no. 342). XI. Foil. 184-216. Prayers for the Imams, taken from r_rusi's a. Foil. 184-196. t:r AIT_, J-.c (sic) 41 -.\ Prayers for the Prophet and the I mams, ascribed to the eleventh Imam, J;IAsAN 'AsKARi, who dictated them to 'Abdailah b. Mu}:tammad, at Surr-man-ra, A.H. 255. Beginning: \ \ t:r A.:. \ 411\ Jl..; ..M.s.,. 41 <.::-lL Jl; r' J.c d The first prayer is for Mu}:tammad, 'All, and Fatimah; the second for Hasan and Husain ; and each following one for one of the. including 'Askari himself, and his successor, J_, b. Foll.196-201. r :.S_,_rt .A. prayer for Mu}:tammad and his family, attributed to 1 See his Fihrist, p. r M, 1. 61 and above, no. 342. Mahdi. It was revealed to J)A.RRAB I!i!fahani, at Makkah. The Isnad of this prayer is omitted for brevity's sake. It begins : rJ \ J..c ttD I c. Foll. 201-207. \.c...\!\ r )\. A prayer for Mahdi, the lmam who is to come, derived from '.A.Li RI:pA by YusuF B. '.A.Bn AL-RA.JilMAN. Begins: d d. Foll. 207-216. Jl j \..c-.\1\. A similar prayer, by A.Bu '.A.MR '01liARi, who dictated it to Abu '.A.li Mul;tammad b. Humam,1 etc. Begins : XII. Foll. 216-225. .A. in praise of the Prophet and his family, by Sm J;IIMYARI (.A.bu Hashim Ism a 'il b. Mu}:tammad, d. A. H. 179 or 171 ), the same as Cat. Mus. :Brit. 402, xi. It is preceded by an introduction, which begins: 43\ \:..:\.s.""' j J_,J\ f' J..c Jt d. From this we learn that the was composed by the poet in Heaven, and that it was first made known to the world by 'Ad who learned it in a dream With an interlinear Persian translation. XIII. Foll. 225-233. .A. prayer for 'All. It begins : XIV. Foil. 234-275. .A. long prayer for Mu}:tammad, beginning : \!).,. 411\ cJtl..o... \_, _,Ld I A considerable portion of it consists of verses from the Koran, which are invariably introduced by the words 11> j JW ill\ Foll. 260-65 have been reversed in binding. XV. Foll. 276-311. Names and attributes of God, selected from the Koran. According to the Persz'an introduction, this selection was made by 'Ad during Mu}:tammad's lifetime, with his and Gabriel' s approbation 1 See regarding him 'fusi, p. rrf.

PAGE 105

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 9i _XVI. Foll. 316-325. d. A. prayer, ascribed to '.A.Li ZAIN AL-'iBrniN. The name of it is taken from the beginning, L...R.; l. It is followed (fol. 324) by 'A.Li's night prayer, in scribed j t;. r.-1 It begins: L The rest of the MS. contains chiefly selections from the Koran. XVII. Foll. 385-399, of different paper, and added at a somewhat later date, contain: a. Prayers for Mul;tammad and the twelve Imams, beginning: J.:; b. (Fol. 394). "kcJ Invocations of 'A.H, Fatimah, and the Imams in succession, ascribed to AL-DIN rusi (d. A.H. 672). Jl This piece is written in a bold hand, by 'Izz al-din A.H. 1127. Red lines round the pages. Bound breadthways. [Johnson.J 372. 2352. Size 6 in. by 3jin.; foil. 131. From five to nine lines in a page. .A. Prayer-book, made up of different portions, mostly well written. Of the twelfth century. I. Foll. 1-14. SU.rah 18. II. Foll. 15-57. a. Some portions of the Koran, viz. SU.rahs 36, 48, 56, 67 and 78. With an interlinear Persan translation. b. Fol. 49v. Ten verses from the Koran, all speaking of love. They are to be used as a charm. ,, c. Fol. 52. A. Sh1 'ab prayer, I tfW, ascribed to the Imftm Mahdi with advice how to use it .. J::-l.ll It is taken from the glosses on (fusz's ?) by Begins : ) ))'-! Jl I. Notes in Persz'an are on the margin. According to one of them, this piece is derived, through two successive copies, from a MS. of Mir Mul;tammad Damad. IlL Foll. 58-67. A. prayer, comprising invocations of prophets and demons. Begins : Y, I It is preceded and followed by other pra;rers, charms in Persan, etc., which are rather illegibly written. IV. Foll. 68-114. a. .A. long prayer for Mul,lammad, beginning: '"'-t..sll l.. J.t: Jll It is followed by two short prayers of the same kind. b. Fol. 86v. The Burdah. c. Fol. 1 08.. .A. mystic beginning: U I "' \,; y}la,J I. The last two words are repeated at the end of every verse. V. Foll. 115-131. Various Persz'an notes and tracts, mostly illegibly written. A.t the end is a list of the names of God. Seal of Tippu on the first page. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 373. B 440. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foiL 19. Fourteen and seventeen lines in a page. Fragments of a Prayer-book, written in various hands I. Foll. 1-3. SHADHILi's (d. A.H. 656) r!l\ Yj>. It begins: t::-k Y, Y, J;. \:, ADI \:,. Cf. I_[. Kh. iii. 56 sq., and Haneberg in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. Morgenl. Ges. vii. 25. Two short prayers for the Prophet, one by }ful,lammad B.AKRI (see II.), the other taken from SAKH.A.wi's (d. A.H. 902) J_,.ii.ll,t are added on the back of fol. 3, by different hands. II. Foll. 4-10. A. fragment, containing various prayers for Mul,lammad. Some of these prayers are attributed to b llAKRi (probably A.bu'l-l.Iasan 1 Cf. 1:1. Kh. iv. 682. 13

PAGE 106

98 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Mul}.ammad d. about A.H. 950), and are described thus: One prayer is by 'Ann AL-JFADIR GiLiN! (fol. 6). Others are taken from the \ ,.r \ y::: by B. who derived them from 'Ann AL-'AZiz MAHDA wi, etc. Of the prayers by 'Ann ALJFAniR B. JuNAID, j begin on fol. 10, only the first few lines remain, the rest having been lost. III. Foil. 11-19. Various pieces, in different hands. Fol. 11 contains the end of a prayer, styled .y_;J\ i.:)\bL Fol. 16. A hymn, by Anu Bm 'AnANi (?), son of 'Abdallah al-'Aidarus. At the end are written the ninety-nine names of God. 374. 2284. Size 8 in. by 5 k in. ; foil. 122. Twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-13v. A treatise on augury, imperfect at the beginning. It gives a description of twenty-four omens connected with the names of as many prophets, the last being MuQ.ammad. The first heading is : J\; Fol. lv. gives a table of contents. II. Foil. 13v.-29. A treatise on lawful magic (J b.._,)\ by an unknown author. It has the superscription J"'l.:.,.,__, ..r>-1 tf The preface begins: AJJ 0 Ill. Foil. 31-43. d. u
PAGE 107

PRAYERS AND CHARMS. 99 376. 2261. Size 8k in. by 4k in. ; foil. 81. Eleven lines 1n a page. I. Foil. 1-34. A work on the nativity of :Mul).ammad \ ),.. ), in the legendary style, mixed with prayers and poetry. The author is not known. It begins with the first Surah; next follow the words, ""'-t..s.l\ ctJJ\ u-:":J\ y\::.S' 4.S-'l\ All. It concludes (fol. 31): and is followed by a prayer. II. Foil. 35-64. Another work of the same kind. It begins also with the first Surah, after which follow the words, .. AU\ r All\ 'J\::.-...J\ It concludes (fol. 62): and is followed by a prayer, U-:":.1' III. Foll. 65-81. Various prayers and benedictions on the Prophet, and on 'Abd Gilani, mostly in verse. Well written in a large hand. Ornamented with red lines. Seal of J ang. .[College of Fort William, 1825.] 377. 2619. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 160. Eleven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-8. A description of the personal appearance of the Prophet ), ascribed to 'ALi, which is to serve as a talisman. Begins: J\J l-. uk Y. Jii?. d" r j .. J, t_ ... II. Foll. 8v.-120. Abu 'Abdallah Mul).ammad b. Sulaiman JazfJLi's (d. A.H. 870) Ends: j yL(n F Ill. Foll. 121-138. Various prayers and pious ejacu lations, with introductions and explanations in Javanese written in the Arabic character. IV. Foll. 139-160. A prayer-book, containing invo cations of God by every Surah of the Koran in suc cession, etc. Begins: u:r F Ends: V:.)\ j:-J y\::.S' Written in different large and inelegant hands, apparently in Java. 378. 2939. Size 11! in. by 8 in.; foil. 305.. Number of lines varying. I. Foil. 7-72. JAZirLi's terminating abruptly. The earlier portion is accompanied by an interlinear translation in Javanese in the Arabic character. II. Foll. 72-251. Tracts in Javanese of the same kind, between vacant leaves. III. Foil. 251v.-257. a. Some verses of the Koran, inscribed in Javanese / jl .. / .. / b. The personal description of the Prophet, attributed to 'ALi; the same as in the preceding no. IV. FoU. 257v.-261. A short prayer in commemo ration of 'Abd al-l}adir Gllani, followed by a long prayer, / ., // / 9 inscribed \..A d::.' V. Foll. 265-279. Extracts from a work of Btmi (q the names of God. Beginning: j k..:\::.l\ With an interlinear Javanese translation VI. Foil. 281-305. Special prayers, forms of daily prayer, and selections from the Koran, mixed with tracts in Javanese. Written in a large inelegant character, the Arabic portions with vowel-points, but incorrect

PAGE 108

100 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 379. B 441. Size 8 m" b 43 P ll 28 y 4 m.; lO Twentyfour lines in a page. I. Fol. 1. The beginning of a treatise by A.L-Drn '_ftsi (d. A.H. 672), on a method of taking omens. It is said to have been revealed to him in a dream, by the I m am l\fahdi L.._;J I \...:, Beginning: '-'Li;\ JW l..\ ... J.z j j ... t' SCHOLASTIC 380. B 201. Size in. by 5 in.; foil. 59. Mostly seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on the or Prin ciples of Mul}.ammadan Faith, by 'ABn AL-AWWAL b. 'Abd MU.sawi, who wrote it A.H. 1064, at This commentary was not known to Kh. (see iv. 458), nor is it found elsewhere. See on is commonly (and also by the present commentator) ascribed to .Abu J!anifah (d. A.H. 150), Cat. Lugd. iv. 227, and A. von Kremer, Geschichte der herrschenden Ideen des !slams, p. 39 sqq. It was printed, with a Hindustani translation, at Lakhnau, A.H. 1260. The preface begins: AJt.\1 All The author says in it that no labour deserving the name of a commentary had been bestowed upon the work before him (fol. 2): &-tO JJ, :w l. &-el 'C}_r.ll He quotes in his commentary the II. Foll. 2-8. The concluding portion of a cabbalistic treatise on the letters of the alphabet. With several magic circles. Written in a small current hand. Dated 22nd Rama<;lan, 1011. III. Foil. 15v.-16. A treatise in verse (Rajaz) on the fourteen letters called .J?.JGI \ namely: w l d 4..r' _, r-ua r-1 w. Beginning: w_.r-1 dFol. 28v. The beginning of a treatise on the pro perties of the names of God. The rest of the volume is in Persz"an. THEOLOGY. principal works on the Kalam down to (Dawwan1's) It concludes in the following manner: J..c. j tOt J..c_, L &-)r. j L_,r:-..J\ "\:..; j .L ts11 L...:..\Ji\1 .. ')) .. .. The present MS., the greater part of which (from fol. 20) is written in a legible N asta hand, though almost without diacritical points, and with no dis tinction of text and commentary, was transcribed during the author's lifetime. It bears corrections, additions, and some notes by the author (marked with M.L b \.i4 \) on the margin. The first portion is ill written by a different hand. It bears similar correcfew additions. (marked with t:) have been mserted m 1t on separate shps of paper. Fol. 19v., which remained vacant, has been filled with trials of the pen. Cat. 226, xx.

PAGE 109

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 101 381. 2906. Size 10! in. by Si in.; foil. 9. Twelve lines in a page. A Mul).ammadan Catechism, ascribed to Abu'l-Laith Mul).ammad b. Abu N b. Ibrahim (pro bably the well-known author, who is generally called b. Mul).ammad, d. A.H. 375 or 383). Cf. Catal. Mus. Brit. 393. Begins: J;; \3\ .. .. 41! l. dl With an interlinear Malay translation. Written in a large hand. The rest of the volume consists of treatises in Malay. 382. 1442. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 292. Nineteen lines in a page. An account of Religious and Philosophical Sects, by Abu'l-fatl). Mul).ammad b. 'Abd al-karim SHAHRASTANI (d. A.H. 548). A rather incorrect copy. It has already been described by Cureton in the preface to his edition of this work (vol. ii. p. vi.). [Johnson.J 383. 1011. Size 9i in. by 5i in. ; foil. 27. Sixteen lines in a page. A fragment, containing the beginning of the preced ing work (as far asp. r'A of Cureton's edition). Prefixed is an outline of the contents, inscribed j.s\JI_, J}J.\ j which extends to the commencement of the account of the Shi'ah sects. It begins : _,Ld 1_, l:J?}W I Ail ...\.-...sll Clearly written in Nasta'li:. [Johnson.J 384. 2323. Size 8 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 89. Principles of MuQ.ammadan Faith, entitled J-(l j, by Anu SnuKCJR SA.Lmi, i.e. MuQ.ammad b. 'Abd al-saiyid b. Shu'aib Kashshl (or Kiss!) 1 Cf. I,I. Kh. ii. 423, v. 153, and Bibl. Sprenger. 831. The author, who belonged to the old orthodox school, L.J \ jlb \ lived in the latter part of the fifth century. He says (fol. 78v.): Wl j J.JWI j tl U'_rl\ JY."-'.J .ft:.!l $ I)J L.._, L!>lJ_,=;.., and (fol. 80): ..M.s:""' ,:I d-L j JW' (sic) L;;;. .. - ,:,LUL.. "w 'J .. J:J ,rJI yl:.S'. He commonly quotes the opinions of Abu Ash'ari, the Mu'tazilites, and the Philosophers. The work begins: J'-' \ All ..M.sll Z:.J d. ...\JU (sic) 13 L;_rJ.I J-""'1 ,,) Jl_,.o...\ (sic) l. )-'.a_.. The chapters are inaccurately marked. The following titles occur here: fol. 1v., Jji,J\; fol. 8, fol. 14, t:j\,d\ fol. 20v., fol. 27, (onfol. 40 is marked as given by another MS., JJJ\ j fol. 65v., Ll.bll_, fol. 71, L;k!l; fol. 78, Wl Each chapter is subdivided into paragraphs, which in variably begin with the words j J ,JiJ I The name of the author, as given at the beginning, occurs often in the course of the work. Clearly written; only a few (generally two) lines at the top, in the middle, and at the foot of each page, are straight, dividing it into two squares. The rest run diagonally. Persian notes are on the margin. 1 See on this surname, Abu'l-fadhl, Homonyma, ed. De Jong, I r r 1 r; Liber as-Sojutii de nomin. rel., ed. Veth, r r r ; and iv. rvr and rvv.

PAGE 110

102 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. A statement of the answer given by the Imam Anu (NAsAFi) to four questions, which were put to the divines of Transoxania by those of Khurasan, in Persan, is written on the title-page. Another note, beginning \ t__,; t.b) \ is on the fly-leaf. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 385. B 190. Size 9! in. by 6i in. ; foll. 56. Twentyone and twenty-three lines in a page. Sa'd al-din Mas'ud b. 'Omar TAFT.Az.A.Ni's (d. A.H. 792) Commentary on the or Fundamental Articles of the Mul}.ammadan Creed, by N ajm al-din Abu 'Omar b. Mul).ammad Nasafz (d. A.H. 537). This commentary was written in A.H. 768. Cf. ];I. Kh. iv. 219; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 92; Cat. St. Petersb. 19, etc. It was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1244, and at Constantinople, A.H. 1260. The text of the was published by Cureton, as an appendix to the "Pillar of the Creed of the Sunnites,'' 1 London, 1843. A translation of it, with extracts from the commentary, is to be found in Mouradgea d'Ohsson's Tableau de l'Empire Othoman, vol. i. Well written, with marginal notes. B1j. Libr., A.H. 1014, from Molla '.Abd al-'all. Cf. Catal. 225, L 386. B 189. Size 7i in. by 5 in.; foll. 82. From thirteen to sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of TAFT.Az.A.Ni's Commentary. Well written, with many marginal notes. It concludes : \ \ (sic) YJ \ t:') '-" .... L.Sn Uj\bl 1:1. z --'?. 1:1. 1:1. p ...S.) \ o..\1 \ J This colophon is extended to the foot of the page, only a few letters being in a line. It is followed by two Persan couplets. On the recto of the first fol. is the beginning of a different treatise on logic. The margin is injured by insects. 1 See below, no. 434. z One word doubtful. 387. B 192. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 52. Nineteen and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, with many inter linear and marginal notes, derived from Khayali, 'Izzi, etc. Much used and soiled. A defect after fol. 49. The lower part of the last fol., with the conclusion, is torn off. 388. 2275. Size 7k in. by 3i in.; foil. 115. Twelve lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, clearly written in N asta with a broad margin, but no notes. It breaks off abruptly, though the last words are written in the form of a conclusion. There follows (fol. 107v.) an incomplete Persz'an treatise, on the Principles of Tradition, beginning: At the end is a receipt, J)\ b.s.J\ j. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 389. B 217 A. Size 11! in. by 6 in.; foil. 44. Nineteen lines in a page. A very incomplete copy of the same work. Plainly written. Has the following colophon: (?) 1.:1. wJ,.rw --'?. yh.-'" J-b.) "_;' Jlb) w..,. J ; l; I.:) J

PAGE 111

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 103 390. 15A. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 45. Twenty-two lines in a page. Glosses on Taftdzdnz' s Commentary, by A}:tmad b. Musa KnAY1Li. Cf. ]J:. Kh. iv. 220; Cat. St. Petersb. 20 ; Tornberg, Codd. Lund. 26 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, 94, and Class. hanefit. Rechtsgel. 343. These glosses were written in A.H. 862. Consequently, the author was not already dead A.H. 860, as is usually stated. The preface contains a long dedication to the great Ma}:tmud Pasha. Legibly written. Dated Tuesday, 3 $afar, 1189. Seal of Jang. 391. 1219. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 92. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Glosses, without the preface. Beginning : cill\ \.c J'.r\1\ 0 W\ JL; Written in N asta by Saiyid Ibrahim b. Saiyid Shar1f, at Shahjahanabad. Date, Friday, 12 Mu}:tarram, 1089. This copy was made in seven days (see fol. 92). Marginal notes in the earlier portion. Fol. 84v. is left blank. A defect after fol. 47. [Hastings. J 392. 1218. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 95. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, without the preface. Clearly written, with the following colophon: -"w J.:. rr 1.9 9 Marginal notes, written in Shikastah. [Hastings. J 393. B 193B. Size 7 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 50. Mostly seventeen lines in a page. The Glosses of KhayaU. Well written, with additions by the author on the margin. Defective after fol. 8 and at the end. Erroneouslyinscribed F J. j)""\. Cf. Cat. 229, v. 7. 394. B 193. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foll. 80. Five and thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, consisting of various fragments in N asta and Shikastah. The preface is omitted, as in the preceding MSS. The concluding portion was written by Mu}:tammad 'Adil, resident of Shaikhpurah, on Sunday, 10 Rab1' II., 1097. One portion has marginal notes. Cat. 225, x. 7. 395. B 193A. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 17. Sixteen lines in a page. A fragment of the same Glosses, plainly written, with marginal notes. The beginning is wanting. The first entire gloss is : :( \ tJ_,:; There is a considerable defect after fol. 8. 398. B 199. Size 101 in. by 6! in.; foll. 176. Twenty one lines in a page. The Glosses of KhaydU, with additional notes by KA:rd.L (Kamal al-din Isma'il con temporary of Sultan Mu}:tammad the Conqueror). See Kh. iv. 223 and 221. The work begins: M.sl\ cJt;) j J.:. .J.:rdl\ t_)W\ JL; tt.:..c Al.ll tic J,.J\, and so on, to the end of the first gloss of KhayuU, which con cludes with the words \ .irb. It is followed by

PAGE 112

104 ARABIC a note Kamal, which runs thus: j yh.
PAGE 113

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 105 The first gloss begins: ...\_..)I j w-->) All I Written in Nasta'lil}. The colophon runs as follows: ;t.,. j J lrJ I j I y,. j I j I U\1 A:.w 1.:)\S) I.Sj Jy>-..> .. ;(_I I.S'-',:.j but on one side is the phrase i_l ill\, with the date, A.H. 1102. The earlier portion is injured by insects. Cat. 225, x. 5. 402. B 195. Size 9i in. by in.; foil. 254. Nineteen lines in a page. Glosses on Tajtdzdnl's Commentary, by AL-Dix B. 'ALI JlmAKHSHI d,\ 1.:);:-..\l\ They are compiled ftom various earlier works, such as the glosses of Khayal1, Al,tmad Jandl, al-din (d. A.H. 943), and extend in this MS. over about one-third of the original work. The preface begins : I cJJ \. It contains a dedication, beginning (fol. 2): J.i \:. JJ!l; yJW.IJ J}.1.).\ A__;_IW JW' The first gloss refers to the words : .... l:) t,J (sic), from the end of Taftazani's preface. Well written, the greater part (from fol. 8 4) in N asta The first few foil. contain many emenda tions. Bi:j. Libr., A.H. 1023, from Shaikh '.Alam Allah (b. 'Abd al 1\Iakki I;Ianafi al-'Aidarus). Inscribed: \j '""?. J. J l::->-t>-..r. l:) \.c 1 This 1\IS. has 403. B 195A. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 15. Twenty three lines in a page A fragment of Glosses on TaftazdnZ' s Commentary ; the author not ascertained. 'rhe first gloss is: t' l:)lj Al_f. Closely, but legibly written. .A. considerable defect occurs after fol. 7. 404. B 329. Size 9! in. by 6k in.; foll. 130. Twentyfive lines in a page. The Leading Dogmas of Islam, arranged in forty "questions" by FAKHR AL-DIN Mul,tammad b. 'Omar R.Azi (d. A.H. 606). The work is entitled JJ,..;)\ j yt::.s'. It was composed by the author for the use of his eldest son, Mul;tammad. Cf. I}:. Kh. i. 242, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 567 ad no. lxxxvi. The author's preface begins: ... _,=..: j _,ll _,_..?."' j '"";.__,::._..!I I y J::;' -He says subsequently: l-.\ ..(1 .; :==--.o; w 1w ill\ -l; 1'r-_r '-' U"' l..5"'"") I.$ 1.:) .... o..\l_,ll :.?-J.::. 1, 1 .. JH.w.J I 1_, .... '-'-t-.s:-4 j ').;.:-:--> l:))q .:)?,...\11 j J,3t?.' J;,la).\ The first question is ...\>-j ; the second l:)\ j, etc. Each question has sub divisions, such as A,.:,L, etc. Carefully written in a round hand. Of about the eighth century. Imperfect at the end; terminating in the 36th question. Foll. 31 and 40 have been supplied by a different hand. Some extracts from the author's (see H.Kh v. 612) are written on the title-page'. In a recent inscription, the work is wrongly attributed to Ghazzali. Cat. Cf. 229, ix. 14

PAGE 114

106 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 405. 1190. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foil. 18. Twenty-one lines in a page. A Compendium of Metaphysics and Mu}:tammadan Faith, usually or by A.L-DiN Abu Ja'far Mu}:tammad b. Mu}:tammad '.fusi (d. A.H. 672). See Kh. ii. 193. Cf. Cat. J3odl. I., no. cxxi..'{., which also bears the above title. This MS. begins, slightly differing from the common version: uk uk t' \,., Jl Plainly written; completed on Wednesday, 17th Raj ab, 1100, by Saiyid Ma}:tmud I;fanafi Notes in the earlier portion. [Gaikwar.J 406. B 207. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foll. 228. Twenty one lines in a page. A Commentary on the Tafrid, commonly called r.rl \ by Shams al-din Abu'l-thana Ma}:tmud (d. A.H. 749). Cf. Kh. ii. 194 sq., and Cat. Lugd. iv. 246 sq. This is a commentary by J_f\ ... Jl;; it includes the whole text of the Tafrtd. The preface, quoted in Kh., Le., is wanting. Begins: .... l.l j\:; ..:r r-iC' r.:: w J;' ....SL:. (_\.}:.!1_, c....h=-?. l.J .)yt' Well written, by Idris b. ()', sic) b. Shu'aib of the tenth century. Some notes. Thin paper. Foil. 178, 184, 188, and 193 are injured. Single leaves are missing after foil. 195, 203, 205, 209, 214, and 216. Several foil., including the beginning, have been supplied by a later hand. Blj. Libr., A. H. 1055, "from the Nawwab" Khan). Seals of 'Adil Shah, "his servant" Mustafa Khan .. and '.Ata Allah b. J amal al-din A }:I mad Gilani. 1 .Added by a later hand. 407. B 247. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 398. Nineteen lines in a page. Glosses on the preceding Commentary of I$/alu1nz, by SAIYID SHARIF JuRJ.\Ni (d. A.H. 816). They are commonly called Kh. ii. 195, and Casiri, i., no. ncxv. Annotations on these Glosses are to be found in Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 388. The work extends only over the first two chapters ( or the philosophical part, of the Tajrld. It begins with the preface of '.fus1, instead of that of as follows: l.\ AI_,:; l.. uhll JJ\i.., va.=... The first gloss on words of is : _,J l. \.J Well written, by Ibra.him b. 'Abdallah, for Saiyid Shams al-din Atashi. Date, A.H. 1082. Corrections and notes are on the margin. Cat. 225, viii. 1 (?). 408. B 159. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 225. Twenty four lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first complete gloss is : t' Ill written, on European paper Erroneously described as glosses of Molla on a work on logic. Cf. Cat. 236, xiii 409. 865. Size 10! in. by in. ; foil. 348. Twentyone lines in a page. A Commentary ('[.J.ftv') on the by 'Ala al-dln 'Ali b. Mu}:tammad :usHJI (i.e. the Falconer, d. A. H. 879, at Constantinople). It is commonly called and was dedicated by the author to Sultan Mugh1th al-d1n Abu Sa'id Gurgan the Timuride. See :ij:. Kh. ii. 198 ; Catal. St. Petersb. 1 Compare Casiri, I.e.

PAGE 115

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 107 229 and 303. The work was printed in Persia (s.l. ), A.H. 1274. The commentary begins: .... 1_, .).:r L. I A!T Beautifully written. Dated Rabi' I., 874. With additional notes by the author (marked with W.w &.1.l I). Gold lines round the pages. There precedes a detailed list of contents, of later origin (foil. 1-4). 410. B 202. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 415. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of Commentary, imperfect at the beginning. The first words are : One leaf is also missing after fol. 2. Neatly written, with a broad margin, but no notes. Chapters ( I. and II. form a separate part, which has the following colophon (fol. 330v.), .).J 'Cr t!J"" '-!1"" J t!.ll j ).iiJI &.l.ll '-!1"" j t:ju' J' ""?. J.;. Jw All\ s\L:_.j\ ;s_;\.lb &.l.ll Cat. 226, xxvi. 411. 2969. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 409. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Well written, of the eleventh century ; with cor rections and a few notes. An ornament on the first page, and gold lines round the others. Injured by insects. The margin has been mended with new paper. The colophon is mutilated. Seals of Dilawar, II. Vansittart (A.H. 1194), and C. Boddam, and signature of the latter, Calcutta, 1787. The book is wrongly described as the commentary of l!?fahani. 412. 1156. Size 9 in. by 4,t in.; foil. 363. Generally twenty-four lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, without the preface. Written in different hands, and Shikastah With the same notes as no. 409. 413. B 233. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foil. 376. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of the same work. It begins: j\...s' ( = fol. 44v. of no. 409). There are slight defects after foil. 122 and 128, and a larger one after fol. 240; a few leaves are also wanting at the end Plainly, but inelegantly written, of the twelfth century. Erroneously inscribed xxxvii. Cf. Cat. 226, 414. 1839. Size in. by 5! in.; foll. 305. Nineteen and eighteen lines in a page. The first part of the same work, consisting of three separate portions. I. Foll. 1-136. Chapter I., without the preface. Written in According to the Persian colophon, it was transcribed from a bad copy in eight days between lOth Dhu'l-pijjah, 1063, and 1st Mu}J.arram, 1064, by Mu'min Khalil. It was, however, collated subsequently with a copy which had been revised by the author. II. Foil. 136v.-213. The first four sections of Chapter II. Transcribed, "in haste," by the same hand as the preceding. Dated 5th Rabi' I., 1063. Collated with the aforesaid copy. Marginal notes, chiefly taken from the glosses of al-din.1 Foil. 147-150 are misplaced. Two leaves arc after fol. 200. 1 See below, no. 424.

PAGE 116

108 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Ill. Foll. 214-305. The remaining portion of Chapter II. A separate volume, wTitten in by 'A.bdallah Mashhadl, at Shahjahanabad. Date, 4th Rabi' II., 1062. Emendations on the margin. [Hastings. J 415. B 208. Size in. by 3! in. ; foil. 133. Seven teen lines in a page. The second part of :{{usHJi's Commentary, containing Chapter II., j, but imperfect atthe end. Illegibly written in Shikastah, with some marginal notes. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028. 416. 2334. Size in. by 4 in. ; foil. 184. Fifteen lines in a page. f. LS _}.&. e> \ / I. Foll. 1-120. The concluding portion of I}:usHJi's Commentary on the TaJr2d, from Chapter j t:j l.al \) to the end. With marginal notes at the beginning. II. Foil. 121-184. Annotations on the commencement of the preceding portion, by M u}:lammad b. A}:! mad KHAFARi (u#!\, a pupil ofTaftazan1; see Cat. Bodl. ii., p. 606). Other glosses on the commentary of by the same author, are to be found in Cat. Mus. Brit., p. 107, no. clxx., 3. The author says in his short preface: J#. u_;s.l\ ... '"' &. Ul\ ,,. -=:... ;._,;-:-.. r..r u-u The annotations begin : !,)J::;J J ..\:: .. ..:\ J.JJ:; j v=.J' Jw L.!sJ \ {-"' \,1' ; and they end with the following words of tJ_,:; tl j ( =:fol. 18 of this MS.). Corrections and notes on the margin. Legibly written in a small hand. This MS. was bought at Aurangabad, A.H. 1094. It bears the seal of N J ang. [College of Fort William, 1832.] 417. B 243. Size 8 in. by in.; foll. 147. Twentytwo lines in a page. A. Gloss on l{ushJZ's Commentary, by JALAL AL-DiN Mul,lammad b. A.s'ad DAww.A.Ni (d. A.H. 907 or 908). This is the first of the three glosses which he wrote to that commentary. It is commonly t.J \ See H. Kh. ii. 200 sqq.; and on the author, Catal. St. 83, and Sprenger, Catal. Libr. Oudh, 73. The work begins with commenting on the first addi tional note of as found in the above MSS. (e.g. on fol. 8 of no. 409): !,)...,-?. t j JJJJ t' j J,:;' (' t.J .. It extends, in this MS., only over the first chapter ( and the commencement of the second. The last annota tion refers to the words: t ..)1 tJ_,J from the second J.a,; ( = fol. 161 of no. 409). There is prefixed, but only in the present MS., the author's preface (foll. 2-4), beginning: h.iiJ_, j It contains a dedication to Sultan Abu'l-fat}:l KhaB.l Beg Bahadur Khan, son of Sultan J:Iasan Beg (or Uzun the second prince of the Bayandur1yah Dynasty, or Turko mans of the White Ram, who reigned from A.H. 883 to 884.1 Written in mostly without diacritical points ; with marginal notes by the author (marked with ). It was copied by Mughlth al-d1n Mu l,lammad ij:usaini, for his own use. Of the tenth century. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 226, xii. 1 Cf. De Guignes, Hist. des Buns, etc., i. 264, and Thompson's translation of the (Orient. Transl. Fund, 1839), p. 5.

PAGE 117

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 109 418. B 139. Size 7:} in. by 4:f in.; foil. 1.j3, Seventeen lines in a page. .A.nother copy of the preceding work. Very neatly written in by Ri<;la b. Isma 'il Hamadani, in the Ra<;lawiyah Academy at Shiraz. Dated Tuesday, 22nd Sha'ban, 999. Incomplete at the end. The last gloss is: } cJ_f I ( =fol. 138 of the preceding MS.). 419. B 191. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foil. 202. Twenty one lines in a page. Another imperfect copy of the same work, ending with the words p cJ...,.j ( = fol. Il6v. of no. 417). Written in a clear N of the tenth century; with some marginal notes by the author. A small ornament at the beginning; red lines round the pages. 420. 1600. Size 81 in. by in.; foil. 155. Seventeen and twenty-one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, ending abruptly in the same note with which no. 417 concludes. Plainly written, with marginal notes. Various extracts are written on the fly-leaves (foil. 1-4). [Hastings: J 421. B 178. Size 81 in. by in.; foil. 175. From eighteen to thirty-one lines in a page. Notes on the greater part of nawwanZ' s tsl I by lfolla MinzA. JA.N Allah Shlrazi, d. A.H. 994). See Kh. ii. 202, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 387. The first note comments on the commencement of the Tajrzd; it begins: ... u..: l.l till\ v:-+ll Jl:; j t .. :l The second note refers to words of thus: (1 J....s: (1 LJWI J\.;, and the third to the first words of Dawwani, till\ o.z-..J The last gloss is: J::..JI (1 (referring to words from fol. 120 of no. 417). Written in different hands, partly in an illegible Shi kastah, with numerous marginal notes by the author. The colophon runs as follows: dLJ\ y\::...(1\ ;j j till\ f .... "', W A.JI. L'"' ._;-'-'J J yl.__, Two leaves are missing after fol. 7, and twenty-six after fol. 51. The seal (A.H. 1013) and signature of the owner, Khushl;lal, are on the title-page. On the last fol. is a list of twenty-four books, which he had with him at Burbanpur. BA L"b 1054 Seal of Muh. ammad 'Adil Shah. lJ. 1 r., A.H. Cat. 226, xix. 422. B 178A. Size 7 k in. by in. ; foil. 154. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. This book is in a bad condition, nearly one-half of it, from the margin inwards, having been eaten by white-ants. The text is, however, comparatively little injured. Clearly written in a small hand. Imperfect at the end. An ornament in blue and gold is on the title-page. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1029; with the following note: .(sic) ..... A,j \.=;.. 423. 1001. Size in. by 5i in.; foil. 304. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-15. Some notes to the earlier portion of the preceding work of Mz-rza Jan, terminating abruptly. Beginning: J.:. '-:-W\ ..u.: j ...\J r") (__' l.;. '-;-w'

PAGE 118

110 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The words of Mirza Jan referred to here are found at the end of fol. 9v. of the preceding no. 11. Foil. 16-304. Glosses extending over the whole work of Mzrza Jan, as contained in no. 421. They are followed by some notes referring directly to the work of who is styled Jis,.JI, and to that of l[ushj'i. According to notes on the two title-pages, the name of the author is AGHA Additional notes by the same are on the margin. Closely written in a small, but clear N asta hand, by Hashim The second piece is dated Tuesday, 15th Rab1' I., 1072. Gold lines round the pages. The first piece is wrongly inscribed "-=-' r. [Hastings. J 424. B 172. Size 9k in. by 5! in. ; foil. 422. Twenty one lines in a page. Another Gloss on J!ushj' s Commentary, by MiR AL-DIN Abu N Mu}:tammad Shiraz1 (d. A.H. 903). This is the second gloss by the author, written in reply to the second gloss ( '-'?, \ \.s:l I) of Dawwanl. It is dedicated to the Ottoman Sultan Eayazicl II. (who reigned from 894 to 918). See Kh. ii. 200, and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 295. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 452. The first annotation begins: .... I..Sk AI, r J::-:; vWI Jl; 4.r,s"" t I Gl! This MS. terminates abruptly in a note to the words \.,. I..Sk i_>, from the fourth of the ( = fol. 189 of no. 409). It is written in various hands, of the beginning of the eleventh century. The first quire and the last were written by Nur Allah Yazd1. Corrections on the margin. Worm eaten. Bij. Libr., A.H.l059, from Nawwab Mu!?tafa Khan (Mul;lammad Amin). Seals of Mul}.ammad 'Adil Shah and 'Ata Allah. Cat. 225, xii. 2. 425. B 298. Size 10i in. by 5fl in.; foil. 164. Twenty seven lines in a page. A fragment of the preceding work, imperfect at the beginning and end. The first complete paragraph begins: j Al.,i ( = fol. lOv. of the preceding no.). Well written, of the twelfth century. A defect after fol. 72. Several leaves are injured. Erroneously inscribed : r..c UJ .J. Cf. Cat. 222, iii. 7. 426. B 203, 234. Size 9i in. by in. ; foil. 178. A.t first from eleven to fifteen, afterwards about thirty lines in a page. I. FoiL 4-90r. al-d1n 'Abdallah b. 'Omar EuJ?A.wi's (d. A.H. 685) Compendium of Scholastic Theology, entitled _}1:U (.!)-" r=ll_,b. Cf. I;J. Kh. iv. 168, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien1 ii. 607. Well written in a bold hand. With numerous glosses, which are chiefly derived from a commentary, for which the abbreviation is used; this is perhaps the commentary by 'Abd Farab1, mentioned in H. Kh. iv. 169. Fourteen leaves are missing after fol. 34. II. Foil. 90v.-94r. A Commentary by (d. A.II. 792), on the Exordium of MargMnanz's (see no. 211). Written in a smaller character than the preceding. Dated lOth Mu}:tarram r-x), 798 Ill. Foil. 94v. and 95r. An explanation of the Exordium of Barf,awZ's taken from the commentary of (see the follow ing no.). FoiL 95v.-1 78. A Commentary on the) 1_,3 l_,k The author is, according to :fr. Kh. iv. 169, Burhan al-din 'Ubaidallah b. Mu}:tammad 'Ubaidali Sharif Farghani, commonly called 'UBRI (d. A.H. 743). Cf. Cat. Bodl. i., no. cxl., and ii. 570. The text and the commentary are distinguished by

PAGE 119

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 111 the words Jl.; and J;\. The author says in his preface: y\::.S' Lf'-'>-u-"'l..::.l4 ... J' Yr;..J\ (' yiibl' The commentary begins: Jt; J.:. y\::..(l\ \_., J&. yb.C\ Carefully written in a small character, with copious marginal notes. Several leaves are missing after foil. 130 and 132. The whole volume was written by Mul;tammad b. Shihab (sic) 1 Siraj1, who was a pupil of Taftazant Foil. 1-3 are filled with Persan poetry and various extracts from Arabic works, partly in the original hand. Fol. 4r. bears an ornament intended to contain the title. This MS. was brought from Mul)ammadabad-Bidar, and came into the Bij. Libr. A.H. 1028. Seal of :Mal)mud Khwajah Jaban. Cf., on this and the following nos., Cat. 224, ii.; 226, xvi. 2, 3; 4, xvii., xxvii. 427. B 206. Size 9i in. by 6! in. ; foll. 156. Twentyfive lines in a page. A Commentary on Baif,awi' s ..) l_,..i r:-1 l,_b, by Shams al-din Abu'l-thana Mal;tmttd b. 'Abd al-ral;tman Sha.fi'i (d. A.H. 749). It is entitled j )b_j Cf. Kh. iv. 168, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 248. This copy contains the author's preface, in which he dedicates his work to Sultan of Egypt. The commentary begins: Ju J .. b'ilb Jj\ I 1 The regular form of this surname is 1_,1 \ from A:.GI_, or I), a place near Bukhara. See Liber as-Sojutii de nom. rel.,ed. Veth, p. rv., and iv. twr. Written in a good small hand, with frequent omission of the diacritical points. It was transcribed by 'A ta Allah b. Mul;tammad at at the beginning of Rajab, 829. There is a considerable defect after fol. 26. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla. Payandah Mul)ammad. 428 .. B 223A. Size 11 in. by in.; foll. 296. Twentyone lines in a page Another copy of the preceding Commentary. It does not contain the author's preface, but includes the com plete text of the J'awdl'. Beautifully written in with a separate space for glosses, which have been occasionally added by the original hand. The word Ju is invariably written in gold, and J ,-; \ in blue. Each page is between gold lines. The colophon run-s as follows: 'y\::..C\ 1..\.lb_, J 'y\lb}\ r.Jl' d4n ..r.s14 ""''-' J.Sl. ... n 1..\l ... n 'tJ.J ..) .. .. .;r-r:! Al.l\ (sic) \+ tLll\ _);, 1.:) o:hj ji-. '4._,hl\ }H 1.:)\hL t\.,..\ j jlb\ Jvtts' J'-' 'J\.-.1 l.:)lp--.\;.J\ dl-... 1\ wUd\ fib..-. I:)?...\\ I, _;.?J' ...\:...JI J-.\11 L.-. j ---: till\ ..\k;... ill\ f I:J.. IS .... r:-' J::.:r) t:;ts' .c_,,, 'A::Jk_, _j>-1 tY.. j tilll f \ J;_j\_..j \...J-' '-' .).:>-' \&. J' Two seals of the above-mentioned owner, Mul>ibb Allah b. Khalil Allah J:lusaini, are on the titll-pagl, which also has an orname!iU; in gold and colours, intended to contain the title of the work. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.) on the first page.

PAGE 120

112 ARABIC !IANUSCRIPTS. 429. B 223. Size 7 in. by in.; foiL 199. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of AlilNi' s Commentary on the 1'awali', without the preface. Closely written in various N asta hands, with marginal notes added by the last hand. Of the ninth century. The beginning is much injured, and a few leaves are wanting at the end. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1054, from Khushl;la1. Seals of Mul;lammad 'Adil Shah, and of 'Abd al-ral;lim Mul}.ammad, who bought this MS. at Al}.madabad, A.H. 992. 430. B 204. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foil. 214. Nineteen lines in a page. An incomplete copy of the same Commentary. Written in different hands, of about the tenth century. Marginal notes. Numerous leaves are missing, especially in the portion from fol. 60 to 88, and others are injured, owing to the bad quality of the paper. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. 431. 3009. Size 9! in. by 5fl in. ; foil. 138. Nineteen lines in a page. The first portion of the same Commentary, comprising about one-half of it. It ends with the following passage: uj\:J\ J,:;l Jhll Ju (1 b_r:-_,lt Only the exordium of the preface is given in this MS. Written in a small Shikastah. After fol. 55 a few leaves are missing. Fol. 100 should be placed after 106. Seal of H. Vansittart (A.H. 1194). 432. B 205. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 351. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on by HuM-m AL-niN Gulnarl. Cf. Kh. iv. 169. It begins: ./"1 J5' J.d,; W ;.,.. _,, .;:;..;1 ... 1\ ,,,, L .. . .. l-.1 till A.lj: till Neatly written. Conclusion: c?l d' i..:>) UJ\ \">.J ?) (sic) 4...r..'-':.i:J_, bl.., j 1.....:-?.J AJWW_, L The earlier portion bears corrections, derived from a MS. of Molla Ja1al al-din, and some notes. Injured by insects. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. 433. B 230. Size 8b in. by in.; foil. 40. Thirty three and thirty-seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-31. A concise treatise on Mu];tammadan Theology, by Badr al-din Mu];tammad b. As'ad Yamani TusTARI (who wrote about A.H. 700, according to :J;I. Kh. v. 597). Beginning: Jy>-1.-S..\l\ Ull iwl Jis...l' \.; J.,4: .. sl.l.z L-.1c '-'t,..\tJI_, .. L . I I\ ill\ \1J.Jtj I-S .. .. q .:........!\ r. !J '.r--'-' u .. j (sic) JJJ"!:::o-k;ls.ll w.rJ 1..\lb -...:;._, L "I.:,. .I .I tl It comprises an introduction ( L.. and three chapters ( .. J.b,..) : I. ( fol. 3) j ; II. ( fol. 18) C'LW\ j; III. (fol. 25) probably j. This MS. is not quite complete, but terminates abruptly in the paragraph L..\. .. j. }farginal notes. II. Foll. 32-40. The beginning of a Commentary on the preceding work, by the author himself.

PAGE 121

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 113 Begins: r, A... le ... t 1 d::.:, \:..c _r.AAI 1 The author says subsequently: \$' LJ_, j J.a?. LJ.J .. ;_ j.lbl Jl I.:Y' trl Jl The text and the commentary are distinguished by Jl; and J_,:;l, but only the .first word of the former is given in each case. This :M:S. is imperfect at the end, and does not extend beyond the introduction (A... of the original work. Carefully written in a small hand, but often without the diacritical points. Of the eighth century. Rubrics omitted throughout. Stained by damp. 434. B 226. Size 11! in. by 6-t in.; foil. 53. Seven lines in a page. A treatise on the Mul,tammadan Creed, by al-din Abu'l-barakat 'Abdallah b. AQ.mad NASAFi (d. A.H. 710). It has been edited by Cureton (for the Society for the Publication of Oriental Texts, London, 1843), under the title k. I J.!b \ 3 or Pillar of the Creed of the Sunnites. It is named I ...\-t..e by Kh. iv. 261, and it is also called Written in a large hand, with many marginal and interlinear notes. Part of these are specified as extracts from commentaries on the present work, namely that by the author, entitled '-'\.ii::..c j and those of Rafl' al-din and Zakar1ya. Of the tenth century. One leaf is missing after fol. 49. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1027. Presented by al-din. ('at 22G, xxxi. 1 Namely, the Kalam, :z Here follows an invective against money-making scholars. 3 These words are from the author's preface. 435. B 241. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 56. Seven lines In a page. Another copy of the same work, probably older than the preceding. The first leaf of it is missing. It begins: J.!bl. Written in a large inelegant hand, with many glosses. The name of the copyist is erased. A defect after fol. 4 7. The beginning and end are injured, and the whole is stained 436. 2247. Size 8! in. by in.; foil. 114. Five lines in a page. y\::.5' Another copy of the same work, beginning: .M...s:ll Y-' ill\ h;l>. Ju .... AU .. J, ....ll t. ..,/ \Yell written, with many glosses. Colophon: dLJI cUll .... :; cUll L 4sl' j j \ .... _}-i:. .(?), .o [College of Fort William. J 437. B 227. Size 9:i in. by 6 in.; foil. 236. Nineteen lines in a page. A Refutation of the Theology and Legal System of the Sunnites, entitled J...\..a!\ Jsll r!. The author, who is not mentioned, appears to be 1 J amal al-din Abu b. Yusuf, commonly called lBN AL-Mu'!'.\HHAR a great Shi'ah divine and pupil of 'J'usi, who died A.H. 726. See regarding him, Cat. Brit. 452 and 455. The present work is mentioned in Stewart' s Catal., p. 141. It is dedicated to Sultan Ghiyath al-din Uljaitu Khudttbandah 1\fuQ.ammad of Persia (A.H. 703-716). The preface begins: ) J cUl ..M.sl I L..LJ\ .Jt.(jl A:;.j r"'. The author blames the Sunni 1 See the conclusion of no. 4 71, ii. 15

PAGE 122

114 A.R.A.BIC MANUSCRIPTS. divines for their utter disregard of intuitive and natural knowledge, which in his opinion leads them to conclu sions quite unacceptable to the sound mind. He says : .... l\ W..)\_,b j .. _, _)tDI ly,))) J.ic _,j uk \jl I'*'" udl .Jl)1_, "tb.S:ll w1') A;..c He confines himself to eight questions ( u: ....... ., ), namely, I. (fol. 3) j; II. (fol. 9) _jdl j; Ill. (fol. lOv.) r:; j; IV. (fol. 53v.) .. j; V. (fol. 60) A..t.. j; VI. (fol. 142v.) j; VII. ( fol. 144) J )"" ; VIII. (fol. 160) o.iRJ t., t.....J . '-.: .... In the dogmatical part he chiefly attacks the Ash'arites, to whom, he says (fol. 3v.), with the ex ception of some divines of Transoxania, all the four orthodox sects are now reduced t....ll_, tkl 1_, l!J" J .... ""lS' "1)_, \., l!l" i1 il:Ls:ll_,); and he vindi cates against them the doctrines of the Imamiyah. Well written in N asta. Dated A.H. 1072. Inscribed: f_fJ-' Jsl\ Cf. Cat. 229, ii. 438. B 221, 245. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 343. Twenty-seven lines in a page. A .. hll .. "L.Rll (sic) il .... ll );j, ADI l.Jo'.l'-" .J 6:--A' The Commentary of SAIYID SHARiF JURJANI I No. 471, ii. reads: J..;.; ('Ali b. Mu}.tammad, d. A.H. 816) on the yid j, or System of Scholastic Theology, by 'Aif,ud al-dzn f.Jz (' Abd al-ra}.tman b. A}.tmad, d. A. H. 7 56). This work was printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1239. Books V. and VI. have also been edited by Soerensen (Leipzig,1848), from the Dresden MS., on which see Fleischer, Cat. Dresd., no. 379. Cf. Kh. vi. 236, Cat. Lugd. iii. 376, and regarding Iji, Cat. St. Petersb. 65. The latter dedicated his work to a statesman, whom he names Jam:U al-din Abu Ju:rjani completed his commentary in Shawwal, 807, at and dedicated it, in a special preface, to Sultan Ghiyath al-din Pir Mu}.tammad (son of Jahan gir and grandson of Timur, dethroned A.H. 809). Thjs preface begins: (.!.)"' J -.\.s:l I The commentary commences : I j 1J :(_\ .... ...; '-' .... .dl uk A valuable copy, dated A.H. 869. It was transcribed from a MS. which had been written by a pupil of the author, and revised throughout. The colophon runs as follows: .. ttll\ "-' .... b}.., ,_;j t....j, !::........:; k...., ) l!),.. k;:-....;.1, (.:}:; .. tjt., ctJ, I A.:>-\...? f:.aA j..,' ul; .. j.::-1 .. b_;d...T J' 1 ult...; I o:; \ llb \., j l!l? y;ltll d. '-':T \ J u\ I hs,J I bd... .. _, ... (\.n>-ill\ ek' ""':r' 4,)J )?. J \lt:; ill I J \ ..... ?.) \::...' '-' .... ::.lt .. J..,l J \ .. . ill ...\ .... si I, ...\! \ j w r J ...\ .... >' u""'J" ul w ill\ I J \ 4 ..J1, m' (?)

PAGE 123

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 115 Well written, but without diacritical points. Marginal notes. The preface of J urj ani is prefixed to the book in a different hand. This :_jiS. consisted originally of 360 foil. A. lacuna in the middle of it was restored by two more modern hands, but part of this modern portion (after fol. 172) is now also lost, and part is much injured by insects. The defect comprises the end of :Book ( J,..) Ill. The MS. is also damaged at the end. Bij. Libr., A.H. 992. The second part of this copy, which begins with fol. 173, is wrongly inscribed '"'?. \.ii..c t...fJ\ Cf. Catal. 225, vii. 1 and 226, xviii. 439. B 214. Size 9l in. by 7 in. ; foil. 353. From twenty-one to thirty-three lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, said to have been transcribed from the author's own copy, A.H. 909. Well written, in several hands, with marginal notes. Imperfect at the end. :Book Ill. left un finished (see fol. 16 9). The preface of Jurjani is wanting. :Begins: JJ:;I ... Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028, from Molla Payandah Mul).ammad. 440. 1300. Size 9t in. by 6 in. ; foil. 400. Twenty nine and twenty-seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. The greater part of it is written in a legible N asta' though often without diacritical points. The remainder has been supplied by two more modern hands. Marginal notes. Injured by damp. Foll. 315 and 316, and foil. 319 and 320 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 441. 1443. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 498. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, with the preface and the cpilogu('. Written in It was transcribed for ...\...c 1..:)? ..\ll d))-'W1 at Lahore. Collated, and with some notes. Two leaves are missing after fol. 6 7. [Johnson.J 442. 425. Size 9! in. by 5! m. ; foil. 505. Twenty. ve lines in a page. The same work. Written in the concluding portion in a different hand from the rest. Three leaves are missing after fol. 1. Injured by insects. Seal of 'Abd al-subl).an, a servant of Shah (A.H. 1147). [Johnson.J 443. B 225. Size 111; in. by in.; foil. 306. Twenty five lines in a page. The first part of the same work, to :Book ( J,..) IV. :Begins: (_ \ \Veil written in Nasta'll]s:, completed at the end of Shawwal, 1015, by Nul}. b. al-I;Iajj Muf;!tafa. With numerous marginal notes. Prefixed is a detailed index, which extends also over the remaining portion of the work. The first leaf of it, however, is wanting, and it is injured at the beginning. 444. 1295. Size 11 in. by 61in.; foil. 449. Twenty three and twenty-five lines in a page. The first part of the u:;lj. \ I to :Book IV. The name of Ghiyath al-din Pir MuQ.ammad, to whom the work is dedicated in the preface, is preceded here by that of Jalal al-din Iskandar (L:.J?...\11_, J (1 .J), which perhaps was substituted.for it subsequently. Well written in N asta by two hands. Gold lines round the pages. The first two pages are richly orna mented. :Book IY. (fol. 345) formed originally a separate volume. This copy was mauc for 'Abd according to a note at the end, which is dated 22nd J um. II., 48th year of

PAGE 124

116 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. _tJ.amgir ( =A.H. 1116). It belonged subsequently to his grandson Mul;tammad Ghauth (A.H. 1160). The fly-leaf has a French inscription, "Chera mavakef commentaire sur la philosophie de Socrate" (!), written probably by Nicolas de la Merliere, from whom the copy passed to R. J ohnson. In an elegant Oriental binding. [Johnson.J 445. 1686. Size 9-i in. by 6 in. ; foil. 283. Twentyfive lines in a page. The first portion of the u:; 1_,...1 I extending nearly to the end of Book IlL The name of J alal al-din Iskandar is inserted in the preface as in the preceding MS. Plainly written. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 30 and 25 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 446. B 220. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foil. 184. Twentyone lines in a page. Glosses on the u; \_,.I. I rr ascribed to Molla ::ijASAN CHALABI (b. Mu}:tammad Shah Fanari, d. A.H. 886). See IJ. Kh. vi. 236, and Casiri I., nos. 1495, 1532, and 1573. Beginning: l;) I..; ( (1 Jd.....\;-t Closely written, in different hands, mostly Shikastah, and difficult to read. It ends abruptly in Book ( ._i:; yt) III. The latter part of a preface, which probably belongs to the present work, is on the titlepage. It begins: Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 226, xiv. (?). 447. B 186. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 149. Twentyfour lines in a page. Various fragments of the preceding Glosses, extending from Book II. to Book YI. The first entire gloss is: '('._rii ( :(_I I ; and the last gloss begins: 1_, ( _,:;) i' AJI Jl Written in a small hand. Injured on the margin. 448. B 231. Size 8-k in. by 5! in. ; foil. 186. Twentyone lines in a page. Glosses on Book II. of the .... 11 which is on the unt'versalz'a ( )_,,.. ), by Molla MAs'uD (SHARWANI Kamal al-din, d. A.H. 905). See Casiri I., p. 521, no. 1495; .A.umer, Hdss. Miinch. 307 sq., and H. Kh. i. 207.1 Beginning : ... 1 l;) 1 Jj\.iill Written in The leaves are alternately white and yellow. Imperfect at the end. Four leaveR are missing after fol. 184. Cat. 225, vii. 4. 449. B 218, 219. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 275. Nineteen lines in a page. Two fragments of the Annotations on the by 'ABD b. Shams al-din (SIYALKUTr, d. about A.H. 1060). Cf. I;(. Kh. vi. 241. The author wrote these annotations while reading the book with his son '.A.bdallah Labib.2 The first fragment contains the commencement of the work, with the preface, which begins as follows: \ .. "-'-' dl 4:ill.c till --':--e w\;..c y\s""lli J:..s:l I \ u 1_, yL..s.l \ r. (1 It breaks off on fol. 102v., soon after the commence ment of Book ( u:; _,,..) II. The second fragment begins with the words (fol. 103v.) 4;.-.1!>-1 from the third .l..a.li.... of the first of Book II., and extends to the end of the same book. Well written in N asta Injured by insects. Cat. 225, vii. 3. 1 The statement of J:I. Kh. vi. 239 is incorrect, :: See above, nos. 113 and 327.

PAGE 125

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 117 450. 1812. Size 11 in. by 6! in. ; foil. 187. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the Annotations of SIYALKUTi, extending nearly to the end of the second The concluding portion is wanting. 'N ritten in N asta Red lines round the pages. Injured by damp and by insects. Foil. 7 4-83 should be placed in the following order: 74, 76, 79, 77, 78, 81, 82, 80, 75, 83; fol. 148 should come after 140; and foil. 181-7 should stand thus: 181, 187, 184, 182, 183, 185, 186. [Johnson.J 451. B 237. Size 10 in. by 5i in.; foil. 56. Twenty four and twenty-five lines in a page. Glosses on Book II. of the u:;'_r,l\ by MiR Z1nrn (Mul,tammad Zahid b. Mul,tammad Aslam :aasani Haraw1). The first portion of these glosses was printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1263. The preface, in which the author dedicated his work to Aurangzib, is wanting in this MS. It begins: 6.\j .(1 r b, l. Closely written in Shikastah. Has the following colophon: I.!.Y' (sic) Wl \ A;...., j J I 1.!.Y' \ if):; j u:; 'rJ \ _,, t .. AJl. r-'.>-I.!.Y' _r-I:.) J.l_, wJ; 1'-=-'jc :Y.bl\ 4.-(ll. 452. 1347. Size Tt in. by in.; foiL 160. Fourteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Glosses. Well written in Colophon: c..JLi.-. JL Ull y\::.S' 1 The MS. has '--'...1:.. _.r.: .Jr f!W 4.:..-J , \ ,t' .., ( ::s::. r,.; 1.-S,-.r:. .r I .. _f.,; [Hastings.] 453. 1883. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 99. Nineteen lines in a page. Annotations on the preceding glosses of Mtr Zahicl, ascribed to Mun_hAK. Beginning: W Alj &Y' Well written in of the twelfth century; terminating abruptly. [Hastings. J 454. B 232. Size 7 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 65. Twenty-one lines in a page. Notes on the commencement of Book II. of the u:; ly_' ascribed to Moll a Beginning: l:J.., J.U.-. j u:;_,..,!\ This MS. terminates before the end of the first It is written in without dia critical points. Corrections, and some additions by the author (marked ... ), are on the margin. Cat. 225, vii. 2. 455. B 215. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 75. From fifteen to nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary .... ,..) on 'Arf,ud aldin f.Jz's (d. A.H. 756') Articles of by (JaliU al-d1n) Mul_lammad b. As'ad DAWWANI (d. A.H. 907 or 908). Cf. Kh. iv. 217, and Catal. St. Petersb. 225. This work was printed, together with a com mentary on it, at Constantinople, A.II. 1233. The author's preface begins: W;j' Y, j I.!.Y' The commentary, omitting Ij1's preface, begins with the words r Jl.:;.

PAGE 126

118 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Plainly written, by llyas b. Shaikh Farid, of Fat}:tpur Sikri w_, __ j), for his own use. Date, end of Rabi' I., 990. Cat. 225, x. 456. 949. Size 8!in. by 5! in.; foll. 78. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of D.aww.ANi's Commentary. Written in N asta with extracts from the glosses of Molla Yusuf, and from other works on the margin. A slight defect after fol. 32. Injured by damp. The following note of an owner is written at the end of the book : ..M..s..-. A.Gl. )-.) A:.S'_A cJ.....c ,, [Johnson.J 457. 1246. Size 8j in. by 5 in. ; foll. 115. Thirteen and seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of DA.ww.ANi's Commentary. It gives at the end the author's date as follows: J airun, Wednesday, 18th Rabi' I., 905.1 "\V ell written in two different hands, with the glosses of 'ABDA.LLAH b. 'Abd al-}:takim SrrhKi:rri on the margin of the first eight leaves. These glosses are preceded by a preface, which begins: ("'tlJ \ ..... In the original binding of Tippu's library. [Tippu.J 458. B 216. Size 7!in. by in.; foll. 169. Nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-43. Another copy of Com mentary, neatly written in Colophon: J.:-dLJ\ yh.(j\ J d.' ""':. t' .?' Some notes. 1 This date differs from that given in J:l. Kh. iv. 21 i. II. Foil. 44-169. A Persz'an treatise on the Mu }:tammadan Creed. Begins: J.Q>\ J)' J. _} J.>-c>U The second r-la-.. (fol. 123) treats of the prophets, and the third (fol. 139) of the Khalifate. Written in two small hands. Indications of the contents are on the margin. 459. B 213. Size 8k in. by 6 in.; foil. 127. Fifteen lines in a page. Glosses on IJawwdnz's Commentary, by MoLLA YusuF (b. Mu}:tammad Jan Mu}:tammadshahi, who died after A. H. 1 030). The first fol. being wanting, the book begins with the following words : \ r.:;-:. ..\I 1, ilJ c..:>-_? cl;.}J' c)J Jl,...\l\ t1 J/-ub The author says towards the end of his preface: ... (sic) r-'-'>-'-"t\.>-y,\ I:):' ..\I\ \.j W, .... All\ A..lw All\ G... J:j ., ... A I \ j ._\.;j.rt-' j ..... l \ -'.Q)' t \ u.Q> \.ii \sl4 . This i\ the first of his two glosses, as mentioned by Kh. (lv. 217). It does not extend over the last portion of the main text. The author finished it in Rab1' I., 1000. Plainly written, by Saiyid Zain al-'abidin b. Saiyid 'Abd at Makkah. Date, 3rd Dbu'l 1052 Catal. 226, xxiv. 1 See no. 380.

PAGE 127

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 119 460. B 240. Size in. by 6! in.; foll. 248. Twenty one lines in a page. y:.rJ' Annotations on the preceding Glosses, written by the author, MoLLA YusuF himself. He makes reference in them to the glosses of Khalklulll, which had appeared in the mean time. See :ij:. Kh. iv. 217 sq., according to whom the present work was finished in Shawwal, 1033, at :Bukhara. The preface quoted in Kh. is omitted. :Beginning : '-'....sll y .. }fc I ""'-'I ""'"I 1 ( AI_,.,) . JI .. t._ r-::... Well written. At the end is the following Persz'an distich: t...Sj .J,_j ,_j.Y. V_;w .J,_j _;11 J) 461. B 184. Size 1li in. by 8 in.; foll. 278. Twenty nine lines in a page. Sa'd al-din Mas'ud b. 'Omar T.1FrA.z:'l.xi's (d. 22nd 792, at Samar}fand) Commentary on his own Compendium of Metaphysics and Mu l).ammadan Theology, '-'""\.ii.-JI. This commentary was written in 784. Cf. J.I. Kh. vi. 48. The elaborate preface begins: d...\..,::S::. .. l:)'"J 'tJ The author says subsequently: j ...\.ii..i ... L.r' ... 0_,:JJI (1 The text and the commentary are distinguished by the words ji.J and J,l, but only a few words are given from the former in each case. Copies of the seem to be rare. It consists of the following 1 This word, though no blank is left for it in this i\IS., must be supplied, the author commenting here on the preface of his first work. six chapters I. (fol. 3v.) t_S..j'-:--JI u; II. (fol. 24v.) j; Ill. (fol. 74) J; IV. (fol. 117v.) j; V. (fol. 173) j; VI. (fol. 222) j. Written in a good small hand. The colophon runs as follows: t...S""4JI__, ).J. \_,. ..J.j ...ul '-'-'' .)_,J (sic) yl_rdl t_S..jt__, j C't.it.s..,ll l:l.c .. Lll "S.WI t.ll ,, ,AAow\:..11 A.J Then follows a list of the works of Taftazani, with their respective dates, derived from the author himself. Two blanks are left on foil. 138 and 152 for diagrams. Foil. 137-172 are in a different hand On the last page is the note of an owner, named Mul]ammad b. AQ.mad b. Sad, who read and collated this volume several times, and intended to write a commentary on it. This note is dated A.H. 863. lHj. Libr., A.H. 992 (Nauras). ln the original binding, which is tastefully ornamented. Cat. 224, iv. 462. B 183. Size lliin. by 8 in.; foll. 534. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. :Beautifully written, but rather incorrect. Many emendations are on the margin. Date, 27th Rajah, 961. Eij. Libr., from Amin Khan. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). 463 B 185. Size 9i in. by 6 in. ; foll. 444. Twentytwo, afterwards twenty-five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, without the preface. :Begins : E..,l ...\..,.s:ll dl. Blj. Libr., A.H. 992; brought from B1dar by 'Ata Allah. Seal of 'All 'Adil Shah. 464. 1407. Size 11 in. by in.; foll. 286. Thirty three lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written. Slightly imperfect at the end. Many corrections are on the margin.

PAGE 128

120 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. The title-page contains an IJazah of Taftazani, dated Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 790, which was given for this and for other works, to one Ghiyath al-din, from whose copy the present one seems to be derived. Injured by insects. [Hastings. J 465. 2178. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 70. Ten lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-38. ABu'L-B.A.R.A.KAT N.A.s.A.Fi's (d .A..H. 710) Articles of the Mul,lammadan Creed, called here J. ... I (see no. 434). .. Beginning: :(_I y,l J ... All ..M...s:ll. Hastily written in Shikastah. Every second leaf is left blank; glosses have been frequently written on these, and others have been added to the text. Date, beginning of Rajah, 1223. II. Foil. 39-70. A treatise on the Mul;tammadan Faith. The author is not named. :Begins: w_r-1 4.:)\,; .. ..M.sll ,).; .:(_I Arranged and partly also written like the preceding The latter portion is written more carefully in N asta With many notes. Some lacunm occur towards the end. Concludes: (sic) l5 -'?,)..a.J t.:J" 4.:) IS_, (sic) 4.:)# sr:.. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 466. J 1636. Size 8:i in. by 5 in.; foil. 172. At first fifteen, afterwards usually nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 4-102. D.A.wwA.Ni's Commentary on the (see no. 455). Inelegantly written in N asta With numerous marginal notes, derived from the glosses of Khalkhali, Siya.Ikuti, and others, in the first portion. The colophon runs as follows : JWI _ri>-b.:s:: rL' Al.!\ 9" A..:.....J J' dY. .M...s:" d. .J#I .. II. Foil. 103-172. T.A.FTAzANi's Commentary on the 4WI (see no. 385). Well written in Nasta'lilj:, with numerous glosses by Al,lmad J andi and others. 467. B 212, 244, 103E. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 34. Usually twenty-five lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-6. L...JI J.1bl I.)LSL::.;\ j ;JL) .. .M..s:" J.l t.:J?.-.\11 Jr Cb-.J d. J.:! d. Js-N\ d.' t.:J!.-.\11 JJ 4.:)\.d"..} j A:v-jd; d, d.' 1.:)!.-.\11 JL...::;---N\JI sl.:::.hJ\ ,...., A..l.c r..S:..JI woN..., ..J 4.....: I J'' .. .J "..1 Jo \:.... Dl..:;....,_, L o.:...c 1 d. AlJI d. .J..t.s" J:.LJI .Ji ..,_,..._";'. .. A short treatise on the Orthodox Faith, by Muw AL-DiN 'A.bdallah b. Al,lmad IBN (a d .A..H. 620; Rh. passim). :Begins: j 'I.:)W '-'_rs,J\ ill i.M..J\ l.:)l.j The J!amdalah leads directly to the first subject, the nature and attributes of God. The peculiar doctrines of the are prominently discussed. Conclusion: (1 \ I There follows closely, after a Basmalah, a similar tract, on the attributes of God. It is introduced by the following Isnad: (.::JI \ d. _;..a; y,\ $L.hl\ Ll-"';u, la,;\sl\ (_WI y,l (sic) JUI Jl.:; A->_; ...... 11 ...\.r' d. J..c r..:\Jil\ .M..s" k y,\ Jl.:; 1 Illegible.

PAGE 129

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 121 Jw I Jl; .. ks-ll d. 4111 I .J.L: I JJ3 4.:>_; l.!Y. l>-,. Ju -'>-ljl 11 .... .J, t: Concludes (fol. 7v.): A:tir Both tracts were written on the same day, the last of Jum. I., 793, by Ma}:tmud b. 'Othman .1 Then follow some traditions, terminating abruptly. 11. Foil. 8-29. The reply of al-din Abu'l-'Abbas AQ.mad b. 'Abd al-Q.alim commonly called IBN T..uMiYAH (a J_Ianbalite, d. A.H. 728), to a question put to him regarding the "attributes of perfection" ( JL..S' This question is prefixed to it. It begins: ill o.M..sll .... iJI ...u.; l.l ... L:i y,l J) 4111 J)r:ll JwJI L..k Y4:>" L;Jt I-I-;; ;, .. -J.s\JI. 11 .. '-JW')I ._....>-.... L;JJ- . L" .... .... j \. .. \.>\:::--illl 4,yJ 411 The reply of Ibn Taimiyah begins (fol. 9v.): Yk:-t.; J..c 0,... J'rJI 1..\lb ... (_1 ill r wl...'>-' Conclusion : L;J j J t;t..(J I J I tJ JL...(ll 4. ... JL..s' Written by the same person as the preceding. Dated Saturday, lOth Rabi' I., 797. Ill. FoiL 30-34. A general I.fasah (or authorization to use his books), given by the celebrated FiRiJz.A.B.ini, Majd al-din Abu Mu}:tammad b. Siraj al-din t Sec no. 329. Ya'kub b. Sadr al-din Mu}:tammad (d. A.H. 817), ;o the M.a}:tmud b. 'Othman b. Abu Bakr j.l', and at the same time to his four brothers and some other persons. Cat. 226, xxix., xxviii. 468 B 246. Size 8 in. by about 6 in. ; foil. 56. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-27. MiR AL-DIN MuQ.ammad Shirazi's (d. A.H. 903) treatise on the Divine Nature, u=-.w..s:l\ Jlw j See H. Kh. iii. 362 . The name of the author is given in the preface as follows: (r. The following is a list of the twelve sections of the work: I. (fol. 2) JW j; II. (fol. 4) Af?}JJ j; Ill. J:Ji.:. "'y:-_,l\ L:J\ j L\ LSl\ IV. (fol. 9) L;J\ j L;J\ J1b V. (fol. IOv.) r::J Mic j; VI. (fol. 16v.) j; VII. (fol. 18v.) j; VIII. (fol. 20v.) 4-Jr.> j IX. (fol. 2lv.) j; X. (fol. 22) j r:J XI. (fol. 26) t.Qjij \ j; XII. (fol. 27) AjiJ..-)L j. It concludes (fol. 27v.) with wl:;... .--:: .... j I1. FoiL 28-56. Another treatise on the same sub ject, which appears to be by JALAL AL-DiN DAww.A.Ni (d. A.H. 907 or 908). Cf. Kh. iii 361, whose statement is, however, inaccurate. This MS. begins: J.t:. ..M..J I AI) j 0 No title or name occurs in the preface. The 118. is imperfect at the end. The following is a list of the fourteen sections which occur here: I. (fol. 28) _,ll j. This section begins with the words quoted by J:f. Kh. (1. 6) as referring to the work in general. They run here somewhat differently, thus: \..)..lb j J:..lL.J J 16

PAGE 130

122 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. W\ J L.. r=' C-'' l. .,_;k lf1b (\ II. (fol. 31v.) '-':'). j; Ill. (fol. 32) j; IV. (fol. 38v.) i.:JI j u!l J.:JY, "'r:-)1 V. (fol. 40v.) i.:J\ j; VI. (fol. 42v.) 4k j; VII. (fol. 47v.) j; VIII. (fol. 49) j IX. (fol. 50v.) t:? j; X. (fol. 5lv.) j XI. (fol. 52) r::J j; XII. (fol. 54) WI j; XIII. (fol. j; XIV. (ib.) j. An indifferent copy of the middle of the twelfth century. Cat. 226, xxxix. 469. 2839. Size 6 in. by 3i in. ; foil. 38. Nine lines in a page. Two short treatises enumerating the seventy-three sects of Islam. 'l'he first (fol. 1-22) is in Persian, by MAMUD 'J.'A.HIR GHAZZALI. The other (foil. 23-38) is in Arabic. The author is b. M b. ZABini. It begins: ..!,)1\.::.l\ U\ d The author, in conclusion, refers for all details to the work of 'Abdallah b .A.s'ad Yafi'1. Well written in Nasta'lik. Of about the twelfth century. Worm -ea ten. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 470. 2587. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 172. Eleven lines in a page. .A collection of religious treatises, bearing a remark able resemblance to Cat. Mus. Brit. 393, ncccLxxr. I. Foil. 2-21. A Commentary on Samar!candi' Catechism (see no. 381 ), by an unknown author. It is entitled (sic) j j 4f:' being the same as Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., ii. II. Foil. 22-54. .A Commentary on the "Sixty Questions" of b. al'Abbds, the ascetic, concerning the religious duties of the Shafi 'ites. The commentator is not named. The same work is to be found in Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., iii. Ill. Foil. 54v.-86. Articles of Faith, with a Com mentary, both blended together, and apparently by the same author. Entitled L..JJt.-. j LW\. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., v. Ends: d."' f_l (sic) .(_I IV. Foil. 86v.-98 .A treatise in Javanese, bound upside down. V. Foil. 98v.-130. A logical demonstration of the principal articles of faith, the same as Mus. Brit., I.e., vi. The author is not mentioned. Ends: ,} ,} VI. Foil. 130v.-170. b. 'Omar b. Ibrahim TrLIMsAN-i's Commentary on the Articles of Faith by b. Yusuf Sanusz (d. A.H. 895), the same as Mus. Brit., I.e., vii. Ends: j yh.
PAGE 131

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 123 unsound traditions and placets of Mujtahids which were contrary to the Catholic" faith and to the doctrines of the Imams. The names of both authors are unknown ; but the time of the second is fairly defined by his dedication of this work to Sultan 'Abdallah Shah (of Golcondah, who reigned from A.H. 1020 to 1082); while the first mentions in a passage quoted on fol. 3v., that his last Shaikh was Mlrza Mul,lammad AstaraM.di, whose lectures he attended between A.H. 1015 and 1020, at Makkah. The same speaks of his studies and of his present task as follows (fol. lv.): J.t: L. Jl '.:J" d ,.,)\ 4JL.j1Ji.sl J.::-l!Y' AAA\\ ...\.C.'.f ,).&. L\.S:l\ j_,""\ y j j j dl.J &; j yl_y,l The refutation by the second author begins : .M.sl I J.:. 1.:)' J,;\j ... NJ j He says that he was chiefly offended with the self conceit and the rude polemics of his predecessor, though he is not willing to follow his bad example, in depreciat ing the real merits of his work. His object, therefore, is only to defend the divines of the later church, such as Hz'lll and others, against his exaggerations and false imputations. The passages selected for refutation are given at full length, under the heading J 1J ; and they are followed by the refutation, which is introduced by Imperfect at the end. A few notes by the author are on the margin. II.1 Foll. 28-49. (]-.\.all t y\::.$', the same as no. 437. The author is called in the colophon, JL..;;o--JrJ W,.... fo\ d. ...\I\, i.e. Jamal al-din Abu Manfj!ur b. Yusuf, commonly called lBN AL-MU!AHHAR J;liLLi (d. A.H. 726). This copy was finished on Saturday, 27th Jum. II., 1154 =24th year of Mul;tammad Shah. It was sub sequently collated with the original copy. Ill. Foll. 50-60. yh$'. A concise vindication of the Sbi 'ab doctrine on the Imamate, fully J:.;.T-"' j See for a descrip tion of it, Fleischer, Cat. Sen. Lips. 4 7 5. The author is not named, but from its being, like the preceding treatise, dedicated to l.:)tkW\ ill\ ... ..M.s-" (var. l.:)tkL, it may be concluded that it is also by Some notes. IV. Foil. 60v.-77. A short treatise on the excellency of 'Ali, entitled '.:J::-iWI f.:" I Jj t.a.; j It was eo m piled by order of lTljaitU. Khudabandah. The author is probably also lBN AL-MU'!'AHHAR J;liLLl :Begins : . I W \ ("?. .iSJ I 4JJ tl 1.:)\b.L....l\ The author divides his subject into the following parts: I. (fol. 60v.) 6.l JjW\ j II. (ib.) ul..o.... Jt>-JjWI j; Ill. (fol. 61) d.lW' Jl:>(sic) J. This is the principal part. It treats of 'Ali's virtues and achievements, and is subdivided into two chapters : 1. JjWI j _,1 1.:),0 1.:)\ t...l JjWI the latter division being the subject of two each of which contains several The second chapter (fol. 67), 1 According to the table of contents and to the original pagina tion, one treatise has fallen out here, viz., 1_,:; '-:-'h$

PAGE 132

124 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. r ll..,\.s:l\ JjW\ j JI.!H (r. y'-:J\) treats of the honours bestowed on 'All during his lifetime, and contains thirty-seven Part IV. (fol. 76v.), r-jJ\ j .:. _r.\ JH.di j treats of miracles performed in 'All's name after his death. The author concludes as follows: \.irb J.:. &\.Q::o-\ l.irb j)..\Ji.\1 (' Jls..J\ -.W Marginal notes, and Persian interlineations, in red. The two following pages (77v. and 78r.) are filled with various poetical extracts, preceded by the story of a joke which and 'All played off on 'Oruar. It begins: y\b.S:l\ V. Foll. 79-105. .. yh$'. A concise treatise on the Fundamental Principles of the Sh1'ah Creed, fully entitled j_,...,l j th..; also by who completed it, according to the con clusion, on 6th Rab1' II., 680. Begins: _;4\ (].lG.._, '__PI .. 4JJ ..M.sl\. The author says in his short preface that the chief object of the present treatise is to prove the existence of God and his attributes. He refers to the system of the Scholastics, and to that of the earlier Philoso phers ; he points out the differences between the two sects, and decides, of course, in favour of the Shi 'ah. The work consists of an introduction on perception, and twelve chapters I. (fol. 79) j, on possibility and impossibility, entity and non-entity; II. (fol. 80) r-ji; j, on the division of existing things, according to the systems of the Scholastics (into and and of the Philosophers (into and ,_}.,....); Ill. (fol. 90) j, on accidents; IV. (fo1. 90v.) '-:-:::;-'-' j; V. (fol. 95) J W VI. (fol. 96) J ..Ml 1 j ; VII. ifol. 98v.) j; VIII.1 (fol. 100v.) j; IX. 1 The MS. has here instead of (fol. 103) X. (fol. 103v.) j; XI. (fol. 105) j; XII. (fol. 105v.) fo' d-.. j Date, middle of Rama<;lan, 1154 =24th year of Mu Q.ammad Shah. The copyist styles himself r-''-"' ._\,..s;-1_,11 Ail M.s:ll ,._.).:. j ..\Jt.?J A:t"\3 j J.:. and is divided into seven chapters: I. )2:.11 j; II. (fol. 108) 1.!:.,))..\s::ll j; Ill. (fol. 112) cJ j IV. (fol. 121v.) J-'-'tl\ j; V. (fol.l23) j; VI. (fol. 125) j; VII. (fol. 126v.) ..,w_1 j. The author concludes: b'V"'.J'' \.. ,.rCt l.-.\ilJ j Inelegantly written. VII. Foll. 131-159. yhS'. A copious Commentary on a similar work. The title of the latter is not mentioned, but it appears from quotations in the commentary that it is also by Qlll. The name of the commentator is not given. He quotes the opinions of the Mu'tazilites, and Ash'arl; the Scholastics; the Philosophers, especially Ibn S1na and r:rusi ; and the doctrines of his own sect, the Imamiyah. The text and the commentary are distinguished by Jl.:; and J_,JI. The work begins without a preface:

PAGE 133

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 125 j_,J\ )\ )\ 611\ 611\ UN..(; Jl.:; j Very often only the first words of the passages commented on are given (after j\,;). The preface of begins: .U:...JI d1l then follow probably the words I.:J"'. His work is divided into sections (J.a.i): I. (fol. 132) j; II. (fol. 132v.) r-W\ j; III. (ib.) j IV. (fol. 133) j; V. (fol. 142v.) j; VI. (fol. 145) j; VII. (fol. 145v.) VIII. (fol. 147) j..\.lJI j; IX. (fol. 148) j..\.lJI t_J} j; X. (fol. 150) j; XL (fol. 152) j; XII. (fol. 155v.) j :(_1 XIII. (ib.) _,\M.l\ j. This division comes very near to that of no. V. The commentator concludes with a prayer, which he ascribes to the Prophet, on the authority of Ibn Babawaih. It begins: roNJ I.:J"' Y, ....Ji.ll ,, VIII. Foil. 160-257. A work on the Imamate of 'Ali and his descendants, compiled by an unknown author, .A..H. 854. The correct title is t?.""'.t::.ll Jl The preface begins : ,._jb \ \ All I 1.!)\S' LJ..; L-.\ .. .l:)'.}l' 4jl The author says in it that he compiled this work from both Shl'ah and Sunnite authorities. It con tains arguments logical and scriptural, traditions, poetry, etc. In the first introduction he offers a list of works which he quotes from actual inspection-j l. u::J\ !.:}"' A::.lJij They are: 1. 2. 3. (sic) 6. JWI 7. 8. J_}ll; 9. (sic) 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. ujW\ 15. 16. 17. t U-t,? 18. 19. 20. J_r.dl; 21. (?) 22. .JJ ; 23. ; 24. d 25. 2. (.JN_,;\bll w):ll; 27. I.J"'J;\bl\ 28. _)I d 29. 30. J,:}J; 31. A.sl1 "JyJ I \.1,. ; 32. y .;.LI .;(l I j:;\A.,.. Id. I r-Y.. 34. s5. 36. t"'W\ 37. r-:l..iijl; 38. JjLJ.\; 39. I.!)IJ_rll 40. (sic) J.--. 41. k42 fi'a..,.. o:J\ -t; 43. 44.k-A.,..'}ll 45. ftw 46. _fik,.; 47. d iJ.l\ d ""_..s.J 48. (?) 49. (_,) t.J\ ,..\z"'l (sic) vw-:I.,J 50. 51. 52. (?)_r.="--t. The second (fol. 161) gives a much longer list of books which the author did not read himself, but which he found quoted by his authorities. The third A_,..i,ji.,.. (fol. 161v.) gives an epitome of the contents of the work. It is divided into seventeen chapters; their subjects are, as the author states, 1 Variant

PAGE 134

126 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. already indicated by the words of the preface. They are: I. j; II. (fol. 162) j 6-l..W fi1 Ill. (fol. 163v.) j JJ\i..,_, IV. (fol. 166) j; V. (fol. 169) 4.:4! VI. (fol. 171) j; VII. (fol. 175) illW j; VIII. (fol. 186v.) 4.J.J IX. (fol. 191v.) ,_} r.:J,.. X. (fol. 206v.) subdivided into four ; XI. (fol. 220) (1 j L.; XII. (fol. 227) f_l (sic) j j; XIII. (fol. 235) d::JiJ4..J1 j; XIV. (fol. 238) iJ.J j (fol. 248v.) j r.:J_.. _r.$ j XVI. (fol. 252v.) t' j j; XVII. (fol. 254v.) .,).) j The author's epilogue concludes with a poem, beginning: t?.,Jil' The last verse contains the date of the work : (sic) w..a:J rL...:i ...w JJ The numerical value of the four letters marked is 854. IX. Foil. 258-267. y\:S. A treatise in refutation of erroneous opinions entertained regarding the Imamate. The author, who is not mentioned by name, lived in the fifth century. The preface begins: L. J-c IJ\ W The author relates that a friend of his read a work of Mufid (i.e. MuQ.ammad b. MuQ.ammad b. al-Nu'man, d. A..H. 413)/ on the Imamate, called JjW\ and was particularly struck with its last chapter, which treated briefly of the common errors regarding the 1 See on him 'fusi rtf sqq. Imamate, in terms of astonishment \ r.:J,.. J-c 6.ll\ ..,.)_,, i.l..11 ). His friend, therefore, desired him to write, in the same style, a special and detailed treatise on that subject. Accordingly, he gives a series of discussions, all introduced by the words subdivided according to the subjects into sections, which are usually inscribed .. j \ j The above title does not occur in the work. The author scarcely quotes any authorities, but he mentions once (fol. 263v.) that he was told by Abu'l-l_Iasan Asad b. Ibrahim Sulami, that he met Ibn al-NaQ.Q.as (d. A.H. 376)/ at Mi!jlr, etc: .J X. Foll. 268-282. yh$'. A polemical treatise, in which is proved that it is lawful to curse the Sunnites like unbelievers. It is fully entitled j The author is 'ALi B. 'ABn .AL-'ALI (Jl..11 sic), who completed it in Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 917, at Mashhad cu-'__,,.. J..c ... )Y'_, ... and dedicated it to (Shah Isma'11) the founder of the dynasty. Another work of this author is to be found in Cat. Lugd. iv. 116. Beginning: _}t.; tflll ,_,j\$' The author praises the new dynasty t:.l_,..\11 W,JI L.,..W\ Lll..1\ A.$.J A 1\ \..JI .. ) .. .. .. .. .:r r_lb. 4,_,..:_,.1.1 l;.!bW\), and reviles the Omayyades and Abbasides, etc. He then proceeds to say that he had observed that, under the constant oppression to which they were hitherto exposed, many weak Shl 'ahs had of late become doubtful as to their right of cursing the Sunnites. He therefore intends to prove, not only from the Koran, but even from their own traditions, that they are liable to be cursed. The work consists of an introduction ( L...:iJL... ), on the meaning of cursing, and of seven sections, which contain arguments in support of the above assertion. Five of them refer to passages of the Koran, one to the Sunnah, and the seventh to the Shl'ah (Imamiyah) tradition. 1 See Lib. Class. Viror., ed. Wustenfeld, xii. 71.

PAGE 135

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 127 The appendix ( W l:;..) comprises two discussions, one regarding 'A'ishah, and whether she deserves to be cursed, the other treating of the diverging principles of the law of the two sects. XI. Foll. 283-316. yh$'. A treatise on the Leading Dogmas of Islam, entitled JJ""t j, with a copious Commentary on it, both by Mu}.tammad b. 'All b. Ibrah1m b. :.:rasan b. Ibrahim b. Faqil lBN Anu JUMHUR sic, r. as in the following piece).1 The preface begins: l. J_, \ \ 4\ The author gives in it a circum stantial account of the origin of both works. He states, first, that he had already written several other works on theology (specified in a note on the margin as yhS' fl \ \ etc.). He then proceeds to relate that, A.H. 877, he made the pilgrimage to Makkah, and after it visited (i.e. Madinah, according to a marginal note). He then went into and visited the tombs of the Imams there, and finally travelled into Khurasan, in order to pay his devotions to the tomb of 'A.li Riqa, at Mashhad. On his way thither he com menced the treatise at the request of a travelling companion, and completed it after his arrival at Mashhad. Having subsequently made there the acquaintance of a distinguished Saiyid and descendant of 'All Riqa, named Ghiyath al-din Mu}.tsin b. Mu}.tam mad, he was by him to write a commentary on the said treatise. He completed this commentary, as we learn from the conclusion, on Wednesday, 17th Dhu'l-}.tijjah, 878, at the mansion of the Saiyid. The original text and the commentary are dis tinguished by Jl; and j_,!\, and the former is given in full. It begins: .J_,.::;-}1 y_,:::-_y, d..IJ J.::. L.. ctll.w) . J"" Jj\...J.I_, \ \kl \ '-' tk..c I \ and is divided into seven sections : I. (fol. 284v.) '-'J.::;-}1 j; II. (fol. 287v.) C'ti.d\ j Ill. (fol. 291) C'l.i.d\ J; IV. (fol. 295v.) 41 J; V. (fol. 299t.) j; I Sec also below, xviii. VI. (fol. 302) ... \ .... j; YII. (fol. 313) j. In the commentary the author displays a great deal of learning. He always speaks of himself in the third person. Frequent marginal and interlinear notes, the latter in red. XII. Foll. 317-318. ctJ\.wJ. The Minimum of Tenets indispensable to the Shi 'ah ; by the same author, who completed his work on Monday, 25th Mu}.tarram, 889, at Mashhad. Begins : cU L.J 15 15 (.]->-4JJ ..M..s.l \ l .... J!' Additions by the author are on the margin. XIII. Foil. 319-331. yh$'. A Com mentary on a short treatise by Abu Ja'far Mu}.tammad b. fusl (d. A.H. 460), on the fundamental dogmas of the Shi'ah creed, which is called here .1 The author of the commentary is not named. The latter is entitled j_,"""l\ Begins: r-llbJ 4JJ \ The passages to be explained are introduced by cJ_,J, and the commentary by J_,JI. The preface of the original work is omitted. It consists of four sections I. ...\::->-J::.l\ j; II. (fol. 324v.) j ; Ill. (fol. 327) .... j; IV. (fol. 328v.) j. Each section comprises sundry dogmas .J""I ). Marginal and interlinear notes, the latter in red. XIV. Foil. 332-378. ""'?rP yh$'. A Com mentary on Na$lr aldzn fusz's (d. A.H. 672) ...\J-:ri' (see no. 405). The author is not named; 2 there is, however, no doubt that it is the commentary of InN AL-MU!AHHAR (I:asan b. Yusuf, d. A.H. 726) mentioned in Kh. ii. 194. It is true, the first words quoted there do not agree with this which 1 This treatise is not mentioned in the list of his works, Fillrist, no. r. 2 In a recent inscription it is erroneously ascribed to l!:lfahan i (cf. no. 406).

PAGE 136

128 .ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. begins : iJ (r. '6J Jlb W \ cill ..M..s:l I ; but the words following here subsequently, l.. I w.JW.I Jib W\ JW' (r. L.:.>t.; ?) Ju el seem to bear some relation to them. There are probably two different versions of the preface. The author styles the work of and he entitles his commentary, accordingly, .J\..ii::..c (it is, however, mentioned by him in his Lk1 under the fuller title J He was a disciple of and completed this commentary on 16th Rabi' I., 696. Some portions have copious marginal notes. The margin exceeds the size of the volume, and is generally folded down, but in some cases cut away. XV. Foil. 379-388. 'C_r, Glosses on that part of l(ushJl' s Commentary on the TaJrzd2 which comprises the fifth on the I m a mate; by Ntm ALLAH b. Sharif Imami Begins: 'JtA .. _, 'J4 J..c \ill The author observed that the criticisms of a Sunnite, on the tenets professed in the said part of the TaJrU, had not yet been answered by writers of the Shi 'ah sect; he, therefore, undertook this task, lest the opposite party should have the last word in the matter. He seems to have written in India, when the ::MuQ.ammadan kings of the Dakhan were still in power. This would appear from the following remark on fol. 380: JS' _,i (sic) Jr., W' JS' j j J\sll (sic) ..).;..fl I.:J'". He quotes occasionally a work of his father, namely a Persian commentary on A.....iL!Ji .. !JI, an alleged speech of 'AB,3 and also a supple to it (il....0), in which ::Mirkhond's (d. A.H. 903) U\ is quoted (fol. 38lv.). 1 Quoted in the J IJi..J I which will be described under" Biography." 2 See no. 409. s From the collection i.i:. on which see f.l. Kh. vi. 406. The first gloss is: i...k. (1 ( = fol. 323 in no. 409). There follows immediately: XVI. Foll. 388-389. 1.. B. 'ABD (?) account of his disputation with a gentleman of J;Ialab, A.H. 951, by which the latter was converted to the Shi'ah creed. Begins: ... cill-.\.t.sll I It comprises only that part of the debate which turned on fundamental questions, such as the superiority of the Imams, the principles etc., leaving the minor topics, which were discussed after wards, when the opponent was already convinced. XVII. Foll. 390-397v. ill J)_,-..!.!1 y'd W I I_,. A treatise on the Fundamental Dogmas, and on Piety, written, as appears from the end, by F AKHR AL-DiN b. Shaikh at Mash bad. Begins: 'iJ),_, ..M.s:ll j.lbl <.!.SJ o.M.sll JL..S' \:JJ ..... It is divided into two "Orients" ). The first, which is dogmatical b_}j ill\ J), consists of an introduction ( eb.. ), on know ledge, and five viz., I. (fol. 391) j II. (fol. 392) 4.1...\.c_, t:i 6JWI j; p:I. (b. v.) j; IV. (fol. 393) j; V. (fol. 395v.) j The second J.J!v., which is parenetical (j J..dj\), comprises viz., I. (fol. 396) j; II. (ib.) j (ib. j (1 L....., containing sermons ascribed to 'AIL This treatise seems to be rather modern. The in his epilogue, places his work under the patronage of the Imam 'All Ri9.a. His name is given in the con clusion, which has apparently been modified by the

PAGE 137

SCHOLASTIC THEOLOGY. 129 copyist: JM' t} Jc d. d,j d, ..\ll ft t' All I ct.L.k (?) There is added a laudation of the present treatise, by EAHA AL-DIN I,IilrTHr, written in a high-flown style. It is inscribed: AT) b.=;.. jJU JJi.j j cUll, and begins: c..!.SJL.w, J.:. rfl There follows immediately: XVIII. Foll. 397v.-403. (sic) y_rll An account of three disputations which the author, a Shi 'ite, had with one Molla Harawi, on differences of the two sects. The name of the author is, as appears from tbe opening of the first meeting, from L....s::lll, al-A}:tsa, in Ea}:train, and he is evidently identical with Mu}:tammad b. 'Ali b .... A.bu'l-jumhur, the author of XL The present treatise seems to be the same as Cat. Mus. Erit. 403, xxxiii. Eegins: '-!:..'t:;L J..::>-JL; '.$' Jt; J I -.J1 !\s,.. j . t I 4; I c-y,. ll:..J.M!1 '-';J j It appears that the meetings took place at Mashhad, where the author lived with Saiyid Mu}:tsin, the same whom he mentions in the preface of XL, where he uescribes his journey to Mashhad, A.H. 878. The first and third meetings took place in the mansion of the said Saiyid, the second on the c-Y.., or lOth Dhu'l l:tijjah, in the Academy of Sultan Shahrukh M1rza. The altercation chiefly turned on the Imamate and the Chalifate, and concluded with the defeat of the oppo nent, who, as the author asserts, had at last almost made up his mind to become a Shi 'ah. Colophon; till\ Ji J.:. t\)1 i_ I 4.c J.c J.:. t..;J .M..s:" &. I .J I: XIX. Foil. 404-439. I.!Jwls: 1_, y\:.S' Aphorisms of Abu 'Abdallah Mul:tammad .. L: b. Mu}:lammau b. al-Nu'man, commonly called Mufzd (d. A.H. 413; cf. p. rrf), extracted from two works, viz., the written record of his lectures and dis putations (L.JMl4:"), and his (men tioned by p. rr o ). The compiler, who does not give his name, made this selection for the use of a friend. It would appear that he was a contemporary of Mufid, and that the latter was still alive, when this selection was made. Probably it is the work of Allu JA'FAR 'f1Jsi (d. A.H. 460). Eegins ; d \w . c-..\il ...\>-_y.l. 1 till .M..sl I '-'::i-1.1 y\::S I.!J" NJI h0) vJ j \-t.Jt.:.ll ..M..s" .M.s" NJ I j w_,rJI These aphorisms bear on various Shi 'ah doctrines and points of controversy, but chiefly on the Imamate. Mufld is usually denoted by tilll XX. Foll. 440-450. y\::S. A. treatise proving Sh1 'itism to be the only true creed. It was composed by an unknown author, A.H. 11.52. The above title does not occur in the work Begins: U..Jt:; ill .M.sll Alll ... ::.-..11 Y.) ill\ Jr:J j Y. 1_,-t.kl; t .. l .... 1-S..\fl M.jl 4.JJ...c_, I.!J" j t!W' ...u JJI ... I.!)? ..\! I (1 .. J.i.Rll The author demonstrates his thesis from the Koran, from the Sunnah, of which he quotes all the standard down to Suyutl, and by argumentation. The epilogue begins: c-\,..:.;1 I.!J" vw"'WI (sic)_, I.!J,.. AJt.._, UJI Lw (' . J\ j The author relates a vision, in which he learned from the Prophet and 'AB that of the later Imams, and RiQ.a were those upon whose worship salva tion depended. li

PAGE 138

130 ARABIC XXI. Foil. 451-456. b-'r AILJ. XXII. Foll. 456v.-458. AIL.J. XXIII. Foil. 459-460. AIL.J. XXIV. Foll. 461-468. 4-lL.J. Four Persz"an treatises. XXV. Foll. 469-472. 4-ll,.J. The Funda mental Articles of the Shi 'ah Creed. Nothing is known about the author mentioned in the inscription. Begins: ... &JJ ythlb y'fl' ct.;..r-"J .J, 1.. ..\_ ... \.-. The subjects enumerated are treated of in six chapters, each of which is subdivided into sections ). The works contained in this volume are generally well written on good stout paper. The handwritings vary, but two prevail. Most of the texts have been collated ; however, they are not first-rate as regards correctness. A detailed table of contents is to be found on one of the fly-leaves. It enumerates twenty-six works, the second of which is not in the present volume (see above). Fol. 291v. is ornamented. [Johnson.J PHILOSOPHY. 472. 82. Size 8! in. by in. ; foll. 180. Twelve lines in a page. A treatise on Natural Philosophy, ascribed to the sage BA.LiNl!s or i.e .A.pollonius of Tyana), who received it from Hermes Trismegistus. It was translated (into Syriac) by the priest SA.x:airls (i.e. Zachaeus, '-"""'_r>.L in this MS.), and is called y\::.S' jhl\, or, ill See De Sacy in Notices et Extraits des Manuscrits de la Biblioth. Nation. iv. 107 sqq.; cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 166; Mus. Brit. 203; Upsal. 226; and Leclerc in Journal Asiatique, 1869, p. 111 sqq. This MS. does not contain the introduction of the translator. It begins: Y.J Y, c.:._(jy: ,.s..\1\ jhl\ yt::.s' 4-c ,.s..\1\ j \j\ J\:; (sic) '-"""',-1.! V"'W\ 1 The latter form of the name occurs in the epilogue. t:i \.al \ 1...:-j 4:-.ltl \ "-:-> L, (sic) '-"""' t' Compare De Sacy, I.e., 138 sqq. Neatly written in N asta Richly ornamented and gilt. One of the fly-leaves has the erroneous inscription .:) \ which appears to be taken from the concluding L words of the work .. [Hastings. J 473. 673. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foll. 59. Fifteen lines in a page. A treatise on Elixirs and Talismans, called Cf. Stewart's Catal. 121 sqq. Preceded by an introduction by MuAMMAD B. KniLID, the geometrician, giving an account of the alleged origin of the work, which is said to have been translated from the "Greek and Roman languages" by order of the Khalif The original work was discovered by the writer of this introduction in a Christian church at Amorium, after the capture of that place. It consisted of 360

PAGE 139

PHILOSOPHY. 131 leaves, being entirely of gold, and was deposited in a chest of the same material, and declared to be '' the Treasure of Alexander"-d. dl..J\ '-'j (sic) It had been buried there, after his death, by his disciple Antiochus _;JI '-'3 dL. .. ( IJ-1\ '..Sr.:-9 (.;,// The original preface is by ARISTOTLE \k I) and contains a dedication to A.lexander. It begins (fol. 4v.): I.)J::::;--}1 ...\>1_,11 We are told in it that this is a work of HERMES ( JW \ which was discovered by Bal1nas (Apol lonius, see the preceding no.), and made over by him to Aristotle. It consists of ten chapters :.1 I. (fol. 5v.) j II. (fol. 12v.) .r.-!...(i-' JJ""\ j Ill. (fol. 23) j; IV. ( fol. 30) ,;\:J::.I I k.:.,.,., j ; V. ( fol. 33) (sic) \ j ... ill k.;U\ VI. (fol. 36) j _j3; VII. (fol. 40v.) _j3 j VIII. (fol. 48) j vw_,.hl\ y_,l..aJ\; IX. (fol. 52v.) j X. (fol. 54) .. j and it concludes with an epilogue which was added by ALEXANDER. Well written, with all the vowel-points. Illustrated with drawings. Dated 1st Scribe, Imamwardi (I.SI.)JJ"'\...1). Another talisman has been added on the last page. [Tippu.] 474. 2770. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 173. Twelve lines in a page. The twenty-first of the treatises of the Ikhwdn al on the dispute between the animals and man. It has been printed at Calcutta, 1812 and 1846, and Tht following headings differ occasionally from the list of contents given on fol. 5. translated into German by Dieterici, Berlin, 1858. Cf. Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 295. The preface is omitted. Begins: '-'.LS:ll """'! j W A.il j\.a:,-like the :Munich MS. Well written in All rubrics omitted. [Biblioth. Leydeniana. J 475 1420. Size 11 in. by 6i in.; foil. 411. Thirty lines in a page. Jl >\ill\ Jb. .... ll .J ;, .... 1\ sL.k_ '-' ...\.:-:. J.:. s\,._<.sJ I 4>-V"'::-j) I t:t..l \ The first part of lBN S1x:\.'s (d. A.H. 428) System of Aristotelian Philosophy, called .... l\, on Logic. See Cat. IJugd. iii. 315, sqq. ; cf. J.I. Kh. iv. 62. This part comprises the first four fascicles of the work. It is divided into nine d; viz., 1. (fol. 3) without title (Isagoge); 2. (fol. 24v.) j; 3. (fol. 81v.) (7rp EPfl-1JVtac;); 4. (fol. 107) j 5. (fol. 201) j; 6. (fol. 272) y\::S (r. T07rJca); 7. (fol. 336v.) j; 8. (fol. 355v.) j; 9. (fol. 401) y\::.S'. An elegant copy, transcribed by order of (Saiyid) Mul}.ammad at Kashmir, by b. 'Abd al-l}.akim, from a MS. of A.H. 868. Completed on 4th Rabi' I., 1148. Each book ( D\.a...,) has its own conclusion, and the volume ends with a long epilogue by the said Saiyid (fol. 411 ill\ Jl )bJ .J\ ... .s:L,I A splendid ornament on the first page, and gold lines round the others. There precede (foil. 1 and 2), the life of the author, taken from the the introduction of Abu 'Ubaid (which is given at full length in Cat. Lugd., I.e.), transcribed from the original MS., where it bad been added by Sharif b. 'Abd al-lat1f A.H. 891; and an incomplete list of contents. In an elegant binding of red leather, with gold ornaments. [Johnson.J

PAGE 140

132 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 476. 1796. Size 11! in. by 6i in.; foil. 313. Thirty lines in a page. J\ y_,_:-J\ .)\ c.J\::J\ 'The second part of the preceding work, on Physics. The of this part are: 1. j; 2. (fol. 94v.) j; 3. (fol. 109v.) j I.:Jfl\; 4. (fol. 133) j; 5. (fol.l44v.) j; 6. (fol.16lv.) vw.hl\ y'.::S; 7. (fol. 214) j; 8. (fol. 222) j Like the preceding MS.; the colophon gives the same ,._ names of the transcriber (adding the surname 1...$-'.J and of his employer. Dated Kashmir, Sha'ba.n, 1150. Foll. 24-31 are to be placed in the following order : 24, 27, 25, 26, 29, 30, 28, 31. Slightly injured by insects. Bound in green leather, with gold ornaments. [Johnson.J 477. 1811. Size 11! in. by 6! in. ; foll. 286. Thirty lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-264. The remaining portion of the pre ceding work, written in the same hand, and arranged in the following manner :-1 1. (foll. 1-44) Geometry; without title, but concluding: 2. (foll. 47-131) .Astronomy. Concludes: Then follows the colophon of the original copy, which begins: J\3 '!b-' t:..:hl\ _?..\1\ This copy had been written by 'Abd al-]f.aiyum b. al b. 'AB Farisi, A.H. 642. 3. (foll. 134-149) .Arz'thmetic. Begins: 1 The numbering seems to be in confusion, as is also the case with the Leyden MS. (I.e., p. 319). (.!)_... Conclusion: .J\ ;; t.W .. t ') r 4. (foil. 152-174) Music. Jt;.l\ j 1.:)... 1.:)' l.l l.:)l> .. J, Ji ... ..., .J\ ..k '-,.1,.::>-t_u .. _j 1 "--J Fol. 17 4v. contains an epilogue to this part by the aforesaid Saiyid Mul;tammad. Date, A..H. 1152. Each of the preceding parts was copied from '' an old MS.," and collated with another which had been written at :Mauf:lil, A..H. 652. 5. (foil. 179-264) Metaphyst'cs. Begins: j yi.::.S' t.:J.-.p:. This part concludes also (fol. 264) with an epilogue by Saiyid Mul;tammad. It was transcribed from a copy of .A.. H. 897. The aforesaid Mul;tammad finished it at Shahjahanabad, on 2nd Rabi' I., 1154 (J\=.1\ j 4:) ... (.!) ... LS;\j t.:J,. (.!),. JWI t.:J,. d:J\,..l\ t.:J,. (\ ..)J,::;_,I\ j A!). He concludes with a poem in praise of the work, beginning : ... .:=;_) 1.:):. Each of the above parts has an ornament on its first page ; the vacant leaves between them are ornamented with gold lines. II. Foll. 266-286. The first part of the author's abridgment of the preceding work, called \, on Logic. This work has been printed at Rome, 1593, as an appendix to Ibn Slna's ..l(am1n. Cf. Kh. vi. 303. Begins: J.:. V"":ij\ NJ\ L.\ &JJ\ ill\ (,!)?\ t' ... __, ili\ 4-.c Written in the same hand as the preceding, with gold borders. In an elegant illuminated binding. This MS. and the two preceding are from Lakhnau. [Johnson.J

PAGE 141

PHILOSOPHY. 133 478. 423. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 154. Twenty three lines in a page. The Commentary of FA.KHR .A.L-DIN R.Azi (Mul).ammad b. 'Omar, d. A..H. 606) on the second and third parts of Ibn Sina's (d. A..H. 428) U.s::l\ on Physics and Metaphysics. See Kh. iv. 290, and especially regarding the first part, omitted in this MS., Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 600. Extracts from this work have been given by Haneberg in A.bhandl. d. baier. A.kad. xi. 250-267. :Beginning: JJ.aj /' j '-'\j\M.\.,. j J L.!sl\ J\; The remaining fourteen sections of this part are in scribed as follows: II. (fol. 5v.) j J..c III. (fol. 16v.) j IV. (fol. 23) l!JI j .... .... V. (fol. 26) j VI. (fol. 29) LS:ll j; VII. (fol. 36) j; VIII. (fol. 43v.) j l!)l._j.ll; IX. (fol. 56v.) JIJ>-\ j; X. (fol. 67v.) W\ JH.-.-. j; XL (fol. 73v.) j XII. (fol. 80v.) j; XIII. (fol. 81v.) j; XIV. (fol. 91v.) k.b'-:J\ j; XV. (fol. 96) j; XVI. (fol. 100v.) j The third part, (foil. 113-154), comprises nine J.a,;, as follows: I. without title; II. (fol. 118v.) j \ ; III. (fol. 124) j; IV. (fol. 127v.) jhll j; V. (fol. 130) .Jby,:ll Jl ev.\M.\jijl j; VI. (fol. 134v.) j; VII. (fol. 137) J- See Kh. i. 302; Cat. Lugd. iii. 321; and Cat. St. Petersb. 60.

PAGE 142

134 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. This work is dedicated to a patron, who is styled ill\ AJ)..\1\ $L..(sl\. It is partly written in refutation of the critics of Raz1, who is here called J....;lRl\. It begins: J_,J yb .. Cl\ \ ...u 1_, JJ .... }:. All\ ""-'""I All\ q .J b..U 0WI !,)\,;\ Jsll t1 ujW.\ The present copy consists of three separate yolumes. Vol. I. (foll. 1-87) contains the first part, on Logic. II. (foil. 88-163) gives the first three bl..j I of the second part, on Physics. It begins : b' \ J \.; J.:-J}""l Jl Ill. (foll. 164-251) contains the remaining seven bWI, on Metaphysics, but is slightly imperfect at the end. Carefully written in three hands. Of the eighth or ninth century. Vols. II. and Ill. are revised through out. The following note is at the end of Vol. I. : j (sic) '-..)h(, C, U""" . 'J" \.a,..l I I l. tU Lc....,J _, J'.sG-il:;J ..M..s-'19 l!J? ..... 9 M j (sic) A:..:. \,r UJ \bl \ J.:!l:; j Injured by insects. This ::\IS. belonged to Ibrahim 'Adil Shah II. (Nauras). Cat. 226, xxv. 481. 520. Size 7! in. by in.; foll. 350. Nineteen lines in a page. The second part of the preceding Commentary, on Physics and Metaphysics. Begins: (1 JJ..,\ Jl I X catly written, of the eleyenth century. Foll. 160 and 165 should be transposed. [Hastings.] 482. 2283. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 168. Fifteen lines in a page. A Commentary (by AI;) on !usi's Commentary to the first part, or Logic, of Ibn Sind's \ ".-.:.::..11 The author is not named. His preface begins : d...,..\:; y\:..;:; Jl \:.p,-,J; and he says subsequently: I \ j u? l:.S' ui \ u,;J ,j.:. (fol. 2) ./-!.1 I j _?... The commentary commences : I \ J J \M.\\ \::..::.: \:...iU _, 4.-S ..\ll AD \ All\ 1.!)-.M>-\ j b'..\lb j (1 J.:. The following date is given at the end: \,. .J.:>..T \.)..tb y\:;_(11 J'k:J.\ j b'!,)'.i\ IJ!,)J\ t_; From this it would appear that this is the first part of the commentary of ALDIN Mul;tammad b. Mu l;tammad RA.zi or (d. A.H. 766; see Cat. Bodl. ii. 354 ), which, on account of its purpose, to decide the controversies of J'usz and Rdzz, is often called It is mentioned by J:I. Kh. ii. 302, though his statements do not agree with the preface of this MS. The second part seems to be contained in Cat. Lugd. iii. 322, no. MCCCCLIV. Plainly, but incorrectly written; of the twelfth century. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 483. 2105. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 107. Twentytwo lines in a page. Glosses to fust' s Commentary on the Physics of and to the corresponding portion of

PAGE 143

PHILOSOPHY. 135 by Allah MiRzA JA.N Baghandtl (alias Shlrazl, d. A.H. 994). Kh. i. 303, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 627.2 These glosses are dedicated to the Shah Ism a '11 n. fo.JI y,l I J'-'4! who reigned from A.H. 983 to 985. Though, in the preface, r:l;usl's commentary and or '(Jii.JI are spoken of in equal terms, the glosses refer only to the latter work, with the words (i.e. In the preface allusion is made to the names of the author and the commentators, and their respective works, as follows: ... I J11 ... .s:ll tt.ltll I..SJJJ ... 'r.:.JA\.JI YJ \.!r.L'...: ... II /:-,; tJ?. t._ I J:..l _, I The first gloss begins: j cJI _,1 \.-.1 .f_l yh.Cll uk Closely written in Nasta'HJ.<:, with notes by the author. The title-page, which is covered with various notes, bears the seal of a" servant" of Mu}:!ammad Shah. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 484. 1233. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 17 4. Twenty nine lines in a page. Another Commentary on Ibn Sina's by 'lzz al-daulah Sa'd b. commonly called lBN KAMMUNAH, a Jewish philosopher (d. A.H. 676). See Kh. i. 303, and regarding other works of this author, Cat. Bodl. ii. 562, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 606, Cat. Lugd. iii. 349, etc. In two parts; the first of which (foil. 1-59) contains the Logic, and begins, without an introduction, as follows: d. dl\1 ,:::;-) Jl 1 This !\fS. has See, however, Cat. I,ugd. iii. 323. 2 In the latter it is, however, taken for Tal)tani's commentary. &J.J I ili_, _, ... d. I d. I d. d. JJ.a:-. JjJ \.J 1 ul.&. t..lJ 1 ... tkl t...\i:J\ AJ_r,-. 4\..JWI. Con cludes: Jb:..JI \.-. J..u.l 1 1 t:r ... Jb...l1 (1 AJ'-'.JJI The second part (foil. 60-17 4) comprises the Physics and Metaphysics. It is inscribed: uk j uj.\!.ll r.iill t ... ... ...\:.?, \.-. .. \,.._, The conclusion begins as follows: Ji I_,Ll I r.:.J'.. I j J.!! ... .._, \!f.,"f .,r:i:-r.:.J"' Carefully written, but almost without diacritical points, by .. 2 b. 'Abd al-ral;tman b. 'Abdallah, a )LUiki divine. Dated Tuesday, 12th Rabl' II. (?), 7 34. ReYised. A defect after fol. 15. The first few leaves are mis placed; they should stand thus: 1, 4, 3, 6, 5, 2, 7; and the last leaves should be placed in the following order: 168, 170, 169, 172, 171, 173, 174. Injured by insects, especially at the end. [Johnson.J 485. 1477. Size 7 in. by 3! in. ; foil. 115. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on Sbihab al-din (Yal;tya b. Suhrawardz's (d. A.H. 587) _)yll by Jalal al-dln (Mul;tammad b. As'ad) DAwwA.Ni (d. A.n. 907 or 908). See for a full account of this work, Fliigcl, Hdss. Wien, iii. 328 (where, however, the name of the commentator is incorrectly given). Cf. J;r. Kh. vi. 505; Cat. St. Petersb. 59 sq.; Cat. Lugd. iii. 355; Stcwart's Catal. 122 sq.; and A. von Kremer, Geschichtc der herrschenden Ideen des !slams, 89 sqq. The name of the Sultan l:J\bL .... II 1.,;.}\bL .... II) to whom the commentary is dedicated, runs 1 These words of Ibn Sin a are wrongly cited by I.T. I\ h. as the beginning of the present work. 2 Erased.

PAGE 144

136 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. in the text of this :US. as in Fliigel, Le., but on the margin is added the name of 'AQ.ud al-din Abu Sa'id Gurgan (the Timuride, d. A..H. 873) as a variant.1 Written in a not very clear N asta' hand, with additions by the author on the margin. The end is wanting. The fly-leaf contains a notice regarding the death of a person at Yazd, which took place A.H. 1176. [Tippu.J 486. 2350. Size 6! in. by 4 in.; foll. 11. Ten lines 1n a page. The beginning of Shams al-din Mu}:lammad b. Ashraf (d. about A.H. 600) treatise on Dialectics, styled y\cii. Cf. Kh. i. 207, and Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 351. The introductory words are omitted. Begins: Y) yl-if j Well written. Imperfect at the end. W orm-e(lten. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 487. B 164. Size 7i in. by 4! in.; foll. Ill. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on the second and third parts, or Physics and Metaphysics, of Athlr al-din Mufa., ,._ fol. 104) j. Well written in N asta with marginal notes, partly derived from the author. Dated Rajah, 1005. Foll. 1-17 have been supplied by a different hand Blj. Libr., A.H. 1023, from Molla Payandah. Cat. 238, i. 488. 2260. Size in. by 4! in.; foil. 111. At first ten, afterwards always seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of 1\fArBUDHi's Commentary on the Hdayah. It begins: (1 A;.\'-'il' fsll (sic). Written in Shikastah, with marginal notes. Of the beginning of the twelfth century. [College of Fort William.J 489. B 160n. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 78. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-75. A fragment of the same Commentary, written in N asta with marginal notes. The first portion is wanting (to fol. 25 of the original pagination). Begins: 1,;)/.J 1,;)\j\;:;-. There are slight defects after fol. 73 and at the end. II. Foll. 76-78. Three leaves of another copy of the same work, corresponding to fol. 2 sqq.

PAGE 145

PHILOSOPHY. 490. 3064. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 203. From twentythree to twenty-five lines in a page. Glosses on JJfaibuaM'& Commentary, by MUJ;IAMMAD n. entitled They were composed A.H. 966, and dedicated to Shah, of Al}.madnagar. Theae glosses are probably alluded to by Kh. vi. 4 75; cf. iii. 534. Extracts from them are to be found on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of Maibudh1.1 The preface begins: J} The author dates his work at the end as follows: ... JI (,!)'"' kW\ J_,l j L"'t"""ll Ul V"''"'tsl\ (,!)'"' AJWI t:?WI. The date A.H. 966 is also expressed by the chronogram '(_r. J>A?.I...\.lb (or rather Closely written inN asta approaching to Shikastah; with the following colophon : t_I)J I _, ...\:; yJ (sic) ti:..l I i.:, 1...5...,-.J_ I J..s' W I j &:. (s.ll A:...,) JWI (,!)'"' (,!)'"' ""'') J:.jt,..J WJI A::;-J '-': (.!)'"' u::.ll t.sJ \ .ilb ;..\:>\. .;' This MS., which is on rather thin paper, has been mended in several places. The first fifteen leaves have been misplaced in consequence ; they should stand in the following order: 1, 7, 5, 4, 6, 2, 3, 8, 9, 14, 15, 13, 10, 11, 12. Fol. 202 shoul. 4 J \....:>-\ (sic). Another MS. reads J lH

PAGE 146

138 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Legibly written; with various marginal notes, among which are glosses of Saiyid Sharif. Fol. 1 has been supplied carelessly by a different hand. 494. B 153. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foll. 77. Nineteen lines in a page. Another Commentary on the Physics and Metaphysics of the Hdayah, which was composed, according to Kh. vi. 4 73, by b. Mal;tmud Harawi...} commonly called MAUL.:i.NA.z.:i.nA.H. Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 364. Another copy of this commentary, in the Bodleian Library (Catal. I., no. ncxvr.), was written A..H. 810. The author, therefore, must have lived as early as the eighth century. He says in his preface: L.,l L., .. .. (sic) .. wid.:, 4J ... (' d This copy is in a peculiar, not always clear, hand writing. As appears from several notes on the margin of the last page, it was transcribed by 'All b. Mir (?) 'All b. Mas'ud, for his own use, A..H. 881. Numerous marginal notes. Defects after foil. 15, 18, and 22. The first folio is supplied by a modern hand. 495. 965. Size in. by 3! in. ; foll. 236. Twentyone lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-140. Two Persian treatises on Astronomy. II. Foil. 143-230. Another copy of MAm.A.N.Az.inA.n's Commentary on the Hidayah, with glosses. Very neatly written. Of the end of the ninth century. The remaining pages are filled with various extracts, in the same hand, viz.:-Foll. 231-232. An extract from the ,t on the halo and the rainbow. 1 Probably a commentary on -.\.;.IJ.iJ\ see 1:1. Kh. iv. 283. Fol. 233. A short exttact from the Foll. 233v.-234. V'"''-':; '-'?j?. (sic) y.\. The relation of a vision of .A.Bu Y A.ZID Brs'!'Alri. Begins: ,.;?) Jl '-=-'_;l::U. The lower part of fol. 233 is destroyed. Fol. 235. An extract from an unknown work, on cause and effect. [Johnson.J 496. 1357. Size 8! in. by 6i in.; foll. 224. Nineteen lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the second and third parts of the Hz'dayah, compiled by f?ADJ{ A.L-DIN Mul;tammad b. Ibrahim Shirazi (d. A..H. 903). Cf. Stewart"s Catal. 117, ii. Part of this commentary, comprising the first d of the Physics, was printed in Oudh (?), A..H. 1262. The preface, which is without interest, begins: J Wl I I JJ. It is followed by an intro duction on philosophy in general. There is also a long epilogue, which begins: j U l. _r>-T 'y,_,.d\ 'y\::il\ ) Y,..\l\ jk;.._, 'r-.rf' c:.'Y'' j Wfi. tl Neatly written in N asta '111_{. This copy was tran scribed at (in Sindh), probably from the author's own copy, by a native of Siwistan.1 With some marginal notes of the author. The last two pages contain tables, in the same hand writing, on the influences of the stars, derived from lBN SiN.i, j_,:; j .. __Ji'u .._}:. which are followed by some notes and Persz'an verses. Conclusion: ""'\:;\ ... t I .J 1 This appears from a note on the title-pa"'e which however is partly illegible. 0 '

PAGE 147

PHILOSOPHY. 139 497. 1756. Size 8 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 72. Five and nine lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-13. ATHIR AL-DiN .ABnARi's (d. A.H. 663) Introduction to Logic, called ,.C \. See Kh. i. 502; Catal. St. Petersb. 69, etc. Printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1260. Written in a large hand. Dated 5th Mu}:tarram, 1096 (=27th year of .A.urangz'ib ). It was transcribed by Rukn al-d'in b. Saiyid '.A.bdallah of Far'idaba.d (?), for his own use. Vowel-points and notes have been added in the earlier portion. Fol. 7 should stand after fol. 4. II. Foll. 14-72. .A. Commentary on the preceding work, by Shams al-dln Mu}:tammad b. FANARI (d. A.H. 834). It is here called because it was written down by the author in one day. Cf. IJ. Kh. i. 503; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 603; Cat. St. Petersb. 74 (where it is, however, taken for a different work). It was printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1235. Written in a large stiff hand, by Daniyal b. '.A.bd alShaiban'i, for his own use. Date, 4th Rab1' II., 1055. Notes. [Hastings. J 498. 623. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 287. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on Najm al-d1n Abu Bakr (sic, alias 'All) b. 'Omar KatihZ J!azwznz's (d. A.H. 675) A,...(>-, or System of Metaphysics and Physics; by Shams al-din Mu}:tammad b. Mubarak Shah Bukharl, commonly called MiRAK. Cf. Kh. iii. 103 ; Bibl. Sprenger. 1809 ; Cat. St. Peters b. 7 5 ; and Cat. Lugd. iii. 367. The preface begins: _}\.; AD\ L-.' L,i.j\ J.rJ1 L:)\_; .... J#' d ..MS"" d. ..\l ,, DJ.' J,.ii!. ill\ The author says in it that his com mentary contains, besides extracts from other works, the entire glosses \_,.=.-) of flutb al-ain Shirad (d. A.H. 710). The first part of Katibl's work j of four AJt.ii,..; viz.: I. j (fol. 5); 2. jhl\ j (fol. 51v.); 3. j (fol. 69); 4. J (fol. 130). The second part j) com prises five cllt.ii,..: 1. j (fol. 150v.); 2. AS"_r:l\ j (fol. 163); 3. j (fol. 190); 4. (fol. 224), without title, on the elements, etc.; 5. (fol. 261) j. The greater part of this MS. (from fol. 76 to the end) is well written, by 'Abdallah b. Musa. Date, Satur day, 15th Sha'ba.n, 993. Red lines round the pages. The first portion is supplied by a different hand. It has numerous marginal notes, which are chiefly extracts from the glosses on this commentary by Saiyid Shar1f. Fol. 3 ought to be placed after fol. 7. Injured by insects. [Johnson.J 499. 2068. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 146. Twenty three lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the preceding Commentary. It ends soon after the commencement of Part II. After fol. 134 is a large lacuna, which comprises the end of the third and the whole of the fourth book (ell of Part I. Written in various hands, of the tenth century. Long extracts from Saiyid Sharif are on the margin. Foll. 90 and 91 ought to be placed before fol. 86. Injured by damp and by insects. 500. 811. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 152. Fifteen lines in a page. The first portion of the same Commentary, written in an inelegant N with numerous extracts from Saiyid Shar1f on the margin. It ends abruptly in the third dJ IJi,_. of Part I. Its

PAGE 148

1-:lO ARABIC last words are, however, written in the form of r. real conclusion, and followed by a colophon, according to which it was finished by Mir Mul)ammad Amln, at Shahjahtmabad (?),on a Wednesday in Jumada I. ... 1 Cf. Stewart's Catal. 119. [Tippu.J 501. 1712. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 250. Nineteen lines in a page. Annotations on the preceding Commentary of J1J1.rak, and on its by M UJ!HLMAD HA.sHIM a physician. They are entitled The long preface begins : \ U\ .Jj'"'""' L..h\\. The author states in it that he compiled these annotations only for prhate use, not for publication. He made use of the glosses of Mas'ud Sharwani,2 while he usually took no notice of the popular glosses of Jj \ J...:; \.Rl1 (probably al-dln, see no. 498). The preface con cludes with a long invocation of 'All. These annotations end with the first book (tU Ui.,..) of the \ The passages commented on are introduced by J \:; or Al_,i Well written. Coloured lines round the pages. Seals of Mul}ammad KhiQ.r Khan and Fail;l 'All Khan (A.H. 1174). [Tippu.J 502. 1620. Size 6! in. by 3! in. ; foiL 19. Thirteen lines in a page. The celebrated treatise on Logic by N ajm al-d1n 'All b. 'Omar KATIBi (d. A.H. 675). It is entitled AJ\..,)1, from its being dedicated to the \Yazir F;hams al-din Mul)ammad Juwaini (d. A.H. 681). Cf. 76; Cat. St. Petersb. 63; Cat. Lugd. iii. 369 ; and the edition of Dr. Sprenger (Bibl. Indica, First Appendix to the Dictionary of the Techn. Terms, etc.), Calcutta, 1854. 1 The year is wanting. 2 Xot Shirazi, as IJ. Kb. iii. 103 has. He died A.H. 905. See no. 448. Well written, of the beginning of the twelfth century. The preface is omitted. Begins: (1 J:,.....U.... .A defect after fol. 17. Fol. 18 belongs to a Persian treatise on the same subject. Signature of 'Abdallah b. Mul;lammad Mirak b. 'Abd al-l}ami:d, and seal of Amanat-dar Khan 1 (A.H. 1131). This 1\IS. was originally part of a larger volume. [Gaikwar.J 503. B 145. Size 7 in. by 4:j in.; foll. 133. Fifteen and twenty-five lines in a page. The Commentary of AL-niN Mal)mud b. Mu l)ammad Rtz! (d. A.H. 766) on the Sl1amsiyah. This is a commentary by JtJ and j_,:;r, It is entitled A.lL)\ j ..u-.I,Jil\J,,rs!', but is often simply called The author dedicated it to Amir Al)mad Sharaf al-d1n.2 Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 354; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 348; Casiri, i. 180. The work was printed in 1815, at Calcutta, and also, with glosses, in A. H. 1263, s.l. (Lakhnau ?). A valuable copy, dated 28th Rajah, 777. It was transcribed by Mul)ammad b. Al)mad Mul)yi al-dln, in the J'rfadrasah of Amir MU.sa at Larandah the capital of Marginal notes. 'rhe first few leaves are wanting. Begins: 4-l w1, Foil. 125 and 126, inserted by a later hand, repeat the contents of the preceding fol., but with the full text of the Shamszyah. There is added (foil. 130v.-132) ATHIR AL-DIN ABHARi's \ (see no. 497), closely written in the same hand. Then follow various notes. Slightly injured by damp. Cat. 236, vi. 2. 504. B 148. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foil. 160. Twelve and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. The preface begins : 4.:) \ 4.:) .J) "-' 1 1 Written by two hands, the first in The 1 Possibly the same person. 2 The statement of IJ. Kh. is incorrect.

PAGE 149

PHILOSOPHY. 141 latter portion (from fol. 85) was transcribed by 'Ata Allah b. Jamal al-din in Rabi' I., 1014. Numerous marginal notes in the earlier portion. The diagrams near the end of the work have not been filled in. Seals of 'Ata Allah, Khan, and Mul}ammad Adil Shah. Cat. 236, vi. 4. 505. 1588. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 326. From nine to eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, with many marginal notes. Well written, on thin paper. Slightly injured by insects. The last fol. is mutilated. [Hastings. J 506. 1068. Size in. by 4! in.; foll. 152. Fifteen and nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, well written by several hands. [Johnson.J 507. 509. Size 8 in. by 4i in.; foll. 259. Nine lines in a page. Glosses to I[utb al-dzn' s Commentary on the Shamszyah, by SAIYID SHARIF JURJANI (d. A.H. 816). Cf. J;I. Kh. iv. 76, Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 348, and Stewart, 119. This work was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1261. Well written, with copious marginal notes both at the beginning and end. The colophon runs as follows : r. ...\:; --'?, r.v"; and on the margin is written: j_,l r.}l\ r.v" L _s-..; o J' ornamentcd. Fol. 258 should be placed before 250. 508. 2205. Size 7.f: in. by 4 in.; foll. 99. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses. Fol. 7 5 should stand after 83, fol. 84 after 7 i, and fol. 99 after 95. The last fol. is wanting. Seal of Nu!f>rat Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 509. 411. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 64. Twenty lines in a page. The same Glosses. Clearly written in Red lines round the pages. Notes. On the fly-leaf is a Persian mnemonic verse, on the ten categories, with explanations. It is ascribed to Molla Jalal [Hastings. J 510. B 160B. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 109. Sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, well written in Nasta'lik. p _9/,// Colophon : fJ}I \ ...\:; Arl ... c..,P $1.; j J.:. 1 IV r A.:._, J \!j\ Defects after foll. 64 and 70. Worm-eaten towardR the end. 511. B 149. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 78. :Mostly seventeen or twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of tho same Glosses, written by several hands, with numerous marginal notes Injured at the beginning. A few leaves are wanting after fol. 43 and after fol. 46. 512. B 136. Size 7 k in. by 5 in.; foil. 71. Fourteen lines in a page. An imperfect and damaged copy of the same Glosses. Neatly written in with numerous notes. 1 i.e. A.H. 1072.

PAGE 150

142 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Clearly written. Red lines round the pages. Notes. The beginning is wanting. The first gloss is &J; There are defects after foll. 6, 20, 22, 28, and 29. 513. 1492. Size 7! in. by 41 in.; foil. 160. Mostly thirteen lines in a page. The preceding Glosses of SAIYID SnARiF, introduced here by the words : i-.d 1_, &.! l_,i J?j.::; J.t.:. dJJ &JT__, J.:. They are accompanied, on the margin, by two suc cessive explanations :-1. Foll. 1-121. The Glosses of 'bd.n b. YaQ.ya b. 'A.li Farist,l which extend over the first JJIJi..-. of the Shamszyah, and refer both to Saiyid Sharif's glosses and to the commentary of al-d1n. The date runs as follows: I L.. 1..\.lb (.:) ... """--' . All \..\.lb j 1-..J\ (.:) ... j j (sic) JL.. lr'.-.\sl\ W j :(_ 1 ill .M.sl w w__, ... J=>-__, The author's preface is written on the title-page of this volume. It begins : l!J W Y, ...:.i.M.:s:!- 2. Foll. 121v.-160. The Glosses of KnALiL b. Mu Q.ammad b. RaQ.aw11 on the remaining part of the work, viz., \?,la.Ji..ll, or as J.I. Kh. styles it (iv. 78 sq., where he gives an abstract of the preface). These glosses also refer both to those of Saiyid Shar1f and to the commentary itself. Very neatly written, of the eleventh century. Both the text and the margin are bordered with red lines. [Johnson.J 1 So the author gives his name in the preface. 514. B 147. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foil. 65. At first from nineteen to twenty-two, latterly sixteen lines in a page. The Glosses of 'br1D before mentioned, written in Shikastah and N asta 'li1r, of the tenth century. Blj. Libr., A.H. 992. Cat. 236, vi. 1. 515. 2313. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 117. Fifteen lines in a page Another copy of the same Glosses. Clearly written, with a broad margin. The passages to be explained are written in red. Seals Khan (A. H. 1179) and Jang. [College of Fort William.J 516. 1709. Size 7! in. by 41 in. ; foil. 156. Mostly eighteen lines in a page. Annotations to the Glosses of Saiyid Sltarif, by Molla (J.{ara) DA.'un, a pupil of Taftazani. Kh. iv. 77.1 These annotations extend only over the first cU Vi.... of the Shams1yah. ':_hey begin: (&.!_,.;) j\:; vd-1 J' (1 Js:l\ (r. Ubl Jl Carelessly written in Dated Friday, 1st 1044. The name of the copyist is erased Foil. 50-55 should be placed between foil. 1 and 2. Seal of Jang (A.H. 1175). [Tippu.J 517. 438. Size 9i in. by 5 in.; foll. 197. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the Annotations of Molla DA.'un, written in the same hand as no. 515. Seals Khan (A.H, 1179) and Jang. [Tippu.J 1 Compare, however, Catal. St. Petersb., p. 66, xcii.

PAGE 151

PHILOSOPHY. 143 518. B 152. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 108. Twenty one lines in a page. Notes to the earlier portion of the above Glosses of Saiyid Skarif, by 'Abd al-l).aklm b. Shams al-dln SIYhKuTi (d. soon after A.H. 1060). These notes have been printed at Dehli, 1870. The preface begins: I.:) W \.li.b ul> \ 1.:)\A,J\ J ts')'""-"t {\ c.l\. The author states in it that he wrote these notes by the advice of his father, and he dedicates his work to Shahj ahan. The first note is: Alj wts' Well written, but left unfinished. The last note dJJ AI_,:;. Cat. 236, ii. 519. B 158. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 80. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the Notes of Srr.A.LKUTi, more com plete than the preceding, but imperfect at the end. Written in Shikastah, by different hands. The first fol. is missing. Begins: JW' A defect after fol. 73. Erroneously inscribed (fol. 29) : _j. r-L. \.>I.S":"h:;; cf. Cat. 236, v. 3. 520. B 144. Size in. by 5! in.; foll. 190. Seventeen lines in a page. Other Notes to the Glosses of Saiyid Skarif, by an unknown author. Very incomplete. Both the beginning and end are wanting. There are defects after foil. 24, 71 (both slight), 102, 110 (considerable), 126 (slight), 142 (large), and 158. The first complete note begins : '-'?' ( c.l_,J) Plainly written. Date, about A.H. 1100. Injured by insects in some places. 521. B 223B. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foll. 30. Twenty one lines in a page. The concluding portion of other Glosses on Jlutb a Commentary on the Skamszyah. It appears from the quotations on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of this commentary that the author of these Glosses is AL-DiN (Ibrahim b. 'Arabshah Isfara'inl, d. A.H. 943). Cf. Kh. iv. 78. Imperfect at the beginning. The first entire gloss is: \ili_, AI_,;. Written in a small hand, mostly without diacritical points. Colophon : L.iJ; l. _;:>. \ \ .).,, l!Y' j -.\).... q ;_, kJ i.iu AJhS' ,_.,. I.:.J.T-. .. ,--w.:.; ::.r. 1.!.1 J\:>.. J..c Injured by damp, and worm-eaten at the beginning. 522. B 165. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foll. 10. .About twenty lines in a page. A Commentary ( on the beginning of an Ex planation of the Shamszyak by Jt; and JjL This commentary is ascribed in the colophon to SAIYID SHARiF JuRJ.A.Ni (d. A.H. 816). The author of the explanation is not named. He quotes al-din (d. A.H. 766), and is here spoken of as being dead. The present work extends only over his preface and his explanation of the preface of the Shamsiyak. Begins: .... ell M.sl\ J' JS' yib JS' J' r tJ.:s: This copy was transcribed by 'All b. J;Iajji Mir (?) 'All b. Mas'ud, A.H. 876. Marginal notes. Seal and signature of Mu"Qammad 'Adil Shah. 523. B 242. Size 8:f in. by in. ; foll. 123. )Iostly twenty-nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the first part, or I..Jogie. of :--\idj al-din Abu'l-thana b. Abu Bakr Urmawfa

PAGE 152

144 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. (d. A.H. 682) Cf. J.I. Kh. v. 595 sqq.; Casiri, i. 200 sqq., and Cat. Bodl. ii., no. ccxci. 7. It is wrongly ascribed here to Molla al-dln (the author of the following work). The real author is not ascertained. The text and commentary are distinguished by j\:; and and the former is fully given in the earlier portion. There is no preface to this commentary. It JL.. -tfJ\ j\J "h::.l\ y,\ ill\ 1 d.M.:s:!-\j\ y\k .i..: 1..5.\ d.\ .M..s:\\ The earlier portion of this MS. is written in an inelegant small and the remainder (from fol. 58) in a neat N askh, mostly without diacritical points. At the end we find the following date : f j y'.:&\ Bij. Libr., A. H. 1059, from Khan. Seals of the latter, '.A.ta Allah, and 'Adil Shah. Cat. 226, xvi. 4 (?); cf. 236, viii. 524. B 157. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foll. 237. Twenty one lines in a page. Another Commentary (by j\J and j_,:;\) on Urrnawi' s e \h., imperfect at the beginning. This is the commentary by AL-DIN Mul}.ammad b. Mul}.ammad RA.zi (d. A.H. 766). See on it Kh. v. 595, and Cat. Bodl. ii. 582. Almost the whole of the first part is missing. Part II. j J\::.1\ t ...... begins on fol. 16v. It is slightly imperfect at the end. Written in an inelegant and not always clear hand, with several roughly drawn tables. Marginal notes. Some leaves are supplied by a more modern hand. Soiled. The latter portion is much injured by insects. 525. B 181A. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foll. 173. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on the preceding Commentary of I[utb al-dzn, hy SAIYID SHA.RIF JntJA.xi (d .A..H. 816). See :J;I. K.h. 1 Here follows the whole of Urmawi's preface. v. 595, and Casiri, i. 188, no. ncxxxvm; cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 373. These Glosses extend in this, as well as all the following copies, and also in the MS. of Casiri, only over the first part of the Logic, on the apprehensions, The work begins : 1 AJ l. j J' ""?} J \:; w)_,.,J\ w)_,..) cill ...\..t..s:l\. The single glosses are not introduced by 6-1,:;, as usual, but the text to which they refer is marked with red lines Neatly written, by al-din u:....::.s,l\, who died A.H. 881, according to a note on the title-page, which was written by the subsequent owner of this copy. Marginal notes. The last two foll. are filled with various notes and tracts, viz.-a. An arithmetical rule, which begins: b. A short tract by JuRJANi on the definition of and other words. It is inscribed: vw:U c. (fol. 173) A list of the "seventy and odd" articles of the Creed, beginning: j..) It is followed d. Another tract on the Creed. At the end the signature of 'AB b. Mal}.mud Gilanl. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1025. Seal of Ibrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). On the title-page is an ornament in colours, which contains the title of the book, and a note, according to which it was presented by Mir Zahid, A. H. 994. 526. B 181B. Size 7! in. by 3i in.; foll. 254. Seven teen lines in a page. Another copy of the Glosses of SAIYID SHARiF, beginning : \fo. ell\ l.j J \:; Very neatly written ; finished on 3rd Rabi' II., 984, by N alilr Allah :Mul}.ammad b. Al;lmad. An ornament on the first page, and gold and blue lines round the others. The beginning is much injured by insects. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. The seal of the latter is on the title-page. 1 This commencement slightly varies from the following copies and Casiri, l.c.

PAGE 153

PHILOSOPHY. 14-5 527. 1730. Size in. by in.; foil. 135. From twenty to twenty-five lines in a page. The same Glosses, inelegantly written, with marginal notes. 528. B 210. Size 7! in. by in.; foil. 101. Twenty one lines in a page. Notes on the preceding Glosses of Sat'yid Shadf, as cribed to SAIYID 'ALi ('Ajami, d. A.H. 860). See Kh. 597. l3egins: WJI I AI .. c...S 'J' J' #LJI The last note is: \...$' AI_,J. Irregularly written in According to a note on the title-page (which begins (.!.Yf wJ_,.s:l I), this copy was transcribed by Fakhr al-din 'AU b. Darwish Mul;tammad b. 'Abdallah, for his own use. Many additional notes by the author, and some by the transcriber, are on the margin. On the last page are noted the birth-days of three children of one Mu1;1tafa, all of which have the surname of Shah, at the beginning of the tenth century. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shah Nawaz Khan. Cat. 236, i. 529. B 211. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 67. From eighteen to twenty-two lines in a page. Annotations on the above Glosses of Saz'yd Sharif, ascribed to MiRzl JA.N Allah Shirazi, d. A.H. 994). Cf. v. 596. J3egins: Jsw ...\J u-u..\J JL; J \ AI_,:; uJbJ ( u-u) ""'-' &;:..c \>. y\!b}l J' Written in a varying character, with the following colophon: v j b..::;.. frtt L Jl Alii fil _;..JJ J A-:: ...\111, AI _j.i I .M.s...; \bL.: Frequent indications of the contents on the margin. A defect after fol. 20. Worm-eaten. 530. 1054. Size 9! in. by in.; foil. 44. Twenty five lines in a page. Other Notes on the Glosses of Saiyid Sharif The author is not named. He quotes l3awardi (who wrote notes on the same glosses; see Cat. Lugd. iii. 373), Dawwani, etc. l3egins: J""l AI_,J All Plainly written, with additional notes by the author, and others marked with b.;\>-, on the margin. Worm eaten. [Gaikwar.J 531. B 160c. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foll. 8. From nine teen to twenty-nine lines in a page. The commencement of Glosses on the second part of l(utb al-d2n's Commentary on the as cribed to MiRzK JA.N (d. A.H. 994).1 l3egins: ..1""'":, ...\..a::.l\ c...S\ (tUJ!) This MS. ends with fol. 8r. ; the back of this fol. i::; left blank and marked the remainder, however, is missing. Written in N asta of varying size. Additional notes by the author on the margin. Cat. 237, xiv 532. B 46. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 171. T.wenty-nine lines in a page. 'UBAIDALLAH B. Mas'un B. TA.r AL-SHARi'aH's (d. A. H. 7 4 7) Commentary on his own Encyclopmdia of the 1 Cf. no. 529. 19

PAGE 154

146 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Philosophical and Natural Sciences, Cf. Kh. ii. 315. The preface begins : ...\,-, I..S ..\l \ Al.l \ \;.;:;' \ The author says sub sequently: . uj\ j\ j__;JI ... j ... )L J::.>. f (r. The main text is given in full. It begins: All ..M.sl\ J#l Jj J=... 1.,.$..\ll This volume comprises the first three parts of the work. I. Logic (to fol. 6lv.). Concludes : J?. ...\Jr.J '.;)'"' JJ \:J'"' U j (sic) II. Foll. 6lv.-129. Metaphysics. Begins: ... Y.J J?.-W y\::.S' JWI Wl;,.. IlL Foll.l29-171. J:.-W. Astronomy. This part is to be found in Catal. Mus. Brit. 190. It is doubtful whether more of the work has ever been written, as the third part is, in the Brit. Mus. MS., dated A.H. 747, the year in which the author died. Kh. does not even know this third part. Neatly written in N asta Has the following colophon: ...\ ... s'"' ., ,.A(' 1.,$-S.!I:J &.:...w L: ) ..I .. J ) '.ft""'{. '..I 533. B 143. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 31. Nineteen lines in a page. The Glosses of Mul;tammad Zahid b. Mul;tammad ..:\.slam Haraw1 (commonly called :JiiR Z.A.Hm, a contemporary of Aurangzib) on Jfutb al-dln Rdzi's1 (MuI This .2\U). has I..Sj \ l;tammad b. Mul;tammad Ta}:ttani, d. A..H. 766) treatise on Apprehension and Affirmation, J?. ...\...::::.l I Cf. Kh. iii. 377, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 377. This treatise and the present glosses were printed, with the addition of notes on the latter, A..H. 1264, probably at Lakhnau. Begins: kbWI 4slb 4kll I..Sj ill Written in Shikastah, with marginal notes, which are partly derived from the author. The colophon runs as follows: _r. bl.w.J.I L!L,)' Y..J J.J r-,iJj w.r Of the beginning of the twelfth century. Two extracts from the author's glosses on the t:_r. u:;\rl\ (see no. 451) are written OD the title-page. 534 3030. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 26. Seven lines in a page. The first part of Sa'd al-d1n Mas'ud b. 'Omar TAFTAzANi's (d. A..H. 792) treats of Logic. See Kh. ii. 4 79, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 378. Printed at Lakhnau. Well written, in narrow columns, with frequent glosses of various dates. On the last three pages are added the Greek names of the parts of the Logic, and some extracts from (Suhraward1's)2 vtlW.I y\::.S', and from other works. Foll. 23 and 26 should be transposed. This copy was made for Afc;lal al-din J a 'far I.I usaini Astarabadi, apparently near the end of the eleventh century. It became subse quently the property of 'Abd al-nabi b. 'Abd al-rasul (A.H. 1130). 535. B 135. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 28. Three lines in a page. Another copy of the same text, with numerous glosses in the earlier portion. 1 The MS. has ; compare no. 461. 2 Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 353.

PAGE 155

PHILOSOPHY. 147 Very well written. Dated 28th J urn. II.1 Defects after foil. 3 and 20. The latter portion is injured by damp. Cat. 236, iii. 1. 536. 1866. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foil. 23. Seven lines in a page. The same work, well written in N asta 537. 1177. Size 8 1n. by 5 in.; foll. 55. Three lines 1n a page. The same work, well written and ornamented. Foll. 26-37 should be placed after fol. 19. [Gaikwar.J 538. 1052. Size 7 in. by 5 in.; foil. 146. Nineteen lines in a page. tL:.JI j A copious Commentary on the first part of the TahdhZb, by Mul,lyi al-din (Mul,lammad b. Sulaiman) KAFIY.bi (d. A.H. 879). Cf. ij:. Kh. ii. 482, and regarding the author and his surname, Liber As-Sojutii de nomin. relat., ed Veth, p. rtA. This commentary is apparently also to be found in Aumer, Hdss. Munch., p. 304, no. 673, 2. This is a commentary by j\J and J.,Jt and it con tains the full text of the Tahdhib. Begins : ill ..\.u:l I et.:. ... l:.l fi-' jl v1..u I..S..\11 .a:JI (.)'.. 'J )' Plainly written, but left unfinished. Slight defects, which are indicated by blank leaves, occur after foil. 49 and 68; another defect, after fol. 76, has been supplied from "a different commentary." In the latter portion several blanks, intended for diagrams and rubrics, have not been filled in. Slightly injured by damp. 1 The is omitted. The following note regarding the author is on the title-page : ... 11 cJWI I..S..\11 ch..J d t.=>.. 1.:1. \. This MS. was the property of Mul}ammad Abu'l-Fag.l J5:.utb al-dtn .. Nahrwalll:lanafi. [Gaikwar.J 539. B 140. Size 7! in. by in.; foil. 32. Seventeen lines in a page. Another Commentary (by 4.\j) on the first part of the Tahdldb, by Jalal al-din Mul,lammad b. As'ad DAww.ANi (d. A.H. 907 or 908). See I,I. Kh. ii. 480, and Cat. St. Petersb. 67 sq. The first portion of it was printed (at Lakhnau ?) A.H. 1264. Very neatly written in Nasta'lllj:, by Mul,lammad RiQ.a b. Isma'H, at Shiraz, about A.H. 1000. Additions by the author, and other notes, are on the margin. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from the Nawwab (Shah Nawaz Khan). 540. 1370. Size in. by 4 in. ; foll. 66. Twelve lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Beautifully written in Ornamented and gilt. Marginal notes. Slightly injured by damp. [Johnson.J 541. 1201. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foll. 56. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Clearly written, with numerous notes. Dated 24th 1132. It was transcribed by Saiyid FaiQ. Allah, for Saiyid Mu4ibb Allah. [Gaikwar.J 542. 2202. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 50. Fifteen lines in a page. The same work, written in Shikastuh, of the twelfth century. [College of Fort Willium, 1825.J

PAGE 156

148 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 543. B 160A. Size 8! in. by 5! in.; foll. 71. Twentysix lines in a page. Glosses on IJawwdnZ' s Commentary on the TahdMb. The author is Mir Sa'idi (d. aboutA.H. 950). See Kh. ii. 480, and Cat. St. Petersb., p. 69, xciv. 2. Begins : 1_, \ '--:-?. J.:. till \ All_, wJ.c\ J..c cJ_,; JS' Jl (r. el L-1 The epilogue, to which I;. Kh. alludes, begins here: J>. _, 'y\::t.l 1 t:J,. I l. .;>-T .. ...u, t:J .. \,. 1. t' A;..,. y)_,::v. Written chiefly in a clear N askh, towards the end of the tenth century, 2 with marginal notes. Scribe, 'Abd al-mu'min. According to an ill-written note at the end, this copy, text and notes, was taken from a MS. which had been revised by the author. The text of foil. 15-1 7 is in a state of confusion. There are slight defects after foil. 2 and 44. The title-page has the following inscription : \ d-ti: .. J..c ..M..s:ll_, {'.J4)\ r:_}.!-11 w The book is, however, wrongly described ..:.J ..;.:,IJb.. by a more modern hand; cf. Cat. 232, xxiii. 544. B 171. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 32. From twenty-two to twenty-four lines in a page. Other Glosses on IJawwdnz's Commentary on the TahdMb, by MiR ZiHrn (Mul;tammad Zahid b. Mul;tammad Aslam Harawi, who flourished under Aurang zib ). Part of this work has been printed at Lakhnau, .A..H. 1264. It begins : .M.sl 'rJ \ I Al; 1 The text of the following passage is rather incorrect. 2 On the title-page we find the date, 5th Rabi' I., 988, which apparently refers to the completion of this copy. and it ends abruptly in the gloss: (Alj) t,!.l\ Jl Closely written in Shikastah, with marginal notes. 545. B 141. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foll. 85. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on IJawwdnl's Commentary, by Molla 'ABDALLAH YAzni. These glosses are not mentioned by Kh., but they are often quoted on the margin of the Lakhnau edition of the commentary, under the name The preface begins : JJ \ '--:-?. ti The first gloss is: A.!; .. J, .J.J _,-;q ... q t. .. .;r..... .. This MS. terminates abruptly, though a formal conclusion has been added to it, running as follows : J_..\.(J\ J..;u.l\ u::.ll u'lbll (r. All\ .J1 cJ JW ADI t. .. -"J u rNeatly written in N asta but rather incorrect; of the eleventh century. Injured by insects. This MS. was once in the possession of Baha al-din b. MuQ.ammad Laithi Jaza'iri. Cat. 236, iii. 2, or 4. 546. B 138. Size 7 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 49. From thirteen to twenty-three lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the preceding Glosses, extend ing as far as fol. 62 of the preceding no. Written partly in Shikastah. Much injured by insects. 547. B 142. Size in. by 4 in. ; foil. 94. Fifteen lines in a page. 1 ... . Another Commentary (by tJ;) on Tajtdzdnz's by Najm al-din 'ABDALLAR b. Shihab al-dln,

PAGE 157

PHILOSOPHY. 149 who appears to be identical with the preceding author. He completed his work on 27th 'dah, 967. Kh. ii. 481, and Cat. St. Petersb., p. 69, xciv. 3. This commentary was printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1243. The author's conclusion runs as follows: 4,;,Y' U dJl (r. AA.JI.J) L:7. 1' J .. .. 4.;.Y' L. All I _,.c.l..l I l;)# (r. E ?) J.!!f->-4,;,Y' Alii j U""JII (r. I...SI_y,l Plainly written, in narrow columns. The text of the Tahdkih, and some notes, are added on the margin of the earlier portion. Date, A.H. 1005 (I .c ).1 }5:adirl:yah Library, A. H. 1075. Blj. Libr., A.H, 1091. Cat. 236, iv. 548. 2328. Size 7! in. by in. ; foil. 72. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Well written. Dated Jum. I., 1078. The text of the Tahdhlb is added on the upper margin. Notes. [College of Fort William.J 549. 1467. Size 6 in. by 3! in. ; foil. 148. Nine lines Tahdhfb and numerous notes are added in the earlier portion. Of the ele'fenth century. Seals of Khan J ahan, and J ang. Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 119, xiv. [Tippu.J 551. 1616. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foil. 69. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the end. Well written, of the eleventh century. All rubrics omitted. Notes in the earlier portion. The date of the author, as given in no. 54 7, is written on the title page. [Gaikwar.J 552. B 137. Size 8! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 126. Twenty three lines in a page. .A diffuse Commentary on the first part of the Logic of the Taltdhib The name of the author is not given. He quotes Yazdl. .Begins: All ..M..s:ll .J.-ull ill Plainly written, on European paper, of the middle of the twelfth century. 'C._r., Cf. Cat. 237, xvi. in a page. 553. I..Sk rl' . ,.j\::.11 .. .. ') .,-,Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Well written; both the beginning and end in a different hand. Foil. 41 and 42 should be placed after fol. 7. [Gaikwar.J 550. 2085. Size in. by in. ; foll. 48. Thirteen and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Well written, but left unfinished. The text of the 1 The rest of the colophon is mutilated. 1468. Size 5! in. by 3! in.; foll. 90. Thirteen lines in a page A series of explanations of that section of the Tahilh'ib which begins: ( = fol. 20 in no. 534 ). These explanations are either special treatises, or only extracts from scholia on the Tahdhib. I. Foil. 1-5. The Glosses of Mir ( s('t no. 543). I I. Foil. 6-11. The Commentary of Molla 'ABDALLA n Y.Azni (see no. 547). IlL Foll. 12-21. A special Commentary on thP passage in question, by F1piL Ru.Mi.

PAGE 158

150 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Begins: J' ..... Jw A]\ JtJ (' L..,., Conclusion: J l-. t'?-1 yhS' IY. Foil. 22-36. The Commentary of Shah FAT ALLAH SHiRwlNi, 2 a disciple of Taftazanl. Begins: (1 d:.IL)\ j V. Foil. 37-44. The Commentary of Saiyid SHAH MiR (Hibat Allah Cf. I;[. Kh. ii. 482. Begins: Jis:..,l\ v4\ JJJ ...(j_,. VI. Fol. 45r. A Note on the subject, beginning: At the end is written : AD\ .J '-'J;u An explanation of it is written round the margin. It begins: and ends: 4.:.-t.! ill\ VII. Foll. 46-58. A Commentary on the passage in question, inscribed: Jk:v. Lb!\...; b'). J""-''' V"..\J 3, The author appears to be 'l:rtrA.n AL-DIN (see no. 588, iv. ). .... J\:; (1 JS' j 6-j\ J::Jp\ Jjl VIII. Foll. 59-90. Another special Commentary, by AJ;IMAD B. SuLAll\IAN (probably Gujaratl, who is quoted in no. 534, fol. 23). Prefixed is a preface, which begins: t,.;,Y' ..;.i..;,\ 4Jj The author states in it that he wrote this Commentary at the request of a friend, Abu'l-sa'adat Saiyid 'Abd al-'ali. The work concludes with a long epilogue, which begins: .JSL>\ l.. ..;>-T d I. Some additions by the author are on the margin. Neatly written, of the eleventh century. [Gaikwar.J 1 The whole passage commented on. z This MS. has 3 Two words, but no name, destroyed by insects. 554. 1351. Size in. by 5 in.; foll. 65. Seventeen lines in a page. y\.)\ or, more (fol. 4), -er j a Commentary by 'ABn b. Ghauth al-islam on the treatise on Dialectics, y\Ji r:. j A..ll,)l Sazyiil Sharif JurjariZ (d. A.H. 816). The author of this commentary was a pupil of Mal).mud of J aunpur, 1 of whom he speaks in the following terms (fol. 3): Y.J \...1 \.a)""-. yl.=;-. j j t .. \-.\lr (sic) '-'.rs...J' tl Alli 4.)J\ :\,.,. He composed his com mentary for the use of students, in RamaQ.an, 1060. The preface begins : s\_c'-' dJ and the epilogue runs as follows: J.:. sh3\ j J L.fW\ j j...;\,;1 -c.rJ' L..S' _r>-l L_}l\ J.(ll J.! The treatise of Jurjani commences: Al.l c.M..s:ll .... It consists of a nine a il-...0 and a wt>-. Clearly written in of the twelfth century. It was transcribed by M ul).ammad FaQ.il by order of Mir Saiyid Lutf 'All, son of M1r Saiyid Ibrahlm. Marginal and (Pers't'an) interlinear notes in the earlier portion. On the title-page are seventeen Persian disticha, in scribed .J'-' and attributed to J.A.Mi. [Hastings. J 1 See no. 561.

PAGE 159

PHILOSOPHY. 151 555. B 180. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foil. 48. From seventeen to twenty-two lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary, somewhat varying in the preface; where, for instance, the name and the predicates of Mal}.mud are omitted in the text, and added subsequently in a marginal It has also a different epilogue, which runs as follows : j r-lt.:.;\ \,. ill\J WI J l.. 1\ u 6.! l...S..;:i l...S ..;:i usl' '{_ }:__, l.5 l.5 _; l.. From this it would appear that the present copy represents a later edition of the work. The author states in a marginal note that the y 1"'11 the commentary mentioned also in the epilogue of the pre ceding no., is the work of 'Abd al-rash1d JaunfUri. ell; till\ --':-.c ... ... Written in Shikastah, with marginal additions by the The last few pages (foll. 46v.-48) are filled with the following texts. 1. A short treatise on Dialectics, by 'A:vuD AL-DIN hi (d. A.H. 756), beginning: j 131 2. An "appendix" ( W\.:;..) on certain princip1es of commenting and glossing. Begins: '{_..J\..tl\ r.c1 uh \3\ This appendix is derived from Shaikh 'ALi:M ALLAH, a native of 3. (fol. 47) A Persian tract, inscribed ..\Ji.c ..J'-' J--.\j\ 4. (fol. 48) A short mystical treatise, ascribed to Shaikh ARSLAN Begins: w) .. ,J\ t:..i.H JW k?,_;..i.l\ Cf. Kh. iii. 363. These four pieces are written in across the pages. Various extracts from philosophical works are written on the title-page. 556. 1964. Size 9k in. by 4k in. ; foil. 93. Thirteen lines in a page. Another copy of 'ABD agreeing with the preceding MS. Written in by Najaf 'AB, at Aurangabtt.d, in Rabi' II., 1091, or twenty-third year of Aurangz1b. Foll. 36-38 are to be placed after fol. 30. There follow, written by the same hand:-1. (foil. 82-84v.) The same tracts as nos. 1 and 2 of the preceding MS. 2. (foil. 84v.-93) A logical treatise, by B. Nr'MAT ALLAH Bukharl, the same as no. 559. Begins: b' .... (var. r.Rl\) j.a...QJ\ J)' It is imperfect at the end. The latter portion of it is written across the pages rJohnson.J 557. 700. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 110. Thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 2-5. The same tracts by AL-DIN IJ!, and 'ALIM ALLAH, as in the two preceding nos. Written in II. Foll. 6-16. The treatise of SAIYID SHARiF J URJ1Ni before mentioned. Plainly written. Dated 11th Sha 'ban, 1193. Ill. Foil. 13-110. y".ii. 'ABD AL-BA:Ifi's Commentary on the preceding treatise, with the epilogue of no. 554. Written in the same hand as I. Seal of Jang on the last piece. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 123. [Tippu.J 558 B 179. Size 8i in. by 5 in.; foil. 29. Fourteen lines in a page. Another Commentary on It is sty1ed in the conclusion L_rl', and is evidently that of 'ABD AL-RASHID JArNYCni,

PAGE 160

152 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. of which mention is made in 'Abd epilogue (see above). Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 1799. Begins: I.:J_..=:-::.l\ r-\b.;.!l 'Vritten in Shikastah, about A.H. 1100. 559. B 224. Size 7-b in. by 5 in.; foil. 11. Twenty three lines in a page. A treatise on Logical Subtilties, by B. Nr'MA.T ALLAH BuKHARr, the same as no. 556, 2. The author frequently refers to Saiyid Sharif. The present text is rather incorrect. It begins at the top of the first page, without a Basmalah, as follows :1 .. JrJ_, JJ\ __;>-\ (r. .... ..r...J d. ,JJ ;.,..o..\;i.\.\ \,..\ i' illti).\ On the last page is added a syllogism by JalU al-din DAWWANI in Persian. Written in two hands, of about A.H. 1000. 660. R 166. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 15. Twenty three lines in a page. A treatise on Theoretic Existence, by B. Aifl\IAD. Begins: J#. r-).k\ r 4J ill' r ""'.r' Y-' .. r' j L';j It consists of an introductory k.J and two \. In the first of the latter (fol. 3v.) the author mentions nine difficult questions, which had been unsatisfactorily discussed by preceding philosophers; and in the second (fol. 6) he undertakes to ascertain the truth regarding them. 1 I do not transcribe all the errors of the MS. 'The MS. has t.lJ\ l:Y' Well written in two hands. Dated 1st Mul,tarram, 1013 (?).1 Injured by insects. This MS. was made a for the use of students, by its owner, Mu'izz al-din Mul;lammad Tustar1, commonly called ll,.., the famous Malik 'Anbar being witness thereto. This appears from a note on the title-page, which seems to be written by Malik 'An bar himself. Erroneously inscribed r, L:) L \::... t:l \b,.. ; cf. Catal. 230, xiv. 561. 201. Size 9k in. by 5! in.; foil. 129. Mostly twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-102. An unfinished System of Philosophy, accompanied by a Commentary; both by the celebrated Indian philosopher J AUNFiJRr who flourished in the eleventh century. The original text is entitled M,(sll, and the commentary Under the latter title the work was printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1280. See regarding the author Afsos's Araish-i-mal,tfil, Calcutta, 1809, p. 9 r. Compare no. 554. The preface begins : l!):')'W \ 4JJ \ o..\,r \ The author wrote it during his last illness. He gives in it an account of his work. It was to extend over all the parts of Philosophy, viz., Logic, Physics, and Metaphysics; but only the Physics had been worked out to a certain point, while the other two parts, the third in particular, remained in an unfinished state. The author disposes at the same time of some ma terials w hi eh he did not use for the present work ; namely, discussions regarding the elements ( W. \ which are to form a separate treatise under the title j k>-.;!!1 In accordance with the above statements, we have here only the physical (or second) part of the work, as far as it was finished. The original text as given in .9 portions, introduced by and the commentary follows it with J,.;L Begins: J..WI j_,:;\ (r. L:J_,:J) Jyai k-, r' j \..U j l:Y' \j.Jlci\ 1 The figures are not quite clear.

PAGE 161

PHILOSOPHY. 1-53 The first is the auscultatio physica, t._ W I \. It consists of two books ( 6J Ui,. ), the first l.S .. of which treats of the elements, and the second (fol. 18v.) of the accidents, '--;:.::, .. I_,UI The second (which is wrongly described here as the fourth chapter of the first) is ... ....JI j, and forms one (fol. 87v.). The third :;,;; ( fol. 9 8v.), "-' 1_, \ is unfinished. Some words from the preface are explained in Persian, on the upper margin of fol. 1 v. Fol. 79 should be placed after 76, and foll. 82 and 83 should be transposed. II. Foll. 103-129. A treatise by the same author, on the First Matter, Begins: j F. j '-'J.::::-J These two pieces are written alternately in two hands Nasta'lik and Shikastah, difficult to read. The se has the postscript : .\..b ... l.iJJ ct;_,_r..J\ ..... l:Y.' J:-.:> .J.f ... 1 ADI '-'J. J.:..> ill I l/"" .... j J\...s' ... J_,.JI .. 2J..c u:...cl ... d.-.\11 j J""J .. (sic) t..S'-'\?\._,J'-' f-. ..M.s.-. j _}M.c "n JY-'s:U Revised and emended. Slightly injured by insects. Seal of Ral)mat Khan (.A..H, 1164). 562. 1875. Size 7 4 in. by 5 in.; foll. 218. Twenty lines in a page. Glosses on ascribed to Molla ALLAH cilll unfinished. 1 This word has been subsequently altered into i.e. ::The next words are illegible. Beginning: b'}.dl AIT_, Aly-:J J..c) kJ.I_, ct.l j t0l_.;.lbtkll ;i j ..J..ull et.!_,:; ,; ,..:._j \,.. "?'_.) "J \....: ... !I t?. ""'Ji.J _, \ t,.J l_r..J I (' J..c Carelessly written, of the twelfth century. [Hastings.] 563. 1528. Size 11 in. by 6! in.; foll. 40. From eleven to fourteen lines in a page. A treatise on Logic, sty led r-I by MuHrBB ALLAH b. 'Abd al-shakurBahari (d. A.H.1119). treatise and its commentaries have been printed in India. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger., nos. 1787-1791, and also Stewart's Catal. 123, l. Begins: ...... ...Jj..::::.?, .:\.:s=:: t0 \.!, I \,. N j \,.1 Well written in N asta with many notes. Has the following colophon : t:; Al.ll )J .. i J W I ...\....s,. i.. Y l. r-_r,. t:'J ) .(sic) v llfA 564. 1576. Size 10 in. by in. ; foll. 7 4. Generally six or seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding treatise. Written in various hands, mostly Shikastah. The colophon runs as follows: t_\}11 (t:'_,) ...\:; 1 1 J..c ,_, oil t,. _,hll ccl I A!_,.d w La,. ts' r t..S _,_r.+.-l 1 Numerous notes. Several leaves supplied by different hands. The margin mended with modern paper. [Hastings. J 1 The name is destroyed. 20

PAGE 162

154 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 565. B 154. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foll. 42. Generally nine lines in a page. Another copy of the Sullam. Written in Nasta'lllf. and Shikastah, with numerous notes. The first leaf is wanting. Begins : l.. I Cat. 236, ix. 566. B 155. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foil. 47. Eleven lines in a page. The same work, plainly written, on European paper. 567. 1575. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 141. Nineteen lines in a page. A Commentary on the Sullam, by Mm;rurMAD MuBARAK b. Mul}.ammad Da'im Adhaml -srUjjl. The first part of it has been printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1265. The preface commences : d U I I c.:..tJ \S)...l The commentary begins: l.. oJ_,:; Fl Well written. Dated A.H. 1182. [Hastings.] 568. 2069. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 201. Fifteen and sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary. Written in N asta Many additions by the author on the margin. Of the twelfth century. Seal of Jang. [Tippu.J 569. B 181 B. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foil. 46. Nineteen lines in a page. c....s: The second and concluding part of the same Com mentary. Begins : l:.> I fi c.-. fsl \ ..\..a::.l I AJ _,:; j Ends: JWJ All\ I.!Y' cfJ\ f I.:Y' r.dr.l!J ...\:>.\ (sic) j J.a.;\ 11,0 L '-=-'.,ri=--j j c..:.Jyd-> J,, '-'..\11_, u.w' Jli.> 1 I.:Y' .. AU 1 t' oJ Aill_ft Written in an inelegant but legible Nasta'lilf. hand. Cat. 236, ix. 3 (?). 570. B 55. Size 10! in. by 5! in.; foil. 28. Nineteen lines in a page. A fragment of the same Commentary, written in Shikastah, of the twelfth century. It contains the beginning of the work, complete to fol. 22. Foil. 23 and 24 repeat the contents of pre ceding pages. After them is a lacuna, and the MS. is imperfect at the end. Cat. 236, ix. 4. 571. 2154. Size 10l in. by 5! in.; foil. 82. Thirty lines in a page. Another Commentary ( on the Sullam, by MUJ,IAMMAD I..S..Ms.J1 ... .s"' hb, '-'Jj1Jb u'J.JIJJ\ Ail I The preface begins : l:.> 1l:.' The commentary commences: (sic) t' J.l! )lb (.:)'# Plainly written, of the twelfth century, not quite finished. Fol. 17 should stand after 7. The last few leaves are injured. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 1 This word is written in red, and the following words are indistinctly written, without diacritical points.

PAGE 163

PHILOSOPHY. 155 572. 1728. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 215. Nineteen lines in a page. Another Commentary on the Sullam, by 'ALi Mubaraki MuQ.ammadi JaunfUri, who entitled it j The preface begins : cLll I and the commentary: \.., .... 11 j '-'.J-' W $U::.:;I (,!) .... ;i .t_l Added to this :a. Fall. 213-14. A short tract on the definition of by Molla 'ABD AL-BAI Jaunfurl. (see no. 554). It begins: j I_,.Ql::..d..\ and iS followed immediately by two other notices, the first of which begins : cti I 1_, r-_,...\5:-t.l (.!)? ...\l I w t:::; _, Di::-Ji>-liJ j J L .. -' J l!l?. ...\ll J r-I and the second : .....!I b. Foll. 214v.-215. A short treatise, also on by Molla (?). c. Foil. 215. An argument against the infinitude of the world, derived from MiRz.A. J.A.N, and two other extracts. Written in several and Shikastah hands, of about A. H. 1100. Some marginal notes. [Hastings. J 673. 72. Size in. by 5 in. ; foil. 45. Five lines in a page. A treatise on Logic, entitled uU I The author of it is not known. It was printed at Lakhnau. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 1782. After a short preamble, the text begins : L.J JS o:b....l\ Well written in a large hand, with occasional vowel points, but not quite finished. The name of the copyist is erased. Some marginal notes. 674. 1084. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foil. 69. Nine lines in a page. A Commentary on the preceding work, by 'Abdallah IBN AL-HAnn.A.n See Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 304, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 455. It has been printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1261. Ill written, with numerous notes. Somewhat injured, the leaves having stuck together. [Hastings. J 676. 1199. Size 8! in. by 4! in. ; foil. 26. Five lines in a page. A. concise treatise on Logic, by an unknown author. It is called j) or more commonly, \:) \ .r"'::..s'"'. It was printed at Lakhnau ; cf. Bib I. Sprenger. 1781. Begins : . . tJ J...l.J J till ... b \ \:) .... ll j y.:::..i='"' \ Written in a large character, with \owel-points. Numerous glosses. Of the eleventh century. The first leaf has been restored by a later hand. [Gaikwar.J 676. 2164. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 20. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, well written, and, with the exception of the last portion, furnished with vowel-points. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 577. 545. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foil. 82. Fifteen and thirteen lines in a page. J l.."""..!J' I A Commentary on the preceding treatise, by 1 (Toolumba) in the Panjab, according to a note in the Lakhnau edition.

PAGE 164

156 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 'ALA. AL-DIN MANG.A.LURi. It appears from this MS., that the author wrote this commentary at Asawul (i.e. A}_!madabad in Gujarat), and dedicated it to Mu}_!ammad Unnar Khan, who was probably a son of Jam Fat}_! Khan b. Sikandar, ruler of Sindh (A.H. 812-827).1 If so, the treatise in would be comparatively ancient. The preface begins: u.:.Jt.r.M?, l!J/f I...S:.l \w ... uO _rl ,_,..Jib y) Y.. JJ d. c-J_,r.J\ l!J_.. l.:i (fol. 3)2 j ufi_.. \,. ... (' f?. t.: Plainly written. Dated 2nd Sha'ban, 1081. Marginal notes. There is a double beginning to this MS. (foll. 1 and 2). Both title-pages give a table of the abbre viations used in the marginal notes and the first contains also a prayer, which is to be recited before reading the book. The following statement is to be found at the end : ...\U L) ... Jl (?) d. J_,L, JJLI Signature of the owner, 'Abd b. 'Abd al-kartm, of Cambay, j (sic) k.S'\"""'!1, who made this MS. a .-"Presented by J. Cotton, Esq., 19th November, 1813." 1 See Sir H. Elliot, Hist. of India, i. 229 and 224, and Briggs's Ferishtah, iv. 426. z There should probably be read ).x-.L. 3 The following words are added by a different hand, and partly written over the original colophon. The two words are uncertain. 578. 1339. Size 8! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 61. Mostly seventeen lines in a page. F' j W -"1c Another copy of the same Commentary, well written, with many glosses. Begins: V"''-'D AlJ (' _rll_, l.!,),.,.\sl4 A table of abbreviations on the title-page, as in the preceding :US. [Johnson.J 579. 2290. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 119. Thirteen and eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well wr-itten in a large character, by Sa'id b. Saiyid Abu Bakr, A.H. 1150. The main text is not distinguished from the commentary. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 580. 1321. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 331. Nineteen lines in a page. The first part of a voluminous work on Metaphysics, entitled "the clear horizon" by Mu b. commonly called BA.:pR DA.MAD . n) J;Iusaini. The preface begins:_}._, Y) Y. It is stated in it that this work consists of two (?), ..I the first of which comprises the "universal" part of the metaphysics (fol. 3), y\::.5' j '!b-" 0:HI \... i..!.::o-J!IL It is divided into c.::.J\Jl..v., each of which is subdivided into sections and special headings Only the first, fifth, and sixth L'; L..v. of the first k... r are to be found in this MS., viz.: I. 1 From Surah 81, 23.

PAGE 165

PHILOSOPHY. 157 _ri-Al..:;--j J_, k... \ J.. t?. ..\.li.::.l \ j \ being introductory, on definition, perception, etc. ; V. (fol. 64v.) J:.:;L...J 1 .. e,jJ y 1.!)_.. J) .rd' \.s:l' (r. '-'J.:::--_,1\) rl.c j J_,;JI y_y;--_,1\, on necessity, possibility, and impossibility. Ends as follows: j J_,JLI\ fS:\_L; e,jJ yhS' l,}, k>. rl \ ... \_i:l' L; w 1 (r. }.:::--_)) $\.:::--)_, Jsll tl L'-'\..,.1\ j The sixth begins (fol. 184v.) : iJW\ yhS' (sic) A>-_;JI (..).> JUi:>\ j 0 0 0 J.s:l1 )_,.:;....:'-' j .. 1o. . (r. t \ I on accidents, such as time, distance, and motion. This work is written in a bombastic and rather obscure style. It comprises both the Greek and the Mul,lam madan systems. Ibn Sina is frequently quoted. Well written, of about A.H. 1000. Collated, and fur nished with marginal notes, which are written in a minute Shikastah. Originally in two volumes, the second of which began with fol. 184. The beginning and end of the first volume, and the last leaf of the second, have been supplied by a more modern hand. [Johnson.J 581. 3003. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foil. 197. Twenty one and nineteen lines in a page. A collection of philosophical treatises, mostly by :BAifiR DA.MA.n. The leaves have been misplaced in binding. It consists of the following pieces : I. Foil. 172v.-179, 2-35, 38-41, 36, 37, 42-74. The beginning of a treatise on the connexion between the Infinite and the finite, or God and the world, by BA.:pn DA.Mln. The title, which does not occur here, appears to (see II.). Begins: '--'..;\ l:JJ'-' (\ <.! .. The author speaks of the origin and subject of this work as follows (fol. 173v.): f>-j\b .>3 bw 1 j ... 1-"JI 11 .... L -.\lil\J, .. .. .. r. ,._?1-::r t?. meaning by the latter the Mul,lammadan philo sophy. He dedicates his work to a king, whom he does not name, very probably the then ruling Shah of Persia. It is arranged in '-!:.:\:;L..,., like the pre ceding work. However, only the first portion of the introductory J\........w-t (sic) is given here. It is styled (fol. 177v.) j t,._, (r. '-!:.)I _,....J \) '-'.r;-_,.J I It is subdivided into sections ), with numerous vague and insignificant headings, such as 'L t.aj I etc. The whole work is written in an obscure style. This MS. contains the colophon of the author's copy, from which it appears to have been transcribed: ..ul.; ... .. A:;d\ j J_,;J\ Incorrect. Plainly written inN II. Foll. 7 5-82. The beginning of the second of the first J 'w...-. of the same work, inscribed _;J 1 bl -1\ '-'\::.S' .. ..-. J .. W1 ,.. A.,.j\;.n :.r \,;./ ) I.) .. It treats of beginning after non -existence ( ..\.s.l1 ,._} L .. _;J I), and especially of motion and time. Written in a close and indistinct Nasta'lllf, approach ing to Shikastah. Terminates abruptly before the end of the first J.aj Ill. Foll. 1, 111-165. A theosophic work, by the same author, styled in the colophon yhS'. It begins without a preface: ll""rJI j;\,; )Jb j L.) 1 In a gloss, taken from the $al)al), A-:}, pl. t), is said to mean a "door" t_l) "door-keeper" (yl_y,), or "meadow" (A..:;J.J) or "IStep, grade''

PAGE 166

158 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. A.LJ...., J'y,:l' W ,_. I .... j .li.J .. .. I.,F>'" ... t?-' 1. (' It is said in an additional note of the author that this part is to the following what the Isagoge is to the other parts of Logic. It contains detached paragraphs with the of the first of which begins: c..S' J..c f::.:s:..a:i )j J; l. t' This part concludes (fol. 119) A}J' The second part J...ai) contains chiefly and treats of the origin of all existence in God.2 The third part (fol. 124v.) contains .. ?Jsti; the fourth (fol. 135) is inscribed '-!.1.-. \,.. c.:;.)\..t.?,_,.idl; and the fifth (fol. 148v.), j i.J c.:;.)\...._, Ji.j J.J o..\J c.:;.) .. .. ..;;--' .. The MS. concludes: AJ\.w)l \.wl' '-!),. r..# J.ai' i' .j\.-.lo..\11 It cannot be decided whether this conclusion or the above beginning is inaccurate, and whether, accordingly, this MS. contains the complete work, or not. Written in a loose N asta 'li"lf hand, approaching to Shikastah. The copyist gives his name as 4.:1-o..\1 I fl o..\.t..s:.,.. He transcribed this MS. in a few days, from an incorrect copy, "whose very sight would have frightened and sickened i \p. Date, probably A.H. 112 7. 3 A defect after fol. 131. IV. Foil. 166-169. A fragment of the preceding work, on red paper. It contains the end of the second and the beginning of the fourth part. Written in Shikastah, mostly across the pages. The headings are 1 The words next following are indistinct. :L The words of the inscription are partly corrupted. s This date is partly destroyed. omitted. Imperfect at the beginning, and ending abruptly. Fol. 170. An extract from the same work ( t?.P' I.:Y' ), written in a similar style, but more hurriedly. Fol. 171. An extract from MUfUBB ALLAH Bahar1's bp' A..l L), ill written in a small hand. V. Foil. 108, 180-181. A short treatise on motion, by the same author. Begins: W..>.>-\ A.S'.Jsl\ I.:J' t' A.S'_rll Conclusion: j AJL)\ (sic) _r. L.:.-' \h.a.... VI. Foil. 181v.-185, 193, 191, 186, 187. A treatise on time, evidently by the same author. Begins: l:Jl.J' j .. A}J r' .._}J vw\;.1\ Imperfect at the end. Terminates in the fourth dis cussion ( ). VII. Foil. 188-192, and, probably, 196 and 195r. Glosses by D.A.M1n, on a passage of an unknown philosophical work, concerning the simple bodies. Begins: .. '-!.1,.. V, j.c...\.JI o..\.t.s,.. \ l.l (' A.4.c) J...c_r c.:;.)\.J.S' (sic) The first gloss begins: I.:JI 1(t.l_,J) (' J;' tf J'3 c..SA He quotes (of Tal}tan1), and Mirza Jin's glosses on them, 2 but the work commented on here is not Ibn Sina's Imperfect after fol. 192. Foil. 196 and 195r., which are stray .leaves, probably belong to the same work. The first words of both are effaced. The latter has a conclusion, which would agree with the above beginning. It runs as follows : -.\.> j rJ 3 AJL)\ Ub?l j_,l I.:Y' 1 A blank. 2 See nos. 482 and 483. s The following words are effaced.

PAGE 167

PHILOSOPHY. 159 VIII. Foil. 195v. and 197. .A fragment of Mu}:tam mad b .As'ad (DAww.A.Ni, d. A.H. 907 or 908) Commentary ( on N al-din :['usz' 8 treatise on the immaterial and self existing intellect, inscribed: ct4n .. AJL,)\ j Ail\ (r. JJ\.W\ Cf. Kh. iii. 387, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 453, xx. and xxi. The beginning of fol. 197 is effaced. IX. Foll. 83-107, 109, 110. .A treatise on the simple substance 1 by ALLAH b. '.Abd al-shakur Mu}:tibbabadi Bahari (d. A.H. 1119). Im perfect at the end. Begins: J#. t;.l ... ... '-:-.s,.. I A.;_r.-. j L..;Jt.-. j I '-:-.s::..l\ d. Ail\ t_l r.JI The author, who belongs to the purely philosophic school, refutes the scholastic doctrine on indivisible atoms. This treatise ends abruptly with fol. llOr. Written in N asta approaching to Shikastah. 682. 98. Size 7 in. by 4i in.; foll. 68. Five and seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-19r. ATHIR AL-DIN ABHA.Ri's (d. A.H. 663) no. 497). II. Foll. 19v.-50. The logical treatise Jk;J. I (see no. 573). Transcribed in Dhu'l-l)ijjah, 1210, in the camp r-IJL-. .J"') at Fat}:tgarh. Ill. Foil. 51-68. TAFT.A.d .. Ni's (d. A.H. 792) (see no. 534). Copied A.H. 1212, also in the camp at Fat}:tgarh. Written in a good N asta hand, with a few no tea. 683. B 170. Size 8! in. by in. ; foil. 72. Mostly nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-24. The beginning of MArnunHi's (see no. 487). Plainly written, with marginal notes. Stained, and injured on the margin. II. Foil. 25-72 .A fragment of MiRAK's J:....(.. (see no. 498). It begins soon after the commencement of the work, with the words S..\kll. Well written. The margin covered with glosses, and in better preservation than that of I. 684. B 146, 167. Size 7 in. by 4 in.; foll. 151. Seven teen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-71. SAITID SHARiF's Glosses on l{utb aldzn' 8 Commentary on the Shamslyah (see no. 507). The latter portion wanting. Eight leaves missing after fol. 31. II. Foll. 72-151. MiRA.K's Commentary on the (see no. 493). The first leaf missing. Begins: \:Jb Both pieces are boldly written, by Yusuf b. Mu}:tammad b. Yusuf Zauzani. The second is dated 4th 825. Foil. 110 sqq. are worm-eaten, but the text is not injured. 585. B 162, 454, 173, 163. Size 9! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 22. Nineteen and twenty lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-10 : a. (foil. 1-5.) .A treatise on the subdivision of know ledge, by Sm SHARiF J uru.A.Ni. It is termed in the colophon j vw..).j AJ\.-.))1 F'. Cf. Kh. iii. 382 (?). Begins: j rk' U) .After having explained the four ways in which knowledge has been divided by the different schools, the author proceeds to say (fol. 4): tl A:r) \._;\. This is a gloss on the beginning of the introduction .... ) of the Shamsiyah, which nearly agrees with the latter portion of his gloss on the words of al-d1n's commentary L...<..s.ll ( = p. rr of the Calcutta edition, cf. no. 507). The colophon

PAGE 168

160 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. bears the double date, 15th 932,1 and Jum. I., 980. b. (foll. 5v.-10.) Glosses on i{utb al-ilin's Corn mentary, and on JurJanfs Glosses on the aforesaid passage of the Shamszyah. Beginning : j \ b J=:.,; _,:.! \ t:t.J.l (rcJW\)JJ.\ J\j Conclusion : (' y,. A.l \.,.)) \ (sic) \:.l \ r:i.MJ L .. (sic) 9A. L The author is perhaps Tabrizi Kh. i. 210 and 211). II. Foll. 11-14. A Gloss on a passage near the beginning of Jurjani' s Glosses on l(utb al-din' 1 Com mentary on the Shamszyah (p. r, Calcutta ed. ). Begins: c.l_,J *!\ JJJ4_, J_f\ (I J;; J;; The colophon runs as follows : \ J:J L) \ '-'4 k.,.l\_,\ j dr-J\ uk L The author, accordingly, seems to be the aforesaid AFi. Ill. Foll. 15-1 7. Glosses on the passage of JurJanz, immediately following the preceding one, probably by the same author. Colophon: J:JL)\ ... :i j l'rl' J.c J c_,rJ' 9A. '-'4 The beginning is wanting ; the first words are : 0 \ IY. FoiL 18-20. A short treatise on argument, sty led in the colophon : (sic) \ \ J:J L) \ It begins: j Y. Foll. 21-22. This seems to be another edition of the same treatise, differing, however, entirely in the latter portion. -------------------------1 Probably the date of the original copy. Begins: \,..\ _,\ l.!)......a.J _,\ Concludes: \.ilb r:..:_,l\ \.i'-') \,.. .J>-T A.!\.,.))' .9"-L Well written in N asta ; the last piece in a smaller character. 586. B 156. Size 8! m. by 5 in.; foil. 157. Mostly twenty-five lines in a page I. Foll. 1-99. SAIYID SH.A.RIF JuRJANi's Glosses on J[utb al-dzn's Commentary on the )J.i r:ltk,.. (see no. 525). The first part written in a small but legible hand, and the rest in a minute and rather illegible character ; the beginning of each gloss marked with an asterisk, instead of AI_,:;. Finished on 8th RamaQ.an, 828, by b. Various marginal notes. Two leaves missing after fol. 6. Fol. 55 mutilated. II. Foll. 100-102. 'A:pun AL-DIN IJi's ('Abd al b. d. A.H. 756) short treatise on Dia lectics, or more commonly, ilL)\ Kh. mentions this treatise under j i!L.J (iii. 453), but describes it more fully under y\Si (i. 210). Cf. Krafft, Hdss. Akad. Wien, 155, and Cat. St. Petersb. 221. It begins here, with the omission of the introductory words, as follows: (":;\.:;... ...\.d.c J_,...l\ j\:; r, J.+.::.k:i -'j IJ Written by the second hand of the preceding piece, but more plainly. Dated 831. Ill. Foll. 102v.-139. Glosses on the second part (C'\.ii.:,w\.a::.l\ of lfutb al-dzn's Commentary on the t::::l\k,... The author not mentioned. Beginning: \...,.. cJ-'.d' \,.. This piece is written, as is also the remainder of this volume, in the same sty le as the second part of I. Dated Sha'ban, 818 (sic!). Some notes. 1 Words from the commentary ( =fol. 16v. of no. 524).

PAGE 169

PHILOSOPHY. 161 IV. Foll. 140-141. Some Glosses on a dialectic treatise, beginning: AJ,! l..f?.""=--' 1..\.lb .rt' Jl V. Fol. 142. A short treatise on the three grades of existence. It is inscribed by a different hand, i!\...,.J According to the beginning ((_I it seems to be identical with the treatise mentioned by Kh. iii. 452, under \..:) j in the second place, and ascribed by him to SAIYID SHARIF; and also with Cat. Lugd. iii. 376, MDLxv., though the latter is ascribed to Molla Lutfi. VI. Foll. 142v.-143. Another treatise on existence, inscribed by the later hand, '-'J::=;-J AIL). Begins : jJ ..J.. J$'. The remainder of fol. 143 is filled with a note, which is written in the opposite direction. It begins : rk I l.:)h '-''-' VII. Foil. 143v.-146. AL-DIN's j J:.l\...,.J the same as that described in Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 308, no. 5, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 377. Kh. iii. 433. The colophon gives the name of the copyist as above, and the date, Sha'ban, 828. VIII. Foll. 146v.-l55. A treatise on fenced pro positions, author unknown. It is inscribed by the later hand: JJLJ. Begins: AJJ The first is .... l\ j and the second (fol. 152), j .Lb .a.s..JI .. -_; ')J The colophon gives the name of the copyist as above, and the date, 6th RamaQ.an, 828. IX. Foll. 155v.-157. The treatise, JJL)\ LlJ .iJ\, described in Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 308, no. 6. .... The author appears to be SAIYID SnARiF JuRJA.Ni. "\Vritten in a more legible style. Dated A.H. 831. The book is injured by damp. 587. 1480. Size 6! in. by 3! in.; foil. 64. Nineteen and fifteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-7. A treatise on the Definition of Know ledge \ ), compiled chiefly from works of Saiyid Sharif. The author is MiRZA JA.N (d. A.H. 994). It begins with a quotation from the u.;I,_J\ 'C.J1N (near the beginning of that work), as follows: j Jt! ...... l\ AJ ).::.5:-t.l I Written in in narrow columns. Marginal notes, marked w VJ. The first two leaves are written in a different sty le. The colophon runs as follows : U!..\.J\ ;._rs\l\ Uii.s:.J\ L.hll j\ j ill\ t.At L M.s:'"' j (_I (_L., ll_.. J-'\.., II. Foll. 8-64. DAwwA.Ni's Commentary on the '-';;,k;J,.\ (see no. 539), without the preface. Written in a hurried by ,r.:'"' J \,:;....) \ (?), at Shahj ahanabad. The first two pages have ornam@nts in gold and blue, and the others are written within blue lines. [Hastings.] 588. 1618. Size 8l in. by 4i in. ; foil. 97. Three, five, fourteen, eighteen, and fifteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-50. Sa'd al-d1n TAFTAzANi's uh:..l.' (see no. 534), with numerous marginal notes. Well written. A. double red line round text and notes. Foil. 18-24 reversed. II. Foil. 51-70. The logical treatise called or (see no. 575). wen written in a large hand. Has the following colophon: t" b..\Jb Wl ._\...!! d. J.;; t. V A A_;._, I. 21

PAGE 170

162 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. III. Foil. 71-86. B. SuLA.IrlN's Commentary on the passage from the Talulhlb, the same as no. 553, viii. Plainly written. Dated RamaQ.an, 1106. Injured by insects. IV. Foil. 87-95. Another Commentary on the same passage, identical with no. 553, vii., ascribed here to 'hr..in AL-DIN. It is followed immediately (foil. 95-97) by the Glosses of MiR ABu'L-FAT::Jil on the same passage (see no. 543). Well written. Injured by insects. [Gaikwar.J 589. 2716. Size in. by 6 in. ; foll. 84. Fifteen and seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-60. Molla 'ABDALLAH's Commentary on the Tahdldb (see no. 547). Well written in N asta The text of the TahdMb added on the upper margin. Notes. II. Foil. 61-84. Mu::JiiiBB ALLAH's (see no. 563). Neatly written in N asta [Bibliotheca Leydeniana. J 590. 3104. Size 7 in. by in.; foll. 168 . Nineteen and seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-110. A Persian on Tajtdzdnfs "-'k:....ll (see no. 534). Begins : ..M..s.l \ l-.J...ly.\ .UL)\ r-1-J' r-T" j t_l Well written in Nasta'lik. II. Foll. 113-159. Glosses on the Commentary of Sa 'd al-din 1 Mas''lld R'llmz (Sharwani, who flourished in the ninth century) on Shams al-din (d. about A.H. 600) treatise on y\Ji (see no. 486). Cf. Aumer, Hdss. 1\Ii.inch. 298. The author of these glosses is not ascertained. 1 So in the preface, alias Kamal al-d1n. The preface begins: The author says subsequently:_}\).::>. r..:X' AJ\....,.J j A.IL)I J.:. ... illl J...?w.l .. N.!\ LS"J)\ He dedicates his work to Jalal al-din Mal).mud. Clearly written. The colophon runs as follows : --'?. .... }; \.J \ jtJ?. j .. (sic) Ill. Foil. 160-163v. The same Glosses as described under no. 585, ii. Closely written in Conclusion: A:..w AJL)\ IV. Foil. l63v.-168. A short logical treatise. Begins: Jl 1 1..:)\..\ll The author of this treatise is not named. There are additional notes of his on the margin, marked with &.JJ\ &.:..... He was, therefore, alive when this MS. was written, i.e. about A.H. 930. Written like II. The colophon runs as follows : z L j F:.. .. l\ j Partly injured by insects. Signature of Chas. Boddam, Calcutta, May 1st, 1787. 591. B lB. Size 9-! in. by 6 in. ; foll. 56. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-51. A fragment of Glosses on a logical treatise, imperfect at the beginning. II. Foll. 53-56. A spiritual pedigree, inscribed A.s.,;la.., Persian. Dated 13th Jum. II., 959. 1 According to a gloss of the author's, the authority alluded to is Raz1, in his e \h.J \ 2 A blank.

PAGE 171

PHILOSOPHY. 163 APPENDIX. PHILOSOPHY AND THEOLOGY MIXED. 592. B 217. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foil. 67. Twenty nine and twenty-seven lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-36, TAFTAzANi's H (see no. 385). Written by two hands. The margin covered with notes. Worm-eaten. Fol. 37. Some prayers and notes in Arabic and Persian. II. Foll. 38-67. The Commentary of MiRAK J.ANKI (Mu}:lammad b. Mubarak Shah Bukharl) on the Physics and Metaphysics of A thir al-dzn .A.bhar2' s (see no. 493). Neatly written in Dated A.H. 982. Marginal notes in the earlier portion. In very bad condition. Worm-eaten. The paper dark-brown and crumbling. 593. B 222. Size 7-k in. by 5 in. ; foil. 121. Twenty one, twenty-four, and twenty lines in a page. I. Two fragments of the Glosses of MiRz.A. J.A.N (J.Iablb Allah Shlrazi, d. A.H. 994) to Mzrak's Com mentary on the L.t..:::(see no. 498), as well as to Saiyid Shar2f' s Glosses to this commentary. See H. Kh. iii. 103. a. Foll. 1-55. The first portion, comprising the greater part of the first J:J \L. ; imperfect at the end. Begins: .. WI r:._)-!.11 Jl; J.:. L;Jb... \.:.>1 J;l ll..WI 4-l_,:; Additions by the author on the margin. b. Foil. 56-81. Another fragment, extending from the end of the first to the commencement of the fourth A.! IJL.. of Part I., but defective after foll. 63, 71, 72, and 73. Begins: \_ _,t.JI Jl The text of foiL 64-69 is in a state of confusion. II. Foll. 82-121. A fragment of the Glosses of MiBz.A. JN on IJawwanl's (see no. 421). Begins with Some additions by the author on the margin. A defect after fol. 83. Written in three small N asta hands. Cat. 226, xvi. 1. 594. 2310. Size 8 in. by 4t in. ; foil. 108. Seventeen and nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-81. Glosses to the beginning of IJawwani's ...ull LJ I The author appears to be a younger contemporary of Dawwani, and of .Mir al-din to whose second he makes frequent reference. Imperfect at the end. The right corner of fol. 1, with the first words of the text, is torn away. Begins: \.:.>1 W v \.:.> j w_)k.JI II. Foll. 82-108. The first portion of MiRAK's ending in the fourth of the first \L.. Marginal notes. Written in a minute but clear N asta Much injured by insects and by damp. Both pieces bear the seal of 'Abd al-ral}man b. Mul}ammad Akram, dated A.H. 1101 and A.H. 1120 respectively. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 595. 1289. Size in. by 6! in. ; foil. 193. Twentyone and twenty-five lines in a page. I. FoiL 1-24. Glosses on I$jahdnz' s _) \J.b.j !:l\k.-. (see no. 427), the same as those described in Fhigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 609. The author is SAIYID SrrARIF Kh. iv. 168 The last gloss is: (I AI_,-'. Clearly written in N asta II. Foll. 25-193. JURJANi's Glosses on l{utb al-dzn's Commentary on the )i \k.-., the same as no. 525. Carelessly written. Dated 7th Dhu'l-l;lijjah, 872. The last foll. are emended. [Hastings.]

PAGE 172

164 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 596. B 209. Size 8! in. by 5 in.; foll. 103. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-81. Annotations to Jurjanz's Glosses on Itutb al-dzn's Commentary on the )_,.1 (see no. 525). It appears from the more modern inscription, \ b and from the dedication of the work to Shahjahan, that the author is 'Abd al-l,takim b. Shams al-din Srrhxt:rTi (d. soon after A.H. 1060). The preface, which is written on the title-page, A1t_; J,=--1.:.1_. Y,. The first annotation is (fol. lv.): ji.J L!Y' _,!b W ... (1 j. The copy was left unfinished. II. Foll. 82-103. A fragment of Glosses on IJawwanZ' s Commentary on ...\...::i.J I ...\j \.ii..J I (see no. 455). These glosses were also written by SrriLKUTi. Extracts from them are to be found on the margin of no. 466. Begins : pi:. Aj {J Al):; U, .. i Defects after foll. 90, 91, and 101. Foll. 102 and 103 give the conclusion of the work. Written in SUFISM AND ETHICS. 597. B 396. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 156. Twenty eight lines in a page. A Commentary (by .. AJ_,;) on the mystic work, w!'_.r..ll of b. 'Abd al-Jabbdr I..Sp\1 (d. A.H. 354), evidently by 'AFiF AL-DIN TILIMSANi (d. A.H. 690). Kh. vi. 235, Cat. Bodl. i. 59, 60, and also 97. Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 230, and N afal,tat al Uns, ed. Lees, p. o 9. Begins, after the Ifarmlalah: Jt:; All\ '-' .... .s:.-. Jlt)\ w)t.J\_, ]:.\ j i.S'-'..t..S:....ll )_,;.!\ t.:.h;:--J AI_,: fi\ j r.5JU_,\ fi\ l...iJ_,_. j ul j.JI j There are seventy-three "stations," a list of which is given on the title-page. The second is inscribed y jil \ )_., the .-., the fourth _. 1 So in this MS. (Nufari ?). The name is differently spelt, viz., I..S)J\ (Al-No:ffazi) in Cat. Bodl., Le., and u;4l\ (Ni:ffari) in 1:1. Kh. Regarding the latter form, see Lib. as-Sojutii de nom. rel., ed. Vetb,p. nf,and v9". Clearly written. Transcribed by Zain b. 'Abdallah from a correct copy, which had been taken from that of the author, and had passed through the hands of several learned Shaikhs. Dated Sunday, 14th Jum. I., 1087. There follows a short treatise by ( Al,tmad Burnusi, d. A.H. 899), which had been added in the original copy by Salim, one of the Sbaikhs aforesaid. It bears chiefly on the meaning of the word _,. Begins: fY.I) Ail\ l.iik> Y, JW J.;. it . ::..!._. f: J""J ..>.:; cU L; o o _,11 t:ll To this is added an extract from lBN 'ARABi' s ...\lb 1 inscribed 1.:.1_. j It begins: Jsl\ j\!_, Worm-eaten towards the end. 598. B 93. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 278. Nineteen lines in a page. An imperfect copy of 'A.bd al-kar1m b. Hawazin l}:usHAIRi's (d. A.H. 465) celebrated treatise 1 See 1:1. Kh. v. 552.

PAGE 173

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 1G5 (tU L.,)) on and See Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 320, etc. Printed at Bulal.r, A.H. 1284. Well written, of the tPnth century. Two leaves are wanting at the beginning ; the first words are : Single leaves are missing after foil. 6, 11, 60, 138, 264, and at the end. Foil. 27, 59, 60, and 107 are injured by fire. 599. B 411. Size 7-k in. by 4 in.; foll. 81. Twelve lines in a page. A treatise on called d,)W\ J):.,-,, by Abu Isma'il 'ABD.A.LLA.H HaRawi (d. A.H. 481). Cf. ij:. Kh. vi. 129; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 321; Cat. Bodl. ii. 579, etc. See regarding the author, Nafa}:tat alUns, ed. Lees, p. rv,. This MS. is slightly imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are: AJ (from the preface). Plainly written in different hands, with numerous extracts from Kashani's commentary on the margin. Wrongly inscribed: Jkl 600. B 399. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 110. Twenty eight lines in a page. JL..S' ... J}:...-. a:r.)J iL . n A Commentary on the preceding work, by Kamal al-din 'Abd K.Asn.ANi (d. A. H. 730). See Kh. vi. 129 sq.; Cat. Bodl. ii. 81 sq.; and regarding the author, Cat. :M us. Brit. 400, and N afa}:tat al-Uns, ed. Lees, p. oov. Begins: L.S..\::.411 Jt:; J,--.WI ... II L ill\ JL..S' )Y'J !.!)' ir ill\ Jlj)l All ..\-t.Sll d.) W I J) LJ \:>-.J &;..:...\J .JI . t. W-", This work is dedicated to Ghiyath al-din Mu}:tammad, the son of the great Rashid al-din, and Wazir of Abu Sa'ld, the ilkhan (d. A.H. 736), J.s.ll d. ill\ d-""11 d. u-:' The author says at the end (fol. 110): \.:.!\ I p\ j W j ujtkl C' ti.Hii.> J.:..;,t;-::..-. 'w;r\JI) 1/1, .'!11 L 'I \ ...d' l.;).c .Jw\.ll.l J -' 1 j J 1 '-:-"1\bl I J> j '("?. -.\Jil I A:, h.c All\ J..c 't?.-'.ii.l\ 6JD j u;rl\ ... A>--'J LJM-t..:>. cl.;...; 1.;)"' i.;)::i?. J..c '-:-"W1 )..\.J\ j \jj\_, t1J1 '.,j.) l:J"' ,.,)_,:; (' -c.rJI The original copy had been written by A}:tmad b. Mu}:tammad b. Mu}:tammad Shirazi, in 738, and collated with the author's own copy. The present copy, which was transcribed by a sailor (l:Y' J.=::-) is legibly written, with vowel-points, and belongs to the end of the eleventh century. It has been revised, and furnished with some notes, by the owner, Zain b. 'Abdallah Cat. 225, ix. 601. B 399A. Size 7-k in. by 5! in.; foll. 20. About thirty lines in a page. if J\ y\S An abridgment of the preceding work. ,\s this is evidently the author's own copy, and as it is written

PAGE 174

166 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. in the same hand as no. 679, the author appears to be 'ALAwi B. 'ABDALLAH ("J.f., who flourished in the earlier part of the twelfth century. He says in his preface: c..._} jlb tJJ ..\...sll W uj\.; L-.1 ... ill\ w.JWJ JJ\:.v. ill\ '"' .. ill\ (sic) J\UI J.:>. YiJ J' I.!)J\.w Jl..:>. J?._,k::.ll l.!).(j L.. ..),;_, The text and commentary are marked with (" and J. respectively. Corrections and additions by the author are on the margin. The greater part of the MS. is wanting ; it terminates now in L \?) \ y ( = fol. 19 of the preceding no.). There is a defect after fol. 18. 602. B 377. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 318. Nineteen lines in a page. The first part of Abu :ij:amid Mu Q.ammad b. Mu}:tammad GrrAZzhi's (d. A.rr. 505) cele brated work on Ethics, Kh. i. 180 sqq.; Hitzig in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. vii. 172 sqq.; Gosche in Abh. d. K. Akad. Berlin, 1858, p. 253 sqq., etc. This work has been printed at Cairo, .A..H. 1278, and at Lakhnau, .A..H. 1281. Well written, of the eleventh century. 603. B 378. Uniform with the preceding no. ; foll. 385. The second part of the Clearly written. In the colophons of the single books, the copyist, who does not give his name, prays invariably for his son, "Shaikh 'Abdallah, who died a martyr." Some marginal notes. Injured by insects towards the end. A list of the contents of the ten books belonging to this part is on the fly-leaf. 604. B 379. Uniform with the preceding nos.; foil. 417. The third part t:?J) of the same work. Written like the first part (no. 602). Some corrections on the margin. 1'he fhst fol: injured. 605. B 380. Uniform with the preceding nos.; foll. 558. The fourth part r:-!J) of the same work. Mostly written like the preceding MS. Some cor rections on the margin. A few leaves missing at the end. Both the beginning and end injured. These four volumes form one complete copy; the first three of them bear the same seal, which is, however, now illegible. Cat. 2301 i 606. B 381. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 207. At first twenty-three, afterwards mostly twenty-five lines in a page. The first part t:?J) of the consisting of two separate volumes. The first, which concludes (fol. 163) with Book viii. ylii is written in a clear steady hand, though without any vowel-pointR, of the ninth century. Only foil. 1-58 have been supplied at a modern date. The second volume, which begins (fol. 164v.) with l_,z ..\l ) y is older than the first, and may belong to the eighth or even the seventh century. It is written in a bold hand, often with vowel-points, and has occasional emendations. The end is slightly injured by insects. This MS. was once the property of 'Abd b. I:Jusain I;Iusainl. 607. 2145. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foil. 250. Twentyseven lines in a page. The first part t:U) of the same work. Well written. Completed on Thursday, 11th Dhu'll;lijjah, 1098, by Molla Abu'l-fat}:t b. Shaikh Yunus. Ornamented. Worm-eaten, and sometimes injured in mending. [College of Fort William.]

PAGE 175

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 167 608. 7 49. Size 11! in. by 7 in.; foil. 439. Thirty three lines in a page. The first half, or the first two parts ( r:?J ), of the slightly imperfect at the end. Plainly written on European paper, with frequent vowel-points. Ornamented. Revised and emended by different hands. Of the twelfth century. 609. 2021. Size in. by 8 in.; foil. 297. Thirty-one lines in a page. The second and third parts ( of the same work. Very neatly written, richly ornamented and gilt. Of the eleventh century. The date, A.H. 952, which is given at the end, evidently belongs to the original copy. Slightly injured by insects. Fol. 295 should be placed after 288. [College ofFort William, 1825.] 610. 2046. Size 10l in. by in.; foil. 378. Generally twenty-nine lines in a page. The third and fourth parts of the same work. Closely written, by Sa'd Allah, the son of Molla Shaikh AQ.mad, a resident of Tattah ( J.::.J, in Sindh ), who completed the fourth part on Saturday, 23rd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 1111. Foll. 1-22 are written in a dif. ferent hand. The rubrics are omitted in the latter portion of the third part. Coloured lines round the pages. A list of contents on the fly-leaf. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 611. B 455. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foil. 36. Twenty-five lines in a page. An anonymous Commentary on select passages of the containing explanations of difficult words, and criticisms on traditions quoted in this work. In the latter the author chiefly follows (d. A.H. 806). He terms Shumunni (d. A.H. 872), whose glosses on the Sltzfd1 he quotes on fol. lv., 1 I,I. Kh. iv. 69. This MS. comprises only the commentary on the -----second part. It begins: yt::S Jlll }sll l..SI _,Jb WI and ends abruptly. Well written. The upper part of the last fol. is torn away. Inscribed: h.zJ )IJ Jl_j.i y\::S cf. Cat. 230, ix, 612. B 382. Size 10 in. by 5i in. ; foil. 15. About twenty lines in a page. ,,:i 4:::-.. cUL)I yt::S i u..: _,bl I J "-',...s:.-. A short treatise of GHAZz.:hi (d. A.H. 505), in which he claims for (.._}.ill I \ the name of a science ( ). He also gives a general classification of the Mul,tammadan sciences. Cf. Kh. iii. 436, who gives an abstract of the preface. The author says in conclusion : _;.a:S:. .JU::J I W j ctl\..l_)l .... cUL.J j \..J G' _,; A1.l I _, I.:.) L..L
PAGE 176

168 ARABIC Inelegantly written, with vowel.points, rather in correct. It was revised by (.!}?.)\ j_,.,dl (t.-:11 on 1st Rabi' I., 1013, and it was collated subsequently with the original and another MS. Hence numerous corrections on the margin. The last page is filled with a rather illegible gloss on a passage of this work. Begins: tJJ\ )JS \.....:sl. ),:.l\ J_,l Jw Signature of 'Abd al-ral_lmau b. al-'Aidaril.s I:Iusain1 on the title-page. 614. B 393A. Size 8-k in. by 6 in. ; foll. 32. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, imperfect at the end. Plainly written, on European paper, of the twelfth century. 615. 2529. Size 11! in. by 8 in.; foll.105. Nine lines in a page. The Arabic version of GrrAZz.A.Li's d_,LJI or Advice to Kings. See Cat. Bodl. ii. 99, Kh. vi. 352 sq. According to the latter, the work is entitled \ The name of the translator is not known. The Persian original, which was dedicated to the SaljlilF Sultan Mu:Qammad b. Malikshah, is lost. Written in a large hand, with vowel-points. The greater part of the text is accompanied by a Javanese translation, written in the Arabic character. The rest of the volume contains tracts in Javanese, written in the Arabic character. 616. 1365. Size 7 i in. by 5 in. ; foll. 94. Fifteen lines in a page. ,..liS .... I t' )..,IJijl (.!}:'.-.\11 'AlJn JiLi's (or Jilan1, d. A.H. 561) 'L-'::..,; \ or Rules of Asceticism, handed down by his .. son, Sharaf al-d1n 'Isa. Cf. Kh. iv. 386, and Cat. Lugd. iv. 317. Beginning: r-l.l u-.\11_, ji.J .J"'\Jij\ y,l JJ;_, A>-_,J tJJI vw..\! cJJI (.!}! (_L., u-!\ \ \.,J I '-:-'.) tJJ I The above title occurs in a passage of the preface, which runs as follows (fol. 3): (.!}(.,.\ L-. iL..::;-(.!}.....; 4:),.. L_,::..,; (.!},.. J '-=-'J..r. Each rule is introduced by the words, tJJI ji.J 1.(6) A;.,c Well written, with marginal and interlinear notes. Ornamented and gilt. Colophon : _r.:k:-_r.Jij 1.:1. w_,_rll .AI tJJI_ft ?) [Tippu.J 617. 1447. Size 10 in. by 6 m.; foll. 358. Eighteen lines in a page. W, l:J w::-.:va:; tkl \ y hS' N.\1 )JIJi.ll (.!}?.-.\!\ .J;J I J w A large work on Religious Duties, by 'ABn JiLANi. This work comprises also theological matter, treats at great length of the properties of the single months and days of the week Jj\,..jj jj j I), and of prayer, and concludes with rules of asceticism, d.""'?J.I It is merely mentioned Kh. iv. 338. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 149. Begins : yi.::.S' J$' \ tJJ o..\....sll The author says subsequently: t' \,.I \.U '-4:...ii j y\k.S:ll j LJ.j . . '-:-' 1_,-.aD L j y \::..Cl I 1 The last word is only added in the earlier instances.

PAGE 177

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 169 -j j 0kl cl;?J (fol.8) _.r ill I d_,L AI u .,-c j "" AI \f=-jl_, Jb-.1_, Jl j t:J::J Plainly written. Completed on Saturday, 17th Dhu'l 1169, at C)J j ..M..s._. .JJ.:.ll). Prefixed is a detailed list of contents (foil. 1-6). An interlinear Persz'an version is added to a few passagea. Seal of 'Abd al-wahMb Khan Jang). In the original binding of Tippu's library. [Tippu.J 618. B 117. Size 9 in. by 5 in.; foiL 347. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Plainly written. The colophon begins as follows (fol. 347r.): \ ill\ t} 15)} c...S)JIJill (sic) Jl 1.:.1--Ul\ j c...S.)ts' Cat. 230 (Vaz), xiii. 619. 2050. Size in. by 6 in. ; foil. 37 4. Fifteen lines in a page. A collection of Sermons of 'ABD GiLANi. These sermons were held by him in the years 545 and 546, partly in the Academy (L.J.MJI), and partly in the dwelling-house of the (b\.,)1), at Baghdad. They are followed here by other sayings of 'Abd which conclude with an account of his death. As appears from the latter, this collection was made by a person who was acquainted with the sons of 'Abd It is called in this and the following :MSS., It 1 This passago gives a fair outline of the contents of the work. seems to be identical with the _}Ls:11 mentioned in Kh. ii. 605 sq., though the two dates do not agree. The sermons are here not in the chronological order. Cf. Stewart's Cat. 46. Begina: ADI d. -\1 IJ lLJ I 1.:.1_. }5\...;}, illl .JI.)\Ji.ll ADI d. .... / .. t_L; A:its'.J. do 1.:.1:' ill I l:J! t::.l I ill I ui t::.ll l -.,,., P I ..J 1(l!)AMS' 1.:,1! I Jw AUI ill\ I.:J?...\11 ... s: .. y,l t!.ll Jt:; (fol. 2) 1..!.-.J\.3 ... A:..c J.s:l1 L.JM.c>. L I.:]!. ..\I\ b_,, .. J_,y ].:: r' The last sermon is dated Friday, the last of Raj ab, 546. The begins (fol. 288v.): J )\ Al.\\ r u!l 1.:.1?....\ll 1.:.1_,. L.JMl j (_ ...s, I I ... s: .. Aill:;_, Al.l \ A.:s:\.; \.....,. j.: 1.:.1_. Al:!...c J 1.:.1_. J\.cl_, A:...c ill\ (fol. 289) Well written, with all the vowels. Ornamentecl and gilt. On the margin are numerous notes, amongRt them constant indications of the contents of the text, which begin .. L:J j, and are written in red. An index to these, and also extracts from the and from other works, are written on the fly-leaves. Seal and signature of 'Ali Khan, dated A.H. 1191. Scnl of Mul]ammad Khan. [College of Fort William, 1825.] I Added on the margin. 22

PAGE 178

170 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 620. 1631. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 320. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written, with many vowel-points. The sermons are here inscribed and numbered (60). Frequent indications of the contents, and notes of strik ing passages, are on the margin. Numerous passages in the latter portion are marked with red lines. Fol. 317 should stand after 319. This copy was made for Jamal 'Ali, who collated it subsequently. Seal of al-daulah Nu!?rat Jang. [Tippu.J 621. 2243. Size 12 in. by 7i in.; foil. 365. Twelve lines in a page. An elegant copy of the same work, well written in a bold hand. Ornamented and gilt. It is stated in the long colophon, that this copy was made for 'Abd al-Q.amid Khan Miyanah, son of Nawwab 'Abd al-nabi Khan, by Saiyid MuQ.ammad b. MuQ.ammad Rig.a Baharl, at Sidhaut A.Jj Date, Tuesday, 23rd Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 1163. [College of Fort William.J 622. B 464. Size IOi in. by 7! in.; foil. 45. Twentyfive lines in a page. A collection of various short Essays on by Gir.A.Ni, concluding with a biographical notice. The name of the compiler is not mentioned. Well written, but imperfect both at the beginniug and end. The first words are u;J. The essays are introduced by the Jl;J. Foll. 43-45. Another fragment, written in the same hand, containing notices of eminent Shaikhs and theologians. 623, B 80. Size 10 in. by 5'] in.; foll. 288. Twenty three lines in a paf?e. A work on Morals, called \ J:..d \;;.... / by Abu'l b. AQ.mad b. FiRrrhi (d. A. H. 607). See Kh. iii. 128, who, however, calls the author always Farabi ('Imad al-din). Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 829. The author states that after two earlier compositions, viz. l:J4l\ 'Chi.-._, .. and L.:..)\.-.tii.l.\ Lk, he compiled the present work from more than seventy books, by order of a prince named Bur-han al-din ic' j \;t..-. I.!Y' \hii..::.L.. .. : .
PAGE 179

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 171 '.;1?} .iJ \ J L.. by Mu}.tammad b. al-Husain b. 'Anbasah (sic) Buzjani; 11. 12. d.}.i.JI '[_\j', by b. (sic); 13. }-t!ll, by Abu b. Faris1; 14. by Rukn al-din .. Shahidi (sic); 15. Bukhari's 16. !brahim .. Harawi; 17. J-+.:::--, by Bayan ... Nisabur1; 18. Nasafl's 19. by .Abu Bakr ... Shashi; 20. by .Abu Is}.talF Ibrah1m b. MuQ.ammad -21. o:jiJLsl\ by . N1sabur1; 22. y'} j (sic) by MuQ.ammad b. Zaid Baghdad!; 23. by Abu Nu 'aim ; 24. by Bayan (see 17.); 25. Lk (seeabove); by .Abu A}.tmad 'Isa b. al-I;fusain Nasafi; 27. hl\, by Isma'n b. Ibrahim ... ,:...e.JI; 28. by Mustaghfir1 Nasaf1; 29. by the same; 30. by Abu 'Abd al-raQ.man .. Bukhari; 31. Zamakhshar1's );. 32. $L.hll A.&)), by 'All .. 33. ; 34. J\VI, by 'Abdallah b. al-Mubarak Marwaz1; 35. LY,J J )i,:;..JI, by al-din Samar]fand1 i 36. I by MuQ.ammad b. Abu Bukhar1; 37 .JUjJI by Yusuf .. 38. yhS', by Abu'l '.Abbus 39. ..Jw' by Mu'in al-d1n .. N1sabur1; 40. The author's own rjJ dL J:::"" I_,_) I; 41. by .Abu Da.'ud Sajastan1; 42. by t:;!..\1; 43. _.;.ii.QJI J..c, by Abu Kalabud1; 44. by '.Abd al-malik b .Abu 'Othman; 45. Tirmidhi's 46 by 47. Jauharl's L\s.d\; 48. y_,Lill by al-FaQ.l b. Salamah; 49. w_,dl by Abu '.Abd al raQ.man Sulam1; 50. by 'Abd al-karim Sam'ani; 51. Ibn (r. 52. by 53. 4;.l I, by Sahl .. Tustar1; 54. by Ibn al-Sallam; 55. (r. I) yhS', by Abu 'Ubaid Harawi; by Shlruyah b. Shahrdar Hamadan1; 57. JH...:.;, by 'Abd aljabbar 58 .l:JiJI, by Nasafi; 59. by AQ.mad Tha'alib1 (sic); 60. ... iHblJI, by 61. by Abu :Mutl' MakQ.ul Nasafi; 62. by Abu Sa'id 'Abd al-malik b. Abu 'Oth-man; 6a. by J!iya al-d1n Bistam1; 64. by al-Haitham b. Kulaib Shash1; 65. Baghawi's 66. A.;_r-, by 67. by }IuQ.ammad .. Farghani; 68. by Abu 'Abd al-raQ.man Sulam1; 69. W::JI, by Abu Bakr Wasit1; 70. L ls..d\ j t: by Nasaf1; 71. .J_,:.ll, by Abu Yazid Bistami; 72. j, by WaQ.id1; 73. by Mu Q.ammad .. Farghan1; 74. by AQ.mad .. Sarakhsi. This list has been used by Kh., who occasionally also mentions the LiS:\\ 4-.:-.::>-\...? as his authority. The author concludes with nine verses (rather incorrect in this MS.), in which he gives the date of his work, as mentioned by J;I. Kh., namely, A. H. 597. They begin: '-";j \Jisll A..a1 \>. ..,\;i.; hl \ .l.iiz j All I ..M..:s;::' }::.5::' lj_, ifj_, ._\j In the following verses he praises a prince of Samar apparently the same whom he mentioned in the preface. His name was Ibrahim (Jk There is added a general IJa:;,ah of the author for thf' present work. Neatly written. Dated Sha'ban, 984. An ornament at the beginning. Gold lines round several pages. Injured by insects. Cat. 230, iii. 624. 433. Size in. by in. ; foll. 42:3. Twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work.

PAGE 180

172 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. Well written by 'Abd al-raQ.man, son of Shaikh X MuQ.ammad. Emendations, and some extracts from other works, are on the margin. The concluding verses are incomplete. The first two foil. are supplied by a later hand. Foil. 296 and 297 should be transposed. [(Walker) Gaikwar.J 625. B 90. Size 9! in. by in. ; foll. 232. Twentyone and twenty-three lines in a page. \.:)\hL..l . n y\:.S' d. .M..s.AI v:z .. .r.' t' ...S'-'J_,_;FI\ ill\ A system of f;!ufism, by Shihab al-din Abu J;faf!:l '0mar b .MuQ.ammad SuHRAWARDi (d. A.H. 632). See l_I. Kh. iv. 275 sq., and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 329 sqq. Plainly written. Dated Rabi' II., 1077. Emended. The beginning in a different hand. A defect after fol. 148. Worm-eaten at the end. At the end is the signature of Saiyid Zain b. Abdallah who also wrote the above title. It is followed by some statements regarding tbe author of this work. He was born in Rajah, 539, went to Baghdad A.H. 555, adopted the ascetic life A.H. 556, and died on Wednesday, 1st Mul;tarram, 632. Cat. 230 (V az ), ii. 626. 437. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 254. Seventeen lines in a page. )) c..$).J)fr Another copy of the preceding work, well written in Seal of Anwar al-din Khan, dated A.H. 1145. [Tippu.J 627. B 91. Size 9 in. by 4! in.; foll. 253. Seventeen lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the same work, plainly written by FatQ. Mul].ammad. Dated 14th Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, sixth year of :lluQ.ammad Shah ( =A.H. 1136). The beginning is wanting. The first words are : (from the preface). Slight defects after foll. 3, 5, 11, 27, 35, 37, and 68, a larger one after fol. 52, and a considerable lacuna after fol. 163. 628. 1378. Size 15! in. by 10 in.; foll. 423. Twentythree lines in a page. Two fragments of the great work on Mystic Theology, by lBN 'ARABi (.MuQ.yi al-din .MuQ.ammad b. 'All Andalusi, d. A.H. 638). See, for a full account of this work, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 361. Cf. Fleischer, Catal. Sen. Lips. 490. 'rhe first fragment (foil. 1-175) gives the beginning of the work as far as chapter 41. A blank at the beginning of fol. 40. A defect after fol. 65. Fol. 31 should be placed after 28. The second fragment ( fol. 176v.) begins with chapter 197, y\!b.}1\ j L-.) and ends in chapter 304. Well written in a large hand, of the eleventh century. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 139. [Tippu.J 629. B 385. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 469. Twentynine lines in a page. l;sJ. \ u \ y \ \::J \ t_-J) \ t' ,._s.r d. The second quarter of the preceding work, from chapter 73 to chapter 275. It comprises the following parts ( of another division of the work. Part VI. (foil. 1-112), or chapter 73. Part VII. (fol. 112), or chapters 7 4-176. Part VIII. (fol. 232), or chapters 177-197, and part of chapter 198. Part IX. (foil. 352-448), or the re mainder of chapter 198, and chapters 199-269. Foll. 449-469 contain the beginning of Part X., or chap. 270. Plainly written. Dated Thursday, 1st Jum. I., 1091. This copy was transcribed by Zain (b.) 'Abdallah who also collated it subsequently with a copy superior to that which he had had before him. Cat. 232, ii.

PAGE 181

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 173 630. B 386, 387. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 696. Twenty-nine and thirty lines in a page. The same work, from chapter 276 to chapter 557. Written, like the preceding MS., by Zain b. 'Abdallah Dated Bljaplir (I.!J.-. J'..>.l\ Monday, lOth Rabi' I., 1097. Revised. On foil. 428-430 are drawings, representing Paradise, Hell, etc. A blank on fol. 72 is intended for another drawing. This volume was subsequently divided into two, which are described as the second and third parts of the work. The latter begins with fol. 359. Both of them are injured at the beginning and end. 631. B 388. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 396. Twenty three lines in a page. '-:J"" \ J:;.,.QJ \ __ r.!J \ 30ft)\ The concluding portion of the same work, from chapter 558 to chapter 560. Plainly written by the same hand as the two pre ceding MSS., but at an earlier period. Chapter 558, which ends on fol. 144, is dated Sunday, 7th Jum. I., 1076, and the remainder was completed on lOth Dhu'l 1077. Revised. The transcriber intended to add to this MS. an extract from the author's preface, but after writing a few lines relinquished his task. 632. 19. Size 1lf in. by 7l in.; foll. 606. Twenty nine lines in a page. The second volume of \ C: \,::.-\ from chapter 74 j y'-:J\) to chapter 360. Ends with the inscription of chapter 361 : j Plainly written, of the twelfth century. Coloured lines round the pages. Injured by insects. [Hastings. J 633. B 383. Size 8 in. by 5l in. ; foll. 360. Seventeen lines in a page. The first portion of the same work, slightly imperfect at the commencement, and incomplete at the end. Begins: J_,ll r.:. Ends in the middle of chapter 49. Clearly written, on European paper, of the middle of the twelfth century. 634. B 393D. Size 8 in. by 6! in.; foil. 64. Seventeen lines in a page. The beginning of another of written like the preceding. It begins with chapter 53, and ends in the middle of chapter 65. A defect after fol. 56. 635. B 393c, 38!. Size Si in. by 6! in.; foil. 341. Seventeen lines in a page. Two fragments of the same work, written like the two preceding :MSS. I. Foil. 1-79. The concluding portion of the second part, containing the end of chapter 69, on prayer. Imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: b'll.lbj j. Ends: (sic) Dated Thursday, 13th Jum. II., 1144. II. Foil. 80v.-341. A separate volume, comprising chapters 70, 71, and 72, which treat of alms, fasting, and pilgrimage. A lacuna on fol. 338. 636. B 389, 390. Size 8! in. by 6 m. ; foll. 366. Twenty-three lines in a page. Some fragments of the same work. I. Foil. 1-86. From chapter 206 to the middle of chapter 265. Imperfect at the end. II. Foil. 87v.-352. A separate volume, comprising from chapter 276 to part of chapter 337. Ends abruptly Single leaves are missing after foil. 208 and 214. III. Foil. 353-366. Chapter 178, unfinished. Ill written, on European paper, of the middle of thG twelfth century.

PAGE 182

174 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 637. B 393:s. Size 8A in. by 6 in. ; foll. 437. Seven teen and eighteen lines in a page. Another fragment of G.J\ l.:.)b.p\, containing from chapter 351 to chapter 383. Imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: il:M.Vt. Ends (fol. 437r.) in the inscription of chapter 384. Plainly written. The text of foil. 17 5-191 is re peated on the leaves next following, as far as fol. 207. It would appear that this copy was transcribed from no. 630. Foil. 113-127, and also 380-382, are much injured. Defects after foil. 127 and 151. 638. B 395. Size in. by 6! in.; foil. 280. Seven teen lines in a page. Another fragment of the same work, containing from chapter 384 to chapter 512. Imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words are : r-\ Jj Written like the preced ing :Mf5. 639. B 456. Size 81 in. by in. ; foll. 40. Twenty one lines in a page. (Foil. 1-8) the beginning, and (foiL 9-40) another fragment of chapter 69 of the same work, j Plainly written, of the twelfth century. 640. B 459. Size 7! in. by 4! in.; foll. 56. Eighteen, nineteen, and seventeen lines in a page. Two fragments of the same work. Foil. 1-48. From the end of chapter 126 to the middle of chapter 148. Foil. 49-56. The end of chapter 168 and the commencement of chapter 169. Plainly written, of the twelfth century. The second fragment is erroneously inscribed ...:,) L..lli.-. A.l\...:) 641. B 392. Size in. by in.; foll. 80. Twenty lines in a page. .A. fragment of the same work, comprising chapter 177 and part of chapter 178. Plainly written, with-vowel-points. 642. B 394. Size 9 in. by in. ; foll. 265. Nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-32, 33-40, 41-239. Different fragments of the same work, containing from chapter 198 to chapter 210. Beginning : JJ tj \. II. Foil. 256-265. Another fragment, containing chapters 296, 297, and 298. Plainly written, of about A..H. 1100. 643. B 393. Size 8 in. by 5! in. ; foll. 153. From fifteen to nineteen lines in a page. Another fragment of the same work. It begins near the end of chapter 328, and ends in the middle of chapter 349. Plainly but inelegantly written, of the twelfth century. Slight defects after foil. 2 and 139. 644. B 391. Size, partly 71 in. by 4 in., and partly 8! in. by 4! in.; foil. 157. Mostly nineteen lines in a page. Chapter 559 of the same work, imperfect both at the beginning and end. Plainly written. 645. 1583. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 278. Nine lines in a page. lBN 'ARABi's mystic work, with a Persian Commentary on the margin. See 1;[. Kh. iv. 424, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 333 sqq., etc. Begins: .(ril.J\

PAGE 183

SUFISl\1: AND ETHICS. 17:) Well written, the text in N asta with all the Yowel-points added in red ink, and the commentary in Shikastah. [Johnson.J 646. B 406. Size 13! in. by 7 in. ; foil. 44. Twentyfive lines in a page. .Another, incomplete, copy of the fs:l\ Well written, with vowel-points. The first fol. is wanting. Begins: \.:;.) There is a defect after fol. 24, one leaf is missing after fol. 41, and the end is lost. The last few leaves are injured. 647. B 403. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 294. Nineteen lines in a page. .A Commentary on the fs:l\ by 'Abd al-raQ.man b. AQ.mad J.A.Mi (d. A.H. 898), the renowned poet, who completed it, according to the epilogue, A.H. 896. Cf. Kh. iv. 426. Well written, the beginning in a different hand from the rest. Marginal notes. The colophon runs as follows: W?pl \ er:-!\ \ ..\Jb hS' r-W J io..S...\:J _rt.J j ..M.d' _;.kl' \ j J..\.d\ e-cill\ As:....J tii;J Jiilb J.JU, ..M.s., LS:...c\ cill\ V"._\j y\::..(j\ l!Y' l\ 1.-Sj JJ' j y;-J..). Defects after foll. 1 78, 184, and 262. There precedes (foll. 1-3r.) the concluding portion of a mystic treatise by lBN 'ARAB!. It contains a table, which is much like that described in Fliigel, Hdss. Wicn, iii. 357 sq. The author says in conclusion: _Written in the first hand. Ends: U _?-j r 1-. d.' cill\ .11o9 L Fol. 3v. gives, as derived from J.A.Mi's autograph, the quatrain which he made on the birth of his second son, :;;an al-din MuQ.ammad, A.H. 880: .M.s:,.. '-'0} .)'..\jj t:J b'..\)j fj ,, io..SJ JL -the numerical value of the word being 880. Then follows the chronogram, referring to the subsequent death of the boy, A..H. 881: Cf. V on Rosenzweig, Biographische N otizen iiber Mew lana Abdurrahman Dschami (Wien, 1840), p. 32 (d. 8). Cat. 231, vi. 2. 648 2049. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 212. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of Jilri's Commentary on the l.f'J...:J.j F'carelessly Wl'itten in excepting foll. 1-13, which are transcribed in a plain N ask h. J3lue lines round the pages. The two pages 161v. and 162r. have been copied in wrong order. Fol. 138 should be placed after 140. Slightly injured by insects. Seal of Nu!?rat Jang. Binding of Tippu's library. Cf. Stewart'R Catal. 47. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 649. B 414n. Size 13 in. by 8 in.; foll. 224. Twenty seven liJ;Ies in a page. Another Commentary on the .J.J\ slightly imperfect at the beginuing. The author not ascertained. J3egins: rEnds: io..S..\f?., '--:.s:ll 41, J' ... '-t.s:ll_, t.;..,) t.... _;>-T \.U Ji Plainly written in :--cnral hands, with frequent

PAGE 184

176 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. vowel-points. Corrections on the margin. A slight defect after fol. 54. The vacant space at the end of the book ( foll. is filled with a miscellaneous collection of charms, mystic and moral aphorisms, and a Ghazal by which begins: ..r.>-Jj) io.S' There is also added, by a different hand, a Persian poem by Shah 'ABn AL-RAsHin of Jaunpur: \ \.._j )_) '.; L.. d.!. ''-'>-io.S' 650. B 401. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 300. From seventeen to twenty-five lines in a page. Another Commentary Cz:::_,_ft-..-.) on the same work, by an unknown author. It is entitled j '(_r. The preface begins: ..:\ .JfJ AlJ ..M.s:ll 4,j ./ 1_,:;-_, A) \i., J.,;:j )J; The author speaks of his predecessors in the following terms: j y\::..G I 'yl_,dl t' t!bJ':.?, l.. j A considerable portion is wanting at the end. A defect after fol. 150. The MS. is written by several hands, and the different portions do not always join exactly. The text of foll. 236v.-244 is repeated, with another commentary, on the following foll. (245-252). Seal of Mu}:!ammad Shah, dated A.H. 1012. 651. 1886. Size in. by 4! in. ; foll. 59 .. Seventeen lines in a page. An anonymous Commentary .. ) on the intro ductory part of the F' It is dedicated to :Nawwab Anwar al-d1n Khan (of the Carnatic, who died A.H. 1162). Begins : b... IL-. j J r-e' t: .... w!l J:::'j\.;_r J' fs:l' '(r (' .r."'' Well written. Dated A. H. 1177. Ornamented. The title-page has the following inscription: ...U yhS' yl_f .r."'ill [Tippu.J 652 B 422. Size 9 in. by 4l in. ; foll. 39. Twenty and nineteen lines in a page. The commencement of another Commentary ( (J.fto..-.) on the an unknown author. It begins without a preface, and even without a Basmalah, as follows: ... \ Jj.:v.. AlJ ..M.s.l \ 4l.$' (sic) j JtJ )I ill Le c =s:" L" U .. Plainly written, but incorrect. Ends abruptly. The text of the Fufuf} is not always distinguished. A defect after fol. 10. The margin is injured by insects 653. 676. Size 8t in. by 5 in. ; foll. 256. Thirteen and twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-208. A Commentary (r,j,..,...) on lbn .Abridgment of his own F\ called Lfo..iU, by 'Abd al-ral}.man JA.Mi (d. A.H. 898). It is entitled u"J..:::J\ ...\.lU and written alternately in Arabic and Persian. Cf. 1;(. Kh. vi. 380 ; V on Rosenzweig, Biographische N otizen, no. 4. The work is also to be found in Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 336, no. 1900, where, however, the introduction is omitted. This introduction is of con siderable length (to fol. 45). It begins: AlJ UOJ..::zj y}j t-sl\. The author says subsequently (fol. 2v.): L..\ j\ <.:J?.\ .. j,.t_..-. '(_r. yhS') .. u-'J,JI (,!)?' 1 1:1. Kb. gives these words erroneously as the beginning of Ibn 'Arabi's abridgment.

PAGE 185

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 1,...,,..., I I :(__1 bJyt) Jk>.\ He gives his name in the epilogue, which concludes with a Persian poem. Very neatly written in N asta in narrow columns. Ornamented and gilt. Emendations and some notes on the broad margin. The first two leaves pasted on modern paper. II. Foll. 209-248. A Commentary on Ihn 'Arabi's AJL.J, the same as no. 655. The beginning is wanting. The first are from the preface. The commentary begins with an explanation of the Basmalak, as follows : cilll Well written in N asta ; the text not accurately distinguished. .A defect after fol. 214. There follow some tracts in The first piece (I.) was purchased by Mul_lammad Mul_lsin, at Shahjahanabad, and brought to Lakhnau. [Johnson.J 654. B 414E. Size 9i in. by 6 in.; foll. 89. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of J.A.1d's ..u;, imperfect at the end. Neatly written. .Additions of the author on the margin. Injured by insects. Cat. 232, xxxv. 655. B 420B. Size Si in. by 5 in. ; foll. 47. Mostly twenty-two lines in a page. .A onibn 'ArabZ's AJLJ, or by an unknown author. See no. 653; cf. Kh. iii. 423; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 498; and Cat. Mus. Brit. 341. This MS. is imperfect at the beginning. The first words of the text of Ibn 'Arabi are: Y, l:.>W In the conclusion the work is wrongly ascribed to '.Abd Jilani, who also wrote a treatise with this title (see J;I. Kh., Le.). Written in almost without diacritical points. Scribe, J amal al-din b. M ul,lyi al-din b. Al,lmad Shafi'i Date, Monday, 22nd Jum. II., 1048. Cat. 232, xix. 2. 656. B 420c. Size 7! in. by 4i in.; foil. 57. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of the preceding work, plainly written. A few leaves are missing both at the beginning and end. Begins : I There are defects after foil. 6, 7, 39 (slight), and 53. Cat. 232, xix. 1, 3. 657. B 409. Size 9 in. by 4l 1n.; foil. 69. Twenty lines in a page. Various treatises of InN '.ARABi, being part of a larger collection. I. Foil. 1-10. cilll .y..\J'bJ .JWJ UN...\Ji:i YJ Jl d}loM!I A.;a .. j See regarding it Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 353. II. Foil. 10-17v. i.J.d.s.l bjsll AJL.J \.d:.\ :(__1 ..... A treatise on re tirement for pious meditation. See Catal. Mus. Brit. 402, XXV. Ill. Foil. 17v.-23. A.:;_/\ i' "The lineage of his holy mantle," a document, by which Ibn '.Arabi bequeathes this mystic garment, repre senting and involving his spiritual powers, to his dis ciple, Kamal al-din .Al,lmad b. '.Abdailah, a descendant of Imam IJ:usain.1 He gives, as an authorization, the whole line of his predecessors from whom the mantle descended to himself. He had receiv_ed several invest ments of the present kind. That which he mentions first, the "mantle" of his Shaikh, Jamal al-din Yusuf 'Abbasi had, among others, passed through the hands of Shibli and Junaid, and originated with '.Ali; another, which he had received from two Shaikhs, originated with Uwais, and two with al-Khic;lr.2 1 His pedigree is given in full on fol. 22. 2 These are mentioned in Jami'e Nafal)il.t, ed. Lees, p. l"f. 23

PAGE 186

178 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. These statements are preceded by a general treatise on the meaning of the investment in question, and the preparation required for it. Begins : J W 4ll I J l_r.iQ.I I A:;_.r>-J,:;l J\kll (.;)'! (.;)'! oJJ -u.sll J\bll ... t' Ends: 4JJ\ f::t-.11 b>. u:01 b Jl_, iJf'.W\ :S;_, 4JJI d.--'11 L Jl_,.!a r-.% C..:...,(Lj_, IV. Foll. 23v.-34. t:.!.Jj r-t?,l AJL:.J A treatise on the properties of the seven days of the week, based on the words of the Koran (Su. 55, 29), ; r-;. jg. It is probably mentioned Kh. (iii. 413) as"" J:.lt..JJ. Begins: d...\! I r-.% 4JJI y,l t:t..l\ JL; 'l:) \kW I 'l:) I I 4JJ '-'-t.sl \ . . y\::.S' L-.\ (fol. 24) .... j r-Y.. JS' _tb j L.. J!JJJ l:)\LII Y.' y\::.S' J I. A' ,ks:-, I. . M 1 I__::. .. Ends: ... n y\::S j l:)u _# t' ill\_, Next follow two other extracts, viz.:V. Foll. 34v.-38v. J..;ll yid A notice of the six erring sects, viz. W \ and 1 The last four words are misplaced by the copyist; they should stand thus, r 2 This date has been crossed out subsequently. Begins: 1:(_\ .. \llb Jw JL;. Ends: t;,uWI L. (' 4JJ VI. Foil. 38v.-39. w_,..a::.H w__rdl (.;)'! J.s:""'l dfi 4JJ\ A short system of by Abu Bakr KAL1B.illi, d. A.H. 380. See ;H. Kh. ii. 316. The present extract gives merely the beginning of the preface, and ends abruptly. It is preceded by the sayings mentioned by J;I. Kh. (l.c.), viz.: y,\ Jl.; (sic) LJ wpl JW' 4ll\ .w_,-a::.H c..:...,-)) ... l\ tl Jw 4ll\ J!b\ Plainly written, of the twelfth century. 1 sa. 6, 164.

PAGE 187

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 179 658. B 414c. 376. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foll. 151. Nineteen lines in a page. A collection of mystic treatises, probably all by IBN 'ARAB!. I. Foll. 1-22r. An explanation of the ninety-nine attributes of God ), ascribed on the title-page to IBN 'ARABi. Cf. Bibl. Sprenger. 860. The same treatise is to be found in Cat. Mus. Brit. 627, xviii. Begins: AD\ J'-' ... YJ AD '-'.t..s:ll Aj\ .j..z 4! b'_,.c'-'\.; ill_, c.ly-:.J I.:)W _,\ j U (sic) ...\,; t' Each attribute is explained from the threefold point of Yiew of ulJt::J \ I and \ II. Foil. 22v.-49. yhS'. A treatise by IBN 'ARA.Bi, on the nature of the human heart and its gradual perfection, probably the same as the cU \.w.) c ..... of H. Kh. iii. 429.1 . Begins : . . r.J.l' I ...\.iill AU M.s:l' _,:s:!-W.h::.,.. AD I 2 .... }..t; I t:l \.ii::..w ej r.k \=-The author distributes his matter into about forty questions, termed JL>., which he discusses subse quently in a succession of j_,.a,;. Plainly written, by two hands. Imperfect at the end. The text is corrupt, especially in the latter portion. Ill. Foll. 50-55. A fragment of the "\-!.j I y\::.$' )1_,...\11, by the same author. See, regarding this work, Kh. i. 461, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 357. Slightly imperfect at the beginning ; the first words are: JW u.s:ll I.!J" Incomplete at the end. Fol. 56, a stray leaf, seems to belong to the same treatise. 1 The text of J:l. Kh. is inaccurate. 2 There must be a lacuna here. Nothing is to be found in confirmation of the statement of Ij. Kh. that this work was addressed to Fnkhr al-din Razi. IV. Foll. 57-63r. The concluding portion of the yhS', on Unity, by the same author. See, regarding it, J;I. Kh. v. 50, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 402, xxi. Begins: S_f. V. Foll. 64v.-132. y\::.$'. A treatise on the Microcosm, also by IBN 'ARAB!. See, for an ample account of it, Catal. Bodl. ii. 212 sqq. Cf. I;I. Kh. ii. 252. Begins: d. Jw till\ i.:rJ Jl J'-' ...\...sll VI. Foll. 133-137. Forty traditions collected by the same author. See ij:. Kh. v. 557. Begins: ... AUI Jl J'-' cJ_, ... J W t,.) \.; \ ... till t.\...sl \ ( 1 w' I.:Y' '-'=--1 J.:. 1 The greater part of the work is wanting in this MS., which terminates with fol. 74, in the sixteenth tradi tion. The latter portion is injured by fire. Bound with this is another small collection, which contains:-VII. Foil. 138-144. A short treatise on the first SU.rah, y\::SJI j. It is en-titled: vw-...::.l-. j The author is not mentioned. He wrote this treatise for his son. A treatise with the same title is ascribed to IBN 'ARABI Kh. v. 483. Begins: I.:Y' AU Well written. The omitted. On fol. 138r. ends the J ill\ _ri, sentences ascribed to 'ALi (see V on Krafft, Hdss. d. or. Akad. Wien, 183). VIII. Fol. 145. A praise of God, probably the exordium of a mystic treatise. Begins: AD .M.sll r.Jl' IX. Fol. 146, gives a short extract from that work, treating of a mystic circle, which, however, has not been drawn here.

PAGE 188

180 ARABIC ANUSCRIPTS. X. Foll. 147-150: ... Jtkl' This is merely a passage from IBN 'ARABi's introduction to his in which he gives his own creed. Begins: J.aj ... AJ.ll The concluding words, y\::!ll ..,r>-T (1 j_,l are not authentic. On fol. 151 is a note, referring to this extract as As._.....J .JI b.:>. I -\ '(::-J .. Id. d...\ll .. Injured by insects. The latter part of this volume is wrongly inscribed (fol. 138) \!JW\ AJL). Cf. Cat. 233, viii.; 232, xli., xxiv. 659. B 412. 415. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 26. About twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-11. d' Will\ yhS' !.!)"'?. 1.-Sj \J' w w' A treatise by IBN 'ARABi, on the knowledge of God. It was written in answer to the question of a friend. An account of it is given by Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i ii. 356. Plainly, but inelegantly written. The following statements concerning the opginal and the present copies are found at the end: 4J l. _r Jw Al.ll? w},JI A1.l I .J-'w -.\..d I \!J le '-'-"""I I I b.:>. illJ b.:>. J-iU Al.ll U.;) Id. .J.f..\,J\ It is followed (fol. 10) by a Fatwa, which begins: (sic) JiLJ u>}l, in a clumsy handwriting; and (fol. 10v.-11) an extract from lBN 'ARABi's ilL.) (see below), ill written. An extract from SnA'RANi's cULl (sic,-see Kh. v. 204) is written on the title-page. Bound with this is :-II. Foil. 12-26. An extract from IBN 'AnABi's parenetical treatise, v"-'.iUI AJL). See, regarding this work, Kh. iii. 427, and Cat. Bodl. i 91. This extract is inscribed : l:J b' A.ll I F-4:.s."" \;,.,. j vw AJ L J yid Id.' w.J\,JI It begins: Al.ll J}l Plainly written, with frequent omission of the dia critical points. The whole text is spotted with red dots and strokes. Emended. It is followed (fol. 26) by another short extract from the same treatise, which begins: Jl; J.r:. (r v'-'.il\ AJL.J j d-..\11 .(\ and a tradition regarding 'AU. The latter is taken from IBN J.c'.J.d\ yhS' (see no. 181 ). Both these extracts are ill written. Cat. 232, xxi. and 226, xxx. 660. B 417. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 8. About twenty lines in a page. .A. treatise on the duties of the novice evidently by IBN 'ARABi, and identical with the t-:.v. \,.. AJ L.), mentioned by Kh. iii. 435 It begins : \ '-'?} \ \e \ . A1J ..M..sl \ j 4.;..,., '-':'rJJ ""'? t,.. \!)\ ... J_, ill\, ut?,l Jw Al.l\ y_}ll This introduction is followed by a succession of rules,

PAGE 189

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 181 each introduced by &;:.... L....J, and subsequently by Ill written, by 'Abdallah b. 'Ali b. A};lmad b. 'All b. 'Abd al-ra4man 13a 'Alawi. Dated 18th Sha'ban, 1046. Inscribed y_}J J.;'.,:J' Y ... } ).J d.' 661. B 449. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foil. 59. Twenty-five lines in a page. A fragment of a work on Ethics and Politics, which, according to its subdivisions, seems to B. 1 (d. .A..H. 652). Cf. I;. Kh. iv. 232; Casiri i. 215; Catal. Mus. Brit. 659. This fragment begins near the end of the first part with the words: L..LL Fol. 5v. begins the second part as follows: "-=-' _,n_, LbW' j W L A defect after fol. 4 7. The rest complete. Written alternately by two hands. Corrections, and the various readings of another MS., are added on the margin. Signature of 'Abd al-ra"Qman b. al-'Aidarus on the last page. 662. 2311. Size Si in. by 5! in.; foll. 54. Nineteen and twenty lines in a page. The Technical Terms of the by 'ABD KASHANI (d .A..H. 730). See :ij:. Kh. i. 325, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 371. The first part of this work has been edited by Dr. Sprenger, Calcutta, 1845. Well written, in two different styles. Ends abruptly. Injured by insects. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 663. B 235. Size 11 in. by 7! in.; foll. 278. Twentyone lines in a page. Another, larger, Dictionary of Sufi Terms, entitled j Uj\bl. According to ---------------t 1;1. Kh. calls him Abu Salim M. b. 'f. J}.urashl the Wazir. Casiri gives his name as Shams al-din Abu 'Abdallah :M. b. 'f. Shafii, :J;f. Kh. (v. 315, no. 1111 r), the author is also 'ABD ALKA.sn.A.Ni.1 The same work is described in Cat. Lugd. i. 86, where it is, however, attributed to Ibn 'Arab!. The name of the author does not occur in this work, nor is any reference made to the preceding one. Ibn 'Arabi, 'Omar b. al-FariQ., and others are quoted. It is arranged alphabetically, according to the first two con sonants of the words. A list of all the terms explained here is inserted in the preface (fol. 2v. ), but it is not complete in this MS. The first article is y'y,' Written in a bold Persian hand. Red lines round the pages. Various marginal notes. The end is miss ing. Fol. 2, which had been placed at the end, by mistake, is much injured; so are also foil. 276 and 277. The title-page is inscribed as follows : y\:;.(l' 'lJb ill' J' ;.jLQJ' j J\ .... iHbl ... tU' tlJJ\ JJ""'J L J..c Cat. 230, viii. 664. B 414. 413. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 40. Sixteen and seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-24. A mystic treatise, in explanation of the words (spoken by God) l. '-: .. .J.J Jt..,...,. It is entitled J.r.l' and formed originally the ninth part (out of forty) of the yt::S 6ll \ L ./"'"' j r--':; vw ,.,., IJil ,_, rLJ, by al-din) 'ABn AL-K.A.Ri:u: b. Ibrahim b. '.A.bd al-karim GiLA.Ni (or Jili) Baghdadi (who lived from A.H. 767 to 811). See J:I. Kh. v. 342; vi. 292. This tieatise is divided into eight chapters, which are inscribed as follows : I. (foil. 2-15) ,j j 1 It is very probably also identical with the preceding no. in l;I. Kh. (no. 11111).

PAGE 190

182 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. \ l.:f' VN...\Jj \ ) b j ; II. (fol. 15v.) c\ 1.!:.)\_r;\s,.. jj j I.:Y' j; Ill. (fol. 17) jj j '. ,... '-=-' c -I\ .. .J: h . .. '-=-' \..J..:s:\J' \ _.. "-' 1.:.r "'...r"'"" .. IV. (fol. 18) LSJ\i-..1\ jj j I.:Y' V. (fol.l9v.)}J j t.:J'"' f:> )#! ; VI. (fol. 20v.) J\.:s::' jj j l:J'"' r. ..\.iill VII. (foL 22v.) j lo.S)\J\ jj VIII. (fol. 23) Jl.h.JI Jl...CI jj j 1,:} ... u.sll "'r.il It concludes with the inscription of the tenth part of the same work, as follows : y\J yi.::.S' o/, Jftll _,Jb tt..l\ .... V"'rUI yi.::.S' d. Jw)l w) .. Al.ll j.rdl r.JJ' ...\:-.:. II. Foil. 25-40. The concluding portion of another part (?,) of the great work before mentioned, as appears from the following words on fol. 25v: . yi.::.S' I.:Y' 1..\.lb Jl.::.ll j ... j V""J ... V"", ... u1 It is, however, termed a by the author him self, whose name is introduced in the following passage (fol. 36): AlJ\ Jl ..,_;M.Vt J,SY. $ d. r.P' d. d. JW Ll "'.r-s'"' I ... _, JW' AD\ Jl j_,.dl .(1 I..M..s'"' uj\ ol...:)J Probably it is the tenth part mentioned at the end of no. I. It consists of seven chapters; and this fragment begins in the third, with the words : J J..:.) J \.:; J ii:! The remaining chapters are : IV. ( fol. 29) j JS' 4:J'"' f. 4:J'"' V. (fol. 3lv.) j VI. (fol. 33v.) J-h::.ll j !_I VII. (fol. 38v.) &J j Badly written, on European paper, by the hand of Saiyid 'Abd al-Q.akl.m. Of the twelfth century. The two parts bear separate, but erroneous, inscriptions, viz., and t.:J?J UM..d,.. j I. 1 Cf. Catal. 233, xlvi. and :rlix. 665. B 419. Size 8i in. by 6 in. ; foll. 13. From nine teen to twenty-four lines in a page. A treatise on the forty principal grades of existence from the Divine to the human nature. The author appears to be 'ABD AL-KARhr JiLt No title found. It is called by Kh. v. 486, and inscribed \ y\::.S' in this MS Begins: ubi ill ..M..sJ\ 4ii:oThe author, in the introduction, treats of the means of acquiring divine knowledge, and especially of the use of books for this purpose. He proceeds to say ( fol. 3v.) : 1..\.lb A.k_,:v. AlJ\ l:)' ? .... ..,_,::;.,-..!\ '-'fi Wfi. ... \ Jl .. .)_, ... \f--'1) ),.., tf--... ,; 4:J'"' JS' ... 4:J'"' ..;'"' wr=-JI dj tf ... j.>...\J \Jbjj\ \J\ \Jb_, j_,...,, jj 1 This work is to be found in no. 668, vii.

PAGE 191

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 183 j J$' yh.
PAGE 192

184 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. r.-ih.li:J\ yid t_llii\ L,.W_,,.w, -?W\ AJ.Ji' r.1' yr>, UNytUill y\:;5 Then follows, written in the same hand,-II. Foil. 23v.-33. A mystic explanation of the Basmalah, entitled Al.H j )1, by the same author. See the above list, and Kh. v. 267, where the author is called 'Abd al-karlm J.Ianbali, 1 a descendant of 'Abd Jilanl.2 This MS. is imperfect at the end ; 3 the portion which remains treats only of the word and explains the meaning of each letter, from the very dot of the y, separately. Ill. Foil. 34-61. Another mystic treatise, which appears to be >\.:J.I, by the same author. See the above list. Begins: _)bL..ll '-'j A.1l L .. l .... The work gives an account of a hundred and one "Divine aspects," or manifestations of the Deity unto man, each followed by an exposition of the "bane" ( kT) necessarily attached to it, on account of the frailty of the human nature. A list of these aspects" is given at the beginning of the work : 1. AJJI 2. 3. 4. ; and so forth. The principles of the author are those of orthodox f?ufism. Ends: (1 ADI 1 is a mere error instead of 2 Nothing is to be found in this MS. regarding the Shaikh Jabarti. See, however, above (I.). The passage in J:I. Kh. is corrupt (cf .Add. vii. 864). 3 According to a recent note on fol, llv., only three leaves would be wanting. Written by the same hand as I. and II. Slightly injured near the end A note on the meaning which has with the fills the title-page of this volume. Wrongly inscribed ... L_r:,. Cf. Cat. 231, ii. 4 667. B 400. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 50. Twentythree lines in a page. j.:s:::' J_;Ul\ b'oU i-.c Jl '.!]! t' olll ubl A Commentary on five chapters (from 50 to 54) of 'Abd al-karzm JUl. 'a mystic work J .... L:J\_j by Alp\[AD B. Mm;rAMMA..D b. 'Abd al-nabi Madani (d. A. H. 1071 ). The author wrote it at the request of Jamal al-din Mul_lammad 'Ali b. 'Allan 1 of Makkah, and completed it on 21st RamaQ.an, 1056, at Madinah. See, for a full account of Jili's work, Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 376 sq., where also the titles of the chapters here commented on are given (p. 377). Cf. Kh. i. 459. The preface begins : t j1W \ r ill Jj)klt The author says subsequently: JJli?, A.i\ M.s:.--t &, j\ AJJ\ yh$' :]\ Id . ).J:, .M..s::' l!J?.-.\1\ .. J.lb .. .M! Js.b?, A.il .J.r-1' _,1 dU t.:J,. 1j.Jti L:J'' \:..1 .:_ ( dlj ,.. " ; \.:.! .. L:J.r:-: '.!] .. 'C_)) j j_,.J\ '.!] .... 1..!1\ j J' WJ\ uj\ J\sl1, j iJ i\ AlJ\ 1 Or, Mul;tammad b. 'Ali 'Allan, so fol. 49v.

PAGE 193

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 185 Chapter 50 begins on fol. 2, chap. 51 on fol. 8v., chap. 52 on fol. 23v., chap. 53 on fol. 36v., and chap. 54 on fol. 40. Plainly written, of the end of the eleventh century Emended. A note at the end, in the handwriting of Zain b. 'Abdallah MulFaibil, gives the date of the work as written above, and it also states that the present copy was taken from one which had been revised by the author, in Shawwal, 1056. He also wrote the above title, with the addition of some notes and an extract from Surt!i's which had been written in the author's own copy. 668. 1529. Size 9t in. by in.; foll. 21. Thirteen lines in a page. An account of al KhiQ.r, the patron saint of the the author is not named. Begins : _ra.s.D \ I.!J,... va>-1.-S ..\l \ All i' This treatise is a mere compilation. It is divided into five chapters, as follows: I. (fol. 2) }3 j; II. (fol. 5v.) j; Ill. (fol. llv.) j 1.!):. (twenty traditions); IV. (fol. 14) I.S-':..l\ 1.-S;; twenty); V(fol. 19) }3 j. According to a statement on fol. 4, this treatise was written in A.H. 860; therefore, it is probably that of AL-KbrrLiYAH (Kamal al-din Mul;tammad Shafi'i, d. A.rr. 874), mentioned Kh. iii. 393. Well written in N asta of the eleventh century. Marginal notes. Slightly injured by insects. 669. B 416. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 10. Twentyone lines in a page. ::'\ .iiJ A..:J\.;)!1 .,..L (U .,J.J r --. .. '-. t:.!l\ w_,r.J\ J 3L!.ll J:\1 "" ... s .... d. d. ..M.s .... Ail\ A Guide on the Mystic Path, by al-din Aim'LMA.WAHIB Mul;tammad b. Al;tmad Tunisi Shadhili, of the Wafa'iyah branch ofthe Shadhili sect! (d. A..H. 882). Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 464, Kh. iii. 83. Begins: .M.s,... ).c..\.J\ u-i_,:jl ... s .... 1.:i d.\ -.s..\l\ All b\i,., L:Y'J b Ill written, of about A..H. 1100. Notes and cor rections by a different hand. A few sayings of the author and of Shaikh Da'ud Shadhili are added at the end, and a notice of the author, taken from SnA 'RANi's is written on the title-page, all in the latter hand. 670. 2177. Size 9! in. by 51-Seventeen lines in a page. Foil. 1-15. A theosophic treatise on the Divine Essence, in which are reviewed the opinions of the theologians, and philosophers. No title occurs in the work, but it has a recent inscription, \.; which proves to be correct. The author is the cele brated 'ABD JAMI (d. A.H. 898), who entitled this treatise Kh. iii. 207; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 409; Stewart's Catal. 141, xxix. Well written. Additions of the author on the margin. Rubrics omitted. Seal of N J ang. [College of Fort William. J 671. B 428. Size 6! in. by 4! in. ; foll. 325. Thirteen lines in a page. A treatise on in five books, by Abu'l-mu'aiyad Mul;tammad b. Khatlr al-din, commonly called A.L-GHA.UTrr, a celebrated saint, who was born A.rr. 906, and died probably A.n. 970, and was buried at Gwalior. Sec J;r. Kh. ii. 643; iii. 52, and Herklots' Qanoon-e-Islam, p. 305 sqq. The 1 Follower of 'All "\Yaf:l, on whom see Yon lluneberg in Zeitschr. d. Dcutsch. morgcnl. Gcs. Yii. '24. 24

PAGE 194

186 ARABIC Persian T"ersion of this work is mentioned in Stewart's Catal. 38. See regarding the author, Garcin de Tassy, Mem. sur la relig. musulm. 46 (according to the t"sh-i-Ma!ifil). The author was a descendant of Khwajah Farid al-din '.Attar. He gives his name in the preface as follows (fol. 3v.): 1 ..Jtbl\ \.::::-1_,>. but it is given more accurately in the Persian version of this work (no. B 426), thus: L:l. Ukl '-!i ..M..s." _r.b;.. (.!):' JhJ (.!)!..,.\)\ .}k.c The preface begins :2 AD .M.sll The author relates in it that he was for a long time the pupil of the great Shaikh (al-din) I.Iajji I;(u<;lur, and subsequently retired for more than thirteen years (?) to the mountains of where he compiled the present work. .At an ensuing meeting with his Shaikh, he offered it to him, and met with his highest approbation. He was then only twenty years of age (!). He went afterwards to Gujara.t, where his work gained great popularity. At the request of many students, he made a new and better arranged edition of it,-the present one. He completed this A.H. 956, being then fifty years old. The five parts of this work, which represent the gradual progress of the are enumerated in Kh. They are inscribed here, more fully, as follows: I. (fol. 5) (.!)? ..\.! Wl j; II. (fol. 44v.) d..lll)-\1 j ; III. (fol. 68v.) J..t..c j . J\ S_,.z.j, This is the chief part of the work ; it is frequently referred to in the byenty ninth chapter of the Qanoon-e-Islam. It consists of a ... and fifteen J.aj, a list of which is given on fol. 75v. IY. (fol. 234) j 1 Here follows an unintelligible character (L, ?), which is not to be found in the following ::\IS. It certainly marks a lacuna. 2 The commencement given by I;I. Kh. is that of the Persian version. )b.!J\ yy!vt (.!).., on the spiritual exercises and practices of the order of the Shu ttariyah, 2 to which the author belonged. The "pedigree" ( of this order is given at the beginning of this part (fol. 234v.) : it originates with '.Ali and his immediate descendants, down to J a 'far From 'Abdallah tk-!.1 I, the real founder, it descends at last to the aforesaid ?"uhur, and to the author, who is called here .... ll J:' Aj L..j J...? \ J.-. t{J' t:t.J' AD\ '-:-"b\.s:....l\, and from him it is further continued as follows: w .. '-:-"!> L., _,.d' \bL J $L..h 3l:...:l l!)lJ t:1;j' il .. l' I j tJJ' ... t,;.; ill\ Ail\ See, regarding these two persons, no. 684. It would appear that .Allah wrote the copy from which this and the following one were taken. V. (fol. 310v.) 3(ci:;}J J-t..c _,) (].s:l\ ct_))J j, on esoteric tenets. This is the last and highest stage. An indifferent copy, of about A.H. 1100, with tables and diagrams. Imperfect at the end. Slightly injured by insects. Cat. 233 (Duawut), I. 672. B 427. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 209. Twenty three lines in a page. Foil. 1-171. .Another copy of which was probably transcribed from the same copy as the preceding, but more carefully. It is written in a hurried small N Date, A.rr. 1082. Slightly impe1fect at the beginning. The first words are : 'L-')1 J..r:. There are slight defects 1 This title is taken from the list of contents on fol. 5. 2 "Shootareea, descendants of Shah Abdoollah Shootar-e-Nak" -Qanoon-e-Islam, p. 289. s The words in brackets are taken from the list .on fol. 5.

PAGE 195

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 187 after foll. 22, 30, 118 (here a blank), and 168. The same diagrams as in the preceding no. II. Foll. 172-209. A fragment of another copy of the same work, written in the same hand as I. It contains from the end of Part IlL to the middle of Part IV. ( =foll. 119-155), and begins with the passage for which the blank on fol. 118 is left. The first and several other leaves are injured. 673. 1815. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 214. Twentyone lines in a page. A Collection of Moral Sentences, entitled t:'..-w fsll_, .... I j tlill, by ('Ala al-din, or NU.r al-din) 'All b. l;Iusam al-d1n (Hindi Makki), commonly called MuTTa:p, a Ifanafito (of Burhanpur, d. A. H. 97 5, at Makkah ). Cf. Cat. J\IIus. Brit. 7 56 n. ; Kh. ii. 553, etc. The preface begins: y,'u ):;,; Al.l .\A-Sll AI_,...:) The author states that this collection consists of about 3000 sentences ), viz. 500 ot sentences mixed with quotations from the Koran; 1 500 ...... i, or traditions which, on account of their conciseness, are preceded by an introductory and ex planatory phrase, rhymed with them; 2 300 sentences of Ibn 'Atd (see below, no. 696), and 100 of his disciple" ( .... L', 2'. e. according to a marginal note, g -..') ''"'); the rest being sayings of the" Ancients" (uL.JI ). Those materials, which follow invariably in the order just mentioned, are distributed under some eighty heads, which are arranged alphabetically, as j j and so forth. A list of them is inserted after the introduction ( i...:\L.. ), 1 Cf. Sprenger's Dictionary of Technical Terms, p. Ill\ v. 2 They arc defined, in a marginal note, as J-I \.Ill ,; w '-.:.) j..; which treats of the definition of .... .G:.... As to the general character of the work, the author remarks Conclusion: .... Y, Lilll l;J" u;:;-.... 11 I w t;.J I l;J:. _,AA.:.J b l;J" ,::.ll J:..ii:, ...s _,!b_, Well written, of the olewnth century. Emended. Numerous marginal notes, some of which are derived from the author. An omission has been supplied by a different hand (foll. 15-17). Foll. 150-152 aml 148-149 should be transposed. Slightly injured by insects. 674. B 116. Size 8 in. by 4i in.; foil. 271. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work Well written, of the eleventh century. The author's conclusion is wanting. Cat. 230, vi. 675. 2051. Size in. by 6* in. ; foil. 360. Nineteen lines in a page. 'Abd al-wahhab b. Al,lmad SHA.'RANi's (d. A.H. 976) .\j\Ji..c j or System of Mystic Theology, which he composed A.H. 955. It has been fully analysed by Fliigel in Zeitschr. d. Doutsch. morgenl. Gesellsch. xx. 1 sqq.; see also Hdss. \Vien, iii. 391, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 106. The work printed at Cairo, A. H. 1277. This copy is preceded by an index. It is writhn in X asta Date, Sha 'ban, 1097. The paper is flimsy and injured in several places. Some leaves are misplaced in binding : foll. 102-7 should be placed afterfol. 83, and fol. 101 bchn.'cn foil. 138 and 139; foll. 337 and 342 should be transposed [College of Fort \Villiam,

PAGE 196

188 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 676. B 119. Size 10i in. by 6 in. ; foil. 215. Twenty five lines in a page. Two works of 'Abd al-wahhab SHA'R.hd. I. Foll. 1-180. j _rl-1\ y\::.S' .._Jw)\ Rules of Asceticism, gathered from his various teachers, and composed A.H. 941. See I,I. Kh. ii. 22 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 343; and A. von Kremer, Notice sur Sha'rany, J ourn. Asiat. 1868, p. 258 sqq. Printed at Cairo, A.H. 1278. The preface begins: t:k;... ill .... Al (1;.-.W\ (' The Shaikhs from whom these rules are derived are about 150 in number. Their lives are related in the author's Ten are men tioned as the most prominent, at the end of this work (fol. 178), t.;J! '-'-t..s..-t; ::J \ '-'-t..s:.-t .::.-t:.kJ \ J \ ...\...s.-t c \ M,s..-t .I 1-S ._., JJ ,_sJL:.J!.n d. MS .. ; ,_s'-'?, ...\.s.l' ; 4-S) d. \ ; J.z ...... lr,l\ ual).s:l\. The last mentioned is the author's principal Shaikh. The rules are of two kinds, either such as are con tained explicitly in the religious law ( I), and general, or such as are derived from the law indirectly, and peculiar to the author and his school. The author asserts the orthodoxy of his writings, and especially of the present work. He also mentions the incident, in consequence of which it had been suspected of heresy.1 He further states that he had already composed two works on the same subject, viz. (uHkl) ill\ j which was appreciated by his followers, and j 'J J ...\.d' which was found rather too austere. t See 1:1. Kh., Le., and Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. xx. 2. This work is divided into five chapters, each of which is inscribed \ (,_s ;>-\) j. Each rule is introduced by the words \ \. The author's conclusion runs as follows (fol. 178v.): JW' AU\ j\J M>-1 ,_s...\.>-\ ,JU j L..L,.. ill\_, AJt ... It is followed by four testimonies of approval, which had been written in the original copy: one by Shihab al-din AQ.mad b. 'Abd al-'aziz FutuQ.i commonly called Ibn al-Najjar; another by al-din b. Malikl ; the third by Shihab al-din AQ.mad b. Yunus :ijanafl, commonly called lbn al-Shilb1 ; and the fourth by Shihab al-din AQ.mad b. AQ.mad b. I;Iamzah Raml1 ad Sha:fi '1. These testimonies are alluded to in another work of the author, quoted by Fliigel in Zeitschr., Le. Plainly written in a large hand, by MuQ.ammad b. al-J unaid b. 'Omar Ba Harun. Dated Monday, 24th Jum. II., 1080. Collated in the same year. The birthdays of two sons of the copyist (A.H. 1087 and 1088) are noted at the end. II. Foll. 181-215. ,_sJU ,..,}$! y\::S . . w _, ... u ....\::-"" t:.t.:::-ua ,_s b:""" ...\r\ \ r-d. I \ ...\-t..s..-. \ Decisions of 'All the principal Shaikh of Sha'rani, given in answer to questions of the latter, and collected by him.-Another work of Sha'rani con cerning the same Shaikh, is mentioned by I:;L Kh. iii. 650. Cf. Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. xx. 1.

PAGE 197

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 189 t;_ .. \ AJJI 4JfJ l:)l IJt.; JY,;..JI _pi; c.:r' t..::.JjJ \:;_,J t' l:)'.)JI J_,l wJ.rl' t_r, The author, being conscious that this collection is not complete, asks any one of his brethren who might recollect other sayings of this Shaikh, to add them to this book. It has no special subdivisions. Each decision is introduced dl\1 A::.IL_,. Written like no. I. Imperfect and injured at the end. Seal of a servant of 'Alamgir. Cat. 231, vii. 677. B 238. Size 10! in. by 5l in.; foll. 119. Thirteen lines in a page. Tenets of the f?ufis, collected from sayings of cele brated Shaikhs, such as Abu'l-l}:asim b. author of yld1 ; Ibn 'Arab1; f?afl al-dln b. 'Abd al-kar1m JiB; and the two masters of the author, Saiyid. Mul}.ammad Wafa and Saiyid 'All Wafa.2 The work is entitled (see fol. 3v.) I.!)?J'r\1 Yl The author is not named ; but from quotations of other works of his, he appears to be 'Abd al-wahhab SHA'RANr, and this work is probably identical with the '-".cl_,:;, mentioned in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. m01genl. Ges. xxi. 272. Begins : .c .. All ...u..s:l I ti<...dj l!Y' J (sic) I tl The author undertakes to prove that the tenets do not really depart from the orthodox faith, as is often suspected. The work is divided into sections the first of which contains, as an introduction, the principles of the anditconcludes witha4:;l:;..., on the unlawful ness of accusing any one of infidelity I). An indifferent copy. Several blanks. Fol. 65 has been erroneously inscribed (!}?. \ Cat. 232, xi. 1 See FHigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 401. 2 lloth of them are of the Sbadhill order; see V on Haneberg in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. vii. 24. 678. B 239. Size 9! in. by 5 in.; foll. 48. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, which seems to have been transcribed from the same MS. as the pre ceding no., but is more carefully executed. The latter portion is wanting. A defect after fol. 24. 679. B 103n. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foil. 31. About thirty lines in a page. An abridgment of Sha'rani's parrenetical work by 'ALAWI :B. 'AnDALLAH r-J.f., who com pleted it in RamaQ.an, 1133. See regarding the work of Sha 'rani, Kh. ii. 429 ; Fli.igel in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morg. Ges. xxi. 27 4. It was printed at Cairo, A.H. 1278. The present abridgment is not mentioned anywhere; this MS. is the author's own copy. Begins: .. J-.c ll1l..M.s:ll w.J \.JJ I.!}?:J::.i\. \ L.J J t.; l-. I .. 4.::.-t.>-f. dl\1 '-'-t-i:.i '-'-'I d. y\.fb _,ll t:JJ I _;J I 1.!),. r-_,.Rll J it>. I 1.!),. 1_,..1 1_, '""j I_,.Rl \ \,. t: ... dJ w_,.s:ll_, t;_,ll_, '-'?_). 1.!).-. '-';'JI .\:,le. j la.isl ..... ; r-...\.C. t:,. ( yilll N.ll This is a collection of moral examples, each intro duced by the words R:;.. I The author concludes (fol. 31): d. '-'J'u:. Jl; L.. \ Alaj, tv. fi dl\1 AL..I..c r-,;. All\ """:-; r-t. r.IL)I ll-.1 l!Y' 4.J 1 l!Y' ...\> '.:

PAGE 198

190 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 6J..r:!' Jw All\ JW .(1 Closely and irregularly written, with corrections and alterations. Cat. 226, xxxiv. 680. 794. Size 9! in. by 6:1in.; foll. 210. Nine lines in a page. A compendious work on Asceticism, called It is not an abridgment of Ghazzall's as is stated by Stewart (Catal. 139), who followed a notice on the margin of this MS. (fol. 1 r. ).1 The author is not named, 2 but it would appear that he was an Indian scholar. Cf. J;I. Kh. iv. 282. The work is introduced by an elaborate preface, which begins: Y. YJ Y. u--'::.lbl 'u..\::.:;1. The author, imitating the old poets, complains of the 'departure' of know ledge and science, etc. He dedicates his work to a Saiyid of the branch, named Ibrahim. It is divided into an introduction and twenty chapters, which are entitled as follows : j ... .j.JU., I (fol. 4v.); Chap. I. j y\:-11 (fol. 10v.); II. j (fol. 29v.); Ill. j (fol. 35v.); IV. _}..wll j (fol. 40); V. j (fol. 47v.); VI. j (fol. 55v.); VII. j j (fol. 60v.); VIII. j (fol. 81); IX. j (fol. 1o2v.); X. ("Ls.ll_, j (fol. l18); XI. (...\,\.\ cU,..Sll_, j (fol. 122v.); XII. .. ll jj_, j (fol. 129); XIII. W,l_, j (fol. 134v.); XIV. j 1 sW.c .J \ ... .c \........, This notice is ascribed to Ibn I;Iaj ar. t. r(.;.; 2 Only by Stewart, Le., he is called Yal,J.ya b. '.Abd alra};lmim. (fol. 150); XV. _}I_,Sll ,JJ j (fol. 154); XVI. j (fol. 163v.); XVII. _j.::WI_, _r...all j (fol. 175v.); XVIII. j w_,.sJ\ (fol. 184); XIX. p\ j (fol. 190); XX. j (fol. 198). The work concludes with an appendix, j d,W (fol. 206). Well written in a large hand. Dated RamaQ.an, 1037. The titles are in gold, and the formula which introduces the traditions quoted by the author ( t. '-' .... 'J and the like) is always in blue. Frequent explanations, extracted from a commentary and from other works, are added on the margin ; others are written between the lines. Many ornaments. Foll. 14.f, 169, and 170 are injured. Seal of 'A.bd al-!?amad Khan Bahadur Dillr J ang, dated A.H. 1189. [Tippu.J 681. B 410. Size 6t in. by in.; foll. 84. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, with numerous extracts from commentaries on the margin. The greater part of these are J., Neatly written. Dated 16 Mul).arram, 1028. Collated. A. list of contents is added on the title-page. The margin is injured by insects. Cat. 230, v. 682. 1672. Size 9! in. by in.; foll. 183. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, well written in a large N asta '1115:. This copy was made by Mul).ammad Najib Khan, for his own use, at near 1 Jum. I., 1149. [Tippu.J

PAGE 199

AND ETHICS. 191 683. B 75. Size in. by 6! in.; foll. 572. Twenty three lines in a page. A large Commentary on a letter on mystic subjects, which Saiyid Jiatim b. AQ.mad al-Ahdal l):usain1 of Mokha (d. in Mul.1arram, 1013) wrote, A.H. 1004, to the author of this Commentary, who was his pupil. The name of the latter occurs on fol. viz., 'Ann n. SHAIKH AL-'AmAnus. He belonged to the 'Alaw1 family, was born A.H. 978, and died A..H. 1038, at AQ.madaba.d.1 He wrote this commentary after the death of A.H. 1016, and entitled it (fol. 2v.) til>. jl.:;.,,,J\ ,_JJJ) Cf. regarding Catal. Mus. Brit. 309a. p The preface begins: d.JI C .. l?') i,; A1.l ..M..s:ll ..... .... ..JI ... r>) """'I ,,:i .... t,JI J!b _,:>.' \.s: .... l\ \..., d .... I J j J-) .... A.:>)) ill\ s 1 J....::.t.?. J' UJ r L_, tL:' w I j _, I J \...\.lb U)L ... l\ j b :-Y \::..(J \:' 1_,::;\ &;}J' I I The commentary is preceded by a long memoir of which contains numerous extracts from his writings and poems; also another short letter of his, addressed to Shaikh 'Abd al-wahhab Hindl, with ample comments; and (fol. 41v.) a full account of his correspondence with the author, which was miracu lously continued after his death. It concludes on fol. 50, as follows: Jlr>-1 Allr\ A:i_}j L .. J ti;}j Ujt:: .. JJ 1 These statements are derived from 1-S);..t.ll a biographical history of the 'Alaw1 family, which will be de scribed under no. 717. There the name of the author is given in full, as follows: 'Abd b. Shaikh b. Abdallah b. Shaikh b. 'Abdallah al-'Aidarus (fol. 121). \ j \,.. ..)t::. . J\ Jt:; 1.:.-'l.::._d\ The commentary begins with the Basmalah. The first words of the letter are (fol. 53): Y, The commentary, which is much swelled by extracts from other works and long quo tations of poetry, ends, after discussing (from fol. 435) the very signature of the letter, on fol. 466, as follows: J)l, JjL_)I .a.c,.;,_ '-=-'_,-:..=---' w,..a::J 1 1 '-'.1 .. 4_,.-d 1 M In the remaining part of the work the author treats in a very prolix manner of and Saints in general; he also gives an account of his Shaikhs and his spiritual pedigree. In the appendix ( y\::ill .... ;B.. fol. 558v.) he speaks of the asking of forgiveness ), and winds up with a long each verse of which begins: Alll The date of the work (fol. 572) runs as follows: I s\!l:JI lcL j U11 A...:...J '-'f-.c (1 All\ .... Well written by two hands. On the margin are numerous corrections and additions, which are ap parently due to a collation with a revised edition of the work. Worm-eaten towards the end. Cat. 231, iii. 684. 1180. Size 9 in. by 5 m.; foll. 59. Seventeen lines in a page. An anonymous Commentary on the theo sophic treatise, Jl A_L.rJI by Mu B. F.U?L ALLAII Hind1 llurhil.np(u (d .. \.II. 1 029). The latter was a disciple of Shaikh wajih al-dln b. Allah 'Alawi Hind! .\l.lmadCtballi, who lived from A.rr. 910 to 998, and was the pupil of Shaikh Mul.wmmad b. al-dln commonly

PAGE 200

192 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. called al-Ghauth, the author of (see above, no. 671). A eo-disciple of the author's, Shaikh Allah b. Rul}. Allah b. J amal Allah Hindi Baruji, who died at Madinah, was the Shaikh of Abu'l-mawahib Al}.mad b. 'Ali b. 'Abd 'Abbasi Shinnawi Madani, and a pupil of the latter was w_,_r.l.\ ...\.r' (!) )..!Ji\4 1(sic) who was born A.H. 991, and died A,H. 1071, at Ma dinah, and was the Shaikh of the author of the present commentary. The latter, therefore, lived in the eleventh century, probably at Madinah. His name is not men tioned. His commentary is entitled Jl lL_.rJ\ Jis:U\ He wrote it for the instruction of the Mul;tammadans of Java, whose notions of orthodoxy had recently been troubled by the intro duction of writings, which their divines were not able to interpret. He, therefore, selected the present treatise, which was very popular with them, in order to show its entire accordance with the doctrines of the Koran and the Sunnah. The preface begins: ill ..M.s!\ $ The commentary refers only to the commence ment of the treatise, and its chief subject is the absolute essence The treatise begins: L-.\ YJ ill ..M.sl\ .. JH Well written, of about A.H. 1100. The text of the treatise has been added at the end, by a different hand ; the greater part of it is, however, lost. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 47. [Tippu.J 685. B 120. Size 81 in. by 4i in.; foll. 53. Seventeen lines in a page. A mystic treatise, by KALhr ALLAH b. Nur Allah. It is entitled .t..l.l(JI because the author wrote it during the last ten days of Rama<;lan, 1092. l These names are given more correctly in no. 696, II. z Here follows the name of the author, as given above. Each of those days was devoted to a special subject, and the work is arranged accordingly, as follows: j (fol. 2)-JW AJ\3 j JWI V"...\Si,;, (fol. 4)-r::J A)U..:,_, j (fol. 9v.)-c_,JI j (fol. j (fol. j (fol. 32v.) j (fol. 35v.)-j (fol. 41)-t_U\ j .. J::.H (fol. j (fol. 51 ?).t The author says in conclusion that he was prevented from entering more fully into the last subject, though it was the most important, since the time was much advanced, and evening prayer near at hand. Plainly written, but incorrect. Cat. 232, xi. 686. B 92. Size Si in. by 5 in. ; foll. 263. Thirteen lines in a page. A collection of letters on various mystic subjects, addressed to friends and pupils, most of whom were resident in Hindustan, by Saiyid 'ABD AL-RAJ!MAN b. Saiyid Mul}.ammad Khwajah Khi<;lr This MS. is imperfect at the commencement. It begins with what seems to be the end of a general introduction-)L_, I.:J\ JW .... The first letter commences as follows : J.:_, j '-:-'_,?,\ y}JUI A.;_r.t.! 1-'.r J' L-.1 ... usl' r' y_,UI, This collection is followed by an "appendix," which fills the greater part of the volume (from fol. 89v. ), J'.,.>\ 2,. j ('L-. 'Jb' Jib\ 1 Not marked in the text. 2 One word corrupt.

PAGE 201

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 193 4> )\ It gives an account of the author and his ancestors, who are traced through many generations, and appear to have been all distinguished divines and The single articles regarding them consist chiefly of extracts from their writings, many of which are in Persan; to these are prefixed short and rather monotonous eulogies, and they are frequently followed by lists of their pupils. rrhe article on the author contains extracts from a work of his, entitled I Plainly written. Imperfect at the end. A defect after fol. 83. Inscribed Lb., to which another hand has added 687. B 118. Size 12! in. by 8! in.; foll. 60. Thirty three lines in a page. 'ALi KuRni's Rules of Asceticism, for the use of novices, with a Commentary by his kinsman YusuF :B. lBR.AHiM Shafi 'i. No title found. The preface of the commentator runs as follows: IJI...u 8' L.._, IJI...u L.. L\e; \:.1 illl J.c J...:. 'cil.M-11 'Al_,l.l .. i\ d. L. j j 'lrbl;jl L.. ul jJ '\.il:l L.. JJJ J'-' dlJ j_,l; The text begins : J...:. L.. j_, I \ It is given in portions, and ac companied by rather long comments. Plainly written by different hands, but left unfinished. Inscribed y\.J\ t:_r, yid; cf. Cat. 232,:uxix. 688. B 421. Size 8! in. by 6! in.; foll. 24. Seventeen lines in a page. Mystic Aphorisms, termed (fol. 2v.) f>" \j ll\_,) Jl and probably identical with the work Bibl. Sprenger. 808, which is ascribed to Jarnal al-din b. Mul,lammad Sha.dhili. Begins: .... )\ w;)l cL1J 1..:;... J)' .... }...:. f>-..\.:j L.. I j j (1 J'J-' JJ \,.. J....:. The work consists of fourteen u preceded by a ... .l..ii..-. on the definition of J:...(dl. The canons" are inscribed as follows: I. (fol. 3) ... II. (fol. 6) Ill. (fol. 7v.) IV. (fol. 8v.) J-'...dl!; V. (fol. 9) VI. (fol. 9v.) A.;.s..JI:;; VII. (fol. 12) VIII. (fol. 13) :; ; IX. (fol. 14) .s-\j_)\!; X. (fol. 17) d:.;fl \ :; ; XI. (fol. 20) s\;.l\1 :; ; XII. (fol. 21v.) :; ; XIII. (fol. 22) :; ; XIV. (fol. 23) L\sl\ Plainly written, on European paper, of the twelfth century. mperfect at the end.1 Erroneous! y inscribed l.)"''::Ol, \:Ji.... which are words from the preface. Cf. Cat. 233, xlviii. 689. B 131. Size Si in. by 6 in.; foll. 104. Twenty one lines in a page. Eulogies of Prophets, Saints, and mystic Shaikhs, written in a poetic style, without any subdivision. Title and author unknown. The beginning is wanting. The first words are: j l_,k\ Indifferently written, on European paper. Of the twelfth century. Frequent emendations and indications of the contents are on the margin. A defect after fol. 8. The last leaf is lost. ).,) .... 1:.:>-\; cf. Catal. 237, xi. .J 1 According to a note on the firlit page, only one leaf is wauting. 25

PAGE 202

194 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 690. 2106. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foll. 78. From eleven to thirteen lines in a page. An obscure tract, in which strange ideas are de veloped regarding the creation, the angels, the resur rection, and kindred subjects. It is inscribed on the title-page Cf. Stewart's Catal. 162, xxviii. Begins: __r.SJI j ...\:; ... Y.J ,t.)J ...\..t.sl\ ill\ j ..M.s" .Ji dL '....SL:. ili .. L.:..'\J-t )'._\ji_, t I I Written in a large hand, with all the vowel-points, and frequent Persan interlineations. Of the twelfth century. [College of Fort William. J 691. B 129. Size Si in. by 6 in.; foll. 69. Twenty three lines in a page. A Commentary (by tt-lJ;) on a mystic the beginning, rhyme, and author of which have not been ascertained. Plainly written, on European paper, of the twelfth century. The words of the poem to be explained are often omitted. Begins: ...J-.11 Jl u-1 .. t_l The next paragraph begins: .J \ A...:..J \....bl \ .. ...; the following, t_ .. .. I.JT -... ; etc. The last gloss is : ;(_I j J .x:.l \ ; and the book concludes: \i:b j b'\j.)) \.., li:b (' All' l:J" \ 692. B 458. Size 9 in. by 4i in. ; foil. 175. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of a Commentary on a theosophic work, imperfect both at the beginning and end. The text is introduced by J'-', and the commentary by Jl..;. The former, which was to be written in red, has, however, never been filled in. Begins, after a blank, Js.l \ 4,,.w.j Plainly written, of the twelfth century. 693. B 397. 444. 418. Size 8 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 83. Seventeen and twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-51. 1..\!b '-'lJ I I C-' y'_y, i_; ill\ \:..Uj r.}JI .. r-\ . A Commentary on Chapter 559 of Ibn :.4rabl's .... \\ ascribed to 'Ann AL-KARIM JrLI (d. A.H. 811 ). The author's preface begins: W o_j\.j t..l 0""; tla..c\ JJ\? He selected this chapter, which is inscribed J}:..,. l.:J" '-;:Hi:. .. J j because it comprises the leading ideas of the whole book, expressed in abstruse language (fol. 2v.): I J \.!t,. .... .:=; L _;-" A:.;. c1J I .J A:!J y\:-ll j Jl__; j .... .w...t.S:I\ t: .. U\ This is only the beginning of work, the MS. being imperfect at the end. Plainly written in a large hand; only the last few foil. are in a smaller and more elegant handwriting. The text of Ibn 'Arabi is written in red, and occasion ally in green. II. Foil. 52-83. d:.hJi:.H tl.I\...J b'P._J y\::.S' clll t.....lb,h?., d. u'-'::-.w.l AI c1J I _;.Ri \ a. The first of these treatises, the I y of Ibn :4rabZ (foil. 52-61), is mentioned in :a:. Kh. v. 118. It treats of the first Surah of the Koran, which is con sidered to be the perfect expression of the Divine "greatness." It is divided into seven chapters, each of

PAGE 203

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 195 which refers to a section of the Surah, including the Basmalah. Begins : J h.J I j J \!.11 ill Ends : J....s ... l,, J?' b'..\lb b. Foil. 62v.-73. A. theosophic treatise on the mysteries of the diacritical point, styled at the end, Jl A.bJi.:.l\ j The author is, according to J;I. Kh. iii. 427 and i. 283, Saiyid 'A.Li B. Smuln (al-din) Hamadani (d. A.H. 786). Cf. Nafal).at al-Uns, ed Lees, p. c1c, and also Cat. Mus. Brit. 406. Begins: I.!),J \-t..! ill Ms:\\ ,.. 'I .. \ s\" .... I ': '''\ .. $ . &.:;-.) \::-) (.!) ....... .. r-,LJI jJh\ lJJ ... r:_' _,::J' tlc. t,_;_r;. 1_, The author proceeds to say (fol. 63) : w_, w_,_;sl\ A.;__r .. J:.bi.:J\ \.. Jl.cl l!)\ tL.c 1.:),.. Jl \.-J,..\\1 ._\?,'MJ.J j j j ... .,.))\ r-.,hl' l!)\,; JH...\11 J?J.aJ 41 1.:) .. c. Foil. 74v.-83. This is, according to the above p PI inscription, the of InN 'A.RABi. See on it ]_I. Kh. iii. 390. Begins: 4:J..c ill After a preliminary discourse on love, which begins : .. \.. J.j\ an account is given of the various "veils" separating the lover from his beloved ( which, however, are not real, but only in the lover's mind. Each of these veils" is discussed in a special section. They are described as \ y4:>' I b \ _;::..M->1 I >, etc. The last three pieces are well written, in the same style. Each forms a separate fascicle. Seal and signature of l;lafb; 'lnayat Allah b. 'Ali b. Baha al-din on the two title-pages. Cat. 231, ii. 4 (?). 694. B 452. Size 9! in. by in. ; foll. 60. Nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-6. 2s:11 j 1 A. letter addressed to a person who has the intention of leaving Makkah, and who is strongly advised to stay there. The author is not named. Begins: .... Ul\ Y.J \J t._;4 (.!),..J \j \ J'L; \..I JJ J J..i_; I J..c l!) \J,:;.JI_, \..I tL-' All_, ...\,.,s.-u J..c AD\ 1.:)_. u"J.s:kll J...c 4111 Jl t._;::.j I ,_)I_, Jl JW ill\ The author in the course of this letter frequently quotes the Koran and the Tradition. He says in conclusion: 1.:)_. t3 Y, Jh J=;.-...\?. j d::-b J->-"-'?. Carefully written in a good hand, probably by Ibrahim b. Mal).mud b. Ibrahim, whose seal (A.H. 1037) is at the end. II. Foil. 6v.-11. A. tract on Asceticism, by InN 'ARAB!, entitled \.._, 1.:)_. See I_I. Kh. iii. 108, for an abstract of the preface. It treats of the four "columns" of the ascetic life : silence, solitude, hunger, and watching , .;f.J n. Written in a hurried hand. 1 See end of article.

PAGE 204

196 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Ill. Foil. llv.-14. (1 yhS'. A Persian treatise on the recitation of the words AD\ It is entitled Begins: ilil _tb t .... YJ 0;,Jj ..M..s:ll. The author, whose name does not occur, mentions at the beginning his son Darwish 'Ata Allah. Clearly written. Imperfect at the end. IV. Foil. 15-45. A fragment of a concise work on Ethics and Asceticism, founded upon alleged sayings of the Imam JA'FAR whose name occurs at the beginning of each chapter. Imperfect at the beginning. Defects after foll. 20 and 28. The first heading is V. Foil. 45v.-60. j -.\J ..,.-;-1\J ...... ....11 it:;JI .... U u _,:J I A mystic treatise in explanation of the words JJJI All by b. }fu4ammad GnAzz.hi (d. A.H. 520), the brother of the great Imam. See Kh. ii. 204, and Gosche in Abh. Akad. Berlin, 1858, p. 250 and 296. Begins: ...\..t.>-1 j\..t..=::-t:-!..11 AD\ (sic) 1:7. d. ...\-t-s...,.. (..:)! J.ii:jl_, 'ts:..dl j AJI It is divided into numerous The last two tracts are written in the same hand as no. I. They stood originally at the beginning of the volume. 695. B 414A. Size 8! in. by 6 in.; foil. 16. About twenty lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-3v. Sayings of inspired men, collected by llN 'ARAB I. Begins: Jk....ll .. tsl I J \bll LS'-__rJ I d. ...\A..s-" 1:7. J..c '-'..t.S.,.. All I y\::.$' Al.H :J.c L:J" j l. J..c MJ.olJ These sayings amount to about 260, and are divided into chapters, according to the subjects, as follows: j; lWI j; j; j; ct;_rl.l j; j. II. Foil. 3v.-4. A fragment of a cabbalistic treatise, beginning: t.s:ll, w_rl (.:)::'j\fill t' Written in a different hand from the rest, termi nating abruptly with fol. 4. III. Foil. 5-16. A mystic discourse, by an unknown author. Begins: ... d. ... \11 ill ..M.s:ll J.s:k..? y\b>. .. ,.,Ji..JI -....,..... .. Written, like no. I., by b. 'Abdallah b. 'Alawi al-'Aidarus. Dated Sunday, 12th Rajah, 1143. Slightly injured. Cat. 232, xliii. (?) and xlii. 696. B 200. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foil. 349. Seventeen and nineteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-242. t(-;::ll yhS' .. (.!).,.. .._;I (.!).,.. .. J;::..:;J I t=:-Jb_i I !:f. d ...\..t.s.A ill\ LS'-1 I.S __;.Q.;.l \ d t.. (1 J;,l,l\ .. u-
PAGE 205

SUFISM AND ETHICS. 197 author is confounded here with another commentator, who is mentioned immediately after him in Kh., I.e., 83. Theprefacebegins: (1 till..M.sll. Well written. Dated Thursday, 22nd Shawwal, 1092. Various notes and extracts are on the margin, as well as on the fly-leaf and the title-page. II. Foll. 243-244. A short tract on the classification of man, by 'ALi B. J;fuSAM AL-DIN (d. A.H. 975). Eegins : cJ.ll J I J ... All '-'.t..s:ll (.!)?' lJN\:.11 v .. ..l..:.ll i' It is followed by some definitions. Written like no. I. Various notes and extracts are on the margin, and on the following fol. (245). III. Foll. 246-349. '-'-...s...JI k....t-: '-'\::S L ... _, lJ .Y'J lJ I J-: U 1..5-s.r'tJ to!, t: \.!..-. J h..: I --' ... t.s:ll _,l 1 r:; t>-_, _,..;.) .a.: .._j).c) d. '-'.t.>-I y I Jil t.:.J: VMjJ?, d, ,._)--'...!\ J\::--..\JI '-'.t.>-\ (1 c.: c.lll J--'...1' A diffuse treatise on the spiritual pedigrees of the orders, by Shihab al-dln B. M MADANI (who, according to no. 684,I was born A.H. 991, and died A.H. 1071, at :Madinah. Cf. no. 667). Eegins: U.J\iJ..-. cJ.l d-}1..\ll The author treats first at great length of the initiation of the novice (j \ I etc.). He then gives a full account of his own pedigrees, professing 1 See aboYe. The full name of the author is also given there, but with some strange variants, or rather inaccuracies. to be the heir of the spiritual powers of Shaikh Shuja' al-din 'Omar b. Jabra'il (fol. 278), and of b. 'All b. 'Abd .. 'Abbasi, of the Shinnawi order (see no. 684). He styles the latter (fol. 282v.) 4JWI_, )\..:_, '-.$_,WJ\ '-'-.t.s.r'f Jl ... Ends: --'?J \.-. b.tv....H: ybSJ\ f k..: 1.:) ... c.b--:1_,1 j c.JJI_,) Jl ;?) u U cll\t j_,..all Jis:...l\ \:.h::--_, rt-CL j .un J ...\..,t..s_r'f d .M>-I 21...:->-I $;...! \,; cJ.ll Jl c.: c.l.ll t:}J.j 1.-S}.aJ M>-1 d. .M..s:.-. r,l _r.!JI F'-' C,;,..c Plainly written. Some rules for novices are added on the vacant space at the end, and a few extracts from the I..S-1 are written on the title-page. 697. B 84. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 485. Twenty two, nineteen, and ten lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-443. B. 'ABD AL-WAHIIAB's 'Urc;B I;[alabi 'Makki, d. A.H. 1024) Commentary on his own mystic It is entitled (fol. 2v.) r_fJ. See J:I. Kh. 291 sq., who, howe>er, gives the title somewhat differently. The name of the author does not occur in this MS. It begins : u'u:. j_rJ \ 0" JJ -'-,s} \ 1 Added on the margin. 2 Here a blank.

PAGE 206

198 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. JT_, JT_, l>_y_, J.s. The whole is inserted after the preface. The commentary is very copious ; numerous other verses are quoted in it. It concludes with a by the author, each verse of which is devoted to one letter of the alphabet. It begins : Jjl u.JI It is also accompanied by a commentary. II. Foil. 443-466v. Jls:ll J.:. c_;:s:ll u:;l,_.. This appears to be a fragment of B. 'ABn AL-JA.BBAR's u:;'._yJI (see no. 597). Begins : \,.._, 4:J,.,::::-_) I A)J I r u:; _,_. u=-.R:;_,I til4 (1 i_.il J Jt:;, r-IJL,.. j. The last "station" which occurs here is (J)' u:;_,_.. Ill. Foll. 466v.-485. Forty sayings of the Prophet, each illustrated by a hemisticb; entitled J.lb oY_J:.l 1 According to Kh. ii. 286, this collection was made by J iMi. The preface begins: J_r._. AD -.Y..sll ub:.? j.a,; ... yl_,.dl Imperfect at the end. This 1\IS. is written in a bold hand, which becomes very large in the latter portion. After fol. 21 is a defect, and the following leaves are injured. The last fol. is torn. The first twenty-one leaves, which bear the correct title, had been separated from the rest, and the latter erroneously inscribed l_,sl I VW W I Cf. Cat. 230, xii. and 232, xvii. 698. B 393E. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foll. 37. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foil. l-22v. A mystic treatise, entitled (fol. 2v.) J!b_r;-_, '-'J::::-J j '-:..JJi.\4 &..S..\11. Author unknown. This treatise is divided into seven ".J ..d, as follows: 1. r\; j u_.'"']l '"''::::--' j; 2. rt.c j ;scJ_,:::;-_,; 3, 4, 5. &.:.._, j u>-J 6 and 7. J:. j j It is written as a sort of commentary on five mystic verses 1 composed by the author in allusion to another verse }.i ),2 the meaning of the first word of which he was asked to explain by a friend. The preface begins: ill ...\_.sll \...\::.:"_.. The author quotes Ghazzal1, Ibn '.Arab1, and his Shaikh, Mul;tammad b. '.All b. Mul:,tammad b. 'All b. 'Alawi, a Sharif of the II. Foll. 22v.-32v. A Commentary on an obscure passage of Ibn fs:.JI ; on which see Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 350 sqq. The passage commented on, which belongs to the concluding portion, is quoted there, p. 352. It begins: j.,U.; The author of the commentary is B. 'ABD AL-ADIR. Begins: j b J:'.J.J I t.(s:.J \ .J""' I j.; \.Rl i (1 Then follows the passage in question, after which a poem by the author is inserted. The commentary is introduced by a preface, which begins (fol. 23v.): cJ;J\J j J)l A)J Ill. Foll. 32v.-37. A mystic treatise on Eternity. No title found. Begins: I.:Jt,; \,..\ .... '-:-') A)J llbcJ\...\::. 1 11 lb _. \ suu This treatise ends with fol. 36. It is followed by a postscript and a poem by the author, on fol. 37. An indifferent copy. Of the middle of the twelfth century. Inscribed Cf. Cat. 233, xlvii. 1 Hence the inscription of this MS.; see below. 2 These verses are rather corrupt.

PAGE 207

BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. 199 699. B 128. Size in. by 6i in. ; foll. 172. Twentyfive lines in a page. A defective MS., misplaced in binding. It contains: I. Foil. 1-35. A Commentary on 'Omar b. al-Farrj's (d. A.H. 632) preceded by an introduction, which begins: JL .. "'-'.R.c rkj Ail ...\.t..s::ll Al _))"' j 'Al t ... The author is not named, but it is stated at the end that he wrote this commentary in the course of A. H. 814. Transcribed by J:Iajj1 b. b. :ij:asan. Dated 2nd Mul;larram, 871. On the margin of this and the following text is written a Persian commentary on the Td'zyah; Im perfect at the beginning. II. FoiL 36-38, 39-54, 81. The beginning and two other fragments of a Commentary on a treatise (ilL.)) on Mystic Theology by .Abu J!amid This commentary was written by a grandson of his, whose name is not mentioned. It is en ti tied ...\::-.> _,J I ...\.c 1_,:; j In the preface the author polemizes against the philosophers. It begins: t.U ...\.t.s.l\ C:.\ .... (' o..Ul \1:.v.l' _,J' This is a commentary by j_,:;l ... Jt:;. Ill. Foil. 67r.-79, 90-172. A rather obscure theo sophic treatise, founded upon the allegorical meaning of the letters and numbers. The author, who is not named, completed it at the beginning of Sha 'ban, 823. He relates (fol. 68) that, in pursuit of mystic know ledge, he and his friend Sharaf al-dln 'Ali Yazdi (d. A.H. 850) repaired to i...S:..cl b:\MOl\, etc It is divided into a succession of paragraphs, termed hence the inscription \,4 I yhS', which is added by another hand on the first page. Each of these paragraphs has a special attribute, as Jla> \ j, j, etc. :Begins: ""::'-'.c .)..c\ All ...\.t..s:ll .J' "''"".cl Jl j\J 'b'.)\ t:. .. :.;. './ Dated Ramac.Bn, 870. This piece is preceded (foil. 80, 82-89, 55-67r.), and nccompanied on the margin, by fragments of several Persian treatises on similar subjects, and also the beginning of a Persian commentary on lbn al-Fdrirf,'s bll, probably the same as that mentioned under no. I. Neatly written, but injured by damp, and frequently mutilated on the margin. y\::S J tb J"' Cf. Catal. 237, xii. xiii. (?). BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. 700. 2554. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 222. Twenty five lines in a page. The Second Part of Abu'l-ij:asan 'All b. al-J;Iusain }fAs'il'ni's (d. A.rr. 345) Historical Encyclopredia. It begins with the j3 J' l....fl""J-'' and the first words of the text are : l;J' ) 3} 3 y\b.s:l\ _;.t..c ( = Tol. iii. p. 123 of the edition of Barbier de Meynard and Pavet de Courteille ). It concludes with the reign of Abu'l-'Abbas al-Saffal;l, as follows: j \;.:\::S (cf. vol. vi. p. 156 of the Paris edition).

PAGE 208

200 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. \Yell written; the titles very large and often in red. Dated Wednesday, the last of 824.1 The beginning is injured by damp. .A defect after fol. 219. The last fol. has been reversed in binding. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 701. 3066. Size 9 in. by 5 In. ; foll. 210. Nineteen lines in a page. The History of the first two Ghaznavides, Subuktigin and Mal;tmud, by A.bu 1\Iu"Qammad b. 'Abd al jabba.r 'UTBr (d. about A.H. 427). This work was published by Maulaw1 Mamluk al 'Ali and Dr. Sprenger, at Dehli, 1847. Cf. Sir H. Elliot, Hist. of India, ed. Dowson, ii. 14 sqq.; Cat. Mus. Brit. 152, 551, etc. A valuable copy, beautifully written, with vowel points. Both the beginning and end have been supplied by a more modern hand. Injured by insects. Fol. 23 should be placed after 18, fol. 134 after 138, and fol. 204 after 198. Seals of H. Vansittart and C. Boddam; signature of the latter, Calcutta, 178 7. 702. B 73. Size 91 in. by 7! in. ; foll. 156. From nineteen to twenty-three lines in a page. An Abridgment of the Biography of the celebrated Saint, 'Abd Gilan1 (d. A.H. 561 ), which origi nally formed the first part of the 4f! )Jj of Nur al-din Abu'l-J;Iasan All b. Yusuf Lakhmi (who wrote about A.H. 660). Cf. J_I. Kh. ii. 71. The author of the present abridgment, whose name is not found in it, seems to know no other contents of the 4f! than the biography of '.Abd .After the introduction, which begins: tUJ Wj\ (.!)"' All4 Uw\, he proceeds to say: l.\ 1 The colophon is injured by insects. u;tUI J .... yh5' yh$' ..... J.r:. d.""'l' )jJ J.J=:::-(.!)! W..,;J?. 4f! wr-.... j .t_l j wJ"j}\_, Conclusion: 4f! yh$' r-W ... i. Fol. 156 contains two verses of RABI'AH 'Adaw1yah (d. A. H. 135), and the beginning of a of 'ABD Another poem is written on the margin, alternately in red and blue. Written in a bold hand, which varies in size. Red lines round the pages. Injured at the end. Seals of several servants of Shahjahan. Cat. 230 (Suyur), ii. 703. 1800. Size 101 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 599. Twentyseven lines in a page. The Biographical Dictionary of Shams al-din Al,lmad b. Mul,lammad, commonly called InN KHALLIKAN (who died on Saturday, 26th Raj ab, 681, at Damascus 1). Cf. the editions of Wiistenfeld and De Slane, and the translation by the latter. Neatly written. Dated Wednesday, 29th Sha 'ba.n, 1104. The copy was made for Mir Mul,lammad b. :ijajj1 'Ala al-d1n. An ornament on the first page. Coloured lines round the others. Some notes. A biographical notice of the author (foil. 11-13), and a list of the names occurring in the present work ( foll 2-10), have been subsequently prefixed by different hands. [Johnson.J 1 This is stated by his son; see no. 705, fol. 333.

PAGE 209

BIOGRAPHY .AND HISTORY. 201 704. 1056. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 161. Twenty three lines in a page. The first part of the same work. Plainly written. Imperfect at the end. It extends to the beginning of the article of Abu'l-yumn (no. 248, ed. Wiistenfeld). The last leaf is fol. 152, which has been misplaced, as has already been remarked by a reader. Fol. 161, which contains a list of names be ginning with does not belong to this volume. Worm-eaten. [Gaikwar.J 705. 2151. Size 10 in. by 7! in.; foll. 333. Twenty-one lines in a page. An Abridgment of Ibn Khallikdn' s Biographical Dictionary, made by his son M"frsA, for his private use, during the years 701 and 702 A.H. This is the author's rough copy, consisting origi nally of two volumes. The earlier portion of the first volume, however, is lost. It begins now with the eighteenth quire which has been inscribed JWI The first article is 'All b. Afl.al;t (no. 487, ed. Wiistenfeld). It ends with the thirty-second quire, in the notice of Zamakhshari (ed. Wiistenfeld, no. 721), the last portion being also lost. The second volume (fol. 151 ), J\!.ll has a particular title, written by the author himself. It begins with the fourth fascicle of the original work (al-Mu'izz =no. 737, ed. Wiistenf. ), and contains the rest of the book. It con sists of twenty-three quires, but it has now several defects, especially in the twelfth and thirteenth quires ; some leaves of the latter are also misplaced in binding. The author states at the beginning of the second volume, that he began it on Sunday, 2nd Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 701, at Balbec, and he adds in the postscript (fol. 331v. AD\ wbl d. u:..c\ he continued his work at Damascus, where he arrived from Balbec on Sunday, 20th Rabi' I., 702, and com plctctl it on Sunday, 3rd Rab1' II. of the same year. At the end is written the epilogue of Ibn Khallikan, to which the author added, in a second postscript, a short memoir of his father and an account of his own work. This rough copy is written in a hurried hand, without diacritical points, and is often difficult to read. On the title-page are the signatures of several recent owners and readers. One of these, 'A bd al-ral;lman I} ala hi:, whose seal is also added, wrote the title to the first volume. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 706. 572. Size 11! in. by 7 in. ; foll. 558. Twenty four lines in a page. Annals of Islam, as far as A.H. 750, by (Abu'l-sa'adat 'Afif al-din) Abu Mul;tammad 'Abdallah b. As'ad b. 'AB YA.Fr'i (a native of al-Yaman, of the I;Iimyaritic tribe of Yafi', who resided, from A.H. 718, alternately at Makkah and Madinah, and died at the former place, on Sunday, 20th Jum. II., 768).1 He entitled his work j t:JD__, J\_,.>1 See regarding this work H. Kh. v. 481, and Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 43. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 32. The valuable part of it are the biographies, especially those of learned men and Besides Ibn Khallikan, the author used, for matters relating to his native country, Ibn Samurah ('Omar b. 'All Ja'di Yamani, d. A.H. 586).2 A supplement to the latter work is given in an appendix ( fol. 555 sqq.). Plainly written by two hands. A few leaves are missing at the end. The original foil. 248-255 have been misplaced, and stand now as foll. 49-56. [Tippu.J 707. 1399. Size Ill in. by 6! in.; foll. 520. Twenty seven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written, by 'Abd b. :f!:asan Mul;tam1 The statements in parentheses are taken from J a mal al-din' s (see no. 709, fol. 154), and from Jami's as quoted on the first page of no. 707. :z See J:l. Kh. iv. 150. 26

PAGE 210

202 .ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. mad (sic), at Al;tmadaba.d. Dated 24th 1034. The original copy appears to have had several defects, for which blanks were left. All of these have been subsequently filled up in a bad hand. On the fly-leaves of this MS. (foil. 44-46) are added, by different hands, the commencement of an alpha betical list of all the persons whose deaths are mentioned in the present work ; and a notice of Taftazani, and the dates of his various works, said to be the inscription of his tomb. A later owner, Mul;tammad RiQ.a b. Ghulam Mul;tammad, who bought the MS. A.H. 1146, prefixed to it a list of the events and persons men tioned under each year (foil. 2-43). Fol. 1 gives the two notices of the author mentioned already under the preceding no. (note 1). Foil. 76, 77, and 398 are misplaced in binding, as may be seen from the original pagination. [Hastings. J 708. 629. Size 9i in. by 5! in.; foll. 455. Nineteen lines in a page. Two works of 'Afif al-din 'Abdallah b. As'ad Y.A.Fr'i Yamani (d. A.H. 768), viz.-I. Foll. 1-328. j also called by the author, L:J::Os.IL:I\ j ...,..;l_,sll y}Jil\ It contains notices of five hundred saints. See l;I. Kh. iii. 488, and v. 329 ;1 Cat. Lugd. ii. 299; Stewart's Catal. 31. e,_;..,...,y_\ cJJ j. The ten authors from whom this work is chiefly compiled, are : Ghazzali, Suhra wardi, Abu 'Abdallah Mul;tammad b. Ibrahim u_r.Sll, Ibn 'Ata Allah, Ibn al-J auzi, Ibn Abu'l-Laith and Abu'l-'.Abbas Al;tmad b. 'All, commonly called d. I(?). The appendix ( J:..Jk;...) consists of two sections: 1. (fol. 292) 1 In the latter place the second title is erroneously given to an abstract of the present work. t::;J.JL(j\ j; 2. (fol. 303) t' t:Lt.J\ j; and it concludes with the rL::.>. (fol. 316), j Plainly written by b. 'Abd al-latif. Dated Monday, 20th Mu}:tarram, 1155. Red lines round the pages. II. Foil. 329-455. A supplement to the preceding work, containing two hundred stories, which mostly refer to 'Abd Jllani. The author terms it "'W\ o..\...C '-':;\:v. j Lk ) . .) A.Jh.c L:J...,. It is men tioned, under a similar title, in J;I. Kh. iii. 166 sq.; and it seems to be also contained in Bibl. Sprenger. 357. Begins: tt.J\ Ju d. cUll l. \ .... 4J 4JJ \ ft \ \ J?j-i W \ t' JS' l!)\bW AlJ\ The author dwells subsequently on the approbation with which his earlier work had met from several Shaikhs, and speaks as follows of the present one (fol. 330v.): .... ? .JJ.M.II y\::..C\ l!)' J' J..c. (r. 1..:-'\::--J:r ... ... U.J' j A.c'-'..,...l' )b t'J"'w' L:J?...\1\ Each story is preceded by the name of the Shaikh on whose authority it is related ( .. tLW \ ). The work concludes with a succession of sayings and traits of 'Abd (from fol. 438v. to end). Plainly written by a different hand from no. I, and at a later date. Red lines round the pages. Seal of 'Abd al-wahhab Khan Jang, dated A.H.ll74. [Tippu.J

PAGE 211

BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. 203 709. 755. Size IOk in. by 7 in.; foil. 155. Twenty seven lines in a page. Biographies of Shafi'i Divines, by JAMAL AL-niN Abu Mul;tammad 'ABn AL-RAJ;IIM b. b. 'Ali 1 rashi Umawi Isna'i Shafi'i (d. A.rr. 772), who finished the first copy on 21st Shawwal, 769, after he had begun his work already a little before A. H. 7 50. Cf. Kh. iv. 143. A circumstantial account of the work is given in the author's preface, which begins: ..M..J\ It was after composing his L;_,)b 'Cr j i.e. a commentary on the two standard works on the Shaft 'ite Law, that he undertook his present task. He collected his materials from numerous kindred works, and especially from the of Ibn (d. A.H. 643) and Tiflisi ('Omar b. Bundar, d. A.rr. 672). The latter he incorporated wholly in his own work. Although he also terms it it is not arranged chronologically (or rather according to the generations, ) l:.cJI J.z ), but alpha betically, each man being placed under the initial of the name by which he is commonly known-(fol. 3) lb..illl (.!! ... wJ.:>-J_,l w_,_.r-_,1 _,1 L..-,\ Each chapter (or letter) is divided into two sections as stated by Kh., and the single articles of each section follow in chronological order, according to the dates of death. The last chapter concludes with a succession of Y amanis, who are mentioned in this place, according to the initial of their native country, although their common names are different. The last of them is Yami'i. I His pedigree is carried up to the mythical ancestor of the house of Umaiyah as follows: b. '0mar b. 'All b. Ibrah'im b. 'All b. J a'far b. Sulaimil.n b. al-I;lasan b. al-I;lusain b. 'Omar b. al I;lakam b, 'Abd al-ra]:lmil.n b. 'Abdallah b. 1\fu]:lammad b. 'Abd al-ra]:lmil.n b. al-Hakam b. 'Abd al-malik b. Marwan b. al-I;lakam b. b. Umaiyah b. 'Abd-shams b. 'Abd-manaf. The whole is preceded by special notices of Shafi'i and his immediate followers and disciples ( .(A.:..-. This MS. begins: "-'>-b I JLt..:; 1.!1:::.. It was completed at Makkah, on Thursday, 5th Jum. I., 845, ..Ms,.. Jl \@ \ 1.!7. M.s..., _r.idl l...s! \ 1.!7. ...\..t..s:..., 1.!7. \ u-<-J I '-'_,hi I Hurriedly written, often without diacritical points. The beginning of each article is written in red, and repeated on the margin, also in red. Signature of 'Abd al-ral)miin b. 'Abdallah b. Fahd Hashim1 'Alaw1, who also wrote the above title. 710. 1311. Size 10! in. by 6:! in. ; foil. 367. Seventeen and twenty-one lines in a page. Annals of al-Yaman under the Rasuli Dynasty, by 'ALl B. KrrAZRAJI (d. A. H. 812). See regarding the dynasty in question, J ohannsen, Hist. Jemanae, p. 156. No other copy of the present history is known. The author is not named at the beginning, but often in the course of the work. Cf. on him and his other works, J;I. Kh. ii. 159, and Catal. Lugd. ii. 173, 196 Begins: \j' c.M..s:ll. In eight chapters. The first is introductory, }3 j j d_,LJ\ yWI and treats of the ancient kings of alYaman, and of the Ghassanides of Syria, from whom the founder of the Rasuli dynasty traced his descent. Each of the following chapters comprises the reign ( cU_,'-') of one of the Rasuli kings ; viz., II. ( fol. 24) al-Manli'ur; Ill. (fol. 48) IV. (fol. 155) al-Ashraf I. AJ__,...\11, in opposition to the longer reign of the second al-Ashraf); V. (fol. 161) al-Mu'aiyad; VI. (fol. 226) al-Mujahid; VII. (fol. 282) al-AfQ.al; VIII. (fol. 298) al-Ashraf II. \1\ ). The account of the last reign, ;ith

PAGE 212

204 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. which the author was contemporary, is said to be only partial ( Y. I .. j). He, however, relates the death of al-Ashraf, which happened on 19th Rabi' I., 803, and concludes with an elegy on that prince. An elegant and accurate copy, with vowel-points. Headings in larger characters, and often in red. Red dots mark stops. Ornaments have been added on the title-page and over the last lines, which latter have thereby become illegible. Slightly injured by damp and insects, especially in the latter portion. The end seems to be wanting. This MS. was once in the possession of Mutamad Khan 'Alam gir1, and passed from him to al-din Khan, W azlr to Mu l;lammad Shah. [Hastings. J 711. 2326. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foil. 99. Twenty-one lines in a page. The famous History of Timur, by Shihab al-din AMAD B. 'ARABSHAH (d. A.H. 854). This work was edited and translated into Latin by Manger, 1767, and a more correct edition of it was printed at Calcutta, 1818. Clearly written in of about the tenth century. Some leaves have been supplied by a different hand. Single leaves are missing after foil. 6 and 45. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 712. 3016. Size 9! in. by 6 in.; foil. 250. Fourteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written in N asta 'li]f, of the end of the twelfth century. The copy from which this was made, was finished on the last of Shawwal, 856. On fol. 236 is a table of the Uigur alphabet. Some notes are added in the earlier portion. 713. B 83. Size 1 0! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 300. Seventeen lines in a page. The second part of (i.e. (_I)), by (Abu'l-mawahib) 'Abd al-wahhab b. Al}.mad b. 'Ali SnA'Riw!I (d. A.H. 973), who completed his work on 15th Rajah, 952, at Cairo. See I;[. K.h. v. 339 sqq.; Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. xxi. 273; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 184; Cat. Mus. Brit. 179. This part begins with Abu'l-'Abbas Al}.mad Badawi (sixth century). The last name is that of 'Ali (tenth century). To these '-=-'IJL.b the author added a list of Sbaikhs of his own (the Shaft 'ite) sect, each of w horn he charac terizes in a few words. This list is confined to the less known names, as is stated at the end: "W.C J,D _r.:i (sic) "l::--.) J.:. t;.,ll_, J-s:Mll The original of this MS. was finished by 'Ali I;Iamawi, a disciple of Sha 'rawi, on 26th Sha 'ban, 954. The present copy is dated Sunday, 17th Rabi' II., 1109. The first portion of it is written in a plain N askh, and the rest in N asta .. On the first two pages are some extracts from the of Taj al-din Subki. The last leaves are injured. Cat. 231, iv. 714. 2799. Size 7} in. by 5 in. Thirteen lines in a page. Foil. 1-36. An Account of the Muhammadans of Malabar, entitled by. Shaikh ZAIN AL-DiN, who dedicated it to 'All 'Adil Shah of Bljapur. It has been translated by Lieut. Rowlandson (Oriental Translation Fund, 1833). Cf. Morley, Catal. of hist. MSS. 13, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 434. The preface and the introductory chapter are omitted. The MS. begins: j .)_# j It is also imperfect at the end. Well written in Nasta'li]f. Of the twelfth century. Inscribed: .) ... J \,,=--'. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 1 This form of the name is now usual (instead of Sha'ran1) ; see Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. xx. 25; cf. no. 679.

PAGE 213

BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. 205 715. B 76. Size 9! in. by 5j in. ; foil. 284. Nineteen lines in a page. A fabulous History of the Prophets who preceded Mu:Qammad, by Abu'l-J;[asan Mu:Qammad b. 'Abdallah KrsA.'I. Cf. J:l. Kh. iii. 17 4; Cat. Bodl. ii. 113; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 182; etc. The author, who has sometimes been confounded with the celebrated grammarian 'AB. b. J:Iamzah Kisa'i, is modern. His history comprises the following Prophets": Adam (fol. 11 ), Idris (fol. 42), Nu:Q (fol. 44), Hud (fol. 54), (fol. 62), Ibrahim (fol. 79), and Yusuf (fol. 101 ), Aiyub (fol. 125), Shu'aib (fol. 136), Musa (fol. 143), Yusha' (fol. 180), Ilyas (fol. 182), al-Yasa' (fol. 188), Da'ud (fol. 190), Sulaimfm (fol. 215), Yunus (fol. 256), Zakariya, Maryam, and 'lsa (fol. 265). This work is of frequent occurrence. The text of it appears to vary much in different MSS. Several titles are also given to it. Kh. mentions it under W \ a title apparently derived from the account of the creation, which precedes the history of Adam (cf. Kh. ii. 23, under The exordium runs in this copy as elsewhere; but the words which immediately follow it vary here slightly from the Bodleian and Munich MSS. They are as follows (fol. 2) : y yb.S' ',:;... .. '-.. j v--' c.r 'J .) 1,;./ '_) J' t:'' l. J..c L.:)' j\ w t .. 4:..... y_} l. .... 31..; \ 4.:v. i.:) IS l. J \ '-';;sl \ tfvt l._, .. ..... ,Jb_, 1 This title is given in the note of an owner (Mas'ud Khan) on the last leaf; it is also written inside the cover; but on the first leaf is written by a later .hand: JLs:}\ y\::S. 2 The MS. has (sic). 3 The history of Jesus includes eschatological matters, relating to his imminent return. Then follows an account of the events which happened after his ascen sion. It ends abruptly on fol. 281, where there is a lacuna. The rest of the MS. gives the history of St. George ), and concludes as follows: l.!l" L.:JIS l. Plainly written. It was copied between 5th Dhu'l1!;a'dah and 14th Dhu'l-:Qijjah, 1049, by J;t:asan .. 1 b. 'All. Cat. 230 (Seeyur), i. 716. 591. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 282. Twenty-one lines in a page. A Dictionary of the Authorities of the Shi'ah Tradi tion, compiled from the standard works on this subject, by (d. A.H. 460), Najashi (d. A.H. 450), Shahra shub (d. A.H. 588), (d. A.H. 726),2 and others. The author does not give his name. He is called Mlrza M u:Qammad Astarabadi in the inscription on the title page, which runs as follows: J' (!) J\.:::--J He mentions, indeed, his larger t::S. As he states at the end, his shortest "way" to J;[ill1 is through six Shaikhs. He begins with an account of the arrangement of the book, and of the abbreviations which he used in it. This passage has been given in full in a letter of M. de Chanykov, printed in the Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl. Gesellsch. x. 817. See regarding the MS. of M. de Chanykov, Bulletin de l' Acad. Imper. de St. Petersbourg, xii. 121. Begins: j l.\ ..\; J\.:::-)\ 3 Jl_,.>-\ Most of the articles in this dictionary are short : they give the full name and genealogy, the Shaikhs, 1 The following word is indistinct. 2 See regarding these works, Sprenger's preface to his edition of the Fihrist of 'fusi. 3 This word is wanting in the MS. of )1. de Chanykov.

PAGE 214

206 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. and sometimes dates. At the end of each stand the abbreviations for the books from which it is taken. The work concludes with a wt.:;.., in ten paragraphs concerning some old authorities, and especially +usi and lp.lll, and their Isndds, etc. Neatly written. Collated with the original copy in Rabi' II., 1093. Numerous marginal notes. The vacant leaves at the beginning and end are filled with extracts from the 't-'i.:..:;j I and various notes. [Gaikwar.J 717. 2033. Size 10 in. by 5b in.; foil. 282. From twenty to twenty-three lines in a page. Biographies of learned and holy men of the 'Alawi race, resident in J.IaQ.ramaut and India ; by J amai al-din Mu}:lammad b. Abu Bakr BA. 'ALAwi SHILLI C_sW\ ), who was a member of the family, and died at Makkah, at the end of A.H. 1093. He entitled his work '-:-:;L. j '-'.vJI Ut.,..J\. See regarding him and other works of his, Cat. Mus. Brit. 429 sq., 431, 741 sq. The present work was used by Mu l;tibbi (d. A.I. 1111 ), who also has a notice of the author ( ib. 601 ). Cf. Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenl. Gescllsch. ix. 225, 227, and also Stewart, Catal. 33. Nothing-excepting a hint at the title, on the flyleaf-is contributed to the above statements by the present MS. It begins with the article on the author's brother, A}:lmad b. Abu Bakr b. A}:lmad b. Abu Bakr b. 'Abdallah b. Abu Bakr b. 'Alawi b. 'Abdallah b. 'Ali b. 'Abdallah b. 'Alawi, the last mentioned being the son of the "Great Master" tb..cJ\ i.e. Mul;tammad b. 'All, the common ancestor of the family, who traced his lineage back to the Khalif 'AlL The biographies are arranged alphabetically. The rubric Mu}:tammad is, however, wanting in its proper place, whence it is e\ident that the book began with it, and that this )IS. is incomplete. The work concludes (fol. 271): &-'.;\ It is followed by an appendix ( W\:)..., fol. 272), which treats of the "holy mantle," i.e. the spiritual pedigrees of the 'Alawis _r>-j t:,Yf ). Most of these pedigrees begin with the aforesaid "Great Master,'' who was the spiritual heir of the Shaikh Abu Madyan Shu 'aib b. al-IJasan Maghribi Andalusi. This appendix concludes: ,).:Written in a large inelegant hand, of the twelfth century. Carefully revised and emended. The be ginning and some other leaves are supplied by a dif ferent hand. Several leaves are misplaced in binding. Foil. 92-94 should be placed after 101, foil. 128 and 129 before 122, fol. 134 before 131, foil. 152 and 153 after 162, fol. 275 before 268, and fol. 281 before 279. A defect after fol. 181. [College of Fort William (1809), 1825.] 718. 2504. Size 7k in. by 5 in.; foil. 77. Thirteen lines in a page. A succession of paragraphs (J.d) relating to the history and topography of Egypt and Cairo, preceded by an introduction on patriotism in general. The name of the author is not mentioned. In his preface he alludes to the old rivalry between Cairo and Damascus, and represents himself as belonging, as it were, to both places, being a native of a country near to both of them. The work seems to be the same as Cod. Goth. 346, Moller. If so, the author would be B. a native of Makkah. Begins: j A survey of the Egyptian dynasties ends with Sultan Ghuri (fol. 28); after this there is a blank, which was also in the original copy. On the margin, however, the list of sovereigns has been continued as :far as (Murad) the son of Salim II., as in the Gotha MS. This MS. ends abruptly in the appendi-x (W\Sll). Written in a clear N asta 'lilf. ; modern. On the last fol. begins a Persan poem. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J

PAGE 215

BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. 207 719. 26A. Size 8! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 139. Eighteen lines in a page. Personal narrative of the travels of lLY.A.s B. a Chaldrean priest, in various parts of western Europe, and in Peru and Mexico during A.D. 1668-1683; followed by a historical ac count of Peru, which was compiled during a prolonged stay in that country. After the prologue which begins: ..M..s:ll Y,'.)l AU, the subject of the work is introduced as follows: I,.I"''W-?.1 I.5.J_,sl\ y\:$ .JL\l .. -u-vW for copying this volume, or three and a half per quire. On the title-page is a note of purchase, dated A.D. 1786. There are also written on it the following words, in the Estrangela character = t?. 1 _, G;; till' r 720. 1280. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foil. 667. Twenty and nineteen lines in a page. The Historical Books of the Olu Testament and the Apocrypha. In two parts, the first of which comprises the Pen tateuch, Joshua, Judges, Ruth, Kings I.-IV., and Chronicles I. and II. ; and the second (fol. 538), Tobit, J udith, Esther, and I. and II. Well written, by 'Izzat Allah KabuU. Both parts are dated A.H. 1185. From Lakbnau. [Johnson.J 721. 2855. Size 12 in. by in. ; foil. 294. Twenty, twenty-four, and eighteen lines in a page. A historical collection, comprising:-I. Foil. 1-138. GREGORIUs A:su'L-FARAJ's (d. A.H. 685) History of Dynasties, Edited by Pococke, Oxon., 1663. Plainly written. At the end is a short notice of the author. Inscribed: d ,LJ \ i5J t:;. II. Foil. 139-144. Lives of the Tlmurides and various other princes. Mostly written in N asta Imperfect at the end. Ill. Foil. 145-222. Part of the Apocrypha, viz. Wisdom of Solomon, Jesus son of Sirach, Baruch, Epistle of Jeremy, Susanna, Song of the Three Holy Children, Bel and the Dragon. Plainly written, with vowel-points. On the last page is a list of the Circassian Sultans. IV. Foil. 223-268. J\::.l\ y\::S. The fifth book of Maccabees Plainly written in Nasta'l'il$:. V. Foil. 269-294. Lives of various Sultans of Turkey, Egypt, Arabia, Gujarat, etc. Written like no. I. Of the twelfth and thirteenth C(nturies. Injured by white-ants. This collection belonged once to Hidayat 'Ali. [Bibl. Lcydcnianu.]

PAGE 216

208 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. GEOGRAPHY AND 722. 617. Size 10 in. by 8 in.; foll. 118. Twenty seven lines in a page. w\6 L.:.) All\ ,__s.\ t-4) A:Jts' .)_y_, An abridgment of an old work on Geography, of which two other copies are mentioned in Cat. Bibl. Sprenger. 2, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 182 (cf. Add. et Corr. 772). As is already stated there, the original work was written near the end of the reign of the Khalif al Mu billah (d. A. H. 289) ; and Sprenger's assertion, that we have here an abstract of the yt::5 of IBN AL-F.qdn HAMADANI (Abu Bakr Al,lmad b. Mul,lammad b. who :flourished at the end of the third century), is especially confirmed by a comparison of the passages quoted from that author in Dictionary. Cf. Wiistenfeld's edition, i. v, and the index, vi. 300; and also Sprenger's Postund Reise routen des Orients, p. xvii. Sprenger is, however, wrong, in ascribing this abstract to one Shazrl or he read or \ by mistake, instead of \ 2 and 'All b. Ja'far b. Al,lmad Shaizari (from Shaizar in Syria) was merely the scribe, who, A.H. 431, wrote the copy, from which the Cod. Sprenger. was taken. This appears from the colophon of the latter, which is given by Chwolson in a letter published in the Zcitschrift der Deutschen morgenl. Gesellschaft, xxii. 241. The present copy, too, must have been derived from the MS. of Shaizarl, whose name, also spelt Shazr2, is inscribed on it as the author of the book (see above). No mention is made of him in the British 1 The MS. has (sic). 2 As others who used the Cod. Sprenger. have already read, e.g. Wetzstein in Zeitschrift fiir allgem. Erdkunde, 1865, p. 18. Museum MS. There is no positive proof that this abridgment was made by the author himself, but it is very probable. It begins with some general aphorisms, as follows : t!) J\J Jt:; These are followed by some remarks of the author concerning his present task, which are to be found in Cat. Mus. Brit. 182 Sprenger and others have already observed that Ibn was more of a literary character, than an exact geographer. The plan of his work is, at least as far as the present abridgment goes, neither systematic nor in any way complete. It is, however, rich in details. After a few introductory chapters, on the formation of the earth (fol. 2), and on the seas (fol. 3), and a comparison between the Chinese and Indian nations, there comes a description of the Arabian peninsula (foll. Next follow two literary digressions, viz. (fol. 12) J'' Jfi\_, J.)\ Jl j y4, and (fol. 14) 'L !.W j. After these, the author describes (fol. 17) Egypt; (fol. 24) al-Maghrib; (fol. 25) the Berber country ..r.)\ ; (fol. 28) Syria and Palestine; (fol. 36, a special chapter on the rivalry between the people of Damascus and al-Baljlrah ;) (fol. 39v.) Mesopotamia; (fol. 42) the Roman empire, with a digression (fol. 47) $h:-l\ 'L !.W j and (fol. 49) $h:-l\ rj j; (fol. 50v.) and especially (fol. 51) al-KUfah, and (fol. 59) al-Baljlrah; (fol. 52, a special chapter, \ J.:. fl \ ) \ ). Baghdad is not even mentioned. On fol. 61v. begins the second part, preceded by a Basmalah, a list of contents, and a special introduction, commencing: j_,\ j 1.;.,....,\; \.:$ ..,\;_,. This part comprises the different provinces of Iran, with the adjacent countries, as follows: (fol. 63) Fars; (fol. 66) Karman, etc.; (fol. 67) Media and especially On foil. 70-85 the author gives a

PAGE 217

GEOGRAPHY AND COSMOGRAPHY. 209 long and poetical account of his native place, Hamadan, and of its environs, with several digressions, one of which is (fol. 77) j. Then follow (fol. 85) Nahawand; (fol. 85v.) (fol. 88) al-Raiy and the Dunbawand; (fol. 92) Abhar, and Zanjan; (fol. 92v.) Adbarbaijan; (fol. 93v.) Armenia and the Caucasus; (fol. 99v.) (fol. 1 04) Khurasan and the Turks. Conclusion (fol. 109): YJ cill ) .. fi AIT_, ""'-t.S.-. t0I_,L,J Written in a bold hand, with only occasional vowel points, and decidedly inferior to the :British Museum copy. Dated A.H. 725. The colophon runs as follows: j Id t.4 L .l.jl. t:':"...:) Corrections by the original hand. Occasional marginal notes, and indications of the contents, by different hands. To this are added (foll. 109v.-118) extracts from the concluding portion of the j Jt:k.JI or the Geography of SHARIF InRisi (Abu 'Abdallah Mu}:tammad b. Mu):lammad b. 'Abdallah b. Idris, who wrote this work in Sicily, A.H. 548 ; cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 192 ; ii. 535 ; and Reinaud, Aboulfeda, Introd. cxiii). The first of these extracts is inscribed and begins: '4 This is the famous account by Sallam l:J l..:::-_rl I of his visit to the Caucasus, under albillah. It is to be found in the ninth section of the sixth climate (=Part II. 416-418 of J aubert' s translation). Then follows (fol. 111) the whole of the seventh climate, with the exception of the first section, i.e. the account of England, Scandinavia, Poland, Russia, and the regions further cast, to the end of the work ( =II. 425-440, Jaubert). It begins: .. j \.:JI \.t::J .. kb:; 1 It might also be This and the following words are very indiHtinct. It is immediately followed (fol. 115v.) by the eighth section of the sixth climate (II. 410, Jaubert). The title of the book, which is given above, is followed by four lines in the same hand, written alternately in black and red, as follows : L1.j I '4.) J' yh.
PAGE 218

210 .ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. two pages ; gold and coloured lines are round the others. \V orm-eaten. The leaves of the first portion have been misplaced in binding; they should stand in the following order: 1-40, 47-70, 45-46, ..J:l-44, 71, etc. Seals of '.lli Mardan, a" slave" of Shah 'Alam, and Mul;lammad :ij:usain1 Mazandarani. [Johnson.J 724. 1377. Size 14! in. by 10l in.; foil. 226. Twentytwo lines in a page. This is a twin copy of the preceding MS., written by the same hand, and with the identical colophon. It is also ornamented in a similar sty le, and has almost the same illustrations. The latter are, however, not quite finished. Seals of (that is a servant of Prince afterwards Shah 'Alam I.), and J>:abil Khan, a servant of 'Alamgir. In the original binding. [Johnson.J 725. 2683. Size in. by 8 in.; foil. 288. Twentythree lines in a page. y\::.S' L\l!! (sic) J\_,jJ\ ..... Another copy of the same work. Written in a plain but inelegant hand, by 'AH, the manumitted slave of one 'Abd al-:Q.aiy c:Ss.l\ .rl' .. J..c who completed it on 17th 1176. With numerous spaces for illustrations, which, however, have not been added. Foll. 27 5-282 should be placed between foll. 11 and 12. The recto of fol. 283 is occupied by a letter of Sultan b. Saif b. Malik b. Abu'l-'Arab Ya'rubi, Imam of 'Oman (d. A. H. 1059 ), 1 addressed to al-Mutawakkil b. Zaidi Yamani (Imam of 'a), in a large and inelegant handwriting. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J l Cf. Badger's !roams and Seyyids of 'Oman, p. 78. 726. 1734. Size 8;! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 272. Seventeen lines in a page. Siraj al-din 'Omar lBN AL-WARDi's Cosmography, composed A.H. 822. See Cat. Mus. Brit. 183, 611; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 461; etc. Part of this work was edited by Tornberg, under the title, Fragmentum libri Margarita mirabilium, etc., Upsala, 1835-39. This MS. has the same appendix as the Munich and U psala copies, and of the drawings, the table of the earth and the sketch of the Ka'bah. A good copy, written in a clear hand. Both the beginning and the end are wanting. A defect after fol. 167. On fol. 1, which is more modern, is a notice in Persian of Khandesh Seal of Mul}ammad Badi :ij:usain1, a servant of 'Alamg1r, who bought the book A.R. 1103. [Johnson.J 727. 2660. Size 11 in. by 7l in.; foil. 137. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. It also has the appendix, with the exception of the last piece, the poem on chess; and it gives only the picture of the Ka 'bah. Written in a large plain hand. Dated Thursday, the last of Jumada I., 1030. Stained by damp. Two leaves are missing after fol. 1. "Hen. Geo. Keene, Jan.l803-the gift ofWm. Oliver." [Bibl. Leydeniana.] 728. 2440. Size 13 in. by 9 in.; foil. 309. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-208. The Geography of MuJ;rA.MMAD B. AYA.s, entitled j and composed A.H. 922. Cf. J;f. Kh. vi. 344; Cat. Mus. Brit. 185; Cat. Lugd. ii. 134. A full account of the work, with extracts, has been given by Langlois, inN otices et Extraits, viii. 1 sq q. Begins: YJ ct.lJ ..M.s:IL

PAGE 219

GEOGRAPHY AND COSMOGRAPHY. 211 Well written in Colophon (fol. 130): d.) '-'Y. j\ t..PF-,. yt::.s' d.' "' ) .u' ...\.::>. .. .J "' <.:)\.! k..S:.-t '). r-) ,'.) !.!).'.) J Jjij j\ _.fb \,.' Jii d.'-' t..SJJ,dj J'-' uA J' _..;L J'-' r ew:_, J'-' fY l!J?.' _,_, ru.) l!)?J!) t::!IJ _,, j )' j )4-:::-rrn J\:::.l\ t:.:J\::.1' ,_s fi]b Foll. 131-208 should be placed between 88 and 89. II. Foil. 209-309. lBN AL-WARni's Imperfect at the beginning. The appendix is less complete than in the other MSS. Written in different N asta hands, about the same time as no. I. At the end is written : ,J . .J' 2 cJ k.::::-. \:J; L U., .. A defect after fol. 27 4. Worm-eaten and mended. On the title-page is written: "Nushrool Azhar. Copied from an ancient Arabic MS. of Col. McKenzie." [Bib I. Leydeniana. J 729. 2449. Size 8i in. by 6 in.; foll. 89. Nineteen and more lines in a page. A popular account of Modern Russia, composed, as it seems, by a Greek priest, A.D. 1758, during the reign of the Empress Elizabeth.3 It begins with a list of contents, "'-'f'->' ...(; l. )l::>-' t.:)_.. yh.<.l\ is followed by a general survey of Europe ( L-...\ii...., ). The account of Russia consists of fifteen chapters 1 was written. a See fol. 86t. 2 "Copy'' (?). six of which are geographical, whilst the rest treat briefly of the physique and manners of the people, of the government, civil and military organization, religion, emperors and patriarchs, schools, etc., of Russia. Plainly written, in several hands. The following note is at the end : j \Ji.-. tv99 j 730. 29A. Size 12! in. by 8! in.; foll. 169. Twenty five lines in a page. A Christian work, partly theological and partly de scriptive, on the creation, man, and the world. It was translated from the Syriac by 'Aim AL-NUR AMmi, a Syrian monk, J Yr It seems to be identical with the Karshunic MS. described in Cat. Bodl. i. ( Charshun. ), p. 17, lxxx. Begins: .. U::Jij A?J '-'J:::;-J' illl ).) .:>--..I\ w t.:) .. ') :r" I I ; J' til.l' .j, ...... l' .. t_ The work was intended to contain nine books \Ji.-., though only seven are to be found both in this and the Bodl. l\IS. These books have no special titles. Each consists of a succession of paragraphs a com plete list of which is given at the beginning of the work. Written in a large plain hand. The colophon runs as follows: f!bl ...\:;__, iiJ L.is.l' .. ... q' -:.M.J' -11 1....'5.. r uJ.JWI_, 'J-;\:-11 t-:_,.iil\ t:i )L, '-'-') ... j ,Ar, ,trn L

PAGE 220

212 ARABIC )L-i:NUSCRIPTS. MATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOMY. 731. 2389. Size in. by 6! in. ; foil. 119. Eighteen and nineteen lines in a page. A Description of the Constellations, entitled I, by A.Bu'L-J;IusAIN 'Abd al-ral;tman b. 'Omar (d. A.II. 376), who wrote it for 'AQ.ud al-daulah, the BU.yide. Cf. I;I. Kh. iv. 113; Codd. Hafn. 67; Cat. Mus. Brit. 188; etc. A full translation of this work has been published by :11. Schjellerup (Description des etoiles fixes, St. Petersb. 1874). Begins: w_,_r-JI j_,.dl Clearly written in N asta with figures and tables. A ticket, with a short description of the book, is attached to the outside of the binding. [Sir Charles Wilkins.] 732. 621. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 179. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work, very neatly executed. J'-' -'>-I_,H ..M.s:lL [Johnson.J 733. 2166. Size 9! in. by 6! in.; foil. 18. From twenty-three to twenty-five lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-17. The fifth book of an Introduction to Astrology, entitled cj 1 ...\>. ...\...I I, and ascribed to This work is possibly identical with Casiri i., p. 260, no. cMXv., but it is not mentioned elsewhere. The present fragment seems to be the concluding portion of the work. Begins: j l--.\sll A.llii..JI y,l "J...;WI '-'..\!1 j jdl ,__jb) j_,.dl (sic) ... J} jJ_, ....... Well written. Dated beginning of Rabi' I., 917. Transcribed by 'AH Dost b. YU.suf. II. Foll. 17v.-18. Another fragment, probably belonging to the same work. It comprises sections 2 and 3 of book iv. Begins: j AJUWI uji.!J\ I. The third section is inscribed : I.::J I Jd I J.:. I t_ j (sic) r:? A.\ tJi..J I t.:r' Written like no. I. .. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 105, xvii. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 734. 1270. Size 11 in. by 4-k in. ; foil. 123. Thirty three lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-9. L j d. A treatise of Tn1BrT B. (d. A.H. 288) on the Solar Year. Cf. Casiri i., p. 390, 1. 21, and Fihrist, ed. Fliigel, r v r. Begins: L j l_,.d::.>.l ...\J The first leaf is mutilated. Several blanks. II. Fol. 10. A small tract, inscribed .(sic) (?) Then follow various treatises of AL-l,IASAN B. AL l,IA.sA.N B. AL-HAITHAM d. A.H. 430). Compare, in general, Casiri i. 414 sqq., and Woepcke, l'Algebre d'Omar Alkhayyami, p. 73 sqq., where most of these treatises are mentioned. They are as follows :-IlL Foll. 10v.-12. d. d. j_,:; j. On the Light of the Stars. Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 190.

PAGE 221

)IATHEMATICS AND ASTRONO)fY. 210 Begins : \ \ I.:J o .. l o .. J \ 1.:)' ,Ja.:. ,.; l:.r' IV. Foil. 12v.-17. _,4l\ j ... J;. On Light. Begins : \ I.:J"' "'yaJ \ l-. j iG \ -W-d' J' jd\ j V. Foll. 18-21. j ... On some kind of burning-glasses. See Catal. Lugd. iii. 61. Begins: Ak:-:.:.:..w\ t_.. L:J"' L:J\. VI. Foll. 21v.-25. cL; _r;:.JI j ... 1 V On circular burning-glasses. Degins: uk L:J" .. b VII. Foll. 25v.-27. 1.:)\.(J\ j ... J;. On Place. Degins: I.:JJU.si.JI uJ.::.,::;..\ ...\,; j d VIII. Foll. 28-32. j ... J;. On a Proposition from the Prolegomena of the Banu Musa (Mul;tammad, and AI:tmad) to Apollonius' Dook of Conic Sections. See Cat. Mus. Drit. 443 sq., and below, no. 745. Cf. regarding the Danu Musa, Fihrist, ed. Fliigel, rvt IX. Foll. 32v.-47. j .. "I.:J"""".s.l\ .... }t:. \. On the Light of the Moon. Degins: j _r.iil\ 1.:)1. Then follows-X. Foll. 48-56. j /Jlii,. JJ4 Ail\ .r:The Algebra of '0MAR KnAIY_:\.MI (who flourished in the fifth century). See the edition of Woepcke, Paris, 1851. Foll. 48 and 49 should be placed after fol. 50. Then follow again treatises by D. D. AL-HAITIIAM, Yiz.1 as the conclusion has. XI. Foll. 56v.-69. j ... i\U ... I On the mensuration of parabolic solids. Too preface begins : oJJ t.iil I.:)\..; tJ J;; J5' c) r"' o..Rl ;_.._,. The author says that he had met with two earlier works on the subject, one by Thabit b. which was rather large and difficult, and the other by Abu Sahl Kuhl, which was limited to the easier of the two species of solids in question. XII. Foll. 70-78. j ... l.:l"""".s.l! /J On the segments of the circle. This is an enlarged and improved edition of a short treatise which he had written for a friend at an earlier date.1 Begins: J.(lJI j J.t:. XIII. Foll. 79-86. j ... I.:J........s::lJ /Jtji_.,. On the Eclipse of the Sun. Cf. Cat. Dodl. i. 190a. Begins : j I s.JJ"" ...\J. Then followsXIV. FoiL 87-100. Demonstrations of select Pro positions of Euclid, ascribed to ADu SA'ID AJ;rMAD n. MG:IJAMMAD D. 'ADD AL-JALIL (Sijz1, who flourished in the fourth century).2 Degins : \ yt:;.S' \ d. """'' J.l t-1JI j A.lliLJI I.:J_.. Jt!ll j d. ;;_;,_;.,. Incomplete, terminating abruptly. Then follow more treatises by AL-J:lAsAN D. AL-lf.ASAN :B. AL-HAITHAl\I, viz.XV. Foll. 101-116. y j ... I.:J"""".s.lJ J_,J On the Configuration of the Universe. The preface begins: yts.""\ l:.r' J;.: J',; j _?:JI rk.ll I Both of these editions are mentioned by W uqH'h, l' Algcbre d'Omar Alkhayyami, second list, p. 74, nos. 20 and 21. 2 See W oepcke, l.c., p. 11 i.

PAGE 222

214 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. ),.d' L.r-At the end is an additional note by the authGr, inscribed: j 4lll J\11 b5:: u '-'::; _, L..S' Ui.J \ _r>-T XYI. Foil. 116v.-118. A treatise on the use and construction of certain compasses wherewith to draw large circles. It is sty led in the conclusion .J \S'_r. j J:J t ) I )1_,...\lL Cf. the list in Casiri i. 416, I. 7 infr., and "\V oepcke, p. 7 4, pen., no. 22. This treatise is probably identical with Cat. Lugd. iii. p. 94, no. MLXIV. Begins: u=JI (sie) dJJ 611\ .J.j_,l\ r-"'\sl \$'..):"\' '-' r. '-'J:i') \ ._\ji_J' \t::; A:,t; j XVII. Foll. llSv.-119. u:..,.,. j ... I.:J.w..s:lJ j_,:; .... An algebraic problem. Begins: \,.jjt,. 1..,...\.c \ '-':'} .J>-'-:-jtL-. Lu '-'>-\ l?. XVIII. Fol. ll9v. j d.. J; j This treatise has been translated by Woepcke, Le., p. 91. Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 60. XIX. Fol. 120. _r-il I _)a:.,. w j e' I.:J.w..s:ll t.t..ll on the Parallax of the Moon. Begins: k:-.J"' J:;l_rJJI t_ XX. Fol. 121. j ... J; Solution of an arithmetical problem. Begins: '-':i' '-'?} ...\> 1_, kJj .._\:,... 1_, XXI. FoiL 122-123. j ... J.aj On the Side of the Septangle, which is to be drawn in a circle ; referring to the treatise of .ArcM-merles, -;_}I ...\l I or }I ...\ll j I Cf. Fihrist n,, W enrich, de auctor. Graec. vers., p. 193. Begins: J.:. e,.w.....l\ &..,..(; Well written in a small hand, with numerous neatly drawn diagrams. Of about the tenth century. Wormeaten. [Johnson.J 735. 637. Size 9k in. by 6! in. ; foil. 205. Twenty three lines in a page. A work on Astrology, in eight books, entitled j by Abu'l-I;Iasan 'Ad B. Anu'L-RIJAL Shaiban1, the secretary (a Maghrib1, who :flourished in the earlier part of the fifth century). Cf. Kh. ii. 4; Cat. Mus. Brit .. 623; Stewart, 104. An old Latin translation of this work, with the title "Albohazen Haly filii Abenragellibri de judiciis astro rum," was printed at Basil, 1551. Cf. Zeitschr. der Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. xviii. 155 sq. It is preceded (foil. 1-4v.) by a detailed list of the contents, which begins: J..c. r-r.dJI r-lC=---1 j yh.
PAGE 223

MATHEMATIQS AND ASTRONOl\1Y. 215 that printed at Rome, 1594. According to Aumer, Le., it was printed at Constantinople, 1801 (A.H. 1216). Part of it, comprising six books (r.ll;i....), was also published by the Calcutta School Book Society, 1824. Written in a small cursive hand. Dated A.H. 933. At the end isadded the date of the editor, 22nd Sha 'ban, 646. On the first two foil. are various notes. Worm-eaten. [Hastings. J 737. 1487. Size 7 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 204. Sixteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Written in a small N asta hand. The diagrams well executed. Of the tenth century. Notes in the earlier portion. [Tippu.] 738. 1327. Size 9k in. by 5! in. ; foiL 124. From eighteen to twenty-four lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. The first portion is written in a small N askh, and the rest in a bold N asta 'li}f, which, however, is almost without diacritical points. Notes. Seal of Imam al-din Nu'manl., who bought this MS. at (A.H. 1076). 739. B 42. Size 71 in. by 5! in.; foll. 208. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, well written, with copious notes. Colophon: 1 y\::..a\ d-..\:; ""'"' JJ d. The book has been much injured by insects, especially in the latter portion. Seal of Mul).ammad 'Adil Shah. Note of the library of 'Alam gir, A.H. 1069. Cat. 237 (Hendussuh), I. 1 Destroyed. 740. 1328. Size in. by 6! in.; foil. 269. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written. Dated Monday, 12th Rabi' I.. A. 3 of 'Alamgir II.1 The diagrams are omitted in the latter portion. At the beginning are marginal notes. Appended is a letter of Mr. Vansittart regarding the :nrs., dated Lakhnau. [Johnson.J 741. 1148. Sjze 9! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 135. At first thirty-two and thirty-three, afterwards about sixty, and lastly thirty-three lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-62. AL-DIN rusi's edition of the Arabic version of PToLEMY's ftE'"fa"'J\:rr uvvTaEts, or Almagest. It is entitled ..J..rs?'. See Kh. v. 387; Cat. Mus. Brit. 187, 620, 745; Wenrich, 228. The author says in his preface : ..1. ..\.R.; ;w_, .)?' L-.Jlc 15' J' y\::.S' 1.:Y' J.f-.w'-'!1 'Jb /! I \I ',;;" '::.!' _;: J' \ iJ ""'""Ui.,., .1.1 J!:J..:s:::' .. ') !...?>-r--'.w.J-' yL..sll '-=-'''?'' A valuable copy, closely written in a small hand, without diacritical points. It was completed on Tues day, 6th Mu]).arram, 722, at Sultaniyah, by l;Iamzah b. 'All b. J;Iamzah Baiha}fi, commonly called Sa'd (al-din) Khurasani. He transcribed it from a copy which had been taken from the author's own copy. He collated it with another :MS., in Mu l).arram of the following year, also at Sultaniyah, in the Madrasah Rashidiyah. \Vorm-eaten. One leaf is wanting after fol. 32. It is followed (foll. by two supplements, written in the same hand. The firat of these 1s 1 i.e. A.H. 1169.

PAGE 224

216 ARABIC inscribed, Jt:.!l ....; j tltM.IL The other begins: J ::_,b.s:ll tfJ (\ '-')b elL I j-S'Y., t.p. w_rj, and ends: .4sl1_, AJL)I II. Foll. 63v.-67. The Spherics of MEXELA"Ls in Arabic, edited by B. ABu'L-SHUKR )IAGH RIBi. Begins: y\::.$' ... '-:-') ill Jl j u ... 4;]? cJ.ll This edition is not mentioned anywhere. The alleged editor appears to be the father of Y a"Q.ya b. M. b. A. Sh., the well-known astrologer, who flourished in the seventh century (see no. 769). See, for other editions of the work of 1\fenelaus, Cat. Lugd. iii. 49 sq.; !;[. Kh. i. 390 (v. jl), ii. 213, iii. 48; Wenrich, 210. Very closely and almost illegibly written, in a minute character, of about the same date as no. I. Ill. Foll. 68-135. The Astronomical Tables of ULUGH BEG, t{.:j. Seals of Fa"-il Khan and 'lnayat Khfm, two servants of Shilh jahiln. [Johnson.J 742. 681. Size in. by in.; foll. 368. Twenty nine lines in a page. A Commentary on :['usi's .J-?_rs?', by 'ABD AL-'ALI b. )Iu4ammad b. al-Ifusain,-that is, probably, al-dln 'Abd al-'all b. ::\Iu4ammad Ba1jandi, who flourished towards the end of the ninth l'entury. Cf. Cat. St. Petersb. 111, and below, no. 754. Begins: j cJ.l This is a commentary by &J It is founded upon glo,-sls on the same work, which the author wrote at an earlier period. He speaks of the commentary of al-din N1saburi 1 as being too short and insufficient. Written in a small hand. Seal of (?),a ser'Vant of Mul)ammad Shah (A.H, 1135). [Johnson.J 743 1249. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 240. Twelve lines in a page. Versions of various treatises by Greek authors, edited by AL-DIN ',rirsi. Compare in general, Kh. ii. 213, v. and Cat. Bodl. i. 188 sq., 194, 208, and ii. 260. I. Foll. 1-35. yt::$ ..U 4;.;-ji EucLm's DEDOfJ-EVa, as translated by b. and revised by Thdbit b. See :ij:. Kh. v. 154. Cf. Wenrich, de auctor. Graecor. versionibus, 181, and Cat. Lugd. iii. 44. II. Foll. 36-56. Jib) EucLm's 07rTuca u-rotXEta. Cf. lf. Kh. v. 159; Cat. Lugd. iii. 43; Wenrich, Le., p. 182. Ill. Foll. 57-86. dl111 y\::.5' t...,.;.J1 J-' k1J EucLm's See J;I. Kh. v. 113, who gives the introductory words of the editor, as found in this )IS., where they are preceded by the words Cf. Wenrich, 182. Another version is to be found in Cat. Lugd. iii. 78. IV. Foll. 87-110. tfbll j lr'!JlJk_,l i::....:_, _,Jb_, er"' AUToLYCUs 7rpt E7rt-ro'Awv Kat 'Dvuewv, as revised by Thdbit b. See I:. Kh. v. 112; Wenrich, 208; and also Cat. Lugd. iii. 79. Conclusion: y\::.$' tJ) AJ\.ii..JI C-.:-'lc_,l.kll j V. Foll. 111-116. j (r. V"'Jll..ii...:l 1 He wrote A.H. 704 ; cf. Catal. M us. Brit. 187.

PAGE 225

MATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOMY. 217 tJ_,l 1.:1 \hwj L..... 1..51.; HYPSICLES 7Tcp 7''1]\ TCJJV avacpopar;, as translated by b. and revised by Kindl. See Kh. v. 152; Cat. Lugd. iii. 79; \V enrich, 210. Conclusion: j (sic) yl.S' t'j VI. Foll. 118-238. ARCIIIl\IEDES 7Tpt 7'7]\ ucpatpar; Ka" Kv"Awopov lJ \_,b-: I y\::S, according to the versions of Tla1bt b. and b. with a commentary, which is chiefly derived from that of Eutocius of Ascalon followed ( fol. 231 v.) by the Archimedean treatise KVK)wv tJ-Tp'T}utr; j. Cf. ij:. Kh. v. 150; Wenrich, 190 sq.; Cat. Lugd. iii. 57. The history of this edition is given in the preface of the editor, which begins: JJJI j_,!\ w;_,n j J' ... ijJI yl.S' j JjlJ.\ t' At the end of the second we also find the appendix of Abu Sahl Waijan Ends: Ji..: y,l bU.)) l.. d).j_, yl.S' tj-' A.liJLJI t0 \_,6..: Then follows immediately the second treatise, inscribed: k:Jj j A..li.L.. An elegant copy, written in N asta of the twelfth century. The treatises II.V. were revised between 9th and 11th J umada I. 2 The first two pages are richly ornamented and gilt. Gold and coloured lines round the other pages. [Hastings. J 744. 923. Size 81 in. by in.; foil. 101. Twelve lines in a page. Another collection, apparently of the same origin, 1 Sec Cat. Lugd., Le. 2 Year omitted. and completing the preceding one. Cf. 1;!. Kh. and Cat. Bodl., as before mentioned It contains :-I. Foil. 1-10. AS _r-\.JI y\::S r Ul_, AUToLYcus 7Tpt KtvOV!J-V'TJ\ ucpatpar;, in the version of Thabit b. See I_I. Kh. v. HO ; \Y enrich, 208; Cat. Lugd. iii. 49; Cat. :Jius Brit. 623a. Revised on 17th Jum. I. II. Foll. 11-21. JWI y\::S \;} 1.:1 J-'U r-\;.)\ THEonosrus 7Tpt olK'TJUEwv, translated by J[usta b. Lu4.a. C. Kh. v. 150; Cat. Lugd. iii. 79; Cat. Mus. Brit., Le.; Wenrich, 207. Revised on 18th Jum. I. III. Foil. 23-51. j vwr,..:_,..;_,u .i::ill_, y\::..(!1_, j t......;J' j_, \:)_,ill_, TIIEonosrus 7Tpt TJ!J-Epwv Kat VVKTwv. See .ij:. Kh. under both of the above titles, v. 56 and 143 ; W enrich, 207 ; and Cat. Mus. Brit., Le., where b. is named as translator. Revised on 13th Sha 'ba.n. IV. Foil. 52-69. j V"">-):2..:) y\::.$' .1K!. r-ARISTARCHUS 7Tp JL"fCJJV Kat a7rOG'7''T}fJ-aTCJJV '!J)I..wv Kat uEA'TJV'TJ\ See Kh. v. 70, whose state ment, however, is confused. The Arabic translation was made, according to Cat. Bodl. i. 189, by JTusta b. Cf. W enrich, 209 ; Fihrist, rv., 20 ; and Palmer, Catal. Trin. Coli. 180. Revised on 13th J urn. I. V. Foll. 71-95. (...Jo'-1 yl.S' j\ j_,\ The first book of the Elements of EucLID, in Persian. VI. Foil. 98-101. Jdl j yl.S' d. L Jl JSsll 28

PAGE 226

218 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Eucun's treatise on Heavy and Light (de gravi et levi), in the version of Thabit b. Cf. W enrich, 184; Fihrist, ed. Fliigel, n, 16. Begins: 1L.J ,._jb j L,.:j_ I .JI :D 't .:) Written and ornamented like the preceding no. 745. 924. Size 8i in. by 5! in.; foil. 204. Eleven lines in a page. APoLLONIUs' Book of Conic Sections, probably the edition of AL-DIN rusi. See Cat. Bodl. i. 205 ; Cat. Lugd. iii. 44 ; W enrich, 200. Other versions, Cat. Mus. Brit. 208 and 444. Cf. J:l. Kh. v. 147, and Fihrist, ed. Fliigel, n, sq. Begins : j u-"' y <:r"' J_, tU \k.l I J...,'_,!l b.s:l\ t_l. This first Malf,alah concludes (fol. 42) as follows: d-AJULJI after which the second begins thus: AJIJWI 0 ,..., j ,,.:;_, L:ill \!ll .. An elegant copy, executed like the two preceding nos. Dated 21st RamaQ.an, 1198. Rubrics omitted in the concluding portion. [Hastings. J 746. 1763. Size 8 in. by 5 in.; foll. 110. Twenty six lines in a page. A Commentary ( on Na$ir al-din fusZ' s (d. A.H. 672) or Elements of Astronomy, by Sm SHARIF JURJ.ANi (d. A.H. 816). See :ij:. Kh. ii. 268; Cat. Bodl. ii. 293; Bibl. Sprenger. 1844. According to the conclusion, the author completed this commentary on Tuesday, 15th Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 811, at Shl.raz. Written in a small hand, by :MaQ.mud b. Molla Jan, a physician. Headings and diagrams in gold. [Hastings. J 747. 1715. Size 8! in. by 4! in.; foll. 258. Twentyone lines in a page. Another Commentary on fusz's styled il....G I, by Shams al-din Mul).ammad b. Al).mad who completed it in Mul).arram, 932. It includes the commentary of Jurjanz before mentioned. Kh. ii. 269, and Cat. Bodl. i. 221, ii. 606. Begins: 1.,.,_, 13 Well written; the last portion supplied by a different hand. The colophon runs as folio ws : \ .,)j (sic) I (.!!?. -.\11 I 1.:7' J..c 1.:)?.'-'ll j ..M..s:"' JJJI Jl ""?. 4Sl\ Probably of the eleventh century. The first fol. is slightly injured. Seal of a servant of 'Alamglr. [Johnson.J 748. B 49. Size 8! in. by 4! in. ; foll. 83. Fifteen lines in a page. A treatise on Arithmetic, by B. Mm;rAMMAD Nis.A.Bi'TRi (al-din, who flourished at the beginning of the eighth century; cf. no. 742). No title found. See for a full account of the work, Cat. Bodl. ii. 290 sq. Begins: .,.\.dJ\_, (.!):. '-'}l\ NJ il.t..s.lL Written in a large plain hand. Dated Tuesday, 29th Rabl.' I., 1136. Defects after foll. 37, 41, and 58. Inscribed: ... J'-' yL..sJI (.!)?.'. Cf. Catal. 238, vi. 749. B 63A. Size in. by 4! in.; foll. 96. Fifteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-74. Another edition of the preceding treatise. The name of the author is omitted ; instead, 1 1:;1. Kh., Le., reads d.j

PAGE 227

AND ASTRONO:\IY. 219 the preface contains a dedication to Shams al-din 'Abd al-latif, son of the great Wazlr, Rashicl al-din. From this the treatise is called A.JL)\. It is mentioned under this title, j in J;I. Kh. iv. 76. This is probably the original edition, and the dedication was omitted after the fall and death of Rashid al-din, A.H. 718. Well written. Dated 23rd Sha'ban, 1086. Scribe, Ghulam Riqa. Red lines round the pages. Some notes. II. Foil. 80-96. Various tables, the purport of which I am unable to state. They are without any inscription or explanation. 750. B 63B. Size 10! in. by 5! in.; foll. 86. Twenty five lines in a page. A fragment of a Commentary on the Arithmetic of NlsdbUri, by an unknown author. Imperfect both at the beginning and end. The first words of the text are (fol. lv.): J\:;.1\ i' j J'.!l\ Plainly written. Numerous blanks intended for diagrams. Fol. 86, a stray leaf, which had been placed at the beginning of the volume, bears the inscription .)..J f.:..J\ Cf. Catal. 238 (Hendussuh), v. 751. B 52. Size in. by in.; foll. 119. Fifteen lines in a page. A Commentary on Jaghmznl' s Compendium of Astronomy, called ; by Musa b. Mal;tmud 1 RuMi, who dedicated his work to ffiugh Beg, grandson of Timur, A.H. 815. Kh. vi. 113; Cat. Bodl. ii. 247; Cat. St. Petersb. 110 sqq.; Codd. Hafn. 68 ; Cat. :Mus. Brit. 190. Clearly written in a small N asta hand. Transcribed by .. )' ).x.t d. d. for his own use. Frequent marginal notes. Of the tenth century. Several passages have been supplied by a more modern hand. I Alias Mul;lammad. On fol. 114v. follow various extracts, partly in the same, and partly in a different hand; one from Klwwd razml's cornmentary1 con cerning the fixed stars; another from AL-DiN's glosses on the present commentary, 1 etc. 752. B 51. Size in. by 51 in. ; foll. 124. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Plainly written. Of about A.H. 1000. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1034, tiom 1Ii:r Mul;lammad Amin. Catal. 238 (Hueut), i. 753. 1489. Size 7 i in. by 4! in. ; foil. 91. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, legibly written in Seal of Saiyid Mu'in al-din (A.H. 1159). [Hastings. J 754. B 53. Size 7! in. by in.; foll. 144. Fifteen lines in a page. Glosses on J!acf,izddah's Commentary, ascribed on the title-page to Molla 'All Barjand1, who however, is more correctly named 'Ann AL-'ALi B. :UuBARJ..rnni. See Cat. St. Petersb. 111, and I;. Kh. vi. 114, who only calls him by his surname. He flourished towards the end of the ninth century. Cf. no. 742. Plainly written by two hands. A defect after fol. 8. Cat. 238 (Hueut), i. 2. 755. 622. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 16. Twenty-nine lines in a page. A treatise on the Size aml Distance of the Planets and Fixed Stars, by GrriY:\.TH AL-DIN JAMsnin b. :Jias'ud b. MaQ.mud Kisni, who flourished in the 1 Cf. I;I. Kh. vi. 114.

PAGE 228

220 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. earlier part of the ninth century.1 It is called and also ilL) I, from its dedication to the W azir Kamal al-din MaQ.mud. Cf. Kh. iii. 610; Cat. Lugd. iii. 133; Stewart, 104. This treatise consists of eight books ( AJ and a The conclusion begins: \,.. _;;.T AJl:)l j Legibly written in a small hand. Dated end of Shawwal, 850. Foll. 3 and 5 belong to an astronomical treatise in Persan, and were inserted at a later date. [Tippu.J 756. 1039. Size 9! in. by in.; foil. 122. Eighteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 2-14. A Persian mathematical treatise. Dated Rabi' I., 1041. Scribe, )Iul;lammad Amin b. )Iirza MuQ.ammad FaQ.l Allah Kashan1. Fol. 1 contains a note in Arabic, on multiplication yJ.,:;). Then follows, written in the same hand,-II. Foll. 15-122. A treatise on Arithmetic, en titled '-'WI by GnrYATli AL-DiN JAl\rsiiiD 'L b. Mas'ud b. Ma}:tmud KA.siiA.Ni, who dedicated his work to IDugh Beg. See Kh. \i. 12 ; Cat. Mus. Brit. 199; Cat. St. Petersb. 118; Cat. Lugd. iii. 75; Bibl. Sprenger. 1824. Cf. the preceding no. Begins : ,_s..\1 \ ill \ 'rJ 2 d..:4jr,_, Mostly well written, with tables and diagrams. Marginal notes. In the original binding of Tippu's library. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 100. [Tippu.J 757. 1210. Size in. by 4! in.; foll. 10. Twenty lines in a page. An abridgment of the yU\ 'L\::.i...' made by the 1 He was one of the assistants of ffiugh Beg, see B. Kh. iii. 559. The date of his death as given by the latter under the present work, viz. A.H. 919, is incorrect. 2 The "MS. has author himself, and entitled 'LW\ It is mentioned in Kh. vi. 12. Begins: M.d\ -'=--ill ..M.sl\. It consists of thirty sections ). Written in a small Nasta'lil5:, with tables and diagrams. Worm-eaten. The last two leaves are injured. Part of the margin has been cut away, whereby several diagrams and notes have been muti lated. [Gaikwar.J 758. 17 48. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foil. 26. From thirteen to nineteen lines in a page. A Compendium of Arithmetic, called yU\ by BAHA AL-DIN Mm;rA::MMAD B. J;[usAIN 'AMULi (d. A.II. 10301 or 1031). Printed, with a Persian translation and commentary, at Calcutta, 1812, and also at Constantinople, A.II. 1268. Edited in German by Prof. Nesselmann, Berlin, 1843; and translated into French by M. Aristide Marre, Rome, 1864 (2nd edit.). Cf. 1;. Kh. iii. 168; Cat. Mus. Brit. 622 ; Cat. St. Petersb. 230. The preface contains here a dedication to a t3afaw1 prince, styled ,:1 L:J\kL .... I\ d.\ L:J\kW\ d.' L:J\kL..I\ L:Jk;... 2 '-!J\kL., which is in none of the other copies. At the end is given the date of the original copy, 1004. The present copy is dated Saturday, Rabi' II., 1056. The scribe gives his name as .\-t-s"' Legibly written in N asta '1115:, with copious notes. Stained by damp. On the title-page is a table of the Indian numerals," .. as follows: (meaning ._,I..:>. f), etc. [Tippu.J 1 So according to a note at the end of this MS. 2 Variant This appears to be the correct reading, the person in question being Aml:r .ij:amzah, son of Mul}.ammad Khudabandah, and grandson of Shah 'fahmasp.

PAGE 229

:JIATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOl\IY. 221 759. 1582. Size Si in. by 5! in. ; foll. 125. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary (.(!).J..tvt) on the preceding work, entitled by ALLAH b. b. 'Abd al-rasul, of Saharanpur, who completed his work on 19th Dhu'l-l;tijjah, 1086. It was printed at Calcutta, 1829. Begins: y\., .. I.!.Y' Written in a hurried Date, A.H. 1105. The colophon runs as follows : J I' tO J.a.> j LL:>. 1 L L:>. 'I' I j'_;.s::"" I.!.Y' \.J I j ''"":'A .. I l!J"" Ull_, (sic, r. dJ\,.._,) UL . l.JN'_..,:;._ '-=-'\.;\,.a,.. j '-=-''-_; \bLJ\ i-.1.:1 I'Y, I I.!.Y' .... "-}J I I \j 1., I .)_,.;j)p,; _}i.:>-1 I.:J"" ..M.s"" t' (?) C'\:-i:v. The first few leaves have been supplied by a different hand. [Hastings. J 760. B 48. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foll. 109. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Well written, by Shaikh Farid b. :Mul;tammad. Defects after foil. 55, 80, and 95. Inscribed: d.\ Cf. Cat. 238, iii. 4 (?). 761. 1362. Size 71; in. by 41; in.; foll. 69. Thirteen lines in a page. A concise Commentary ('[_Jj--tvt) on the y\.w..s::ll, by ALLAH, called the Geometrician, I Marginal note: \,; l(: c.W.s' y _TA son of Ustad AQ.mad, the architect (veL$\..,! I ill\ The preface begins : ..\....d I jl I ..\>-I ,l I ill ..\.t..s.l I The first words commented on are : k .yL...s:ll Notes by bd.M AL-DIN B. Lu!'F ALLAH are on the margin. It is preceded by the preface of 'Amull (fol. 4), and by a fragment treating of multiplication, which begins: j fb' j y,_ra.JI_, (foil. 1-2). Beautifully written. [Gaikwar.J 762. B 45. Size 9! in. by in.; foll. 16. Twenty one lines in a page. The first portion of a Commentary on the J:""k, by YAzni. The preface begins: l!J"" Y, ... ::S::. r-t::.:: . The author refers in it to an earlier commentary of his, entitled The commentary begins: k...., .))'"'' j JUJ t' y\Mol.s.l \ It breaks off in the middle of Chapter II., the rest of the being lost. Written in a small hurried on red paper. Of about the century. Inscribed (1 Lk. 763. B 44. Size 9 in. by 4! in. ; foll. 77. Twenty-one lines in a page. JJ'"' l!Y' Lk lr' ... tll' ..\.:..c ""'?.;,J' (' All\ j..\...i'J ul\.S:w, J.:. Another Commentary (z:_,j..tvt) on the yL.s.l\, by Shams al-din 'All Husain1 KrrALKn.\.Li. The preface begins : ...\>-\}I) '..\j I A1.l ...\.t..s::l \ The commentary begins with .. It

PAGE 230

222 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. has a special conclusion, in which the name of the author is given as above. Legibly written in Shikastah. Additional notes by the author are on the margin. .A. lacuna extends from the end of fol. 15 over the whole of fol. 16. Cat. 238 (Hendussuh), iii. 2 (?). 764. 1308. Size 10! in. by 6t in.; foll. 427. Thirty three lines in a page. CLA vrus' Eight Books of Gnomonics, 1 translated into Arabic by Mu'TAMAD KHAN Rustam b. Diyanat Khan J;Iarith1 Badakhshi, who flourished under .A.u rangzib. Entitled \;i,.,n yh$'. .A. fragment of it is described in Cat. Mus. Brit. 443. This is the rough copy of the translator, as is stated in a note which was written on the first leaf by his son, Mirza Mul).ammad. This note begins: yhS' There is no preface to this work. It commences as follows: tvJJ j.(..!.ll. The above title, and the name of author of the original work occur, however, at the commencement of each following book ( AJ Ui..-; ). Clearly written in N asta 'lilj.:, with numerous diagrams. Slightly injured by damp. The following note is written on a fly-leaf, apparently by R. Johnson: "Upon Dialling. A work of Clavius in Latin, translated into Arabic by Maatemed Khan, who went to Portugal in the time of Aurungzebe. This is the original foul copy of the transla tion in the hand of the translator." [Johnson.J 765. 1490. Size 7! in. by 5 in.; foll. 34. Fifteen lines in a page. .A. Commentary on .A.bu Mul).ammad '.A.bdallah b. J;[ajjaj Ydsmznz's2 (or Ibn al-Yasmin's) Algebra in verse, The name of the commentator is not mentioned. 1 Gnomices libri octo. Romae, 1581; see Cat. :M us. Brit. 443 n. 2 The :MS. has Kh. i. 246; Cat. Bodl. i. 224, 210, 256; and Bibl. Sprenger. 1832. Begins: yj; _r.:::-u..\11 il?\Ji...,!l. The author says subsequently: JW ADI l:}l l.l r,ll j J..c J;;..WJ The text of Yasmini begins as follows : JWI r.l1JJ--'?. J; Plainly written. Colophon: '"' ... ... _r. --'>-' Jl \f:-J\S' [Johnson.J 766. B 78. Size 12 in. by 8! in. ; foll. 44. Thirty lines in a page Various fragments of a treatise on Astrology, with an ephemeris for the solar year beginning with 13th Sha'ban, 1006. The author is not mentioned. Begins : --'::; J IJ 4 1..\::.} Y, '-=-'I.)__,::; _rH Well written ; headings in various colours. Many tables. 767. 461. Size 9 in. by 5i in. ; foil. 208. Twelve lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-7. .A. treatise without title on the use of the Astrolabe. It is ascribed on the title-page to AL-DIN (jl J..t..c ).) AlL.) p...,j Kh. iii. 366 mentions a Persian treatise by this author on the subject. Begins: j Tho copy was revised on 14th Shawwal, 1198. II. Foll. 8-34. j .A. treatise on the Eclipse of the Sun, by AL-J;lASAN B. AL-J;IASAN B. AL-HAITHAM (d. A.H. 430), the same as no. 734, xiii.

PAGE 231

MATHEMATICS AND Ill. Foil. 35-180. A revised and abridged edition of a work on Algebra ( 'JW by Sharaf aldzn b. Mu}:lammad (who flourished about A.H. 606).1 The name of the editor is not mentioned. It is entitled Begins: st:...:;jl_, Jl..:i ill\ l..l yt::!ll j J t.; AlT__, Al_,-:, r..$k Jl J..,_, L.. 1.!}?....\l\ IV. Foll. 182-189. J....c j A..ll..:.J j '-'-'L..::J.I. How to draw an equilateral septangle in a circle; a treatise by Anu SAHL Kimi (Waijan b. Rustam, who flourished towards the end of the fourth century). Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 57; Casiri, i. 444 in.; Fihrist, ed. Fliigel, r Af, 2. Begins: yls:""l uh b'_,.-.""'.a..._, This treatise is intended to carry out an unfinished design of Archimedes.2 It was written for Abu'l fawaris b. 'AQ.ud al-daulah, the Buyide. V. Foll. 189-191. Another short treatise by Anu SAHL KuHi, inscribed j .._jb fl I ,..,).:. 3 J lr:._, l:)::'b Cf. Casiri, i. 444, l. 5 inf. Begins: 7'-=-' yl VI. Foll. 191v.-197. d d. y\::.$' k>.L..,.. j A treatise by InRAIIIl[ B. SINAN b. TM.bit b. (d. A.H. 335)4 on the measurement of parabolas. Begins: 4::>-\.....v. j .,_\j l...:, This is the third edition of the treatise, the two earlier editions having been lost. The author also J Cf. Cat. Lugd. iii. 71. z Sec no. 734, xx. s Sic; read Jlp, or rather JIH. In the index. the same is expressed by \;. 1 Cf. Cat. M us. Brit. ii. 444, and Chwolsohn, Die Ssabier, i. 577. mentions the labours of his grandfather Thabit, 1 and of :1Iahanl, on this subject. VII. Foll.198-208. j yhS'. A treatise by TrriBIT n. (d. A.H. 288), on the weighing-machine called L!)Jb-:Jil I 2 Begins : b>. Ends : j l!i tJ I b' 1-.1 L .. An elegant copy in N asta executed like no. 7 44. 768. 1747. Size 8k in. by 5! in.; foil. 70. Eleven lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-38. The first book (:JUL..) of edition of the Elements of EucLID. Dated Wednesday, 9th Sha'ban, 1176 Wl J\:;.ll J:.H,._l\ II. Foil. 40-45. The second book of the same work, imperfect, terminating abruptly. Ill. Foll. 48-70. Commentary on Jaghmzni's See no. 751. Imperfect, terminating abruptly. Diagrams omitted. Neatly written in N asta Of the twelfth century. [Johnson.J 769. 707. Size in. by 5! in.; foil. 169. Thirteen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-88. An astrological treatise, by Mu}:lyi al-din Ya}:lya b. Mul,lammad InN ABu'L-SHUKR MAGII RIBI (seventh century), the same as that described in Cat. Mus. Brit. 197, no. ccccxrrr.; Cat. Bodl. i. 214; and Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 383. Begins: j.d,;l J\,:; j.t.JI d. I ..M..s::_.. d 1_, ill I j J:JL:)I .,_\j illl t1 Li"-' 1 Cf. Casiri, i. 390, l. 20. 2 Or \. See Dorn, Drei astron. lnstr., p. 95, and Fihrist, ed. Fliigel, ii. 127.

PAGE 232

224 ARABIC :M:ANUSCRIPTS. II. Foil. 89-118. (r. fsll) y\::.$' :;t.,.:. z:_ j 1.:.)\JI} A treatise by the same author on the conjunctions of the planets in the different signs of the Zodiac, identical with Cat. Mus. Brit. 197, ccccxrv. ii. III. Foll. 118v.-127. j (.!)'"" J,.-. An extract from an astronomical work of J>:u'!'B ALniN SHiRA.zi (d. A..H. 710), bearing on chronology and various eras Begins: W cJ\ Cf. regarding the work in question, J:I. Kh. vi. 396, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 189. IV. Foil. 128-130. I:J"" j _rj J..c An extract from ABu introduction to Astrology, which was written A.H. 357. Cf. lif Kh. v. 472. Begins: (1 e_..::.:::;-1 A.J..;\.> j ill\ Then follow two Persian pieces-V. Foil. 130v.-151. .J..; followed by Chapter IV. of the same work. VI. Foil. 152-169. On the conjunctions of the planets, which took place in various years of the eleventh and twelfth centuries. Cf. Stewart's Catal. 104, xv. \Yell written in Dated 29th Sha'ban, 1185. [Tippu.J 770. B 47. Size 7 in. by 5! in.; foil. 80. Twenty three lines in a page. I. Foll. 2-11. A treatise on Arithmetic, called '-'UI Jkl by Abu'l-'Abbas A};tmad b. Abu 'Abdailah :Mu};tammad b. '0thman Azdi lBN ALBANNA Marrakushi (flourished in the seventh century). Cf. ij:. Kh. ii. 400 ; Cat. M us. Brit. 198. Begins: ... I y,l Jl.i yL..sll Jkl y\::ill j (sic) d..?, J..c tl!IJ?I j J\:;.liJ '-'..ul\ Jkl j Jl JJ""Jll This is the first part C:;::::-) only. Well written in a small hand. '!'he first few leaves are much injured by damp. There follows immediately, written in the same hand,-II. Foil. 11-18. A Commentary on Ibn Yasmzn's Algebra in verse (see no. 765), by 'All b. Mu};tammad commonly called Andalusi Basti (d. A..H, 891).1 It is entitled J..c z I I:)? I Begins: d. cUll JJii?. tlJ cUJ\ JJ;.,C l..S..;w4 J;; I J I 4.!.J...\s:.J \ _,J \ &....L.......ll J j...i.QJI \.-. l!Lc __/kll ill lb\.QJI \.-.1 .. l:J-! \j j...:i.Q.J \ u-? I W I \.-. j _,.:;-) .. JI :......-:UI t_ :Ju .... This piece is dated Thursday, 13th RamaQ.an, 866, and the copyist gives his name as Mu};tammad b. 'Abd allah +arrani ,_} Ill. Foll. 19-69. A Commentary on the yL...s.l\ Jkl (see no. I.), entitled y'-:JJI, by 'ABD AL-'AZiz B. 'ALi B. D.A'un HAwA.Ri who wrote it with the sanction of the author, and dedicated it to Abu 1\fu}:tammad 'Abdallah b. Abu Madyan, 1 Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 199 ; Casiri, i. 289. 2 The MS. has J.:. 3 The name given here differs entirely from the common tradition (see no. 765).

PAGE 233

MATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOMY. 225 Wazir to Abu (Yt1suf, the Almohade ?). Cf. J;I. Kh. ii. 400; Casiri, i. 380 sq.; 1 Catal. Bodl. i. 76. Begins: u:;'r-JI ... Jt; J) Al.l M.s:ll. The author says subsequently: .r.'"'l U \.c..\\ I il"") ... J.)J I _;.a:.l4 y 1..5-I f."'' d. I ... ..r.J_,n 'Ji! ADI J\bl 1.:)? Alll M.S:""' (sic) y,l Aj_rAi do--"'"' ... The text is marked with V', and the commentary with J Written like nos. I. and II. Dated end ofJum. I., 856. IV. Foil. 70v.-76. An extract from SmHAB AL-DIN IBN AL-HA.'Il\r's (Al;lmad b. Mul;lammad, died probably A.H. 815) Commentary on his own treatise on Inheritance. It bears on vested inheritances ( j\; ... Y) All t.:>r UI j Alll d. d...\ll L. ,-iCII j I-Jl J .- &.::.:.Q.Ji I,. .. .. I.:J""' 1.:)1 J.aj c.J""'.s:l i (u? I ?) L..5 i cJ'"' ..y I A>-_) The work in question is perhaps identical with the A.;.QJ or ascribed to the author in ij:. Kh. v. 218 and 219 sq. This piece is written by the same hand as the pre ceding, but in a somewhat different style. It is dated A.H. 860. The colophon runs as follows: --'-+.s:'"' illl Jl ))t.:;. !.:)""' 2 d. J');. Many tables. 1 The statements of Casiri, p. 381, however, seem to be incorrect. :1 This word is indistinct, it might as well V. Foil. 76v.-79. A short treatise on planes, without title. Begins: th.J4 ... ttlH Jl_,; J.c l.:)tb;... "-'>-') b;.. .JI..\.c Inelegantly written in a small character, with rough diagrams. Transcribed by Abu Y azid Sharwani, A.H. 860. The vacant spaces at the beginning and the encl of the treatises are usually filled with various extracts, anecdotes, etc. Seal oflbrahim Nauras ('Adil Shah II.). Cat. 237 (Hendussuh), ii. 771. B 43. Size 10! in. by 6 in.; foil. 50. Seventeen lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-14. InN SiN A.'s (d. A.H. 428) Book of Definitions, .J)..\.s:ll y\::.5'. Cf. Cat. Bodl. ii. 291 b ; Cat. Lugd. iii. 324. Begins: Y-1 V"':ijl j\; ... illl Y.) AlJ U_;;)J ill\ \ic 1.:.::-w I.:)? I ill\ !.:)?\ I.:) I J_,lL L:.J\j t.-.1 ... Jr-1\b?. II. FoiL 15-50. Books II.Vof a work on Mathe matics, entitled ..\.ci_,Jil\ j by 'brAn AL-DIN 'ABDALLAH B. AL-KHADDAM (Baghdad!). Cf. ij:. Kh. iv. 471. They are inscribed as follows:-a. Foil. 15-20. j u1..c U.t.::.k.-. ,._jbJ On contracts and sales. b. Foil. 20v.-33. j JJ. On the mensuration of planes and solids. c. Foil. 33v.-39. j On Algebra. d. Foil. 40-50. Jjl..-.11 j D.: IJi.J r.l On practical Algebra. The latter part concludes as follows : J _,.iJ \ 29

PAGE 234

226 ARABIC ]fANUSCRIPTS. ""'w..; 1 \3 1 I_,Jil 1 j 1 ""j lil 1 l:.Y' il.JI, \j illl Plainly written. 772. 1048. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foil. 38. Twenty-five, twenty-three, and twenty-one lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-20. Calculations of various astronomical problems, by an unknown author. Entitled JJ\-.-JI ... J' y)lbn The work was completed on 23rd Dhu'l 883. Begins: .. \.;.;ik;.. AD ...\....JI j ..\.Cl_,:; .. In nineteen chapters. A good copy, transcribed from a MS. which was written during the author's lifetime. Collated with another copy, by a different hand. II. Foll. 21-30. A sciatheric treatise, entitled )1...\1\ k_,ho... j by )In_UliDL\D B. 'Ad b. ::MuJ:tarumad b. 'J,Ji Malikl Azharl. Begins: i.:.?) W...\1\ \.....wl\ d.ll I. The treatise is divided into three parts as follows: I. J-""' j j; II. )\...\11 '-'W j; IlL J\::.ll ,;;l!GJ j. Each part consists of two chapters. IlL Foll. 31-38. Two introductory treatises on Geometry and Astronomy, by an unknown author. Beginning: l:.Y' _}j ill .M..JI y1J Alii, rf j JJj_, f_ I bS:l ib.a:.l\ j The first treatise consists of three, and the second (fol. 32) of eleven chapters. They contain chiefly definitions. The two latter pieces are plainly written, by N ur al-din b. MuQ.ammad b. Abu'l-su 'ud Y azidi Shaft 'i. The first is dated 27th Shawwal, and the second, 15th Dhu'l-Q.ijjah, 1049. [Gaikwar.J MEDICINE. 773. 1296. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foil. 659. Twenty three lines in a page. Abu'l-Hasan AQ.mad b. Mul}.ammad rABARi's (flour. about 360) System of Medicine (Lfo 8') in ten books ... ), called or the Hippo cratean Cure. Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 135; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 357; Wustenfeld, Geschichte der arab. Aerzte, p. 56. Begins : i..r) j ill ..M..s:ll t See on the subject, Cat. Bodl. ii. 284. Well written. The single are generally separate. The sixth has the following colophon : w_,r-JI t.4 ... d,j AJ\>. ).) ),J Ww U.J.!!f--!b Ill v A;.w \;t.j l!) The copy was completed in Rajab, A. 2 Julus,l by the same Kazim. Prefixed is a list of the contents, by a different hand [Johnson.J 1 Of Shah 'Alam I., i.e. A.H. 1119.

PAGE 235

MEDICINE. 2)"" -J 774. 1802. Size in. by in.; foll. 179. Sixteen lines in a page. Some portions of the first or theoretic part of 'Ala al-dln 'ALi B. AL-'Annls M.uusi's (d. A.rr. 384) System of Medicine, entitled A.cl.dl It is also often called JWI, the "royal" book, from its dedication to 'AQ.ud al-daulah, the Buyide. See Kh. v. 25; Cat. Lugd. iii. 236; Cat. J\Ius. Brit. 631; Aumer, Hdss. :::Uiinch. 357; etc. Cf. Wiistenfeld, Gesch. d. arab. Aerzte, p; 59. Latin translations of the work were printed at Venice, 1492, and at Leyden, 1523. This MS. comprises the fifth, sixth, seventh, and tenth books (tU IJi,. ), all separate, and bound in the following order: (fol.1) j AJLQ..JI (r. (fol. 48) j r.l\ ... tU\LJI 1 (fol. 94) j A.lLQ..JI JJ ... (fol. 136) tlllWI d ... j Plainly written. Of the twelfth century. The end is injured by damp. Foll. 168 and 175 should be transposed. [Johnson.J 775. 1310. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 45. Sixteen lines in a page. The fourth of the second or practical part of the preceding work. Begins: y\::.5' JW\ (sic) t:?jll tll\Ji.\.1 w_,_rJ.I (r. j.,.\S' (r. kl,) ulb-' j j tU_,w\ll "rritten like the preceding no. [Johnson.J 1 This inscription varies from that given in Cat. Lugd., l.c. 776. 1D36. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 220. Twentyone lines in a page. The fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth books ( J:.l of the second part of the same work. Beginning: y\:..S' J\::.ll tl.l\i\.1 J..c kUI j.-.\$' tl.l)w\ll dLJJ Well written. e'J.i\...3 777. 2176. Size 9-! in. by 51 in.; foll. 507. From twelve to sixteen lines in a page. The third part of (Abu 'AB b. 'Abdallah) InN SiNl's (d. A.H. 428) on Anatomy and on local complaints. Cf. Kh. iv. 496; Cat. Mus. Brit. 221, 744; Cat. Lugd. iii. 239; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 521. The work was printed at Rome, 1593 Begins: j y\::..(ll .(1 Legibly written in N asta approaching to Shi kastah. Some portions are in a different band. The colophon runs as follows : r-W jJ) r-J..) b'...\Jl. j,) [College of Fort William, 1825. J 778. 2020. Size 12! in. by 6! in.; foil. 197. Twenty seven lines in a page The fourth part of the J[anun, on general complaints. Begins: _tb) Well written. Of the eleventh century. [College of Fort Willium, 1825].

PAGE 236

228 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 779. 854. Size lOi in. by 6i in.; foil. 775. Twentythree and twenty-five lines in a page. Part of a large Commentary (:....,..) on the first C..:_/..1. book of the J{an'Un by AL-DIN lfAJ.IMih> b. :Jias'ud b. SHiR.tzi (d. A.H. 710). Cf. iv. 498; Casiri, i. 291 ; Cat. Bodl. ii. 160. This commentary is called from its dedication to Sa 1d al-dln, Wazir to Sultan Khudabandah. The preface begins : \ y\h>. 4..! i..:;.,; \ \,. J) \ \ Written in various hands, often without distinction of text and commentary. Ends abruptly in the second d. After fol. 387 is a lacuna. Foll. 262-269 should be placed in the following order : 262, 266, 263, 264, 267, 268, 265, 269. [Johnson.J 780. 1959. Size in. by 6! in.; foil. 167. Twenty five lines in a page. A Commentary on the first book of the l[an'Un by MAJ.IMfu> Al\IULI (d. A.H. 753). Cf. H. Kh. iv. 500. The preface begins: ... "-'.).!\ oll ...\..t..s:l\ l!)\.....J cUik;.... j. The author, after mentioning the commentaries of Raz1, Afc;lal Khunaj1, anJ }.\:urashi, lauds that of his master, al-din Shirazi, 1 to which the present work is intended as a supplement, especially as regards anatomical matters. He dedicates it to a prince, whose name is not mentioned. .. A11 Gilani, in the introduction to his commentary (see the following no.), says that AmuH-he calls him Mu1J_ammad wrote his work for the use of Rome princes (J.lll \ \ who had come from remote countries, in order to read with him the J!dnun, and that it was written in haste, without much care and preparation. The text of the Jianun is introduced by Jl;, and the commentary by J; \ This MS. is imperfect at the end. It terminates in the commencement of the second J Legibly written in N [Johnson.J 1 See the preceding no. 781. 1519. Size 12! in. by in. ; foll. 598. Twenty nine lines in a page. The first part of a vast on the J[dnun, by 'ALi GiLA.Ni. Cf. Cat. M us. Brit. 7 44. This commentary is preceded by a long preface, in which the author criticizes the works of his predecessors, al-din Shiraz1 ), AmuB, and Ibn Nafls ::{{urashl, and recommends his own work, on which he spent thirty years of his life. It begins: \ Y, j The name of the author is indicated by the following passage : M.w\ \,.\ i_l Jj\ w\bll The surname Gllani is given to him here in an inscription of recent date. As he mentions (fol. 4) I ,2 he must have lived at least as late as the ninth century. The preface is followed by a detailed list of the contents of the l[anun. This volume comprises only tbe first book ( \ ). It concludes as follows: l!J,.. fi Jw till\ .. till\ L!J_,.;Uill j "-'.).!' y\::..a\ \Yell written. On the margin are additions by the author, and extracts from different commentaries. [Johnson.J 782. 1515. Size 13 in. by 7 in.; foll. 352. Thirtythree lines in a page. .A... Commentary on the second book of the J!anun, on simple medicines. It is ascribed to J.t:., that is, 'A..Li GhA.Ni, the author of the preced ing no. Begins: till\ .).:r j\:; ... y\::!1\ L:J\.; AIT_, .M..s:" Al_,..:..J J.:. y\::.SJ\ j L...c r. L..j\_, Le) 1 From this it would appear that this commentary is not identical with that of 'All Astarabadi (1:1. Kh. iv. 498), as is asserted in Cat. Mus. Brit., Le. 1 See no. 409.

PAGE 237

MEDICINE. 229 Ends: l:)_,i IJJ\ 1.:)'"' J \:;.l\ y\:...(l\ r_f-Jw Al.!\ .... Al.! '-.\;-tb. Neatly written in Of the eleventh century. [Johnson.J 783. 1380. Size 16 in. by 10! in. ; foll. 130. Forty nine lines in a page. The third part of the same Commentary, comprising :Book Ill., oil Anatomy and on local complaints. Well written in a small hand, with corrections and notes. Impe:rfect at the end. It terminates in the tenth :J. Slightly injured and mended. On the fly leaf is a list of the contents. [Johnson.J 784. 1428. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foil. 211. Twenty nine lines in a page. The concluding portion of the same work, or ex planation of :Book V. of the J{dnun, on compound medicines with additions by the author. Written in various N asta hands. Of the eleventh century. The end is wanting. Foil. 210-211. A fragme.nt of a treatise on the law of inheritance. [Johnson.J 785. 1418. Size 10! in. by in.; foil. 420. Twenty two lines in a page. A Commentary on 'Ala al-din 'Ali b. Abu'l lfazm (commonly called Ibn al-Nafzs, d. A.H. 68 7) 'JJ \ ;r.or abridgment of the _zrdnun of Ibn Sina. The author, whose name is not mentioned, appears to be :Burhan al-din NAFis D.'IwA:p KARMA.Ni, who completed his work A.H. 841, at Cf. Kh. vi. 252; Stewart's Catal. 114 sq.; Cat. :Bodl. ii. 686; and regarding the original work, Cat. Lugd. iii. 239, and the edition of Calcutta, 1828. Begins without a preface : ...,rql \ L.. \ J \:; _;RJ \ ;s:ll u.' I J:. d. -.\11 $ L J_.. W I J=._.. Well written in N asta In the latter portion the text and the commentary are not distinguished. Notes in the earlier portion. Inscribed at a [Tippu.J 786. 1044. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foil. 269. Seventeen lines in a page. Yal}.ya b. 'lsa InN JAZLAH's (d. A.H, Materia Medica, entitled l!J \ See Kh. vi. 200 ; Cat. Lugd. iii. 245; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 361; Cat. Mus. :Brit. 222; Wiistenfeld, Gesch. d. arab. Aerzte, p. 84. Well written. Revised and collated. The end is wanting. Injured by insects. [Gaikwar.J 787. 1181. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 508. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on NaJzb al-dzn Abu Ifdmt'd Mul.J,ammad b. :4.lZ (d. A.H. 619) on the causes, symptoms, and treatment of diseases, by NAFis D. 'IwA:p KARMANI, who completed his work A. H. 827. Cf. J;I. Kh. i. 269 ; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, ii. 529 ; Cat. Lugd. iii. 254. Printed at Calcutta, 1836. Well written in The colophon runs as follows: y6..
PAGE 238

230 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 788. 766. Size 10;in. by 6 in.; foiL 354. Eighteen and nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the Clearly written in Nasta'l1]f.. Dated A.H. 1154 .. r-A;..,.: j). [Johnson.J 789. 2018. Size lOt in. by 6-i in.; foil. 568. Twenty lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written. Red lines round the pages. [College of Fort William.J 790. 1142. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 550. Twenty one lines in a page. InN ('Abdallah b. A]:lmad Malilf-1, d. A.n. 646) Materia Medica, called t:'"'4J1, Kh. d. 34; Casiri, i. 275 sqq.; Catal. St. Petersb. 107; and Wiistenfeld, Gesch. d. arab. Aerzte, p. 130. This work has been translated into German by Dr. Joseph von Sontheimer (two vols., Stuttgart, 1840-42). Cf. Dozy in Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. morgenl. Ges. xxiii. 183. Begins: r-1.:;1 4ll ..... An elegant copy, written in a small hand, by 'Ali b. b. Mal;tmud Kamal. Dated Friday, 22nd Sha'ba.n, 925. An ornament at the beginning. Gold and blue lines round the pages. Injured in several places. [Johnson.J 791. 1217. Size 8 in. by in.; foll. 140. Seven lines in a page. A Compendium of Medicine, called by Sharaf al-din b. '0mar1 J AGIDIINi. See I;L Kh. i\. 495, and Cat. Mus. Brit. 226, where the name of the author and the title are not given. Cf. Catal. Lugd. iii. 241. Printed at Calcutta, 1827.2 l Alias b. Mul}ammad. z Bib!. Sprenger. 1892. ... "-:--') \,. ,j.s:. .. .. _r, .. Boldly written, with copious notes, many of which are derived from the author ( tt;;..,. ). Of the tenth century. The beginning and the end have been supplied by a more modern hand. A defect after fol. 3. [Gaikwar.J 792. 2111. Size 8 in. by 4-l in.; foil. 42. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. The preface runs as follows : _r-5::.,. L-. r' Well written in two Nasta'll]f. hands. Red lines round the pages. Seals of Nur al-din Khan, a servant of Mul}ammad Shah (?),1 and Jang (A.H. 1174). 793. 1920. Size 10! in. by 6! in. ; foil. 277. Twentyone lines in a page. The first part of Da'ud b. 'Omar ANT.iKi's (d. A.H. 1005) System of Medicine, entitled J_,l Y4:-,JI Kh. ii. 260; Casiri, i. 274; Cat. Bodl. ii. 157; Cat. Lugd. iii. 270; Cat. Mus. Brit. 459 ; etc. This MS. contains the first three chapters of the work. Plainly written by two hands, but incorrect. Many emendations by a different hand in the earlier portion. Seals of a servant of 'Alamgir and others. [Johnson.] 794. 1132. Size 10 in. by 7 in.; foil. 171. Twenty-one lines in a page. The first of a large work on diseases and their remedies, entitled Jk fSJ./j 1 Not quite legible.

PAGE 239

MEDICINE. 231 The author calls himself lBN SA'D AL-DIN, and dedicates his work to a W azir, whose name he does not mention. At the beginning of his preface he speaks of the I.:JJ.Jtiill l!.Y' t:_ZJ; but as this passage is mutilated, it cannot be ascertained if he speaks of it as a work of his own. According to J;f. Kh. (ii. 451 ), the work in question is by Fakhr al-din Khujandl. Kh. ii. 285, also mentions a j 'L\_,}\ 6J.J, which he ascribes to al-dln Ma}Jmud Tabrizl. Begins: !JJ--'-'4 L:JI --'-'\ olll L:)ts') The work consists of an introduction, in fifteen and of twenty chapters CJ_i), in which the author treats first of the single parts of the body, from the head downwards, and afterwards of general diseases. A detailed list of the contents is inserted in the preface. This MS. contains the introduction and the first eight chapters, which are inscribed as follows :-1. 4-CS::,)}) t_L..-.\ll J'.,=--' j J;ll; 2. J'.,=--' j 3. JIJ>I j; 4. uj I j; 5. L:)\Jll J'J=--' J; 6. '-'yJ') o1sll j; 7. j 8. JIJ>I j. Legibly written in Ends abruptly. Worm-eaten. The first leaf is mutilated. [Johnson.] 795. B 442. Size 9! in. by 5-b in.; foil. 47. Twentyone lines in a page. k.;UI wJI y\::S ( fi d. I t:-!.11 c:::.r _;. olll A medical guide, ascribed tv YAJ.IYA B. BAKR 'ALAwi. It consists of two parts, which treat of special and of general complaints (.L\.S:.ll jhll j A,.\,JI j J:;.JI)), and are preceded by an introduction. 1 Added on the margin. Neither the above title nor the name of the author occurs in the work. The latter calls a pupil of J a mal al-din .,._;j Begins: I:Y' L..J ill '""'R L:)\.; r Jk.ll 4-::.s.d Plainly written by two hands. Dated 21st Shawwal, 1058. On the last few pages (from fol. 44v.) are various extracts, remedies, prayers, etc 796. 2348. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foil. 19. Nineteen and twenty lines in a page. The beginning of a Manual of Medicine, written by an unknown author for his own use. It consists of seven and twenty-three Begins: Jh:.ll d. '-' ... cJTJ t.lJI L:Jts' ...u.; .... wJ Jl 4Csll ill\ Plainly written. Of the twelfth century. Ends in the third chapter. Inscribed at a later date: (sic) C' d '-'"' \ 4.1 L.) lJ:.=-[College of Fort William, 1825.] 797. 2274. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foil. 32. Seventeen lines in a page. A fragment of a treatise on medicines, imperfect at the beginning, and ending abruptly. Plainly written. Of the twelfth century. The first heading which occurs here is (fol. 2v.): .. jl .. j 1 t. (,)'_T.. .. On fol. 31 begins j Inscribed : ,_}.:.=--L, d. ..M..s:.,.. d. '-'"'I A! L.) [College of Fort William, l82ii.J 1 Compare the following no.

PAGE 240

232 .A.R.A.BIC MANUSCRIPTS. POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 798. 1151. Size 10 in. by in.; foll. 75. Eight lines (hemistichs) in a page. The SeYen Boldly written, with all the vowel-points, but very incorrect. Some of the grossest errors have been corrected on the margin. The first two pages are splendidly ornamented. Dated Sha 'ban, 1196. A defect after fol. 6. [Johnson.J 799. 2956. Size 1n. by 7! in.; foil. 102. Eight, fifteen, and twehe lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-75. Anot'ner copy of the evidently taken from the same l\1S. as the preceding. Well written in a large hand. The beginning is tastefully ornamented. Gold lines round the pages. II. Foil. 76v.-97. The Burdah of (d. A.H. 694 ), with an interlinear translation and. glosses in Persian. See below, no. 817. Plainly written. Foil. 76-86 are in a hand. The glosses are written in a very good N asta '111}. Ill. Foll. 97v.-99. A devout poem in ten verses. Begins: 4.1 t?. IV. Foll. 100v.-102. Some fragments of the Mu'al lakdt, viz. the concluding verses of LA.Bin, and verses 1, 2, 47-53 of 'ANTA.RAH, with short explanations in Persian. Injured by insects. In a very elegant binding of red leather ; gilt. Signature of Chas. Boddam, Calcutta, 1787. 800. B 122. Size 10 in. by in.; foll. 61. From twenty-eight to thirty lines in a page. A concise Commentary on the ascribed to Abu'l-J;[asan Mu}:tammad b. A}:tmad, commonly called IBN KA.Is.tN, the grammarian (d. probably A.H. 320).1 It is mentioned neither in the Fihrz'st (ed. Fliigel, "r), nor in Kh. This commentary is intended for the use of beginners. It gives rather short explanations of obscure words, and a paraphrase of each verse. The former are intro duced by I and the latter by Special grammatical questions are occasionally discussed in an appendix, which the superficial reader is advised to skip. The preface begins : ,U 4JJ ..M.sl I d ""'...s"" Ju t.ITj ...\.t..s."" c.:>..) '""",.sU' l!) ""'"' (1 The first scholium is introduced by the words: Jl; y,l t:.l j\J (sic) Tha'alibi is ac cordingly supposed to have handed down the work from the author; he was born, however, thirty years after the death of the latter (A.H. 350). Plainly written. Completed and collated on Thurs day, 14th Rab1' II., 1098, by Zain b. 'Abdallah 801. 692. Size in. by in. ; foll. 284. Fifteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-161. The greater portion of al-Husain b. AQ.mad ZAuzA.Ni's (d. A.H. 486) Commentary .on the Mu' It breaks off in the Mu'allakah of 'Amr b. Kulthum. The last verses of this poem are, however, added at the end, with a conclusion II. Foll. 162-203. The remaining of 'ANTA.RA.H and with another commentary. One leaf is missing after fol. 180, with the end of the 1 Cf. die grammatischen Schulen der Araber, 210n.

PAGE 241

POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 233 former, and part of the introduction to the latter, poem. The commentary appears to be an abridgment of TabrzzZ's comment.ary.1 As in the latter, there follow here three other poems, which are not unfrequently added to the "Seven," viz.:-a. Foil. 204-212. The in y of 'ABiD B. which, as is also stated here, stands occasionally in the place of the of al J:Iarith. It is preceded by a historical introduction on the authority of Mu}:tammad b. 'Amr Shaiba.ni, which is also found in Tabrizl.2 b. Foil. 213-222. The in of AL-NA. BIGHAH, or no. 1 of the Diwan, as edited by H. Deren bourg (Paris, 1869). It was published by De Sacy in his Chrestomathie Arabe, vol. ii. e. Foil. 224-237. The in J of AL-A 'sHA. It was published by De Sacy, I.e. Ill. Foil. 238-270. A Commentary on the of al-J;fusain b. '.All fughra'z about A.H. 514). This is an abridgment of the commentary of Jamal al-din Mu}:tammad b. Musa IJamzrz (d. A.H. 808). The author gives his name at the end as B. AL-KHALIL Kazarunl, of al-A}:tsa. IV. Foil. 270-284. The celebrated ... y _rl\, attributed to AL-SHANFARA. It was published by De Sacy, I.e. Many glosses. Verses 5!-54, which are omitted in their proper place, are added at the end. Neatly written in the text of the poems in Naskh and in red. The copy was made by Mu }:tammad J;fusaini Shirazi son of al-din A}:tmad Dashtaki, for his own use. Date A.H. 1072. Injured by insects. [Johnson.J 802. 2280. Size 7 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 85. Twenty one lines in a page. I. Full. 1-77. ZAuzANi's Commentary on the Mu'al 1 Sec Catal. Mus. Brit. 259. 2 See ibid. 260. II. Foil. 78-84. A Commentary on Ka'b b. Zuhaz'r's in praise of Mu}:tammad, This commentary is different from that published by Lette and Freytag. Tabrizi (d. A. H. 502) is quoted at the beginning of the introduction, on the authority of his pupil (d. A.H. 539): t:..tl\ d. ...\;"""\ d. ... y,\ JW' 4.ll\ ili_, _r::sl\ d. ..M.s:,... The relation of Tabrizi is founded on the following Isnad : .Abu Mu}:tammad Ibn al-I;rasan Jauhari (d. A.H. 454), Abu 'Omar b. al-'Abbas b. Zakariya b. J;raiyawaih (date, 1st 327), al-'Abbas b. Zakariya b. I;[aiyawaih, 'Abdallah b. 'Amr, Ibrahim b. al-Mundhir, al-Jfajjaj l\fuzani,2 son of b. 'Abd al ra}:tman b. Ka 'b, and great-grandson of the poet. This commentary, therefore, may be the work of Tabrizi, or rather an abridgment of it. Cf. Cat. Mus. Brit. 316, ncxLv., no. lii. Closely written in N asta ; the first ten foil. by a different hand. On the last fol. are two facetious poems, describing woman in various ages, from ten to a hundred years. The first of these poems begins : 4?...0 ._\:; (.)lJ 1._$-: w ritten in a clumsy N askh hand. [College of Fort William, 1832.] 803. 918. Size 9 in. by 5! in. ; foil. 137. Eight, seventeen, and nineteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 1-5. Mu'in al-din A}:tmad b. 'Abd '-faN1'ARANi's in praise of Ni?am al-mulk (d. A. H. 485). It was published by De Sacy in his Chrestomathie, vol. ii. Plainly written, by Mu}:tammad 'Arif -:\Iangalkutl, A.H. 1134, at Dehli (L;1LS:l\ j). Marginal notes. The MS. is much injured by damp, and has partly become illegible. MS. !-S.r-JI. 30

PAGE 242

234 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. I I. Foil. 7-12. A short Commentary on an erotic called 4,\\, or the Orphan; by 'ABD .u B. 'ABD AL-LA'!'lF ZUBAIRi. The begins : w#J __ ;:j_\S' It is stated at the beginning of the commentary, that the poem was called the Orphan, because the author of it was not known. It is also mentioned there that two verses of it are quoted in preface to his Now in the commentary on that work/ these verses are attributed to 'Ani B 'Amill, a contemporary of J arir, 2 and to the same the whole is ascribed in a note at the end of this :MS. But the two verses given in the said commentary as those immediately preceding the quotation do not agree with the present text. It is probable, therefore, that the is supposititious, and only framed on the metre and rhyme of the old verses found in which have been put at the end of the composition. Ill. Foil. 16-136. ZAuzaNi's Commentary on the with glosses. The of '.Amr stands here after that of 'Antarah. Some of the verses have been omitted; hence arose some confusion in the text (fol. 125). On the few leaves which precede this piece are added a list of contents and various notes. Written in partly on red paper; the text of the poems in a large N askh. This is the copy of one Mul;lammad Yusuf. It was transcribed A.H. 1133, during the reign of Mul;lammad Shah, at Dehli ).j ).j). The seal of Mul}ammad YU.suf is impressed on nos. II. and Ill. [Johnson.J 804. 2700. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 40. Nineteen lines in a page. The Poems of :llAJNUN 'AMrni b. al-:llu lawwal;l), accompanied by the history of the loves of Majnun and Laila. 1 p. I. of De Sacy's edition. 2 See Ilammer-Purgstall, Literaturgesch. ii. 334. This collection is probably identical with the I.:.}Y.."" I t' d H Kh . 1 d. men wne m . m. 302. It is chiefly founded on the authority of Abu Bakr Walibi, who is mentioned at the beginning as follows: (.;)' .. p, y,\ Jt; i' As appears from fol. 33v., Walibi got his information from the famous b. Ibrahim (d. A. H. 235). Conclusion: ):-d-.\ '-!.J,. L.. 1JJ.si... 4JI..; k L.,_, ._r.:>-J \ ""=='.,Q' Quite a modern copy, clearly written, but very incorrect. It was apparently taken from a mutilated On foil. 15v., 19v., and 20 are lacunas. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 805. 37 A. Size in. by in.; foll. 46. Six linrs 1n a page. Some extracts from the Ifamdsah. The first of them are from the beginning of the work. Well written in a large hand, without vowel-points. Tastefully ornamentcd. Injured by insects. In an elegant gilt binding. Seal and signature of Charles :Boddam, Calcutta, 1787. 806. 2959. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foll. 212. Twenty three lines in a page. The Diwan of ABu TAMMAM bib b. A us '.fa'i (d. A.H. 231 ), as arranged by Abu Bakr (d. A.H. 335 or 336). Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 259; Cat. Mus. Brit. 276 sq. ; Cat. Lugd. ii. 45 sq. It is divided into eight chapters, as follows : I. (foll. 1-133) (-'
PAGE 243

POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 235 (foll.180-185v.) VI. VII. (fol. 191) only two poems; VIII. (foiL 191-2llv.) Conclusion: tj r-\...;. The poems in each chapter are arranged alphabetically. Explanatory and critical notes by are added, especially in the latter portion. Well written, but almost without diacritical points. The copy was made for Saiyid MuQ.ammad b. Manfilur, of the house of (b. Abu JT, by b. Fa<;l.l Allah Date, Friday, 19th Rab1' I., 1088. Injured by insects, especially at the beginning and at the end. Seal and signature of Chas. Boddam, Calcutta, 178 7. 807. 2330. Size 7! in. by in. ; foil. 155. Twenty one lines in a page. The D1wan of Abu'Vfaiyib AQ.mad b. al-I;Iusain :MuTANAnm' (d. A.H. 354), alphabetically arranged, with short notes on the subject, metre, and rhyme of each poem. Begins: d .).:r\ y,l (j\J) cU\...::1), j AlJI q) 'l-1 '-'-')\ L\.lb_, Ltj\J\ Jy> AJb)...l j A.;..., with which compare the beginning of the commC'ntary of 'Ukbar1 (printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1261 ), Cat. Mus. Brit. 280, and Cat. Upsal. 76. Well written. Dated A.H. 1017. Diacritical points occasionally omitted. Vowel-points irregularly and not always carefully added. Fol. 112 mutilated. A circumstantial account of the text of this MS. is given at the end (foiL 152-154). It was derived from two copies, one of which had been written by Raja b. b. al-1\farzuba.n, and collated-among other j_,..,l with a copy which had been read to .Mutanabbi', and again to Ibn Jinnl. The other copy had been verified by M utanabbi' himself. This text was sub sequently collated with three copies, which were apparently arranged on the chronological principle. "Ex libris A. Lockett, Bagdad, 1811." [College of Fort William, 1825. J 808. 2378. Size 7 in. by in. ; foll. 272. Thirteen lines in a page. The of Abu MuQ.ammad al)G.sim b. 'Ali :e:ARIRI (d. A.H. 516). Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. Dated end of Raj ab, 991. The copy was made by Rab1' b. Sulaiman b. 'Ali Barashi, for Majd al-din .E:aban1 Y amanl. This MS. came, A.H. 1112, into the possession of MuQ.ammad Chelebi .. commonly called of who collated it with three other copies. One of these had been collated with the archetype, A.H. 654. This latter collation is noticed at the end of each Maka mah. Some explanations were transcribed from the same copy. finished his collation at the end of 1118. He also added the epilogue of J:Iar1ri, 1 and his A notice of the author is written on the fly-leaf. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 809. B 123. Size in. by 6l in.; foll. 114. Fifteen lines in a page. A fine old copy of the written in a bold hand, with all the vowel-points. Of the sixth or seventh century. Incomplete. Twenty-two leaves are wanting at the beginning. The first words are yJbl\ I..,.;W; from the eighth One leaf is missing after 1 As in De Sacy's edition. 2 The same has been added to the in the Munich 1\18. 553, Aumer. a p. in De Sacfs edition.

PAGE 244

236 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. fol. 19, and one after 28 ; ten leaves are missing after 88, five after 97, ten after 107, and several at the end. Marginal notes of later date. Cat. 226, xxxii. 810. 1307. Size 9* in. by 6 in.; foil. 287. Eleven lines in a page. Another copy of the Well written, with vowelpoints and various glosses in Persian and Arabic. It was transcribed, collated, and furnished with the original (Persian) glosses, in Rajah, 1069 =first year of 'Alamg1r, by order of al-din Ornamented and gilt. To this has been added (fol. 284) a mystic treatise, which begins: Plainly written, by one Siraj al-din. [Johnson.J 811. 2044. Size 10i in. by in.; foil. 350. Nine lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in a large hand, with vowel-points. Many interlinear and marginal notes. The first and the last seven leaves have been supplied by a later hand, but the MS. is still incomplete at the end. Seal and signature of Mul;lammad Khigr Khan (A.H. 1191). [College of Fort William, 1825.] 812. 2043. Size 11 in. by 7l in.; foil. 132. Nineteen lines in a page. \ e, \.--o Ui.--o Another copy of the same work. Plainly written ; titles Ycry large. Dated Thursday, 17th 1051. Vowels, and both interlinear and marginal notes, have been added as far as fol. 122. Red lines round the pages. All the vacant leaves before and after the text-the title-page included-are filled with various poems, stories, etc., in different hands. Some of them are dated A.H. 1119. [College of Fort \Yilliam, 1825.] 813. 1155. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 135. Twenty-five lines in a page. j ))-.\l' .Jb;n L.w yt::S L.L..sl\ (sic) t,:J!I 'Abd al-malik b. 'Abdallah lBN :BADRUN's Historical Commentary on the of 'Abd al-majld b. 'Abdallah Ihn 'Ahdun (d. A.n. 529). Cf. Professor Dozy's edition (Leyden, 1846). Well written, by Hadi b. Sa 'id b. 'Abdallah u..u..dl (sic). Dated Monday, 24th Rab1' I., 996. Although this MS. is revised throughout, it appears to be not more accurate than other copies of this work. 1 Moreover, in the passages referring to 'AH, etc., there are many interpolations, which are apparently due to a Shi 'ite copyist. The exordium is also different from the common one. It begins as follows: ..M...all ("?.'-'.iill dW\ .r.,w\.iill The beginning is ornamented, and the other pages arc within coloured lines. On the title-page is a round ornament in gold, with an inscription, which latter is, however, nearly effaced. 814. B 133. Size Si in. by 6 in. ; foil. 386. Twenty one lines in a page. A large Commentary on 'Omar lhn al-Farrf,'s (d. A.H. 632) renowned mystic A.;J \::.ll. This commentary is chiefly grammatical. It is ascribed to FARGHANI (Mu}:tammad b. A}:tmad, d. about A.H. 700), the earliest interpreter of the Ta'zyah. Kh. ii. 86. Plainly written, of the tenth century. Red lines round the pages. This MS. is imperfect both at the beginning and the 1 Cf. Dozy's edition, Introduction, pp. 9-23.

PAGE 245

POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 237 end, and has other defects besides. The leaves are misplaced in binding ; they should stand in the following order: 1-38 (beginning at verse 2 of the 286, 164-285 (here some leaves missing), 49-55 (here a slight defect), 377-386 (here a larger defect, extending over 19 verses), 56-163, 316-376, 287-296, 39-48, 297-315, ending at verse 758. The rest is wanting. Much injured by insects. The book has been wrongly inscribed as a commentary on a of Sa'di (see fol. 1); cf. Catal. 224, xix. 815. .B 127. Size 8:i in. by 5 in. ; foll. 100. Twenty one lines in a page. Theosophic poems in erotic form, styled l.:)l..:::;-_} Mu}_lyi al-d1n Mu}_lammad b. 'All, commonly called InN 'ARABI (d. A.H. 638), with a commentary by the same. See, for particulars, 1;. Kh. iii. 276; Cat. Lugd. ii. 75; and Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 218. Plainly written. Imperfect at the end. Cat. 232, xxii. 816. B 125. Size 7 in. by 5! in.; foll. 102. Twelve lines in a page. Amplifications of n. Anu BAKR n. RAsHin Baghdadi's (d. A.H. 662) in praise of the Prophet, styled J.:i)'. See regarding these dahs, J;I. Kh. vi. 422. Whether one of the two mentioned there is iJentical with this MS., cannot be ascertained. There is no introduction. The first begins: \.:>""""' t,..b.., d3\_, _,_Ld J )' Wdl written, with vowel-points. Red lines round the pages. Many marginal notes. The cnJ is missing. 817. 2110. Size 7! in. by in.; foll. 7. Thirteen lines in a page. Mu}.lammad b. Sa 'id (d. A.H. 6941 ) celebrated in praise of the Prophet, called b-..;.l\. Cf. the editions of V on Rosenzweig ( W ien, 1824 ), and Ralfs (Wien, 1860); Catal. Mus. Brit. 76; etc. Well written, with vowel-points. The signature of the copyist on the title-page is effaced. Injured by damp. fCollege of Fort William. J 818. 2113. Size 8 in. by in.; foiL 19. Nine lines in a page. An elegant copy of the Burdah. Well written, with all the vowel-points. The first, middle, and last lines written in Thulth. An ornament at the beginning. Gold and coloured lines round the pages. [College of Fort William, 1832.] 819. 2114. Size 7! in. by 4:i in.; foll. 20. Eight lines in a page. Another copy of the Burilah. Well written, on tinted paper, ornamented and gilt, but incorrect. Ends: j)) [College of Fort William, 1825.] 820. 2314. Size 8 in. by 4! in. ; foll. 14. Ten and twenty lines in a page. The Burilah, with Persian interlineation, preceded by an introduction, also in Persian, which enumerates the properties of each verse as far as v. 56.2 The text is legibly written in N askh, with all the vowel-points added. The Persian portion is written in a small Seal of N J ang, dated A.H. 1174. [College of Fort -William, 1825.] 1 So according to but says that he died A.H. 696 or 697. Both these statements are mentioned in Ibn I;lajar Haithami's Commentary on the llamziyal1, see below, no. 824. 2 Cf. Ralfs, die Burda, p. 23.

PAGE 246

238 ARABIC lVIANUSCRIPTS. 821. 686. Size 8 in. by in.; foll. 24. Seven lines 1n a page. Another copy of the Burdalt. Boldly written, on a tinted ground. Spaces are left for a Persan interlineation, which, howe,cr, has been added to the first verse only. Seal and signature of Ml:r Asad Khan, dated Bijapur, A.H. 1185. [Tippu.J 822. 2289. Size 7! in. by 5! m.; foll. 56. Twenty one lines in a page. L-o1W\ t!.::.. y\6' (' A Commentary on the Burdalt, by (Zain al-din) Kn.hrn (b. 'Abdallah) Azn.rnr (d. A.H. 905), who wrote it A.H. 903. C. J:I. Kh. iv. 526. The worthless ness of this compilation is pointed out by Ralfs, die Burda, p. 25. The preface begins : cUll L-.1 (sic) The author gives in it an account of the origin of the poem. The text is given in portions, according to the connexion of the Ycrses. The commentary is very circumstantial at the be ginning. It consists usually of three sections: explana tion of words, grammatical analysis and general interpretation ). This copy is rather carelessly executed, and only the earlier of it has been emended. A Persian translation of the verses is added on the margin, by a different hand. The writing is much injured by damp. [College of Fort William.J 823. B 126. Size 7 i in. by 4 in. ; foll. 31. Fifteen lines in a page. Another by on the excellency and the miracles of :Jful,tammad. It is entitled but it is more commonly called from its rhyme, I Kh. iv. 557.1 Cf. Cat. Bodl. i. 254, ii. 339. Plainly written, with vowel-points, by one 824. B 70. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 241. Twenty one lines in a page. A copious Commentary on the Hamzzyalt, by Shihab al-dln Al,IMAD :B. HAITHAMI Makki (d. A.H. 973). It is entitled i ... ll, and j..a,;\ It was composed A.H. 966. Cf. Kh. iv. 557. Prefixed to it is a long preface (foll. 1-6), which begins : \ cill ..M.sl\ .aWJ\ :,s.C.\ .,,>.\ '-'\::_(, .-I ') . The date of the author runs as follows (fol. 239): Jlj '-:-'} A;.., t_Yll t=:;J L Well written. Dated Monday, the last of Jumada I., 991. Various marginal notes in the earlier portion. On foil. 340 and 341 are added an extract from (of RA.GHIB inscribed j )L uk A:,r.:JI and some notes Slightly injured. 825. B 121. Size 10k in. by 6 in. ; foll. 291. Twenty two lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Plainly written. Dated Monday, 27th Sha'ban, 1080. Cf. Cat. 223, vi., vii. 826. 2291. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 205. Twentyfive lines in a page. Foll. 1-186. Another copy ofthe same Commentary. The complete text of the is added on the margin. Emendations and various glosses. 1 The statement Kh. regarding the name _}J \ t' lS taken from Ibn l:laJar s commentary. See the following no. z See 1:1. Kh. ii. 383.

PAGE 247

POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 239 Foll. 187-194. A long poem in praise of Mu}:tammad, beginning: .sL\ Foll. 195 and 196. of a of Saz"yid Qusain .. (...,:.:,..\.all d. u;!J\ by the author of the preceding poem. The begins: v_,.c 4lll 4,. Foll. 197v. and 198. A short beginning: I '-:-j\_,:.ll ...\.:...C (sic) \sS::\ It is followed by various notes. Well written in a small hand. An ornament at the beginning. Coloured lines round the pages. Foil. 198-204. A short account of the sects of Islam, transcribed from i.Ti's yhL Begins: e' J}JI }3 j yt::..Cl\. Written in a minute character. Fol. 205. Explanation of the beginning of Surah 95, from the Kashshaf [College of Fort William, 1825.] 827. B 124. Size 8 in. by in. ; foll. 186. Eleven and twelve lines in a page. d-oll\ ... t:.t..H 1-S_;:>:-_). \ "":r I )\ A Collection of of 'Ann AL-RAJ;IIM n. AI;IMAD BUR'i. Begins: ...\:>;-) l. 1.:7' ...\j \..:l.si!\ This collection contains1. (foll. 8-27) poems addressed to God the first of which commences : usl\ 2. (foll. 27-127) poems in praise of Mul;lammad ..;.l\) .1 .. ,. 3. (foll. 127-186) poems on several (1..:-'Q_,.dl). Well written in a large hand. The collation with the original copy was finished on Saturday, the last of Rajah, 1038. I A poem of this kind is to be found in Cat. Bodl. i. 254, no, MCCXXVI. 2; cf. ibid. ii, 614. Prefix('d are (roll. 1-7) two anonymous poems of a very ingenious design. The first of them begins : \::::;-_} \::::;-) L; \;: The other, which is inscribed ;:.J..s:_ .. com mences: r-.i Aj JWI _,,j t .... ..J dl .. It consists of twenty verses. All of these, as well at' single sections of them, which are written in red, may be transposed, and the poem may thereby be varied in 360, or, as is added in a postscript, rather in millions of ways. Cat. 223, xi. 828. 2249. Size 8:i in. by in.; foll. 16. Nine lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-8. KA'n B. Zrrr_m{'s Cf. no. 802. II. Foil. 9-16. Sm.A.J AL-DIN Usrri:'s on the Mu}:tammadan faith, called or Jt .. It was composed A.H. 569. Cf. Kh. iv. 158; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i. 459; and P. von Bohlen's edition (AmaB, etc., Regiom. 1825). Well written, in a large hand, with vowel-points, but incorrect. Much ornamented and gilt. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 829. 2505. Size 8 in. by 6 in.; foll. 154. About twenty lines in a page. I. Foll. 1-68. The Diwan of 'A.FiF AL-DiN Sulaiman b. 'Ali TrLrMsA.Ni, the (d. A.H. 690). Cf. Catal. M us. Brit. 292 sq., and Kh. iii. 297. It is arranged alphabetically. Begins: Not very clearly written. The diacritical points are often omitted, but the '' unpointcd '' letters are fre quently marked. The titles are written in yellow. The copy was made for 'Vajih al-din ... 1 II. Foll. 69-100. Religious and )Jy:--:tie Poems by various authors, such as InN (d. A.n. 632), 1 The rest of the nume is erased.

PAGE 248

240 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. JA 'B.-m! (Burhan al-dln Ibrahlm b. 'Omar, d. A.n. 732), 'ABn AL-LATIF R\.KRr, etc. Many of the poems are anonymous. Ill. Foil. 101-142. The Poems of J;IA.nRr (J;Iusam al-din 'f:sa b. Sanjar b. Bahram Irbill, d. A.H. 632), col lected and arranged in seven books, by 'Omar b. Mu }:lammad See Cat. Lugd. ii. 68, and Kh. iii. 271. The collection is here entitled Written in a small hand, resembling that of the preceding piece. Headings in yellow and red. IV. Foil. 143-150. A fragment of a Poetical Col lection. Many of the poems contained in it are of the kind called written like the preceding piece. The remaining leaves of the volume are filled with various poems, which were added from time to time, by diffe'l'ent hands. Fol. 116 is a stray leaf, which does not belong to any of the above collections. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 830 . 782. Size 9 in. by 6} in.; foil. 307. Seventeen lines in a page. w J JS' (sic) t.:Y' I y\::S I ..M.s"' Jw:J j 'q J.J 'r:. J' _c;.;q U,Jt; ..._s::;-'J' :) y. p-.. The first part of the Anthology of Shihab al-dln b. A}:lmad KHATIB ABsnini (who flourished about A.H. 800). Cf. H. Kh. v. 524. A full account of this work has been given in Catal. Bodl. ii. 97 sqq. See also Cat. Mus. Brit. 335, 654 ; Fliigel, Hdss. \Yien, i. 374; etc. It was printed at B-ula1r, A.H. 1268. This volume goes as far as Chapter 50. Legibly written in a cursive hand. 831. 2170. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foil. 268. Seventeen lines in a page. The second part of the same work, from Chapter 51 to the end. Written like the preceding Com pleted at the end of Shawwal, 1138, by Sa'id b. Salim b. Mu}:lammad Ba Rashid J;[agrami J;Iimyar1. At the end are the following verses : ...\J__, I t::.s' .. . ...\.1 \., .. 4lJL, oJJ\ and 'r:-(.:)h. t... i..S ,)k, (.!) ... J:::--hls11 t:"::'.c J.:i' Both parts bear the seals of 'Abd al-wahhab Khan (A.H. 1168), and Khan (A.H. 1179). [College of Fort William, 1825. J 832. B 89. Size lD in. by 6 in. ; foll. 439. Twenty-, one lines in a page. An imperfect copy of the same work, in two parts, the first .of which concludes with Chapter 42 (fol. 166). Plainly written. Of the twelfth century. The beginning is wanting, and there is a considerable defect after fol. 6. The first words are : l!J"' t... _, from Chapter 1. At the end is the same tetrastich as in the preceding MS., introduced by the words t..., .... Cat. 230 (Vaz ), x 833 2873. Size 12i in. by 7k in.; foll. 119. Twentyone lines in a page. The first part of MUJ;IA.l\0\IAD B. B. (flourished about the beginning of the tenth century, in Egypt) t.:Y' jlsJI r1, that is, a selection from his D1wan (which is entitled J J I j), preceded by five dissertations which are inscribed as follows: r. J.k.ll 6-ir j t...__, J4; j; II. t.:Y' t..., j ; Ill. . ..,.. 1\s:.,Qll w '-.::.J t.......; '...1 .. \,;./ .. )_) .. t.:;.,.. j j

PAGE 249

POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 241 V. j :;.S:.-t k) ...\) ,;;..; 'b. .... :; .. . -...... ../ Only these dissertations are contained in the present volume. The last two, as is indicated by their titles, consist merely of poetical extracts. IV. contains, among others, long selections from the Dlwans of Kamal al-d1n Ibn Nab1h, Ibn Nubatah, Mutanabbi', and f?afl al-dln J:Iilll. V. gives, besides of the authors just mentioned, some of (f'ultan) Ghauri, b. Agha, Shihab Shihab al-din AQ.mad b. Mas'ud Nabulusi, and the author himself. The Diwan of the author was divided into :five chapters ( as follows : I. j ; II. j \....,..:;,s.J IJ '-=-' _.rJ I ; III. '-=-' t>-_}bJ j ; IV. J'rJI j; V. j. The preface begins: Jlpllll Jl; ... dll _j.i:-d. ...\-t.s:"" J-'UI _,C?. J X. J.s:. t-J I tll ...\-t.sl \ 'JUi-JI __ Cf. on the author and another work of his, Cat. Mus. Brit. 347. Well written, with vowel-points. Quite modern. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 834. 894. Size 9f in. by 6! in.; foll. 93. Twenty one lines in a page. The :first part of an elegant copy of AL-DIN M 'AMULi' s (d. A.H. 1031) Collectanea, called or the Beggar's Bowl. See, regarding this work, Fli.igcl, Hdss. "\Vien, i. 409.1 It was printed at Teheran, A.rr. 1266,2 and recently at Bula}f: (s. a.). It contains both Arabic and Persian extracts. Neatly written in A splendid ornament on the :first page, and gold and blue lines round the others. Explanations of words and various notes are added on the margin. 1 Cat. Dodl. ii. 304, no. ccciv. is a different work. z See Cat .. Dibl. Sprenger. 1201. Ends: (.;) .... j ... J.lJ ...\-t.sl J W I 15P.,J .. This, however, appears to be the colophon of the copy from which this MS. was taken.1 The title-page has been covered by another leaf, bu; the seal and signature of Mul}ammad 'Askari:, a servant of Shah 'Alam (I.), may still be seen through the latter. [Johnson.J 835. ti32. Uniform with the preceding no. ; foil. 59. The second part of the same copy, beginning as in Fli.igel, I.e. Ends: JWI !.:)_... \ 4.:J"" WJ I J J .JI .:J' t.. .. [Johnsoh.J 836. 633. Uniform with the preceding no.; foll. 81. The third part of the same copy. Begins: _r.s::.J\ j j\:; t::J..\l\ tL.:J AITJ ill\ Ends: (.;)_... I.:J"" \.-. J:;;..T J....._J_, ill\ ...\4.J1 ull_, ... 3 r-t.c. j t; ...u A:,_,-Rk..a ... l I [Johnson.J 837. 634. Uniform with the preceding no. ; foil. 7 4. The fourth part of the same copy. Beginning: Jl; j ill\ 1_,1..., J..c. Conclusion: ..\J i_r..t\ l_. J [Johnson.J I See below, no. 838. 31

PAGE 250

ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 838. 635. Uniform with the preceding no.; foll. 75. The fifth and last part of the same copy. Beginning: w 1_, __ .,J. \ j\J Ali) Conclusion: j_,wl Lr"..-.ls.l\ ('"j (sic) vw.)L..l\ --'4...1\ JW J (sic) I I., .. :1\ A.:..__.__, ,_s .J .fi...:W This is the date of transcription of the copy. No sixth volume of the work is known to exist.1 [Johnson.J 839. B 79. Size 9! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 552. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the Kashkul, complete in one volume. Well written. The fourth part is dated Tuesday, beginning of Mul;tarram, 1085 (see fol. 44 7). Conclusion: J_,wl vJW V"'..-.\.s:l\ Cf. Cat. 231, v. 840. 2227. Size 11 in. by 6i in. ; foll. 315. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the Kashkul in one volume, re sembling, as it seems, the )IS. described by Fliigel, l.c. Written in the lines running in vanous directions. Coloured lines round the pages. Of the twelfth century. It concludes with the colophon of the original copy, which begins: l.:)yt-! VU"'\5:\\ (!) vw.)W\ 4-.J\ Jw All\ j ill\ e' .. \n' but has no date. The single parts of the work form separate volumes only the first and second are not separated (see fol. 68v.); the conclusion of the former is different 1 See, however, no. 840. from the common one, and something is omitted nt the beginning of the latter, which commences: J }i Foil. 310 and 311 should be placed between 306 and 307. On the title-page are added: a tract proving the existence of God; a note regarding the anthropomor phism of various sects, which is derived from the author's own UN""':; b.=;.. L:Y' Ji> l_y,) ; and the names of the Seven Sleepers, y\s-"1, the latter by a different hand. In a strong binding of blue leather, with gold ornaments, and with frequent impressions of the mark .JJ A:..c ill\ l..S-' &.""t A legendary and poetical account of the conquest of Makkah by the Prophet, ascribed to Anu'L-J;[ASAN BAKRI (probably Shams al-din Mul;tammad b. 'Abd al-ral;tman who died about A.H. 950; see Kh. passim). It was printed at Cairo, A.H. 1282. Beginning : \ '-:-'.J ill o..\...sl \ \....\ . ..... }.c 1So..\.r\ .. J..c ]\ j y\::.5' \.... (' l:Y. J.:. I..SJ) c.,.. The progress of the recital is frequently marked by the words J\:;. A special authority is not introduced. Plainly written, by 'Omar Ibn J;Iijazi. Dated Thurs day, 23rd Jum. I., 1062. The copy was made for I;fasan, Shaikh of the Hawarah Arabs, in 'id, 1 ,.s?--o..\11 ('-'...r! J....c \_..,... 1 Cf. Quatremere, Memoires sur l'Egypte, ii. 209.

PAGE 251

POETRY AND ELEGANT PROSE. 41 JW dlll 4-W_, A formula of exorcism, which is also ascribed to BAKRi, is added on the last page. [Gaikwar.J 842. 2699. Size 10! in. by 7 in.; foll. 398. Fifteen lines in a page. The first part of the Thousand and One Nights, ending with the 281st night (the Story of Prince al-zaman). Beginning: J.LS:ll .. ll dll ..M..sll Well written in Rubrics often omitted. Quite modern. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 843. 444. Size 9 in. by 6! in. ; foll. 128. Eleven lines in a page. I:) ... wl 1 y\::.S' \ ..\.lb .il..J .. ') .. .. The first portion of the Thousand and One Nights. Imperfect at the end, terminating in the fortieth night. Beginning: Written in a large plain hand. [Johnson.J 844. 1137. Size 10! in. by in.; foil. 109. From twenty to twenty-five lines in a page. A Colll'ction of Tales and Romances, partly from the Thousand and One Nights. Imperfect at the beginning. The first fragment relates the adventures of Amir Musa, governor of Africa under 'Abd al-malik, in search of the demons of Solo mon. 1'hc remaining talcs are inscribed as follows :-Fol. 31. '.:.!"' \...) uA\ Fol. I:)'!\ A:J\... t..._, Fol. 50v. till\ tJ r-Y--t.:. I I:) ... \..._, Fol. 59v. y\.s""l vwj t;;_, .rtl ur.l.J Fol. 64. Jl-.11 y\::S I:).., d.>-.) Jk Fol. 65v. k.lt::JI y\::.S' dlll Fol. 66v. j J:!.Ksll .ld!.l r-_,>-_rll Fol. 67. r-.r--J.JI y\:;.S' I:).., Li:.l J..c d. I F ol. 6 7 v. I r:-.., tJ u_;:::;-l-. _, J ...\.J I J h r:1"" Fol. 69v. t.;)'S L.) Jk ... Fol. 70v. UJ:::;" t.-.) A.a:i (r. Fol. 77v. r:-.., l._, W Fol. 80v. oll\ U.-. J:.a:; L..:',r(;) Fol. 90. Fol. 91 v. r::Jl\J \ '-' \ (sic) l(>. \ I:) ... t.;) Plainly written. Of the eleventh century. Con clusion (fol. 92): ,ilb_, tl Fol. 93. A poem in strophes of five lines, ascribed to IBN ABu'L-SHil\Lh ( J L .. \ u-! I d. I r L!.l' J \'.; ). Beginning : u I I Y _r.J i'! On fol. 2 is a story of Solomon ; the following fourteen leaves are left blank. According to the conclusion on fol. 92, the book is inscribed : .4..,\jj

PAGE 252

244 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. PR 0 S 0 D Y. 845. 1077. Size 7 in. by 4} in. ; foil. 75. Seventeen lines in a page. rk j yh.G\ \..U d. 'l\ Y'""' r-\.-. J::,_,W\ j 4ll\ '-'_,W\ ..M.s:'"' A Commentary on al-dln Mu}:lammad Sawz's on Metre and Rhyme. This is a commentary by j\J and J,.;\. rrhe author, who is not mentioned, is, according to Kh. iv. 204 (v. u_,W\ i,})f ), 'UBAIDALLAH B. 'ABD AL-KAFI b. 'Abd al-maj}d 'Ubaidi, and this is his second and shorter commentary. Cf. Kh. v. 21, 296; and Catal. Mus. Brit. 202, h. Plainly written by two hands. Completed by 'Abd al-'az1z b. !Jusain NahrwaU. Collated with the original copy, which belonged to '.Abd al-malik b. Abu'l-barakat JW\, by Isma'H b. Al;tmad Ja'far in Rab1' I., 1017. A table of the metres and their varieties is on the title-page. [Gaikwar.J RHETORIC. 846. B 266. Size 11 in. by 7 in. ; foil. 295. Eleven lines in a page. A fragment of the third part of Siraj al-dln .A bu Ya'!d1b Yusuf b. Mu}:lammad SAKK_ixi's (d. A.H. 626) encyclopedical work called r-'C b.. This part treats of Rhetoric J lu.l \ It has become the basis of all the later works on that science. See Kh. vi. 15; Cat. Lugd. i. 124 sqq.; Cat. Mus. Brit. 253 ; Aumer, Hdss. Munch. 309 ; etc. Boldly written, with numerous notes. Of the tenth century. Section II. begins on fol. 201. It is inscribed I.:Y' j Jt:;.ll y\::..C\ (.:)"'. Ten foll. are wanting at the beginning. 'fhe first words are: j\J \.)\ _,\ Two foll. are missing after fol. 266. The latter portion is much injured by damp. Imperfect at the end. Erroneously inscribed ; cf. Catal. 234 :x uhow), i. 2. 847. 2156. Size 10 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 260. Twenty nine lines in a page. A Commentary (by on the third part of the by Sa'd al-din Mas'ud b. 'Omar TAFTAz.A.Ni (d. A. H. 792). See J;I. Kh. vi. 16. This commentary is very rare. It is one of the latest works of Taftazanl, which he wrote at the request of his friends, having been previously engaged in writing glosses on the Kashshaf.1 He completed it in Shawwal, 787.2 Carefully, but inelegantly written in a Persian hand, somewhat difficult to read. Has the following colophon: 1l::.S' .. ..-. o..\J l 1,;..1 '-! ) ""':. J.::. '.!)""">) cill\ d. 4ll\ J' 1 These glosses remained unfinished. 2 So according to a note at the end of this MS., and to the list in no. 849.

PAGE 253

RHETORIC. 245 j 4....\11_, J.:...c Al.!l tic \ .. L ...>.)\..,;;-I.!Y' _r. Many marginal notes in the first portion. At the end are added some moral tracts (foll. 252v.-253). Injured by damp and by insects. Bound with this is-Foil. 254-257. A short treatise on the Metres, as cribed to niu4ammad (sic) b. 'Ali Begins: J7} j 1_, \j Ends: j ...>_;?._J's:ll i'j. Written in N asta of the tenth century. Some notes. It is followed by a list of Arabic names of stars, explained in Persian, and two astronomical tables. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 848. B267. Size !Of in. by 7! in.; foil. 228. Mostly thirty-one lines in a page. Another copy of TAFTAzANi's Commentary, slightly imperfect at the beginning. Clearly written in a cursive hand. Completed on Thursday, 29th Sha'ban, 832, by 'Ubaid b. al-d1n (?). Emended. Some notes. The beginning is written in a different, large band. The first complete gloss begins : b Al_ij ( = fol. 5 of the preceding no.). Injured by insects. Erroneously inscribed e y\::S; cf. Catal. 237, X. 849. 1596. Size 9 in. by in. ; foil. 142. Seven lines in a page. An abridged and improved edition of the third part of the on Rhetoric, entitled L\::.MI\ by Jalal al-d1n Mul)ammad b. 'Abd al-rq})man :{\:AzwiNi, commonly called (d. A.H. 739). Cf. I.IKh. ii. 402 sq.; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 347; V on Krafft, < >riu1t. Akad. Wien, p. 22; Cat. St. l The has 1..$' IJU (Sic) Petersb. 216; etc. This work was printed at Calcuttn, 1815, and at Constantinople, A.H. 1260. Part of it has also been published in Mehren's Rhetorik der Araber. Well written in N asta The colophon runs as follows: j LWI .. _,.-.:_,...ll ....::.-....J ...\,; !rJ, .._$"..; (! A ticket, which is attached to the end of the colophon, contains the erroneous state ment that this is a work of Taftazanl, written by him, A.H. 787, at It is followed, on the next page, by a list of Taftazan1's works, with their respective dates, derived from Taftazani himself. The error arose from confounding the present work with that described under the preceding nos. A list of the contents is added at the beginning of the volume. 850. B 248. Size 9 in. by 6! in.; foil. 196. Sixteen lines in a page. I. Foil. 4-36. 'LW\ See the preceding no. II. Foil. 39-196. A larger work on Rhetoric, by the same author, arranged like the preceding one, to which it serves as a commentary. It is entitled ( This work is of rare occurrence. See Kh. ii. i. 509 ; cf. Mehren, Rhetorik, p. 8. As the author states in the preface, it contains also the materials of L\::..Q..J\ which are omitted in his as well as those of the by 'Abd Jurjanl (d. A.H. 474),1 which had not been incorporated with CW\. Carefully written in the hand of a scholar, often with distinction of the "unpointed" ( letters. Of the eighth century. The second treatise has been revised, and collated with another MS. On the margin of it are notes and extracts from earlier commentaries on L 6,..1 \ and from other works. All the available vacant spaces of this volume are filled with various notes and extracts, in Arabic and Persian. Injured by damp and by insects. 1 See 1;1. Kh. iii. 235, and Mehrcn, l.c., p. H.

PAGE 254

246 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 851. B 446. Size 6 in. by 4! in.; foil. 115. Thirteen lines in a page. "' A Commentary on the Jtjd[t, intended to confute the unjust criticisms made in this work on Sakkak1. The author is ('Imad al-din) YAJi!YA B. AJiiMAD KA.sn:\.xi (who, according to Kh. i. 208, flourished in the tenth century). This commentary is mentioned occasionally in 1;[. Kh. vi. 18. It is dedicated, in the preface, to W azir Ghiyath al-din. The passages of the referred to are introduced by J l';, and they are followed by the author's refutations, marked by J.f\. Neatly written. The first folio is wanting. Begins : J llib ill\ Imperfect at the end. 852. B251. Size in. by 7 in.; foil. 197. Twenty one lines in a page. A Commentary on the by SA 'n AL-Dix TAFTiz.Axi (d. A. H. 792). This is the earlier and larger of his two commentaries, commonly called It was completed A.H. 748, and dedicated to Mu'izz al-dln Mul).ammad Kart, Sultan of Harat. See Kh. ii. 404 ; Fliigel, Hdss. "\Yien, i. 218; Aumer, Hdss. Miinch. 310; Mehren, Rhetorik, p. 8; etc. This work printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1260. The first portion of it was also printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1265. Carefully written. The colophon runs as follows : J.; oJJ' r \ --'?. To this has subsequently been added: (sic) u.j\,c;._ j J..f>J AH,-, The earlier portion (foll. 4v.-52) of this volume is in a different hand, but of about the same date. The author's preface, which had been omitted, has been subsequently added from an old "liS. (foil. 1-3). Notes. 1 So according to the diacritical points; it should be A slight defect after fol. 24 ; a larger one after fol. 52. Blj. Libr., present of Shaikh 'Abd al-sallam. Signature of Nauras (Ibrabim 'Adil Shah II.) on the title-page. Cat. 237, i. 853. 2144. Size 10k in. by in.; foll. 158. Thirty one lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written in a small hand. Has the following colophon: \..\Jb t_\)J\ ... c.!\3 JU' -.\?, J.t.: 9AI Ab d. d. ..\...s" Revised and collated. Some notes. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 854. B 253. Size in. by 6! in. ; foll. 251. Twentyone lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. At the end is the author's date, as given elsewhere. He began his work on Monday, 2nd Ramaqan, 742, at and completed it on Wednesday, 11th 7 48, at Harat. Well written, by 'Abd al-karlm b. Da'ud for Mul).ammad b. Mul).ammad Sharif. The latter states in a note at the end that he revised the copy and added the copious glosses which are to be found on the margin, during five months of the year A. H. 1003, at A list of the contents is on the fly-leaf 855. B 249; Size 11! in. by in.; foll. 195. Thirtyone lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written. Revised. The last foll. are muti lated.

PAGE 255

RHETORIC. 247 856. 2703. Size 101 in. by 5i in.; foll. 429. Seventeen lines in a page. .Another copy of the same work. Plainly written. Frequent marginal notes. Worm eaten. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 857. 148. Size 12i in. by 7 b in. ; foll. 503. Seventeen lines in a page. An elegant copy of the same work. Boldly written in N asta Has the following colophon: ./'4 &.l.ll J.,b __;:# 1119 The beginning is ornamented. The other pages are within gold and red lines, and have a double space for glosses, which have been added in several places, invariably from the lfashz'yah of JuRJANi. Foil. 293-296 should be placed after fol. 288. 858. 4 7 A. Size 9t in. by 7 in. ; foll. 254. Generally twenty-one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Written in various hands. Copious marginal notes. Slightly injured by damp. [Johnson.J 859. 364. Size 104 in. by in.; foll. 326. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written; the end in different hands. Nu merous notes. Defects after foil. 20, 39, and 297. The beginning soiled. Seals of Khan, Nu!?rat J ang, etc., on the title-page. ('f. Stewart's ('atal. 118. [Tippu.J 860. B 252. Size in. by 6 in.; foll. 345. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect and much injured at the beginning. Eight leaves are missing. Carelessly written in Nasta'lllF, by b. Ibrah1m Many marginal notes. 861. 1087. Size 7 in. by 4! in.; foll. 141. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on Jjk.JI, by SaiYID SrrARIF JUR.J.A.Ni (d. A.H. 816). See Kh. ii. 404. Printed at Con stantinople, A.H. 1241. The first gloss is: (l.fo. Very neatly written in The colophon runs as follows: L:Y' t:'J -.\J.J 4>-I..S..; j .r vw--" J l:-'l.,j A:.w dL: j f::.:..J I ft &.l.ll ukl &.UI &.l.ll .\ ... Additional notes by the author, and numerous other glosses, on the margin. An ornament at the beginning. Gold and blue lines round the pages. Slightly injured by damp. [Hastings. J 862. B 258. Size in. by 6 in. ; foll. 140. Nineteen lines in a page. The same Glosses. Closely written. Revised. Marginal notes. Slight defects after foil. 31 and 33. Cat. 237, vi. 2 (?). 863. 1941. Size 10i in. by 6 in. ; foil. 155. Nineteen and twenty-one lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses. Plainly written. Colophon: AJL,jl ..r.--

PAGE 256

248 ARABIC :1\IANL!SORIPTS. A few notes. Seal and note of N ajabat 'Ali Khil.n (A. H. 1150) on the title-page. [Tippu.J 864. 2134. Size 9i in. by 5! in.; foil. 191. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, plainly written. The title of the work is added at the end by another band. Seal of Jang. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 865. B254. Size 7 in. by 5! in.; foil. 568. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary (by cJj) on J)b.J\, by YAJ;rYA B. YusuF1 SiRA.:r.ri2 d. A.H. 833). See Kh. ii. 407, for an abstract of the preface. The commentary begins: J_,JI (1 ill .).-t..s:ll o.J_,:; j sliJI The date of the author is to be found at the end, viz. Wednesday, 3rd 830, and the following is added concerning the origin of this copy: J.D I t.:J_.) l:Y' lJ_,k._. ls.,.,..j l:Y' \::.$' J L,_,-:..{.._. j .. ..\-t..s:--t.:.J? ...\11 t: All& J.] I I _}:. ...\\ l::-e \ "'":.iJ I c..S.) 1.:)--l)-'J ..,L,.J' j \ P'...\.r' lJLM-J_, r-'1.s:ll ill t.:.J"' (sic, r.p..\.r\ ?) \_.._,) '"'"'' r-::-; _, A:...c ill I ui.;. \ (sic) l:Y' AI 1 The ::us. has w::-:. z So in this MS., though originally j was written. Cf. I:J. Kh. vii. 681, and the following no. Neatly written. Revised. Both the beginning and end of the book are injured by insects. The signature of the owner, who is mentioned in the colophon, is on the title-page (dated A. H. 986), together with an impression of his seal. Both are, however, nearly effaced. Cat. 237, vi. 1 (?). 866. 1232. Size 8 in. by 4i in. ; foil. 243. Twenty seven and twenty-eight lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, without the preface. The name of the author is given at the end Closely written in the last fol. by a different hand. The colophon gives the name of cAbd b. Shaikh Sultan Ilahdad . 1 Emended. The first leaf is injured. [Johnson.J 867. B 260. Size 10 in. by in.; foil. 269. Twenty three lines in a page. Glosses on Jjb .... l1, by }JAsAN CHALABI (b. 1\ful}.am mad Shah Fanari, d. A.H. 886). Cf. J;I. Kh. ii. 405. Printed at Constantinople, 1854. ----------------Begins, without a preface: J.H.ii>-j ..,1...,11 l)\ b'lJt_. r-\.ii.JI Well written in N asta Has the following colophon: ybiJ\ (sic) ... J 9M" c..Sfr r9 ,_jb }_;-' .., Revised. Some notes by a later hand. On the last two pages is written a charm. The latter portion is injured by damp and by insects. Bij. Libr. A.H. 1023; bought out of the left property of Shaikh 'Alam Allah (b. 'Abd Makki I:Janafi 'Aidarusi, whose signature is to be found on the title-page). Fol. 121 is wrongly inscribed ),j d.\ yh$' \.i:z, Jb Cf. Catal. 237, ix. 1 The pedigree of this person is given at some length, but it is rather confused by blottings and alterations.

PAGE 257

RHETORIC. 249 868. B 256. Size 9 in. by 6 in. ; foil. 418. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, imperfect at the beginning. Plainly written. Has the following colophon: r; d}....J\ yh.G\ '-'-' \ ciHk \ Jib \ _, LJk;... d-A.bb.-1_, AI _;.c ..r.:...J.l j dill j _,1>-'""tS' \ J \,.. ..,\.; L..$' J' t\-....:0\ &-tYl' t:::;J d. ..M..s.'"' ell\ JU' ""?. y\Jbj\ r-Y.. u,.. j ill\ I:J'"' (sic) A_jt,. i-S..\>\ L:J'"' r; A few corrections and readings of another are on the margin. Only one leaf seems to be wanting at the beginning. The first complete gloss is : AI)! (1 Slightly injured by insects. 869. 1759. Size 8 in. by 4i in.; foil. 192. Twenty five lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses. Well written. The colophon runs as follows : I:J'"' J,k ... l\ \:>c.lll }j\ \E:->-L,_, u""'?. \...t:: ""'11_,1 _, ill\ _?:. '-'-'I All\ fr _r.c l!l'"'UI j J.; .. r-.f.J' [Hastings. J 870. B 257. Size 10 in. by 5i in. ; foil. 300. Twenty four and twenty-six lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses. Plainly written by several hands. The colophon gives the name of Mul)ammad b. 'Omar b. Kamal al-din . 1 Date, Monday, 23rd Rama. Red lines round the pages. [College of ]Tort "Willinm, 1 H:Z5. J 1 The following words arc doubtful.

PAGE 258

250 ARABIC 874. 1459. Size 9 in. by 51 m.; foll. 279. Twenty one lines in a page. .\.nother copy of the preceding Glosses. "\V ell written. [Hastings. J 875. B 259. Size 7! in. by 5 in. ; foll. 243. At first sixteen, afterwards from twenty-one to. twenty three lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, imperfect at the beginning. The greater part of it is written in a plain N askh, but the beginning and the concluding portion are in a minute character. Frequent additions by the author are written on the margin. Colophon: (,JJI j 1 j_,hJI 1G..!...-. j 4;..-. V"'...\J ..\:...JI J_,..JI LJ..\.-. j r .. 9 L Sixty-three foll. are wanting at the beginning. The last leaves are slightly injured by insects. 876. 1282. Size 10! in. by 6 in. ; foiL 344. Twenty one lines in a page. Glosses on J;k ..... ll, by 'ABn AL-I;AKIM SIYALKUTi (d. soon after A.H. 1060). Cf. J:I. Kh. vii. 798. These glosses have been printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1227 and 1241.2 Beginning: j ..... 11 4..$1 i:;..;\ JJ_,-; Plainly written in N asta by MuQ.ammad 'AB. Revised. Some notes. Foll. 8-9 and foll. 10-11 should be transposed. [Hastings. J 1 The following words are written in red, and in a somewhat different handwriting. 2 Cf. Cat. Bibl. Sprcnger. 1087, and Zenker, Biblioth. Orientalis, i. no. 330. 877. B 262. Size in. by 5 in. ; foll. 203. Nineteen lines in a page. The shorter Commentary of TAFL:iz.ANi on the \.::i,..\ \ .:::..S.).J commonly called J..a::.S...ll It was 'L ""'.. completed A. H. 7 56, and dedicated to Sultan J alal al-dln MaQ.mud Jani Beg Khan.1 Cf. Kh. ii. 404; Cat. St. Petersb. 189; V on Krafft, Hdss. orient. Akad. 22 ; etc. This commentary has been frequently published in India, first at Calcutta, 1813. It was also printed at Constantinople, A.H. 1259. Extracts from it are given in Mehren's Rhetorik der Araber. Well written in a small hand. Of about the ninth century. Covered with notes of various origin. The beginning of the work is here in two copies, the first of which breaks off on fol. 3. The vacant pages at the beginning and at the end of the book are filled with various extracts in Arabic and Persian. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1028. Cat. 237, vii 878. B 263. Size 10! in. by in.; foll. 157. Twenty one lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Well written in Dated 1st Jum. II., 877. Frequent extracts from "the Glosses" (of Khutta'l, see no. 886) are on the margin. Both the beginning and .end are injured by insects. Cat. 235, viii. (?). 879. 2107. Size 8! in. by 5k in.; foll. 174. From fifteen to twenty-one lines in a page Another copy of the same work. Written in Completed on Sunday, 30th Rabi' II., 1070, by Shaikh Farid b. Shaikh Ibd.hlm Chishti, at Bljapur. Some notes. A list of the contents is on the title-page. Foll. 39-42 should be placed between 19 and 20. On the fly-leaf we find the spiritual pedigree of the 1 Cf. Hammer-Purgstall, Geschichte der Goldenen Horde, p. 305.

PAGE 259

RHETORIC. 251 aforesaid Shaikh Farld order-'-=-'t:1 written by b. Mul).ammad, A..H. 1083, at ..... _,:+.JI j. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 880. B 250. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foil. 175. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Written in N asta with numerous notes. Dated RamaQ.an, 1015. The first fol. is wanting. :Begins: On foil. 1 71-5 are various extracts. Cat. 237, i. 5. 881. 2024. Size 11! in. by 6! in.; foil. 208. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written, by w_.r .. I.!Jk)-:..-.. Dated RamaQ.an, 1119. Copious notes in the earlier portion. Seal of 'Abd al-wahhab Khan, dated A.H. 1168. [College of Fort William, 1825. J 882. 434. Size 10 in. by 5! in.; foll. 207. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Written by the same hand as no. 856. Fol. 180 has been left blank, something being wanting. The first fol. is supplied by a more modern hand. A few notes. [Johnson.J 883. 2997. Size 7 in. by in. ; foil. 139. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, imperfect at the beginning. The first words are: Written in a small cursive hand. Of the ninth century. Red lines round the pages. Frequent inter linear and marginal notes. Injured by damp in several places. Slight defects after foil. 3 and 31. 884. 1040. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 88. Twenty .. three lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, incomplete at the end. Legibly written in with notes. Injured by damp. [Tippu.] 885. B 264. Size 7l in. by 44 in.; foll. 169. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, neatly written, with numerous notes, but very defective. FoiL 1 and 50 are injured. 886. 2206. Size 8 in. by 4! in.; foll. 91. Fifteen lines in a page. Glosses on by MA.ULANAzADAH (KrruTTA'i, who flourished in the ninth century). These glosses are also to be found in Catal. St. Petersb. p. 191, no. ccx. They were printed at Calcutta, A..H. 1256 (149 pp.). The surname of the author is given here according to the Calcutta edition.1 It is elsewhere spelled He is probably identical with the al-d1n 'Othman Khata'i (d. A.H. 901, sic), or Maula nazadah 'Othman Khata'i, mentioned in J:l. Kh. ii. 407 sq., 447. The glosses mentioned ib. p. 408 seem to be different from these. l. Legibly written in and Shikastah, occasionally across the pages. Marginal notes. The text of the is partly added on the upper margin. This copy was made by 'Abd .. at .... Date, A..H. 1092. The earlier portion of this MS. has been misplaced in binding. The leaves should. stand thus: foiL 1-6 1 We read in the editor's conclusion, p. : Jl ,. !I \ See regarding this place, ii. f. r

PAGE 260

252 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. (here a slight defect), i-8 (another defect), 9-20, 22, :23, 21, 25, 26, 2-t 30, 27-29, 38, 32-37, 31, 39-41, 43, 42, 44 to the end. [College of Fort \Yilliam, 1825.] 887. B 261. Size 9 in. by 6 in.; foll. 448. Twenty three lines in a page. Another Commentary Cvj...._.,) on the Lbll, by Ibrahim b. Mul).ammad b. 'Arabsbah IsF.iRA'INi al-din, d. A.H. 943). It is com monly called on account of its being even larger than Taftazani'a Jjb,..H. Cf. Kh. ii. 410. Plainly written by several hands. A lacuna after fol. 271 is indicated by two blank leaves. Some portions are much injured by insects, and the end is in a ruinous condition. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1014, from Amin Khan. Cat. 237, ii. (?). G MAR. 888. 420. Size in. by in.; foil. 211. Twentyfive lines in a page. A remarkable work on Syntax, the author of which is not named. He is later than Zamakhshari, but is wont to quote and compare the oldest authorities, such as Khalil, Sibawaih, Al).fash, Mazini, and the schools of al-Ba::;rah and al-KUfah in general. Classical poetry is also frequently cited and explained in his work. The title of it is not to be found, nor can anything be learnt from the preface, the beginning of which is, moreover, mutilated. The first words are: \:_,\.(.-..H.; ... \:J 4:1 1_, l.i"""j '-"J J Another passage, shortly after L.l, runs as follows: A.!T r .)I .. The treatise begins with explanations of grammatical terms, such as bill I J ;J \ I etc. The first commences as follows (fol. 5): _, '-:-'jt J I ; the second ( fol. 12) is inscribed ..:..:kJrJ' the third (fol. 17), '-:-'4 etc. Carefully written in a good hand. Of the seventh or the eighth century. Imperfect at the end. The first and last leaves are mutilated ; several others are injured by insects and unskilfully mended. FoiL 11 and 14 should be transposed. The book is wrongly inscribed ,::s::-,_s--ic,., by a later hand. [Johnson.J 889. 198. Size 9! in. by 5! in.; foll. 32. Ten lines in a page. A short treatise on Syntax and Etymology, ascribed to )Iul).ammad b. Al).mad b. SAJAWAXDr, who is apparently identical with Burhan al-dln Abu'l-Fag.l Mul).ammad 1 b. Taifur Sajawandl, who died about A.H. 560. See regarding him, Cat. l\fus. Brit., Add. et Corr., p. 764, ad p. 86; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, iii. 60 ; and above, no. 46. The work has no special title. In the colophon it is styled 1.-S.....,.,J' Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 128, xxxix. Begins: -t-!.1\ J'-' ... '-:-') ill ill\ Ji )_,4b d. $t.:;-w.;>J _, \ '-:-' I '-'?j (fol. 2) _r.t>It is divided into chapters, the last of which is '-:-'4 Plainly written. Dated Sunday, 17th Jum. I., 1189. Seal of N J ang. [Tippu.J 890. B 9. Size in. by 5 in.; foil. 49. Seven lines in a page. b. 'Abd al-saiyid Mu'!'ARRizi's (d. A. H. 610) Grammar, entitled See :r;r. Kh. Y. 582; Cat. ---1 Alias Mul}ammad b. Al}mad, see 1:;1. Kh. vii. 858.

PAGE 261

G RA}rfM:.A.R. 253 St. Petersb. 156; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i. 156; etc. This treatise forms the first volume of Baillie's Five Books on Arabic Grammar, Calcutta, 1802. The first chapter of it is also to be found in De Sacy's Antho logie Grammaticale. Printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1262. Well written in a large hand, with numerous notes. The colophon runs as follows: ..\.:>J\ ll .Ill r 4 '--''ll ..r.--v. r t;.;._, r.., r.:J.,. f'.J fi-a A defect after fol. 44. Cat. 235, xiii. 891. 294. Size 8j in. by 5 in.; foil. 126. Thirteen lines in a page. A Commentary (by AI-") on the preceding work, entitled .. by Taj al-dln (alt'as Siraj al-din) Mu l;lammad b. Mul;lammad b. Al;lmad b. al-Saif IsFARA'INI (flourished about the end of the seventh century). Cf. )}. Kh. v. 583; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i. 158; Cat. Bodl. ii. 436; Aumer, Hclss. Munch. 317; etc. It was printed at Lakhnau, about A.D. 1850, with glosses and a preface, which is wanting in all the MSS. Clearly written in N asta The colophon runs as follows : ..\-t..s:.,. ..\ .... _, J 7..""".-J \ \j \ 1 .. r..u . a, . l\ r:r j ... c.r.l AIJI_r.,:;.. --'IJ l;J\.:::-Ms.,. J!b Jl_,ll Some notes. Coloured lines round the pages. Injured by insects. Seal of N J an g. [Tippu.J 893. 295. Size 81 in. by 4! in. ; foil. 183. Eleven lines in a page. Another Commentary (z::,.ftvt) on the same work, inscribed j 'i I It is identical with the commentary described in Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i., p. 161, no. 169, under the supposed title '( .1 The author is not ascertained. Extracts from a commentary with the title )_,j \ are to be found in Fleischer, Cat. Lips., p. 340, no. xiv. 2. Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 127, xxxii. Boldly written, of the twelfth century. Seal of 'Abd Khan Dilir Jang, A. H. 1185. [Tippu.J 894. B 32. Size 7 m. by 5 in. ; foil. 38. Eleven lines in a page. A fragment, containing the concluding portion 2 of the grammatical treatise by Taj al-dln Uul;lammad b. )ful;lammad b. Al;lmad b. al-Saif IsFARA'rNr F Al}IL, the author of the preceding work. See 1;. Kh. v. 302 ; 3 Fl iigel, Hdss. Wien, i 17 3. The text is accompanied by copious glosses, which were compiled by an unknown author, A.H. 736, at Nisablir. Carefully written, finished at the beginning of Rabi' I., 799, by :Mul;lammad b. )Iul;lammad b. Al;lmad b. 'Abdallah \.-'1_,.-. JW1.4 The first words are: _,:S:. On the last two pages is added a short treatise on the meaning of the grammatical term la.JJ\. It begins: .. :u_..l\ 'M.;\,:;.._, ... va.S:-1J ...(; la.JJL The M.;\.=;.. consists of twelve Well written, by a different hand, with marginal 892. notes. Worm-eaten. 293. Size 81 in. by 4f m.; foil. 280. Eleven lines in a page. copy of the same Commentary, plainly written, by )I ul;lammad Ja'far, A.H. 1189. Seal of Khan J ahiln. [Tippu.J 1 It would appear, from the beginning of this commentary, that it is not identical with L in Cat. Lugd. i. 35 sq. 2 From fol. 93 of the original pagination. 3 f.l. Kh., however, confounds this work with the '--I, . see no. 899. 4 See regarding him, f.l. iii. 362, iv. 445.

PAGE 262

25-! ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 895. B 13. Size 10 in. by 6 in.; foll. 217. Seventeen, nineteen, and twenty-five lines in a page. A Commentary the preceding work, by al-din) b. :Mas'ud b. b. Abu'l-fatl) S1rftf1 FA.Li, who completed it A.H. 712. Kh. v. 303; Cat. Lugd. i. 42; Casiri, i. 61, ccLxv. Beginning as in Kh. The conclusion is omitted. Carefully written, by 'Abd al-ral)1m b. Daniyal b. Sa'd b. A}:tmad who completed it on Sunday, 7th Sha'ban, 822. Collated. Copious notes. The beginning is slightly injured by damp. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1024, from J:Iasan b. the physician, whose seal and note (dated A.H. 970) are on the title-page. Cat. 235, ii. 1. 896. B 12. Size 91 in. by 6 in.; foll. 207. Twentyseven lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. It gives Fall's conclusion, but not the date. Written in various styles; finished on 18th Dhu'l )fa'dah, 832, by Abu YU.suf b. Baha. al-din Sighna]f1 (? ). Marginal notes. Bij. Libr., A.H. 880, from Shaikh Al)mad Khunjl. Cat. 235, ii. 2. 897. B25. Size 61 in. by 5! in.; foll. 103. Twentythree lines in a page. A fragment of the same Commentary, imperfect both at the beginning and end. It corresponds to foll. lOv.-115 of no. 895. The first words are : J t.:::-.)) J:::j. Written in a small hand, difficult to Frequent marginal notes. Injured by white-ants. Erroneously inscribed j \...:.c 1--. b. \ ; cf. Catal. 235, iii. 12 (?). 898. B 11. Size 9i in. by 5! in. ; foll. 352. Twentyone lines in a page. Another Commentary ( on the Luoab. The author is not mentioned. It begins, without a preface: Jk...ll J!j . '"";;.Lwl j'J uk u""_,ll _,1b ""....JI e' ;1;DI ""':; u})\ Well written. Frequent notes in the earlier portion. Imperfect at the end. The last few leaves are much worm-eaten. The beginning is also injured. On the title-page is a fine square ornament, containing the inscription, according to which the MS. was captured at 1\fu l).ammadabad-Bi:dar, and became part of the library of lbrah!m 'Adil Shah (11.), A.H. 102i. The seal of the latter, bearing the inscription u.5' A.:, t.:..c, is impressed on the first page. Cat. 235, xviii. 899. B 10. Size 11 in. by 7 in. ; foll. 209. :Five lines In a page. A concise Grammar, entitled (fol. 5v.) j. The author of it is not mentioned, but, according to the beginning, it appears to be identical with the work mentioned in J.L Kh. v. 306, no. 11 .vi"'. Kh. ascribes it first to Taj al-din Isfa ra'ini, but quotes subsequently the contradictory state ment of a commentary, in which the author is named SHAMS AL-DIN 'ABD AL-MUN'nr B. Mm;AMMAD BAR xuMixi. The latter statement is more probable, as J:f. Kh. evidently confounds the present treatise with Isfara'inl's before mentioned (no. 894). This would appear from his general description of the latter work )!b), p. 303), which in fact is taken from the preface of the present treatise.1 The author of it cannot be later than the eighth century. He dedicates his work to a Wazir named Shams al-dln. No other copy known. The preface begins: "":::;-_,_J\ ._\A.s:!\ p y t.JJ .... u]b ") d_,LJ\ p and the treatise commences (fol. 6): 1 Hence arose the incongruities noticed by Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i. 1 i3, note 4.

PAGE 263

)' AJJjl t' Boldly written, with vowel-points added. Copious marginal notes. Dated A.H. 784. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1034. Cat. 235, iv. 900. 575. Size 11l in. by in.; foil. 303. Mostly twenty-seven lines in a page. A. large Commentary on the preceding work, entitled j It was compiled by YusUF B. JAMAL 'ALAwi. The preface begins : (I \.i ;, ....SI-' I The author says subsequently: J#, 1..-Ji..:_,:. $W:tl\ L.hll Jt:t; Jt ... l.:l:l j L. Lk (sic) j \.:>. t.t...: L., ... l r (1 tb:J::." y\).all The commentary begins: t-:'::--)1 Alii r. 01 tL:I .)\::.M.\...11 ell 0 I l.:l" _rS"I J \:t; 4.lJ I A-t.:t.i The text is given in portions, which are explained successively (by Al_,!). This copy is in two volumes, the first of which concludes on fol. 171, as follows: r) 4.-t\...J fi ..\J w }t:J w..:J?. '-'\M.\l \ yh$' M j l.:l" i. \.; J?. )Jb) j I (j>-D W W, J V"'....:>. L us.dl 0-'.J\Jb ... 1. t I..# I I J,! I '-'rs'"' d V"' ... \ The second vol. begins (fol. 174v.): Jh?, l-. 1 Erased. t:_l and it concludes: '-!J' .. u.ihll tJ .,.\; t I I ti:.c 11..:>. It is dated 15th Mul;tarram, 853. The copyist has here the surname ....} h ...... Plainly written; foll. 56-130 by a different hand. "Marginal notes. Seal and signature of """' ,J\.:>. (A.H. 998). [Gaikwar.J 901. B 14. Size 9! in. by 5i in.; foil. 227. Three lines in a page. InN J?:.A.nB's (Jama1 al-clin A.bu 'A.mr 'Othman b. 'Omar, d. A.H. 646) J.s\.\1 j See J:I. Kh. v. 6 ; Cat. St. Petersb. 154; Fliigel, Hdss. Wien, i. 162; etc. Published at Rome, 1592. Edited by Baillie (Fin_ Books on Arabic Grammar, vol. iii. ), Calcutta, 1803. Printed at A.H. 1255, etc. Cf. Weijers in Orientalia, i. 349 sqq. \V ell written, with vowel-points. Copious marginal notes. The seal of Mul;lammad 'Adil Shah is on the title-page, and that of A4:a RiQ.wan 'Adilshah1 is at the end of the book. Library of 'Alamg1r, A.H. 1069. Cat. 235, iii. 902 B 15. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foll. 173. Five lines In a page. Another copy of the preceding work. Well written. Some notes. On fol. 1 are various Persian poems. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1027. 903. B 30c. Size 9 in. by 5! in.; foll. 258. Three lines in a page. A. defective copy of the same work. Boldly written. Copious notes A. few leaves are wanting at the beginning. The first words are : There are slight defects after foll. 8, 7 5, and 80, and the last fol. wanting.

PAGE 264

256 ARABIC :MANUSCRIPTS. 904. 33. Size 10! in. by 6! in.; foll. 134. Five lines m a page. Another copy of the Kafiyah. Well written in a large hand. Completed on 8th Rabi' I., 1158, by :Mu}:tammad Fac;lil. Marginal notes. Coloured lines round the pages. 905. 1331. Size 10 in. by in. ; foll. 89. in a page. Another copy of the same work. [Johnson.J Five lines Well written in N asta Copious notes. The scribe gives his name as \ \ [Tippu.J 906. 1977. Size 9 in. by in. ; foll. 71. Seven lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written. Some notes at the beginning. 907. 2614. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 127. At first three, afterwards five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. vVell written. Completed on Sunday, 19th Dhu'l :Qijjah, 1191, by Yr .-S?. .,). .... [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 908. 2569. Size 8 in. by 5! in.; foll. 69. Nine lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. ".,.ell written, with Yowel-points. Completed on 16th Jum. I., 1194, by Mu}:tammad Isma'il. Slightly injured by damp, and mended. [Bibl. Leycleniana. J 909. 14:51. Size 9-! in. by 5i in. ; foil. 67. Nine lines in a page. .\..nother copy of the same work. Plainly written in Dated A.H. 1209. Notes in Arabic and Persian. Prefixed is a list of contents. [Johnson.J 910. 2595. Size 10 in. by 6! in.; foll. 132. Five lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Boldly written. Date, A.H. 1217. This copy was made by a student, named Mu}:tammad I, under the superintendence of his teacher, 'All J:;[asani. Notes in the earlier portion. On fol. 1 are various extracts, by the same hand, amongst them a poem ascribed to 'ALl, which begins: [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 911. 2534. Size 11 in. by 7! in.; foil. 63. Nine lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written in a large hand. [Sir Charles Wilkins. J 912. 381. Size in. by 7 in. ; foll. 217. Thirty-five lines in a page. A large Commentary (by AI_,!) on the Kafiyah, by RAJ?I AL-DIN (alias Najm al-din) Mu}:tammad b. al J;Iasan Astara.badi, a Shi 'ite, who completed it in Shawwal, 686. Cf. 1;. Kh. v. 7. Other copies, Casiri, i. 22, no. xcr., and (probably) Aumer, Hdss. Munch., no. 715. The second part is to be found in Cat. St. Petersb. 160. Printed at Lakhnau, A.H. 1280. Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 126.1 p Begins: \.:J\ ill ..M..s:l\ ...U.J The author says subsequently: .. ..11 l-. ... AI\.> t:L? 1 It is not contained in Cod. Lugd. lxvii., as is stated in Catal. Lugd. i., p. 37, following Orientalia, i. 355 sqq. The work in question is a commentary by the author himself. Com pare Aumer, no. 714.

PAGE 265

GRAMMAR. 257 e_,.s:U 1 j) d.' '(.JLJ' AI \j :J.t:. and further on: l:Jt,; 2 :;;J\ '-'t:.sJ\ W,.... :>-'y-' \..)'N .... :.F;.. t_l The first gloss begins: t:.,:;J i' b_r.J_, and the workconcludes(fol. 217): .... _;=;..T j tt .... r ""''_, ... All L j Y.J J..c. J:JL..::...:_, w_, It is followed by an appendix, which begins: $"k j:xJ_, w?.r=JI j j3 U;..a-t.ll A good copy. Written in a small but clear hand. The last fol. is wanting. Slightly injured by damp. The title-page contains the note of the owner, I:Iajji M ul)ammad b. Mal,lmud Farabi, of Harat, dated A.H. 821, and beginning : j.c. A:..c t.:;; J l. J.:. J A}J ,:,....-... \.).Q) [Tippu.J 913. B 17. Size 7! in. by 5! in.; foil. 398. Twentyfive and twenty-three lines in a page. Another copy of the same Commentary, clearly written in a current hand. In two volumes, the first of which concludes as follows (fol. 191): r t...h\1 dl. tb,..l\ J_, .... ll $LI d....\11_, ill\ r=i Ujl_,bll All I b W w I d. .... 1 Jt.s:ll wk .Ut...::...:_, W_, L j j.d.i\ 4.s:!1 u3 r 1 From the margin. 2 A gloss on the tnargin says: 1...,$1b) Jl .. .....S \ Then the place would be Mash had in Khura.san. Vol. 2 (fol. 191v.) begins as the St. Petersburgh )IS. Various defects in the earlier portion, including the first quire, have been supplied by later hands. The latter portion (from fol. 220) is written in a small clear hand of about A.H. 1000. A small ornament at the beginning. Blue lines round the pages. Worm-eaten. Bij. Libr., A.H. 1026, from Shil.h Nawaz Khan. Cat. 235, iii. 3. 914. 1953. Size 10! in. by 5! in.; foil. 583. Twentyfive lines in a page. Another copy of the same work, in two volumes. The first gloss begins here: t:J' ... L..W\ &J_,:; \ J..:i _, J!..-. I. The first vol. concludes ( fol. 253) as folio ws : I \ Y.J ill Colophon: l..\1b t .... 1 .... \> I _?. u 1 ttD 1 _;; 1a.ns:_J 1 1 The second vol. begins as in the preceding 1\fS. The appendix is omitted. Ipstead of the date of the author, we find that of the transcription, viz. j .J.Q.C. j _r..!. 1.-i::-klJ\ Well written. Coloured lines round the pages. Fol. 579 should be placed after 582. Seals of a Khil.n and of Jang. [Tippu.J 915. B 18. Size 10i in. by 6i in.; foil. 111. Thirty lines in a page. The first part of the same work, extending, however, beyond the ordinary first volume. 2 The last gloss is : $\.....,.)\ Al_,:; The first gloss begins as in the preceding no. Written in a small but clear character. 1 This word is scored out, and the figure r written over it. 2 E.g., as far as fol. 216v. in no. 913. 33

PAGE 266

:258 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. Frequent marginal notes. Conclusion: r il ... H ri' (sic) d. rf.J t.:>)) IJ.l' VN..(; Slightly injured by damp and by insects. Fol. 100 mutilated. Bij. Libr., A.H. 992. Cat. 235, iii. 9 (?). 916. 2798. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 96. Twentyfive lines in a page. A fragment of the same work. \V ell written. Imperfect both at the beginning and end. Much injured by insects. This volume contains also some fragments of a Persz'an commentary on the Koran. [Bibl. Leydeniana. J 917. 1797. Size 11 in. by 6 in.; foil. 223. Seventeen lines in a page. Another Commentary (by AI_,;) on the Kd.fiyah, by RuxN AL-niN b. Mul;tammad Astaraba.di (d. A.rr. 717 or 715). It is called or being the middle-sized of the author's three commentaries. Cf. Kh. v. 7; Cat. Lugd. I. 38 sqq.; Fleischer,Cat. Lips. 341 ; Aumer, Hdss. :Miinch. 321 ; and above, no. 289. The commentary begins: AI; (' A..;_r-tk' Well written. Numerous glosses, chiefly by the two Saiyid Sharif, 1 are added in the earlier portion. Colo-phon (fol. 218): all\ yl:..C\ J:;\; .M.s'"' Jw., u--J>-.r-1.:1. ujh.J Fol. 2 should be placed after 4. Foil. 219-223. A Perst'an treatise inscribed J'-' j\$' 1 See 1;1. Kh., I.e. Fol. 223v. The beginning of a collection of traditions, u::!-r Seal of Jang.-" College of Fort William, 1801." [Tippu.J 918. 2128. Size in. by 5! in. ; foil. 195. Thirteen and fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Closely written. Dated .A..rr. 1011. The scribe names himself: (sic) U ...\.t..s.'"' I..SJ J ...\.t..s,.. &, _}:...di:. Frequent glosses, by Saiyid and others, in the earlier portion. The first fol. is wanting. Begins: The last fol. is injured. Foll. 10 and 13, foll. 44 and 75, and foll. 46 and 47 should be transposed. [College of Fort William, 1825.] 919. B 19. Size in. by 4i in.; foll. 261. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written by two hands. There is a lacuna on fol. 205, which is followed by six blank leaves. The end is injured by insects. Blj. Libr., A.H. 1054, from KhushQ.al, who had purchased the MS. in A.H. 1039. Seal of Mul)ammad 'Adil Shah. Cat. 235, iii. 7. 920 1478. Size 7 in. by 4i in.; foll. 135. Seventeen lines in a page. A concise Commentary ( on the Kd.fiyah, identical with that described in Aumer, Hdss. '" Miinch., p. 323, no. 717, i.e. .. q of KrrABisi i...._r (Shams al-din l\Iul;tammad b. Abu Bakr, who flourished in the seventh or eighth century). Cf. J;I. Kh. v. 8; Cat. Mus. Brit. 232; Bibl. Sprenger. 1022. Written in a small clear hand. Dated 23rd RamaQ.an, 883. Several leaves are wanting after fol. 1. On the :fly-leaf is written: L .. .. L-"

PAGE 267

GRAMMAR. 259 921. 199. Size 9! in. by 5 in. ; foil. 205. Seventeen lines in a page. A Commentary on the Kd.fiyah, by the celebrated 'AnD J.A.Mi(d. A.H. 898), whowrote it A..H. 897, for the use of his son J!iya al-din. Hence it is entitled It is also frequently styled il. Cf. Kh. v. 10; Cat. St. Petersb. 158; Fleischer, Cat. Lips. 342. Copies are frequent. Printed at Calcutta, A.H. 1233; at Constantinople, A.H. 1235 ; at Lakhnau, A.H. 1265; etc. Clearly written in N asta Has the following colophon: yld.l1 1.i.lb J.a>-L:) b. '-'J_....s:"" . 1 l }z yt.lb_,l1 1 .. Htsl1 )'-' j (?) I..!...Jt:;JI L:) t.:S::,:.1 L:) l.z Coloured lines round the pages. A few notes grammatical and other subjects are added on the last page. 922. [Johnson.J 2259. Size in. by 5'1 in. ; foil. 187. Twenty one lines in a page. j till\ b_,; i..l '-'jl;l1 A:i \.; All I \s.\1 1.:1. J.:. _,.stJ \ Another copy of the preceding Commentary. Plainly written. Dated A.H. 1060: L:Jts'J Ahl (sic) t_Y.)I y\:&1 l.i.lb L I.!J.., J, Collated with another MS., in Shawwal of the same year: (?) d L_,.J.s.,. .... AJ\bll uu' !.:)\$') e1 L There is added the chronogram of Jami's death: \.:..-.T (.!),._, ( = 898). Red lines round the pages. [College of Fort William, 1825.] I Added over the line. 923. 679. Size about 9 in. by about 6 in.; foil. 159. At first seventeen, afterwards fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Plainly written. Dated 26th Rajah, 1088. Scribe, MuQ.ammad Sa'id b. Saiyid AQ.mad ..... 1 At the end is the same chronogram as in the pre ceding no. The last page contains a mystic poem, beginning: I...S:. .. \j\ !.:)\.; 924. 1546. Size 10! in. by 6 in. ; foil. 326. Fifteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work Plainly written. Copious notes by J#l 1.5};, ("\ k 1...:-hJ, and are added at the beginning and in the concluding portion. Red lines round the pages. The first fol. has been supplied by a different hand. The fly-leaves contain various notes. On fol. 3v. we find a notice of the death of two daughters of J ang.-" College of Fort William, 1801." Cf. Stewart's Catal. 126. [Tippu.J 925. 1678. Size 11! in. by in.; foil. 131. Nineteen lines in a page. Another copy of the same work. Well written in Colophon: dLJ' '.; y\::.Q' '..\.lb r.:.r-j J t:;J' (.!).,.. r-l)M....:>. j.d,;\ .)......s: .... 4.:.?,'-'' r-i.. Some notes. The first two leaves have been supplied at a later date. [Johnson.J 1 The following names arc doubtful.

PAGE 268

260 ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS. 926. 1557. Size 8! in. by in.; foll. 241. Nine lines in a page. The first part of the same work. Plainly written in N asta The last fol. gives a list of the contents. [Warehouse. J 927. 1558. Uniform with the preceding no. ; foll. 223. The second part of the same work, continuing the preceding MS., with which it formed originally one volume. Dated 4th Sha'ban, 1211, i_j ('\L. (Camp Fatl).garh ?). Prefixed is a list of contents. [Warehouse. J 928. B 27. Size 61 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 151. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on Jdmz's Commentary, by his pupil, 'ABn AL-GHAFUR LA.Ri (d. A.H. 912). Kh. v. 11, and Cat. St. Petersb. 232. This work was printed at Con stantinople, A.H. 1253. Another edition, which includes a continuation of the work by 'Abd al-Q.akim (Siyalkutl ?), was printed A.H. 1254 (place not named Calcutta ?), in small quarto, pp. 728. Begins: ('1UI_, ('_,h,JI .M.sll The glosses extend to the paragraph ( =fol. 120v. in no. 921 ). To this is added:-Foil. 149v.-151. A Shi'ah Legend, illustrating the miraculous powers of 'All. Begins : I.:Y' .r..::>. r.' JlSll J.t:. '-'"'' r.:r d. Alll t:. Mi _.;?. (?) w' cill' d. .M.,s.-f r.:r ..>,.J .r:...\.:..; 1.:..$' Ju Aj\ J' .. ll_r.-tl The last portion of it is written on the margin, from the end backwards. Clearly written. Of the tenth century. Blj. Libr., A.H. 992, from Khalil Allah b. Allah Ja'fari. Seals of the latter (A.H. 977), and of his father. Cat. 235, iii. 1. 929. B 28. Size 7 in. by in.; foll. 354. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses. Plainly written. Coloured lines round the pages. Imperfect both at the beginning and the end. The first gloss is: tl _,I ( = fol. 7v. in the pre ceding no.). A few leaves are after fol. 4. Cat. 235, iii. 13. 930. 1706. Size in. by 5 in. ; foll. 255. Seventeen lines in a page. Glosses on 'Abd al-ghafur's Glosses, ascribed to 'ABD (very probably SrrALKUTi, who died soon after A.H. 1060). Cf. Stewart's Catal., p. 127, xxvn. Begins: ('_,h-..11 )..).a.. JJ,:; (1 Plainly written. Seals of Khan (1179), and J an g. [Tippu.J 931. B 22. Size 8! in. by 5! in. ; foil. 293. Seventeen lines in a page. Another copy of the same Glosses, imperfect at the beginning. Written by different hands, mostly in N asta The first gloss (r. A::vtic) Mlc. t' A...)l; ( = fol. 64v. in the preceding no.). Inscribed Cf. Catal. 235, iii. 16. 932. B 21. Size 9 in. by 5 in. ; foll. 238. From twentyone to twenty-four lines in